harman professional 2013 full catalogue

Introduction: Corporate Overview

The HiQnet® protocol is the means by which

Harman Professional’s networked devices

communicate, linking microphone to speaker.

HiQnet systems are configured and controlled with a single

software application –HiQnet Audio Architect™ for installed

sound,HiQnet Performance Manager™ for performance audio

and HiQnet Band Manager™ for portable PA systems. Each

of these has been carefully designed to accommodate the

specific requirements of each system. Software-controlled

HiQnet audio networking solutions include AVB, Harman

BLU link, Cirrus CobraNet® and Audinate Dante™, making

audio networking as easy as A, B, C, D.

AKG’s remarkable microphones and headphones

are a synthesis of leading-edge industrial design,

innovative electronics and world-class acoustics. AKG is also

a technological powerhouse with over 1,500 international

patent applications and the largest, best-equipped research

and development facilities in the world. For over 60 years,

AKG has used its considerable expertise and know-how to

develop products that serve markets as diverse as music,

recording and broadcast to permanent installation. For

its many customers, “it all comes back to the sound” and

as long as good sound and long, useful product life are

important, they will keep coming back to AKG.

BSS Audio has amassed an international

reputation for providing reliable equipment that

addresses the real needs of musicians. BSS’s name can

also be found in recording studios and in broadcast studio

output. Their products, either live sound systems or fixed

installations, are thoroughly researched and tested. The

results are powerful, ergonomically packaged equipment. The

complete reliability gained through the excellent design and

quality assurance is why top performing artists and theatres

throughout the world regularly choose BSS Audio systems.

Intelligent Power. Unleased. For 60 years, Crown

has designed and manufactured professional

power amplifiers, microphones and computer-controlled

audio components and software with pride and innovation.

Crown products are developed for a wide range of uses,

from mobile PA systems for musicians and DJs to large

installations in stadiums and arenas. Incorporating the best of

proven technologies and state-of-the-art advances, including

the latest in integrated, network-controlled audio, Crown

continues to be the intelligent choice for professional audio.

What makes dbx the most well-respected

dynamics processing company? Besides years

of leadership and expertise in the processing field, we have

combined our detection and summing methods, known as

True RMS Level Detection and True RMS Power Summing,

to be “true” to the sounds that are heard by the human

ear. dbx has patented integrated circuit designs that can

detect and then process natural sounds over a broad range

of signals. Wouldn’t all musicians want their voices to be

heard at their best?

Digital Paging, Voice Announcement,

Background Music, and Audio Content over

Ethernet, at your control, accessible anywhere, anytime,

on your schedule. That’s the power of IDX 100. Leverage

existing Ethernet networks and integrate legacy audio

systems with scalable hardware components. Add any

General Purpose Input/Output device. More than future

proof, IDX is the future of networked digital audio systems.

Playback the last 60 years of music and motion

picture recording and one name stands alone:

JBL. Before THX and Dolby, before stereo

and even hi-fi, there was JBL. Today, JBL’s well-earned

reputation has placed its speakers in all types of professional

institutions, including legendary recording studios, famous

concert venues and premier movie houses. Throughout

those 60 years of technical breakthroughs, award winning

00

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Introduction 2-3Table of Contents 3Contact Information 4

HiQnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Full Line Catalog

AKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Full Line Catalog

BSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175Full Line Catalog

Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Full Line Catalog

dbx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241Full Line Catalog

IDX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273Full Line Catalog

JBL Professional . . . . . . . .285Full Line Catalog

Lexicon . . . . . . . . . . . . .383Full Line Catalog

Soundcraft . . . . . . . . . . .409Full Line Catalog

Studer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435Full Line Catalog

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455Complete Product Listing HiQnet 456 AKG 456 BSS 456 Crown 456 dbx 457 IDX 457 JBL 457-458 Lexicon 458 Soundcraft 458 Studer 458

Table of Contents:

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

designs and continuing innovations the facts still remain:

JBL loudspeakers continue to be the one benchmark for

quality, the singular reference for accuracy in the playback

of recorded sounds; the leader, the innovator, the authority.

Lexicon measures its success by the simple fact

that they are the world-wide choice in digital

processing by engineers, producers and performers. Their

uncompromised integrity has proven to be extremely successful

over the years. History was made when our Reverb line was

introduced at the 1978 AES Convention. It was considered

the first commercially viable digital reverb system. Lexicon’s

innovations haven’t stopped since. We continue to forge

strategic partnerships that will ensure that our systems are

always compatible with our customers’ needs.

Drawing from a heritage of 40 years in mixing

console design and manufacture, Soundcraft

has developed a unique insight into professional audio

requirements. From live sound to recording and broadcast,

Soundcraft mixing consoles are built to perform and are

responsible for delivering thousands of events day after day

all around the world. With professional features, intuitive

operation and uncompromised sound quality, Soundcraft has

built a global reputation for delivering optimum performance

every time.

For 65 years, the Studer name has been

synonymous in the world of professional audio

with innovation, elegant design and unsurpassed excellence

in engineering. Today, Studer is acknowledged as the leader

is Digital Mixer Technology and offers the widest range of

digital broadcast consoles and system components available

from any manufacturer.

00

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

00

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

AKG AcousticsAKG Acoustics GmbHLemböckgasse 21-25, A-1230 Vienna/AUSTRIA, Tel: (+43 1) 86 654-0,* www.akg.com, e-mail: [email protected], Hotline: (+43 676) 83200 888, [email protected]

AKG Acoustics, U.S.8400 Balboa Boulevard. Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., Tel: (+1 818) 920-3212, e-mail: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.akg.com

www.akg.com

BSS Audio8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.bssaudio.com

www.bssaudio.com

Crown Audio, Inc.1718 W. Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA, Tel: (574) 294-8000, www.crownaudio.com

For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.crownaudio.com

www.crownaudio.com

dbx Professional Products8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 830-7662 International Fax: (801) 568-7583, web: www.dbxpro.com, www.driverack.com, email: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.dbxpro.com

www.dbxpro.com

HiQnet8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: hiqnet.harmanpro.com

hiqnet.harmanpro.com

Lexicon8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, UT 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662, web: www.lexicon.com

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com

IDX8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 web: idx.harman.com

www.lexiconpro.com

idx.harman.com

SoundcraftCranborne House, Cranborne Road, Potters Bar, Herts EN6 3JN UK Tel: +44 (0) 1707 665000, Fax: +44 (0) 1707 660742, e-mail: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.soundcraft.com

www.soundcraft.com

Studer Professional Audio GmbHAlthardstrasse 30, CH-8105 Regensdorf-Zurich Switzerland, Tel: +41 44 870 75 11, Fax: +41 870 71 34, e-mail: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.studer.ch

www.studer.ch

JBL Professional8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA Tel: (818) 894-8850, Domestic Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, International Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, Customer Service Fax: (818) 830-7881, web: www.jblpro.com

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.jblpro.com

www.jblpro.com

Introduction: Contact Information

00

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

www.akg.com

www.bssaudio.com

www.crownaudio.com

www.dbxpro.com


www.lexiconpro.com

idx.harman.com

www.soundcraft.com

www.studer.ch

www.jblpro.com

audio networking as easy as

audioarchitect tmHiQnet

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The original HiQnet vision of 2005 was to create a common control platform for all devices from microphone to speaker. Seven

years later, the tally of devices in the HiQnet family exceeds 150 – from wireless microphone hubs, mixing consoles and signal

processors, to amplifiers and powered loudspeakers. Several HiQnet software applications exist to provide true system configuration

and control, each with feature sets tailored for the specific system application or scenario.

The brand new HiQnet Audio ArchitectTM audio system design and configuration software application retains the revolutionary

system design philosophy centered on operational workflow first introduced in HiQnet System ArchitectTM, and the use of a

diagrammatic representation of the installed or live sound venue. Devices understand both their physical and logical placement - in

racks, arrays and rooms - and the software therefore becomes ‘educated’ about how they are to be used in the real-world. Audio

Architect can then begin automating many of the laborious system design tasks for free. Control interfaces for control and monitoring

of all manner of groups of devices are generated automatically, for example.

In creating Audio Architect, Harman has also incorporated the BSS Audio Soundweb London DSP system backbone within the core

functionality of System Architect – combining the power of our proven open-architecture platform with AKG wireless microphones,

dbx and Lexicon fixed-architecture processors, Crown amplifiers and JBL powered loudspeakers.

HiQnet Audio Architect now replaces HiQnet

System Architect as Harman’s primary installed

sound system configuration and control software

application. Although modeled on System Architect

operation, it is so much more than System Architect

version 4, that it demanded a new identity all to

itself. HiQnet Audio Architect thereby marks a

major milestone in the lifecycle of our ongoing

HiQnet software initiative.

It features the widest range of audio devices and

audio network transports at your disposal in any

single audio system design software interface

available today. By bringing together the two

worlds of HiQnet System Architect and Soundweb

London to create HiQnet Audio Architect, we have

created the next stage in the evolution of audio

system design software.

audioarchitect tmHiQnet

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Adding open-architecture DSP

BLU-800signal processor

SoundwebTM

A B C D

Clip Clip Clip ClipIN IN IN INAEC AEC AEC AECDIG DIG DIG DIGOUT OUT OUT OUT

Signal Signal Signal Signal

48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity

LOCATENetwork linkConductor


SoundwebTM

A B C D



48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity



SoundwebTM

A B C D



48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity

LOCATE


SoundwebTM

A B C D



48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity

LOCATE

BLU-320 : CobraNet-capable I/O expander with BLU link

BLU-800 : CobraNet-capable signal processor with BLU link

BLU-120 : I/O expander with BLU link

BLU-160 : signal processor with BLU link

The BSS Audio Soundweb London family

One of the fundamental building blocks of the Audio

Architect system is the power and flexibility of the

distributed DSP network backbone of BSS Audio’s

SoundwebTM London family. Launching a Soundweb

London device from the main workspace transforms

the entire interface into an open-architecture design

world. The familiar processing objects can be

added to individual devices, and the signal path

created with virtual wires.

Considerable care has been taken in implementing

Soundweb London configuration and control.

The transition from HiQnet London ArchitectTM

software has been made as simple as possible,

while incorporating the new open-architecture

paradigm into the Audio Architect workflow and

system design.

Previous users of London Architect will see straight away that when a Soundweb London device is launched from the main Audio

Architect workspace, the open-architecture design environment is almost identical. Dedicated workspace modes for configuration

of audio processing, logic processing and control port configuration are all directly accessible from the pop-up Soundweb London

Ribbon tab.

BLU-100 : 12x8 signal processor with BLU link

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Audio Architect includes the capability to route a wide variety of digital audio network protocols from and to compatible devices system-wide over an Ethernet network with AVB, Cirrus Logic CobraNet® and Audinate DanteTM. Creating added audio routing flexibility within a HiQnet system design, Audio Architect can also be used to route audio amongst devices on a BLU link ring – Harman’s proprietary low-latency, high-channel capacity digital audio bus. This versatility makes audio routing within a HiQnet system as easy as A, B, C, D. It is now possible to move from one networked audio transport to another and stay on the same control platform without needing to learn multiple software applications.

AVB

AVB, or Audio / Video Bridging, is the name for a set of IEEE standards to ensure high quality audio and video streaming

over Ethernet. What sets AVB apart from other Ethernet audio transports is that the network switches themselves

ensure that audio data is given complete priority over any other data on the network. What this means in practice

is that without any complex network management, audio is guaranteed to arrive at the destination device with no

interruption even possible. Running over a Gigabit network, AVB naturally claims a very low latency and a high audio

channel count. The BSS Audio / NETGEAR GS724T AVB-capable Ethernet switch can be loaded into and configured

directly from Audio Architect, merging network configuration with audio system design.

Harman is a founder member of the AVnu Alliance - an organization dedicated to ensuring AVB

compatibilty across the audio and video industries in the professional, consumer and automotive

markets. The increasing number of its member manufacturers are working together to make AVB

fulfill its promise of becoming a unifying audio and video transport. More information on the AVnu

Alliance can be found at www.AVnu.org.

Harman BLU link

While Ethernet-based audio transports lend themselves well to site-wide audio networking, Harman BLU link provides an

unprecedented level of audio routing flexibility to today’s system topologies. A complementary high-bandwidth low-latency digital

audio bus, BLU link is capable of routing 256 channels of audio directly from device to device within a local rack, or even within

an entire rack room. The fault-tolerant BLU link bus is currently compatible with the majority of Soundweb

London devices and Crown CTs series amplifiers fitted with a PIP-BLU input module. BLU link offers a distance

of 100m between devices over standard CAT5e cable, and the BSS Audio MC-1 fiber optic media converter

can be used to increase the distance between devices to over 10km (6.2 miles) using single mode fiber.

Network simplicity

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Networked audio(AVB, CobraNet or Dante)

HiQnetcontrol

Networked audio HiQnet control

Networked audio(AVB, CobraNet or Dante)

HiQnetcontrol

Networked audio HiQnet control

Link/ACT

ProSafe 24 Port 10/100/1000 Mbps Smart Switch1 133 155 177 199 2111 23T

2 144 166 188 2010 2212 24T

23F 24F

GS724TEthernet AVB Switch

SPD

FDX

Link/ACT

SPD

FDX FactoryDefaults

AutoUplink

™

PWR

2321191715131197531

24222018161412108642

Reset

SFP SFP

Link/ACT Link/ACT

Green(1000M)Yellow(100M)

CTs 3000


SoundwebTM

A B C D



48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity



SoundwebTM

A B C D



48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity


CTs 3000

BLU

link

dig

ital a

udio

bus

Completion of BLU linkring topology required

only for bus redundancy

Local area Ethernet network

Link/ACT

ProSafe 24 Port 10/100/1000 Mbps Smart Switch1 133 155 177 199 2111 23T

2 144 166 188 2010 2212 24T

23F 24F

GS724TEthernet AVB Switch

SPD

FDX

Link/ACT

SPD

FDX FactoryDefaults

AutoUplink

™

PWR

2321191715131197531

24222018161412108642

Reset

SFP SFP

Link/ACT Link/ACT

Green(1000M)Yellow(100M)

CTs 3000


SoundwebTM

A B C D



48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity



SoundwebTM

A B C D



48V 48V 48V 48V

1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4Data activity


CTs 3000

BLU

link

dig

ital a

udio

bus

control

audio

Cirrus Logic CobraNet®

CobraNet technology, from Cirrus Logic, has long been the pro audio industry’s adopted audio networking

solution. Many HiQnet devices are CobraNet compatible and Audio Architect is capable of routing audio

between them. CobraNet is based on 100Mb Ethernet, so channel counts are limited in comparison with AVB

and Dante. Larger systems will often require managed switch configuration.

Audinate DanteTM

Dante is a proprietary audio networking technology from Audinate and employs standard Internet Protocols

over 100Mb and / or Gigabit Ethernet. Channel counts can be high over Gigabit Ethernet, although switch

management is required for most Dante systems. The Soundweb London BLU-806 and BLU-326 bring Dante

capability to the Soundweb London family

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Kiosk Mode

Kiosk Mode makes HiQnet Audio Architect truly unique and

especially valuable for efficient operation by automatically

utilizing the exact same design environment, optimized for

touch screen control and system monitoring operations.

Kiosk Mode is installed as an option with the standard

Audio Architect installer, runs from the startup directory

as a separate control application, offers a pop-up, context

sensitive alpha-numeric keypad and honors all Access

Control configuration so multiple user logins are possible.

Kiosk Mode simplifies operation and reduces repetitive

tasks by reusing the very same venue workspace that was

used for system configuration, saving design time and

reducing design complexity.

Kiosk mode can also incorporate customized interfaces

created with Audio Architect’s built-in Custom Panel

designer.

Custom Panels

Although much of the system control interface creation

is automated by Audio Architect, the application

still includes a comprehensive Custom Panel design

environment for the creation of application-specific

control panels. The dedicated mode lays out just the

tools you need for the purpose, optimizing the design

process and automatically filttering out unnecessary

information.

Controls include faders, rotaries, buttons, LEDs, meters,

EQ and dynamics graphs, text input and display,

images, customizable regions and simple drawing

tools - each of which can be fully graphically and

operationally customized.

Flexible control

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Being launched alongside Audio Architect is HiQnet Motion

Control™ – an Apple iOS app which enables customized

control interfaces designed in Audio Architect to be exported

to iPad, iPhone and iPod Touch devices for mobile system

control. Dedicated design templates are available within

Audio Architect for the configuration of customized

interfaces, which can be used to control devices from BSS

Audio, Crown, dbx and JBL.

Any number of control panels designed within the Audio

Architect custom panel designer can be loaded onto an

iOS device directly from the Audio Architect interface,

without the need to connect to Apple iTunes. Navigation

between the panels couldn’t be easier - either by the use

of swiping gestures or from an automatically-generated

bar at the bottom of the iOS display.

Motion Control is the perfect tool for

system-specific, day-to-day control,

as well as a tool for commissioning

engineers to walk the venue with

control literally at their fingertips.

HiQnet Motion Control is available

from the Apple App Store and will also

function with HiQnet System Architect

prior to the availability of Audio

Architect.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


Soundweb London BLU-800 – signal processor with CobraNet and BLU link

Soundweb London BLU-320 – I/O expander with CobraNet and BLU link

Soundweb London BLU-160 – signal processor with BLU link

Soundweb London BLU-120 – I/O expander with BLU link

Soundweb London BLU-100 – 12x8 signal processor with BLU link

HUB 4000 Q [DSR 700, SR 4500, SR 4000, SST 4 via HUB 4000 Q]

CDi Series

CTs 600, CTs 1200, CTs 2000, CTs 3000 [with PIP-LITE, PIP-BLU, USP3, USP3/CN or USP4/CN installed]

MA-2402, MA-5002 [with PIP LITE, USP3 or USP3/CN installed] - discontinued

CTs 4200 USP/CN, CTs 8200 USP/CN

DSi Series

I-Tech Series - discontinued

I-Tech HD Series

Macro-Tech i Series

VRACK 12000

VRACK 4x3500

XTi Series - discontinued

XTi 2 Series

DriveRack® 4800 / 4820

VP Series [with DPAN, DPCN or DPDA installed]

VerTec® DP Series [with DP-AN, DP-CN or DP-DA installed]

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Introducing the next generation

audio system configuration software

designed to work the way you work

performanceHiQnet

manager tm

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

HiQnet Performance Manager™

HiQnet Performance Manager is a highly-refined software interface facilitating the specific design requirements of

touring and live performance venue sound reinforcement systems. Designed especially for touring and theatrical

sound engineering, Performance Manager is an application-specific iteration of HiQnet System Architect™ - the

connectivity and control software application for professional-grade audio system integration.

Like System Architect, the Performance Manager story began with several common customer impetuses:

• Thecontrolinterfaceshouldbethesame,regardlessofthedevicesinwhichtheprocessingisactuallytakingplace.

• Systemdesigntimeisincreasing,addingadditionalcoststooverallsystemdesign

• Mostsystemdesignisrepetitive–thesamecontrolinterfaceshavetobecustomizedforallsystems

• Predictivemodelingshoulddrivethesystemconfigurationandconfigurecontrolinterfacesautomaticallyinthe

same software application.

• GettingthebestsoundfromyourJBLandCrownsystemshouldbeassimpleaspossible.

Inaddressingtheabove,ourgoalwastoconceptualizeandimplementanewsystemdesignsoftwarephilosophy

derived from the system designer’s workflow, which became Performance Manager

Thekeytosolvingtheaboveissueswastomoveawayfromthetraditionalsoftwareapproachoffillingablank

canvas in the software with the audio system components and considering the system design at a device level. We

wanted to consider system design as just that, and configure and control it at the system level.

Toachievethat, theworkflowparadigmof thePerformanceManagerinterfaceguidesyou, thesystemdesigner,

through the complete system design, configuration and control process. In many ways, the entire process feels and

actslikeasimplestep-by-stepwizard.

ThePerformanceManagerworkflowstartswitharraytemplates.Foreacharrayinatemplate,theJBLLineArray

CalculatorIItoolcanberun,addingthepassiveorpoweredspeakermodelsdirectlytotheworkspace.Thecorrect

quantity of amplifier racks are also added, based on a few configuration parameters. Amplifier channels are associ-

ateddirectlywiththebandpassinputsoverlaidonthearrayrepresentations–allamplifiercontrolcanthereforebe

carried out from the arrays. Networking has been reduced to a simple drag and drop. All test, tuning and calibra-

tioncontrolinterfacesareembedded–noneedtospendtimedesigningcontrolpanels.Finally,thededicatedshow

mode provides all the monitoring and control you need to run the show.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Step 1 – Starting from Templates

Theworkflowbeginsbyloadingtemplatesofthespeakerarraysusedinthesystem.Thetemplatesprovidestarting

points for venue-specific combinations of flown arrays, ground-stacked arrays and distributed fills. Adding a template

to the venue workspace is as simple as drag-and-drop. Each template understands how it will be grouped for control

laterinthesystemlifecycle.Forexample,theLeft/Center/RighttemplateincludesembeddedgroupingforLeftand

Rightarrays,aswellasagroupforLeft,CenterandRightarrays.

A Left and Right array template loaded into the main Performance Manager workspace

Adding speakers to each of the array template placeholders can be carried out manually, but the next workflow step

istheprocessofaddingloudspeakersautomatically.ThisiswherePerformanceManagerreallybeginstoprovideits

value.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The JBL Line Array Calculator tool launched from the array template to populate the array in the main Performance Manager workspace

Step 2 – Modeling with JBL Line Array Calculator II

JBL’sVerTec®LineArrayCalculatorIIsoftwareoffersarefinedworktoolthatenablessystemdesignersandsetuptechni-

cianstosimulatemixed-modelVerTecarrays.Thisincludestheentirerangeofsystemoptions,fromthefullsizeVT4889

linearrayelementandcompanionVT4880arrayablesubwoofer,throughmidsizeandcompactmodels,toJBL’snew-

estadditionstotheVerTecfamily,theVT4886andVT4883subcompactmodels.

EnhancedacousticalmodelingincludescolorSPLmapping,0dBIsobar,andSPLattenuationmodes.Frequencyre-

sponseandSPLbasedonthetonalbalanceofJBL’sV4DSPpresetscanbeselectedor,alternatively,maximumSPLfor

rated power at each frequency can be examined. Up to four frequencies can be simultaneously displayed, and up to

six frequency response probes can be entered on up to four defined audience planes. Additionally, subwoofer model-

ingisincluded.Userguidelinesareinplaceforupto24enclosuresperarray.

LineArrayCalculatorIIcanberunforeacharrayaspartoftheinitialsounddesigntaskofdetermininghowmanyand

whichtypeofloudspeakersarerequiredtocoveragivenvenue.Foreacharray,PerformanceManagerautomatically

loadsthepassiveVerTecorpoweredVerTecDrivePack®DP-DAlinearrayconfigurationintothemainapplication.The

required loudspeaker configuration for arrays grouped within a template will be loaded into both left and right arrays,

forexample.LineArrayCalculatorIIdataisbi-directionalsotheconfigurationcanberevisitedandfurthereditedat

any time.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Crown VRacks loaded automatically into the main workspace, each amplifier channel associated with the appropriate loudspeaker bandpass input

Step 3 – Amplifying arrays automatically

Passive loudspeakers within each array can be operated in economy, nominal or high performance mode. All config-

urationsaredeterminedwithavastlook-uptableprovidedbytheexpertsatJBLsothatEconomyModeconfiguresthe

array to be powered with the fewest number of amplifier channels, while High Performance Mode will use the greatest

number of amplifier channels to give optimum performance.

Once the desired operating mode for passive loudspeakers within the arrays has been defined, Performance Manager

automaticallyloadsthecorrectquantityofCrownAudioVRackorotheruser-definedracksofI-TechHDSeries,MAi

SeriesorlegacyI-TechSeriesamplifiersintotheworkspace.Eachamplifierchannelisassociatedwiththeappropri-

atebandpassinputinthecircuitwhichitissettopower.Thislinkisoverlaidoverthearraysothatvisualcontrolof

theamplifier/passivespeakercombinationcanbedrivenfromthearray,linkingthefocusofcontroldirectlywiththe

speaker component producing the audio. As a result, the interface provides a system of control based on the actual

loudspeakers deployed in the venue, regardless of how they are powered.

Amplifier racks can also be loaded into the workspace and associated with loudspeaker bandpass inputs manually.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Speaker tuning configuration options overlaid over the array to configure the amplifier channels or powered loudspeakers with the correct DSP tuning preset data

Step 4 – Configuring speaker tunings

A dedicated workflow mode enables the crossover configurations to be entered for each array. With the crossover

point selected, and the information about how the amplifier channels have been associated with the individual band-

passinputs,PerformanceManagerhasenoughinformationtoloadthecorrectJBL-providedV4orV5loudspeaker

presetdataintoeachamplifier,aswellasthegainshadingandJBLLineArrayControlPanelequalizationparameters

determinedpreviouslyinLineArrayCalculatorIItooptimizesoundpressurelevelandfrequencyresponseoverthe

defined audience geometry.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Step 5 - Going online

TheGoOnlinemodeisPerformanceManager’stransitionbetweenoffline configuration and online control.

All previous workflow modes have been running Performance Manager offline, all subsequent workflow modes are

online to the system.

TheGoOnlinemodedramaticallysimplifiessystemnetworkconfiguration.JBLDrivePackDPDAarrays,Crownam-

plifier racks and individual devices discovered on the network are listed in a window on the left side of the screen.

SelectingaDPDAarrayinthelistwillmaketheLEDsonthebackofalltheloudspeakersflash–simplydragitontothe

arrayinthePerformanceManagerworkspace,alldeviceswillbesynchronizedandthearraywillmovefromtheup-

perwindowtothelowerwindowtoindicateit’sbeenconnected.Thesameistrueforamplifierracksandindividual

devices–selectitinthenetworkeddeviceslistandalldevicefrontpanelswillflash(orviceversa).Dragfromthelist

ontoarackoradeviceintheworkspace,andalldeviceswillbesynchronizedandmovefromtheupperwindowto

thelowerwindowtoindicatethey’vebeenconnected.Theaddressesofthedevicesonthenetworkwillupdateto

match those in the workspace and all settings, including speaker preset data will be loaded appropriately, preparing

thesystemimmediatelyforcontrol.Thissynchronizationmethodsignificantlyreducesnetworkingcomplexityandsi-

multaneously rethinks the process of manually selecting presets to build a system. Once the device on the network has

been matched to the virtual device created by the designer in offline control, all settings are sent down to the amplifier

or DrivePack loudspeaker device, leaving it instantly configured for control.

Whenre-connectingtoamatchednetwork,theAuto-MatchDevicesbuttonintheRibbonwillmatchallthediscovered

devices instantly.

Matching devices on the network with devic-es in the Performance Manager workspace with drag-and-drop to assign addressing and send the correct DSP tuning preset data

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

User-defined groups of amplifier channels or powered loudspeakers configured by selecting the appropriate array band-pass inputs and naming with a pop-up keypad

Step 6 - Creating and editing array, circuit and bandpass input groups

ThePerformanceManagerArrayTemplatescontainacertainamountofgroupinginformationautomatically–left

andrightflownarraysaregroupedwithinaFactoryGroup,asarethecircuitsandbandpassinputswithinthem,for

example.TheEditGroupsmodeenablesfarmorecomprehensivegrouping.Groupsofanycombinationofarray

bandpass input can be created, edited, renamed, duplicated and deleted in a very stylus-friendly manner with a pop-

up alphanumeric keypad to assist with naming. Although grouping is driven from the loudspeaker bandpass inputs,

behind-the-scenes Performance Manager is grouping the amplifier channels associated with each passive loudspeaker

bandpass input or the powered loudspeaker, keeping the configuration interface identical, regardless of loudspeaker

/amplifiercombination.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Step 7 – Selecting input sources

The primary and backup input sources are set for amplifier channels or powered loudspeakers with the appropriate op-tions overlaid over the arrays

Justasspeakerpresetsareconfiguredwiththeamplifierorpoweredloudspeakeroptionsoverlaidoverthearrays,

amplifier and powered loudspeaker inputs are also directly selected from controls placed on top of the array repre-

sentations.IntheSelectInputSourcesmode,controlsforthePrimaryinput,Backupinput1andBackupinput2are

selected for each array, setting the input priorities for powered loudspeakers or the amplifier channels connected to

passive loudspeakers alike.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Step 8 – Testing the system

TheTestSystemmodeprovidesamutematrixfortheentiresystem,thearraybandpassinputoverlaysbeingreplaced

withmutebuttons.Bandpassinputs,whetherofpoweredloudspeakersorpassiveloudspeakerspoweredbyampli-

fiers, can be directly muted and unmuted from this single interface. Noise generator controls tied to all amplifiers or

powered loudspeakers are located on the left-hand side of the screen, enabling control of noise type, level and on

/offstate.Themutecontrolswithinthemutematrixitselfcanbesettooperateeitherwithonlyasinglebandpass

unmutedatanyonetime–asolostate–orwithmultiplebandpassesunmutedforcheckingphaserelationships.

Subwoofers may have their polarity inverted, and overlaid within each of the bandpass mute buttons is the measured

impedance ensuring you have all the test functions and information directly available on a single screen.

The system is tested with a mute matrix overlaid over the array representations, controlling the connected amplifier chan-nels or powered loudspeakers from the same interface

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Step 9 – Calibrating arrays

TheCalibrateArraysmodeoffersaGroupArrayTaperingsub-mode,providingacommoninterfacetocontrolinput

EQprocessingforarraysizecompensation,lowfrequencydirectivitytapering,atmosphericabsorptioncompensa-

tion, high frequency throw distance compensation and two parametric EQ filters for custom use.

TheCalibrateArraysmodealsoprovidesanArrayShadingsub-mode

which displays spinner controls for individual circuit bandpass gain di-

rectlyonthearrayinterface.Theparametervaluesofbothsub-modes

tie back into any original array coverage prediction carried out with

theJBLLineArrayCalculatorIIintheAddSpeakersmode.

Arrays and circuits calibrated with predetermined filters, data derived from the original Line Array Calculator prediction

Array shading configured with spinner controls overlaid over each circuit within the array, automatically set to control connected amplifier

channels or powered loudspeakers

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Step 10 – Tuning the system

OncethearrayshavebeenoptimizedforproperresponseinCalibrateArraysmode,theTuneSystemmodeoffers

threesimilarcontrolinterfacesfortuningthesystemintheenvironmentitwillbedeployedin.AGroupEQsub-

modepresentstheinputEQfromamplifiersorpoweredloudspeakersforroomtuningandsystemequalization.

DelayandBandpassGainsub-modesdisplayspinnercontrols

for array and subwoofer delay and bandpass gain, respectively,

directly on the array interface.

EQ and bandpass gain / metering panel available for EQ groups and mapped automatically to the connected amplifier channels or powered loudspeakers

Bandpass gain represented directly on the array in the main workspace

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Step 11 - Running the show

ThefinalstepintheworkflowistheRunShowmode.Here,thebandpassinputoverlayblocksprovidereal-time

systemmonitoringofpeak,RMSorgainreductionoutputmetersandpeakorRMSinputmeters,plusloadmonitoring,

amplifierthermalheadroomandAClevels.TheDelayandGroupEQcontrolinterfacesoftheTuneSystemmodeare

accessible but with reduced control ballistics that are more suitable for use during the event itself. A limiter sub-mode is

also available in which spinner controls are again displayed directly on the array interface.

WithaccesstoallconfigurationmodecontrolsremovedintheRunShowmode,andhavingonlythenecessaryshow

monitoring and control features present, Performance Manager is the only system configuration and control application

you’ll need from start to finish.

Input,output or gain reduction metering for amplifier channels or powered loudspeakers overlaid over the arrays in the workspace

Health monitoring for the complete amplifier or powered loudspeaker system

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The rack builder tool enabling configuration of amplifier racks and custom wiring

Additional features

dbx DriveRack

ThedbxDriveRack4800and4820loudspeakerprocessordevicesarealsoincludedwithinPerformanceManager

forfunctionssuchasaglobalfront-of-houseEQormonitorprocessing,andcanbeincludedintheVenueworkspacein

the Add Processors workflow mode.

Custom Rack builder

ARackBuildertoolenablesamechanismforcreatinguser-definedamplifierracksofuptoeightI-TechHD,Macro-

TechiSeries,legacyI-TechSeriesamplifiers.Bandpassinputscanbedefinedforeachchanneltoaccommodate

custom amplifier rack wiring. With the understanding of the bandpass wiring configuration of a custom amplifier rack,

Performance Manager is able to employ these custom amplifier racks within the system configuration workflow just as

easilyasitcantheCrownVRack.JustaswithVRacks,customracksmaybeloadedintothevenueandtheiroutputs

assigned to loudspeaker bandpass inputs automatically with the Amplify Selection tool, or may be loaded and outputs

assigned manually for an extra level of control.

Once created, custom racks can be exported as individual files and shared with other users on different Performance

Manager configuration and control computers.

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Custom Speaker Designer

InasimilarwaytothecustomamplifierRackBuilder,aSpeakerDesignertoolisincludedasamechanismforcreating

user-definedloudspeakers.Acustomspeakercanfirstlybeconfiguredtobea1-way,2-way(bi-amped),3-way(tri-

amped)or4-way(quad-amped)device,andforeachband,anexistingHiQnetPerformanceManagerorevenparent

application HiQnet System Architect amplifier preset file can be elected from which Performance Manager can derive

the correct DSP settings for driving the speaker correctly. With this tool, monitor loudspeakers can be loaded into the

venueworkspaceforexample,amplifiedbytheCrownVRackorevenamplifierrackscreatedwiththecustomRack

Buildertool,andhavethecorrectDSPpresetdataloadedintotheamplifierchannelautomatically.

Once created, custom loudspeakers can also be exported as individual files and shared with other users on different

Performance Manager configuration and control computers.

The abilities to design customizable amplifier racks and loudspeakers combine to make

Performance Manager a far more versatile application than one which simply employs

standard speaker and amplifier rack models.

The speaker builder tool enabling customization of loudspeakers and configuration of appropriate preset data for each bandpass input

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Crown I-Tech HD Series ClassItouringamplifierwithnetworkedaudioandanewDSPengineco-developedwithBSSAudio,includingLinearPhaseFIRfilters and LevelMax™ limiters

Crown VRack threeCrownI-Tech12000HDamplifiersinaneasy-to-configure,plug-and-play amplifier rack solution, featuring a flexible input panel with AES, analog, and network inputs, worldwide power distributionsystem,andanoutputpaneloptimizedforusewithJBLVerTecloudspeakersystems

Crown Macro-Tech i Series ruggedly-constructedClassIamplifiersbuilttowithstandyearsofabuseontheroad,whilecontinuingtheMacro-Techlegacyofunparalleled sonic accuracy and detail

Crown I-Tech Series (legacy) amazingpowerandeaseofusewithonboardDSPdesignedfortouring sound and installed sound applications

harmanpro.com

JBL VerTec® Series the latest generation of high-powered, lightweight DifferentialDrive®transducers,coupledwithJBL’sprovenlinearraytechnologiesisatthecoreofVerTec

JBL VerTec® DP - DA Series poweredlinearrayswithsuperbaudioquality,robustCrownampli-fication and integral dbx digital signal processing with networked control, and AES digital audio

JBL VTX® Series NextgenerationlinearraysystemsolutionswithCardioid-ArrayableSubwoofers, revolutionary D2 dual diaphram, dual voice coil com-pressiondriver,patentedRBIRadiationBoundaryIntegratorandlaser accurate setup.

dbx DriveRack 4800 / 4820 system processors designed to produce the utmost in sonic fidelity and intuitive control for performance and fixed installation applica-tions

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:01

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Pro

fess

iona

l a

udio

Cat

alo

g

Full

lin

e /S

prin

g 2

013

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

AKG – sound As it should be For more than 65 years AKG has built an unrivaled reputation for the quality of its sound equipment amongst the most critical audience of all – musicians, sound engineers and music aficionados. That commitment to quality can be seen in every product we produce.

We are also constantly challenging our research and development teams to find new ways of improving our existing products as well as develop new and exciting products that meet and exceed our quality standards.

The results can be seen in this catalogue with products like the PR4500 ENG System, the launch of the AKG D12VR - the latest version of the legendary D12 or the new “AKG by TIËSTO”-headphone series as well as new developments in the wireless category.

As we expand our range we will attract new customers to the AKG community and when they have experienced the quality and performance of our products will stay with us for years to come.

Our brand promise will always remain the same “the best sound quality and most reliable equipment, born out of our passion for music”.

Enjoy sound reproduction as it should be - AKG

Jürgen Bopst General Manager, AKG Acoustics GmbH

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

AAB4000AKG SyStem Ar-chitect pluGinASu4000

BB18B29 lB48 lBBB DFiveBlue line

Cc1000 Sc12 vrc2000c214c3000c391 Bc4000c411c414 Xliic414 XlSc417c430c4500 Bcc451 Bc480 B comBoc480 B ulSc5 Wl1c5c516 mlc518c519c520c535 eBc535 Wl1c544 lc547 Blc555c562 cmc568 Bc747 v11cBl410 pcccBl99cc519cGn321 StScGn521 StScGn99 ccGn99 hchm99cK31cK32cK33cK41cK43cK47cK49cK61 ulScK62 ulS

cK63 ulScK69 ulScK77 WrcK80cK91cK92cK93cK94cK97cK98cK99 lcm311compAct 99er SerieScS3 BucS3 cucS3 DucS5 BucS5 cu50cS5 DucS5 irr7cS5 irtcS5 iucS5 vucu4000cu400cu700

DD112D12 vrD230D40D44 SD5 Wl1D5D55 SD58 eD7 Wl1D7D770D88 SDAmDAm+DGn99Dht700 v2Dht70Dmm12Dmm6DmS70 SetSDpt700 v2Dpt70Drum Set BiG iiDSr70 QuAttroDSr700 v2DSt99 S

FFloorpAD AntennA

GGn eGn e5 pinGn eSpGn mGnGn155 mGn155 SetGnS36Groove pAcK

Hh30h40/1h41h47h500h50h600h85hc577 lhelicAl AntennAhm1000 mhm1000hSc171hSc271hSD171hSD271ht40 miniht4500ht45ht470huB4000 Q

Iip2

KK121K141 mKiiK167 tiËStoK171 mKiiK20K240 mKiiK240 StuDioK267 tiËStoK271 mKiiK44 perceptionK67 tiËStoK702K77 perceptionK99 perception

MmB3mB4mF mmF-DAmK pSmK150 mmK150 ml

mKA20mKA5mKG lmpA v lmSh70

Pp120 uSBp120p170 Stereo Setp170p2p220p3 Sp4p420p5p820 tuBepAe mpAe5 mpAeSp mpcc130pcc160pcc170perception WireleSS SetSpF80pr4500 enG Set ht / ptpr4500 enGpS3 F-locKpS4000 WpSu4000pt40 minipt4500pt45pt470pZm10pZm11 ll WrpZm11pZm185pZm30 DpZm6 D

RrA4000 B/WrA4000 Wrhythm pAcK

SSA44SA47SA60SA61SA63Se300 BShZ80SounD GrABBer iiSpr4500 iemSr40 mini

Sr4500Sr45Sr470SrA2 B/WSrA2 WSSt4500 iemSt1St305St45St46St6

UulSuWA9 m

Vvm2

WW1000W23W30W3001W3004W40 mW4000W407W414W44W444W48W49W547W68W70W77 mW77 mpW77 SetW77W880W90W98WireleSS iphone AppWmS40 mini SetSWmS4500 SetSWmS470 SetS

ZZApD 21

AlphAbeticAl index

AAB4000 ___________ 99AKG SYSTEM

ARCHITECT PLUGIN ___ 100ASU4000 __________ 99

BB18 _______________ 173B29 L _____________ 173B48 L _____________ 173BBB DFive ________ 63

CC1000 S ___________ 55C12 VR ____________ 34C2000 ____________ 55C214 ______________ 37C214 ______________ 39C3000 ____________ 54C391 B ____________ 45C4000 ____________ 54C411 ______________ 69C414 XL II _________ 39C414 XLII __________ 37C414 XLS _________ 36C414 XLS _________ 39C417 ______________ 151C430 ______________ 69C4500 BC _________ 50C451 B ____________ 35C451 B ____________ 38C480 B COMBO ___ 41C480 B ULS _______ 40C5 ________________ 62C5 WL1 ___________ 82C516 ML __________ 71C518 ______________ 71C519 ______________ 70C520 ______________ 64C535 EB __________ 60C535 WL1 _________ 82C544 L ____________ 67C544 L ____________ 149C547 BL ___________ 140C555 L ____________ 67C562 CM __________ 146C568 B ____________ 49C747 V11 __________ 48CBL410 PCC ______ 144CBL99 ____________ 145CC519 ____________ 171CGN321 STS ______ 138CGN521 STS ______ 139CGN99 C __________ 136CGN99 H __________ 137CHM99 ___________ 137CK31 _____________ 131CK32 _____________ 131CK33 _____________ 130CK41______________ 125CK43 _____________ 125

CK47 _____________ 132CK49 _____________ 124CK61 ULS _________ 41CK62 ULS _________ 42CK63 ULS _________ 42CK69 ULS _________ 43CK69 ULS _________ 49CK77 WR _________ 150CK80 _____________ 132CK91 _____________ 45CK92 _____________ 46CK93 _____________ 46CK94 _____________ 47CK97 _____________ 150CK98 _____________ 47CK98 _____________ 49CK99 L ____________ 151CM311 ____________ 65CS3 _______________ 164CS3 ACCESSORIES ___ 167CS3 BU ___________ 165CS3 CU ___________ 166CS3 DU ___________ 166CS5 _______________ 156CS5 ACCESSORIES ___ 163CS5 BU ___________ 158CS5 CU50 _________ 161CS5 DU ___________ 158CS5 IRR7 _________ 160CS5 IRT ___________ 160CS5 IU ____________ 159CS5 SOFTWARE ______ 162CS5 VU ___________ 159CU400 ____________ 103CU4000 ___________ 102CU700 ____________ 102

DD112 ______________ 69D12 VR ____________ 68D230 ______________ 51D40 _______________ 68D44 S _____________ 77D5 ________________ 62D5 WL1 ___________ 83D55 S _____________ 77D58 E _____________ 153D7 ________________ 61D7 WL1 ___________ 83D770 ______________ 63D88 S _____________ 76DGN99 ____________ 153DHT70 ____________ 105DHT700 v2 ________ 79DMM12 ___________ 154DMM6 ____________ 155DMS70 ____________ 104DMS70 SETS ______ 106DMS700 v2 ________ 78DPT70 ____________ 105DPT700 v2 ________ 79

DRUM SET BIG II __ 72DSR70 ____________ 104DSR700 v2 ________ 78DST99 S __________ 152

FFLOORPAD ANTENNA _ 96

GGN________________ 134GN E ______________ 134GN E5 PIN _________ 135GN ESP ___________ 135GN M _____________ 126GN155 M __________ 127GN155 SET ________ 133GNS36 ____________ 171GROOVE PACK ____ 73H30 _______________ 171H40/1 _____________ 171H41 _______________ 171H47 _______________ 171H50 _______________ 171H500 ______________ 171H600 ______________ 171H85 _______________ 171HC577 L __________ 66HC577 L __________ 148HELICAL ANTENNA ___ 97HM1000 ___________ 133HM1000 M ________ 127HSC171 ___________ 52HSC271 ___________ 52HSD171 ___________ 53HSD271 ___________ 53HT40 MINI _________ 113HT45 ______________ 109HT4500 ___________ 81HT470 _____________ 89HUB4000 Q _______ 100

IIP2 _______________ 93IVM4500 IEM ______ 92

KK121 ______________ 122K141 MKII _________ 122K167 Tiesto________ 117K171 MKII _________ 120K20 _______________ 161K240 MKII _________ 121K240 Studio _______ 121K267 Tiesto _______ 116K271 MKII _________ 119K44 _______________ 123k67 Tiesto _________ 117K702 ______________ 118K77 _______________ 123K99 _______________ 123

MMB3 ______________ 143MB4 ______________ 144MF M _____________ 129MF M _____________ 172MF-DA ____________ 171MK 150 M _________ 173MK 150 ML ________ 173MK PS ____________ 173MKA20____________ 173MKA5 _____________ 173MKG L ____________ 173MPA V L ___________ 173MSH70 ____________ 171

PP120 ______________ 59P120 USB _________ 59P170 ______________ 58P170 Stereo Set ___ 58P2 ________________ 75P220 ______________ 57P3 S ______________ 75P4 ________________ 74P420 ______________ 57P5 ________________ 74P820 TUBE ________ 56PAE M ____________ 128PAE5 M ___________ 128PAESP M __________ 128PCC130 ___________ 142PCC160 ___________ 140PCC170 ___________ 142PERCEPTION WIRELESS

45 Set ______________ 110PF80 ______________ 169PR4500 ENG ______ 86PR4500 ENG Sets _ 87PS3 F-LOCK _______ 172PS4000 W _________ 98PSU4000 __________ 103PT40 MINI _________ 113PT45 ______________ 109PT4500 ___________ 81PT470 _____________ 89PZM10 ____________ 146PZM11 ____________ 147PZM11 LL WR _____ 147PZM185 ___________ 143PZM30 D __________ 141PZM6 D ___________ 141RA4000 B/W ______ 95RA4000 W _________ 95RHYTHM PACK ____ 73

SSA44 ______________ 172SA47 ______________ 172SA60 ______________ 172SA61 ______________ 172SA63 ______________ 172

SE300 B __________ 44SHZ80 ____________ 172SOUND GRABBER II ___ 145SPR4500 IEM ______ 93SR40 MINI ________ 112SR45 _____________ 108SR4500 ___________ 80SR470 ____________ 88SRA2 B/W ________ 94SRA2 W ___________ 94SST4500 IEM ______ 92ST1 _______________ 172ST305 _____________ 172ST45 ______________ 172ST46 ______________ 172ST6 _______________ 129STS DAM+ ________ 129

UUWA9 M __________ 129UWA9 M __________ 173

VVM2 ______________ 101

WW1000 ____________ 170W23 ______________ 169W30 ______________ 169W3001 ____________ 170W3004 ____________ 170W40 M ____________ 129W40 M ____________ 170W4000 ____________ 170W407 _____________ 170W414 _____________ 170W44 ______________ 169W444 _____________ 170W48 ______________ 169W49 ______________ 169W547 _____________ 170W68 ______________ 169W70 ______________ 169W77 ______________ 169W77 M ____________ 169W77 P ____________ 169W77 SET __________ 169W880 _____________ 170W90 ______________ 170W98 ______________ 170WIRELESS

IPHONE APP _________ 101WMS40 MINI _______ 112WMS40 MINI SETS __ 114WMS4500 _________ 80WMS4500 Sets ____ 84WMS470 __________ 88WMS470 Sets _____ 90

ZZAPD 21 __________ 98

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

cAtAlog content

Symbols for Polar Patterns

Omnidirectional Hemispherical Cardioid Wide cardioid Supercardioid Hypercardioid Figure-eight

recording Microphones reFerence recorDinG microphoneS _________________ X

moDulAr recorDinG microphoneS _________________ X

heADSetS & BroADcASt microphoneS _________________ X

project StuDio microphoneS _________________ X

perception StuDio microphoneS _________________ X

live Microphones hAnDhelD vocAl microphoneS _________________ X

heAD-Worn vocAl microphoneS _________________ X

inStrument microphoneS _________________ X

micromicS ____________________ X

microphone pAcKS ____________ X

perception live microphoneS _________________ X

ccS microphoneS _____________ X

Wireless systeMs multichAnnel WireleSS SyStemS _______________________ X

AntennA SyStemS _____________ X

netWorK SyStemS ____________ X

chArGinG unitS _______________ X

pluG‘n‘plAy WireleSS SyStemS ____________ X

heAdphones proFeSSionAl heADphoneS ___ X

instAlled soundGooSenecK microphoneS _________________ X

BounDAry lAyer microphoneS _________________ X

heAD-Worn AnD lAvAlier microphoneS _________________ X

pAGinG microphoneS _________ X

AutomAtic microphone miXer ____________ X

conFerence SyStemS _______________________ X

Accessories WinDScreenS _________________ X

StAnDS & SupportS ___________ X

poWerinG ADApterS & cABleS ______________________ X

REFERENCE RECORDINGMICROPHONES _________________34

MODULAR RECORDINGMICROPHONES _________________40

HEADSETS & BROADCASTMICROPHONES _________________47

PROJECT STUDIOMICROPHONES _________________54

PERCEPTION STUDIOMICROPHONES _________________56

HANDHELD VOCALMICROPHONES _________________60

HEAD-WORN VOCALMICROPHONES _________________64

INSTRUMENTMICROPHONES _________________68

MICROMICS ____________________70

MICROPHONE PACKS ___________72

PERCEPTION LIVEMICROPHONES _________________74

CCS MICROPHONES ____________76

MULTICHANNEL WIRELESSSYSTEMS _______________________78

ANTENNA SYSTEMS _____________94

NETWORK SYSTEMS ____________100

CHARGING UNITS _______________102

PLUG‘N‘PLAYWIRELESS SYSTEMS ____________104

PROFESSIONAL HEADPHONES ___116 GOOSENECKMICROPHONES _________________126

BOUNDARY LAYERMICROPHONES _________________140

HEAD-WORN AND LAVALIERMICROPHONES _________________148

PAGING MICROPHONES _________152

AUTOMATICMICROPHONE MIXER ____________154

CONFERENCESYSTEMS _______________________156

WINDSCREENS _________________169

STANDS & SUPPORTS ___________171

POWERING ADAPTERS& CABLES ______________________173

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C12 vrRefeRence multipatteRn tube condenseR micRophone

the holy grail of microphonesLegendary tube sound for lead vocals, brass instruments and electric guitars

the c12 vr is the reference multipattern tube studio condenser microphone with nine polar patterns selectable by a remote control. Among sound engineers, the AKG c12 is considered the holy grail of microphones. this legendary microphone, first built in the 1950s, is one of the most famous tube microphones in history, and its successor is today’s c12 vr.

the c12 vr is an enhanced version of the original c12, from the capsule sound to the original 6072A vacuum tube carefully handcrafted in vienna, Austria.

• The legendary AKG sound used on dozens of number-1-hits an enhanced version of the highly sought-after AKG c12 built 1953-1960

• Edge-terminated CK12 capsule and original 6072A vacuum tube provide a sound that is simply beyond words

• Selected state-of-the-art components ensure low noise and reliable operation

• Nine remotely selectable polar patterns for maximum flexibility and ease of use

• Carefully handcrafted in Vienna, Austria meticulous attention to detail ensures highest quality

Included accessories: h15 t Shockmount, mK tube cable, n12 vr power supply, W42 Windscreen

Item Number: c12 vr 2221Z00040

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ref

eRen

ce

Rec

oR

din

g M

icR

op

ho

nes

C451 bRefeRence small-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

one for the roadfor drums, percussion, acoustic guitar and strings

the c451 B is a small-diaphragm condenser microphone with the identical acoustical behavior of its predecessor, the legendary c451 eB + cK1 capsule, which was a bestseller right from the start in 1969.

With its airy sound, high overload limit and improved engineering details, the c451 B continues the success story of this legend. the roadworthy design around the handcrafted capsule and the low-noise preamp electronics ensure impressive results even under very harsh conditions.

• Sound of the legendary C451 EB + CK1 capsule from 1969 delivers stunning sound quality with maximum accuracy

• Established tour sound standard since the 1980s for excellent sound quality even under harsh on-stage conditions

• Impressive sound pressure level capability of 155dB SPL allows close-miking of high-energy sound sources without distortion

• Highly effective high-pass filter with 12dB/octave prevents low-end distortion caused by rumble or wind noise

• Transformerless preamp and surface mount technology provides extremely low distortion, highest reliability and less weight

Included accessories: W90 Windscreen, SA60 Stand adapter, microphone bag

Item Number: c451 B 2895Z00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

12

RefeRence condenseR micRophones

one legendary name - two legendary soundsfrom lead vocals to every instrument in studio and on stage, the most versatile microphone ever

the c414 family has been one of the world’s most widely used and respected studio and stage micro-phones. AKG continuously sets new benchmarks for features and technical specifications, responding to requests from ever-demanding recording studios, broadcast stations and audio engineers.

everyone who is used to working with a c414 will find the acoustic advantages of an AKG large-diaphragm microphone very familiar. Since the mid-1980s, the c414 has been the reference microphone of the recording industry and a proven workhorse for the stage.

• One-inch edge-terminated capsule gold-sputtered diaphragms ensure maximum reliability on the road

• High sound pressure level capability up to 158dB Spl and an incredible dynamic range of 152dB

• High sensitivity and extremely low self-noise one of the quietest microphones in the world (6dBa-A only)

• Super-flexible settings and workflow

• Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria

All Products share these features:

C414 series

C414 xlsRefeRence multipatteRn condenseR micRophone

a legend since 1971The most versatile microphone for vocals and instruments in studio and on stage

the c414 XlS multipattern condenser microphone offers a choice of nine polar patterns for the perfect sonic capture for every application. A peak hold leD displays even the shortest overload peaks. For live-sound applications and permanent installations, all controls can easily be disabled for trouble-free use.

the c414 XlS maintains the sonic character of the legendary c414 B-ulS, the most popular AKG c414 version since 1971. engineered for highest linearity and neutral sound, it has been the most versatile large-diaphragm microphone for decades.

• Engineered for highest linearity and neutral sound for beautifully detailed recording of vocals and any acoustic instrument

• Nine selectable polar patterns for the perfect setting for every application

• Three attenuation levels (-6/-12/-18dB) for close-up recording or high-output sources of up to 158dB Spl

• Three different switchable bass-cut filters to reduce wind noise, subsonic noise or proximity effect

• Overload warning with audio peak hold LED to detect shortest audio peaks

Included accessories: h85 universal shock mount, pF80 pop filter, W414 Windscreen, metal carrying case

Item Number: c414 XlS 3059Z00050

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ref

eRen

ce

Rec

oR

din

g M

icR

op

ho

nes

C414 xliiRefeRence multipatteRn condenseR micRophone

the classic c12 soundfor recording of lead vocals and solo instruments in studio and on stage

the c414 Xlii multi-pattern condenser microphone offers a choice of nine polar patterns for the perfect sonic capture for every application. A peak hold leD displays even the shortest overload peaks. For live-sound applications and permanent installations, all controls can easily be disabled for trouble-free use.

the c414 Xlii version differs from the c414 XlS version in one major respect – the capsule. the c414 Xlii's slight presence boost and impressive spatial reproduction are both similar to the legendary AKG c12 microphone from 1953.

• Sonic character of the famous AKG C12 delivers astounding sound quality for lead vocals and solo instruments

• Nine selectable polar patterns for the perfect setting for every application

• Three attenuation levels (-6/-12/-18dB) for close-up recording or high-output sources of up to 158dB Spl

• Three switchable different bass-cut filters to reduce wind noise, stage vibration or proximity effect

• Overload warning with audio peak hold LED to detect shortest audio peaks

Included accessories: h85 universal shock mount, pF80 pop filter, W414 Windscreen, metal carrying case

Item Number: c414 Xlii 3059Z00060

C214pRofessional laRge-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

engineered excellencefor recording of lead vocals and solo instruments in studio and on stage

the c214 large-diaphragm condenser microphone has been designed as a cost-effective alternative to the high-end c414 family. like the c414, the c214 offers a supreme one-inch capsule on an integrated suspension to reduce mechanical noise. A switchable 20dB attenuation pad allows recording of loud sources of up to 156dB Spl. A switchable bass-cut filter allows close-up recording with almost no proximity effect.

the c214 captures sound by combining one capsule of the legendary c414 dual-capsule system and the patented AKG Back-plate technology, resulting in an outstanding performance close to the famous c414 Xlii.

• Sonic character of the C414 XLII for beautifully detailed recording of lead vocals and solo instruments

• Outstanding dynamic range and ultralow noise for close-up recording of high-output sources of up to 156dB Spl

• Switchable 20dB attenuator and bass-cut filter for close-up recording and reduction of proximity effect

• Integrated suspension to reduce mechanical noise and vibration from stage

• Roadworthy design all-metal die-cast body with shock- and scratch-resistant finish

Included accessories: h85 universal shock mount, metal carrying case

Item Number: c214 3185Z00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C451 bmatched paiR steReo set

the c451 B is a reference small-diaphragm condenser microphone. With its airy sound, high overload limit and improved engineering details, the c451 B continues the success story of its predecessor, the legendary c451 eB + cK1 capsule. the roadworthy design around the handcrafted capsule and the low-noise pre-amp electronics ensure impressive results even under very harsh conditions. Selected from thousands of individual microphones, both microphones of the matched pair show a maximum variance of 1 dB at the frequency response and have identical sensitivity.

C451 Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes:

• 2 x C451

• 2 x Stand adapter

• 2 x Windscreen

• 1 x Stereo mounting bar, Aluminum carrying case, Measurement documents

Item Number: c451 B matched pair 2895Z00210

perfect twinsfor stereo recording of any acoustic instrumentsin studio and on stage

the AKG reference matched pair stereo sets are created by a sophisticated computer aided match-ing method. Selected from thousands individual mi-crophones, both microphones of one matched pair show a maximum variance of 1dB at the frequency response and have identical sensitivity.

the matched pair stereo sets come in a top quality aluminum case including the individual measure-ment documents.

• Computer aided matching method of both microphones for highest possible correlation of frequency responses by a maximum difference of 1dB

• Selected from thousand of individual microphones for identically sensitivity of both microphones

• Perfect suited for stereo recording techniques by two identically matched microphones


the matched pair is available for the c451 B, c414 XlS, c414 Xlii and the c214.

MaTChed pair stereo sets

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ref

eRen

ce

Rec

oR

din

g M

icR

op

ho

nes

C214matched paiR steReo set

the c214 large-diaphragm condenser microphone has been designed as a cost-effective alternative to the high-end c414 family. the c214 captures sound by combining one capsule of the legendary c414 dual-capsule system and the patented AKG Back-plate technology, resulting in an outstanding performance close to the famous c414 Xlii.

C214 Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes:

• 2 x C214

• 2 x Elastic spider suspensions

• 2 x Windscreen

• 1 x Aluminum carrying case, Measurement documents

Item Number: c214 matched pair 3185Z00110

C414 xliimatched paiR steReo set

the c414 Xlii reference multi-pattern condenser microphone offers a choice of nine polar patterns for the perfect sonic capture for every application. the c414 Xlii’s slight presence boost and impressive spatial reproduction are both similar to the legendary AKG c12 microphone from 1953.

C414 XLII Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes:

• 2 x C414 XLII


• 2 x Windscreen


Item Number: c414 Xlii matched pair 3059Z00240

C414 xlsmatched paiR steReo set

the c414 XlS reference multipattern condenser microphone offers a choice of nine polar patterns for the perfect sonic capture for every application. the c414 XlS maintains the sonic character of the legendary c414 B-ulS, the most popu-lar AKG c414 version since 1971. engineered for highest linearity and neutral sound, it has been the most versatile large-diaphragm microphone for decades.

C414 XLS Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes:

• 2 x C414 XLS


• 2 x Windscreen


Item Number: c414 XlS matched pair 3059Z00230

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

pRofessional small-diaphRagmmodulaR micRophone seRies

Just pure sounddesigned for the most demanding studio andbroadcast applications

the ulS, ultra linear Series, offers four reference class small condenser mics. the series is intended primarily for studio and broadcast applications in which state-of-the-art performance is mandated. With the available cardioid, hypercardioid, omnidi-rectional, and highly directional shotgun capsules, the ultra linear Series offer an incredible flexible solution for speach, vocal, instrumental and anbi-ent recordings.

thanks to the ultra linear preamp the capsules have a vastly improved noise floor, permitting self noise performance in the range of 9 to 11dB-A. maximum sound pressure levels in the range of 144dB can be attained with no greater than 0.5% distortion, giving the capsules a new level of overall performance. the ulS series microphones misses out on coloration, distortion and noise and offer just pure sound.

• Ultra low noise for unbelievable equivalent noise levels of 9 to 11dB-A only

• Four different capsules available provides the right solution for every application

• 1/2-inch true condenser technology with ULS design offers ruler-flat frequency responses

• Transformer-less preamp provides extremely low distortion and highest reliability

• Self-cleaning contact with huge contact area ensures reliable operation and extremely long life


uLs

C480 b ulspRofessional micRophonepRe-amplifieR

noise-freefor ULS capsules CK61, CK62, CK63, CK69 ULS

the c480 B is the pre-amp for the ultralinear series capsules, cK61, cK62, cK63, and cK69 ulS, and represents one of the quietest microphone amps ever built. the c480 B offers excellent audio quality and maximum flexibility. its electronic circuitry coupled with a transformerless output stage assures completely linear transfer characteristics across the entire frequency range, while achieving self-noise figures close to the theoretical minimum.

A specially designed output stage drives difficult loads like exces-sively long cables without harming the signal quality. the c480 B offers a two-step high-pass filter and two gain stages of either -10dB or +6dB.

• Sophisticated microphone pre-amp design for ultralow noise performance

• Transformerless output provides extremely low distortion, highest reliability and less weight

• Switchable attenuation pad enables high Spl applications up to 144dB

• Switchable bass-cut filter eliminates rumble or footfall noise

• Specially designed output stage for difficult loads drives excessively long cables with no signal degradation

Item Number: c480 B ulS 2180Z00150

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Included accessories: W32 Windscreen

Mo

du

lar

rec

or

din

g M

icr

op

ho

nes

C480 b coMbopRofessional modulaR condenseR micRophone

hassle-freefor distant instrument recording, MS and XY stereo techniques

the c480 B combo is a combination of c480 B pre-amp and the cK61 ulS capsule. it offers excellent audio quality and maximum flexibility. the electronic circuitry of the c480 B comes with a transformerless output stage and assures completely linear transfer characteristics across the entire frequency range, while achieving self-noise figures close to the theoretical minimum.

the cK61 capsule is characterized by a ruler-flat frequency response and an unmatchable consistent cardioid polar pattern. it is the ideal choice for critical recording and live-sound applications where consistent suppression of off-axis sound is an important requirement. the cK61 ulS is widely used in broadcast and recording studios as well as on stages worldwide.

• Sophisticated microphone pre-amp design for ultralow noise performance

• Transformerless output provides extremely low distortion, highest reliability and less weight

• Specially designed output stage for difficult loads drives excessively long cables with no signal degradation

• Cardioid polar pattern with excellent on-axis response for pure, pristine sound quality

• Self-cleaning contacts ensure reliable operation and long life

Included accessories: SA60 Stand adapter, metal carrying case, W23 Windscreen

Item Number: c480 B combo 2200Z00330

CK61 ulspRofessional condenseR micRophone capsule

distortion-freefor distant instrument recording, MS and XY stereo techniques

the cK61 ulS professional small condenser capsule is charac-terized by a ruler-flat frequency response and an unmatchable consistent cardioid polar pattern. it is the ideal choice for critical recording and live-sound applications where consistent suppres-sion of off-axis sound is an important requirement. the cK61 ulS is widely used in broadcast and recording studios as well as on stages worldwide.

the cK61 ulS works exclusively with the c480 B pre-amp. to ensure an extra-long life and a reliable connection, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts. careful attention to detail and highest manufacturing standards make the cK61 ultra linear Series capsule the choice of experi-enced technicians worldwide.

• Cardioid polar pattern with excellent on-axis response for pure, pristine sound quality



Item Number: cK61 ulS 2231Z00210

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Included accessories: W32 Windscreen Included accessories: W32 Windscreen


coloration-freefor ambience recording and advanced stereo recording techniques

the cK62 ulS professional small condenser capsule is character-ized by a ruler-flat frequency response and an omnidirectional polar pattern. it is one of the most neutral small-diaphragm capsules ever, and a perfect choice for demanding applications such as classi-cal-music recording. the cK62 ulS is widely used in recording studios, in opera houses and on theater stages around the world.

the cK62 ulS works exclusively with the c480 B pre-amp. to ensure an extra-long life and a reliable connection, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning and gold-plated contacts. careful attention to detail and the highest manufacturing standards make the ultra linear Series modular system the choice of experi-enced technicians worldwide.

• Omnidirectional polar pattern for pure, pristine sound quality





no proBlemhigh gain before feedback for noisy environments

the cK63 ulS professional small condenser capsule is character-ized by a ruler-flat frequency response. its consistent hypercardioid polar pattern provides unmatched channel separation, exceptional off-axis rejection and high gain before feedback. the cK63 ulS is widely used in broadcast and recording studios as well as on stages around the world.

the cK63 ulS works exclusively with the c480 B pre-amp. to ensure an extra-long life and a reliable connection, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts. careful attention to detail and the highest manufacturing standards make the ultra linear Series modular system the choice of experi-enced technicians worldwide.

• Hypercardioid polar pattern with excellent on-axis response for pure, pristine sound quality at high gain before feedback




uls (continued)

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mo

du

lar

rec

or

din

g M

icr

op

ho

nes

CK69 ulspRofessional small condenseR micRophone shotgun capsule

point. shoot. interview.for TV interviews, film close-ups and ambience recording

the cK69 ulS professional shotgun capsule delivers perfect results for film/tv outdoor applications or indoor front-of-stage recording. it has a unique two-shotgun-capsules-in-one-microphone design, which enables quick and easy conversion from long- to short-distance applications. it is also a perfect microphone for interviews in noisy environments.

the cK69 ulS works exclusively with the c480 B pre-amp. to ensure an extra-long life and a reliable connection, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts. An eye for detail paired with the highest manufacturing standards makes the ultra linear Series capsules the choice of knowledgeable technicians worldwide.

• Sophisticated interference tube design provides maximum noise attenuation

• Two shotgun lengths in one microphone for a selectable operating distance


Included accessories: W48 Windscreen, W49 Windscreen


uls (continued)

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

high-peRfoRmance small-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone seRies

do the twistwherever speed, ruggedness and high sound quality are mandatory

the Blue line Series is a family of pre-polarized condenser capsules, all compatible with a supreme pre-amp module. its robust modulock™ bayonet coupling allows quick and easy interchanging of the capsules modules. All modules feature accurate axial response, uniform pattern control and low self noise. With the available cardioid, hypercardi-oid, omnidirectional and highly directional shotgun capsules, the Blue line Series offers an incredible flexible solution for the most demanding speech, vocal, instrumental and ambient recordings.

the Blue line Series is primarily designed for studio and broadcast applications. thanks to the road-worthy and light-weight design the microphones are also often found in heavy-duty use on stages worldwide.

• Five different quick interchangeable capsules allow a wide range of studio and broadcast applications

• Half-inch back-plate condenser technology offers great sound performance and reliable quality

• Robust Modulock™ bayonet design allows quick and easy interchanging of the capsules

• Switchable bass-cut filter and attenuation pad enable high Spl applications and eliminate rumble or footfall noise

• Roadworthy but lightweight design for heavy-duty use in harsh environment without ballast


bLue line

se300 bhigh-peRfoRmance micRophone pRe-amplifieR

heavy-duty use without Ballastfor Blue Line Series capsules CK91, CK92, CK93, CK94 and CK98

the Se300 B is the pre-amp for the Blue line Series capsules cK91, cK92, cK93, cK94 and cK98. this system is designed for excellent audio quality and maximum flexibility. its robust modu-lock™ bayonet coupling allows quick and easy changing of the capsules. the state-of-the-art electronics design ensures high rF immunity in critical environments.

the Se300 B provides a switchable bass roll-off/attenuator with three positions: flat, 75hz and 10db attenuation.

• Extremely compact, reliable circuitry ensures high rF immunity in critical environments

• Switchable attenuation pad for high Spl applications up to 144dB


• Universal phantom powering from 9V to 52V for operating with phantom power supply

• Robust Modulock™ bayonet design allows quick and easy changing of the capsules

Included accessories: SA60 Stand adapter

Item Number: Se300 B 2439X00080

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mo

du

lar

rec

or

din

g M

icr

op

ho

nes

C391 bhigh-peRfoRmance condenseR micRophone

a compact solutionfor vocal and instrument recording, MS and XY stereo techniques

the c391 B high-performance small-diaphragm condenser microphone is a combination of the Blue line Series cK91 and the Se300 pre-amplifier. the microphone has a cardioid polar pat-tern, a low self-noise and very good transient response for a bright and brilliant sound. it also features the ability to quickly interchange its capsule with one of the other capsules of the Blue line Series, making it an excellent mic for demanding broadcast applications.

the c391 B provides a switchable bass roll-off/attenuator with three positions: flat, 75hz and 10db attenuation.

• Precise cardioid polar pattern for uncolored sound quality and high gain before feedback

• Switchable attenuation pad enables high-Spl applications up to 144dB


• Universal phantom powering from 9 to 52V for operating with phantom power supply


Included accessories: SA60 Stand adapter, W90 Windscreen


CK91high-peRfoRmance condenseR micRophone capsule

a Quick fixfor live broadcasting and studio productions

the cK91 high-performance small condenser capsule is charac-terized by a smooth and well-balanced frequency response and a consistent cardioid polar pattern. it is the ideal choice for critical live and studio broadcast applications where consistent suppres-sion of off-axis sound is required.

the cK91 is part of the Blue line Series and works exclusively with the Se300 B pre-amp module. its robust modulock™ bayonet coupling allows quick and easy changing of the capsules.


• Precise cardioid polar pattern for uncolored sound quality and high gain before feedback



Item Number: cK91 2439Z00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


close-upfor close instrument miking and ambience pickup

the cK92 is a high-performance small condenser capsule with an omnidirectional polar pattern. it offers exceptionally neutral presentation of a source in its ambient sound field, providing consistent results regardless of the distance between microphone and source. Due to its nondirectional pickup, it is free of proximity effect and perfect for close-up miking of instruments, as well as for ambience recording.



• Omnidirectional polar pattern for pure, pristine sound quality





higher gain Before feedBackfor vocals and instruments, wherever off-axis sound suppression is important

the cK93 high-performance small condenser capsule is charac-terized by a smooth and well-balanced frequency response and a consistent hypercardioid polar pattern. it provides greater attenu-ation of off-axis sound and more direct sound. thus it is the ideal choice for critical live and studio broadcast applications where consistent suppression of off-axis sound is required.

the cK93 is part of the Blue line Series and works exclusively with the Se300 B pre-amp module. its robust modulock™ bayonet coupling allows quick and easy changing of the capsules modules.

• Hyper-cardioid polar pattern with excellent on-axis response for best sound quality at highest gain before feedback





blue line (continued)

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mo

du

lar

rec

or

din

g M

icr

op

ho

nes


advanced stereo mikingfor interviews and M/S stereo technique applications

the cK94 high-performance small condenser capsule is charac-terized by a smooth and well-balanced frequency response. its figure-eight polar pattern picks up sound arriving from opposite directions and efficiently suppresses off-axis sounds. thus it is the perfect tool for applications where sound sources face each other, as in broadcast-interview and roundtable situations. it is also perfect as a side microphone in m/S stereo technique.


• Figure-eight polar pattern with accurate axial response for advanced stereo miking techniques





CK98high-peRfoRmance shoRt shotgun condenseR micRophone capsule

an easy catchfor broadcasting and theater productions

the cK98 high-performance small condenser capsule combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. it offers excellent reach thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the cK98 ideal for boom appli-cations. the smooth, wide-band frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters.


• Sophisticated interference tube design for noise attenuation in difficult environments





blue line (continued)

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C747 v11pRofessional shotgun condenseR micRophone

a history of soundfor use in broadcast and recording studios, theaters and conferences

the c747 v11 is a professional shotgun condenser capsule with a flat frequency response and a clean off-axis response. Due to its brilliant sound reproduction, it is perfect for guitar, piano, drum and overhead recordings. thanks to its inconspicuous appearance, it is also widely used as a speech and lectern microphone.

the c747 v11 features an integrated rFi shield to block out unwanted interference from mobile phones, wireless microphones and other wireless devices. the c747 v11 ships with an extensive accessory set including a shock mount adapter, mini-gooseneck, stand adapter, mounting clamp, thread link and windscreen.

• Enhanced, hypercardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the sides

• RFi shielding technology prevents interference noise from mobile phones

• Withstands high sound pressure levels for close-up miking of loud sources

• Small and inconspicuous for mobile and installed solutions

• Extensive accessory set included for a wide range of mounting possibilities

Included accessories: h47 Shock mount, mSh70 Short gooseneck, SA47 Stand adapter, ShZ80 Screw link, W70 Windscreen

Item Number: c747 v11 2226Z00110

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Br

oa

dc

ast

Mic

ro

pHo

nes

CK69 ulspRofessional small condenseR micRophone shotgun capsule

point. shoot. interview.for TV interviews, film close-ups and ambience recording

the cK69 ulS professional shotgun capsule delivers perfect results for film/tv outdoor applications or indoor front-of-stage recording. it has a unique two-shotgun-capsules-in-one-microphone design, which enables quick and easy conversion from long- to short-distance applications. it is also a perfect microphone for interviews in noisy environments.

the cK69 ulS works exclusively with the c480 B pre-amp. to ensure an extra-long life and a reliable connection, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold- plated contacts. An eye for detail paired with the highest manufacturing standards makes the ultra linear Series capsules the choice of knowledgeable technicians worldwide.


• Two shotgun lengths in one microphone for a selectable operating distance


Included accessories: W48 Windscreen, W49 Windscreen


CK98high-peRfoRmance shoRt shotgun condenseR micRophone capsule

an easy catchfor broadcasting and theater productions

the cK98 high-performance small condenser capsule combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. it offers excellent reach thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the cK98 ideal for boom applications. the smooth, wide-band frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters.


• Sophisticated interference tube design for noise attenuation in difficult environments





C568 bpRofessional small condenseR shotgun micRophone

zoom inFor theaters, houses of worship, film and TV productions

the c568 B professional small condenser capsule combines high directivity and a wide frequency range. it is a perfect tool for theater, sound reinforcement and film/tv applications. Due to its compact and lightweight design, the c568 B is ideal for camera-mount use.

Below 500hz, it functions as a hypercardioid microphone; above 500hz, the acoustic interference tube introduces increasing directivity. A switchable 12dB/octave 120hz bass roll-off filter effectively suppresses impact and wind noise. the c568 B´s rugged, all-metal body contains the built-in pre-amp, which requires 9–52v phantom power. the package includes a special foam windscreen as well as a stand adapter.


• Integrated, switchable bass roll-off filter for minimized mechanical noise

• Compact and lightweight design ideal for camera-mount use



02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C4500 bcpRofessional fRont-addRess condenseR micRophone

in the facefor live broadcast work and close miking of loud sound sources

the c4500 Bc large-diaphragm condenser microphone in front-addressed format is specially designed for on-air broadcast work. it provides a cardioid pickup with voice-friendly tuning and a low proximity effect, as well as high rF/emi insensitivity. the exceptional low self-noise (8dB-A) and its 165dB maximum Spl capability also make the c4500 Bc a great tool for close-miking of loud instruments like bass drums, brass instruments and guitar amps.

the c4500 Bc comes complete with an h85 spider-type shock mount, W4000 windscreen and a metal carrying case.

• Minimized proximity effect for unchanged sound at varying distances

• Withstands extreme sound pressure levels distortion-free operation for sources up to 165db Spl

• Ultralow 8dB-A self-noise for demanding studio and broadcast applications

• Multilayer pop-screen filter to minimize blowing noise

• Transformerless output circuit ensures zero susceptibility to rF and emi

Included accessories: W4000 Windscreen, h85 universal shock mount

Item Number: c4500 Bc 2820X00220

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Br

oa

dc

ast

Mic

ro

pHo

nes

d230high-peRfoRmance dynamic eng micRophone

far-reachingfor ENG/EFP application

the D230 is a rugged dynamic enG microphone that delivers exceptional sensitivity and clarity. For decades it has been a standard in the demanding news-gathering field. Because of its omnidirectional pickup, it is insensitive to varying speech distances. An integrated windscreen efficiently reduces wind noise and plosives.

the D230 features an extended shaft for easy placement of station flags without typical handling problems. the body is made of extremely rugged die-cast metal with a nonreflective surface for low-profile on-camera operation.

• Omnidirectional polar pattern for unchanged sound at varying speech distances

• Rugged all-metal body for heavy-duty use and longest lifetime

• Extended microphone shaft for ease of handling

• Integrated windscreen minimizes wind noise and plosives


Item Number: D230 2558X00020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

hsC271pRofessional headsets with condenseR micRophone

winning comBinationfor intercom, ENG/EFP, recordings and video production

the hSc271 professional over-ear, closed headset is a standard for intercom, enG/eFp work and video production. it is based on the successful K271 mKii Studio headphones combined with a high-performance condenser microphone. the flexible microphone arm mutes the microphone automatically as it is moved up. the microphone can be mounted to the left or right side, depending on personal preference and available space.

the hSc271 features a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off. the high-quality six-pin mini Xlr connector allows quick replacement of the cable.

• Over-ear, closed design for high comfort and high noise attenuation

• Condenser microphone on flexible boom for best audio quality

• Auto-mute for headphone and microphone prevents feedback

• Switchable bass-cut filter minimizes rumble and wind noise

• Self-adjusting headband allows extended wear without discomfort

Included accessories: W444 Windscreen, velvet earpads

Item Number: hSc271 2955X00290

hsC171pRofessional headsets with condenseR micRophone

listen in, speak out for recording, intercom, ENG/EFP and video production

the hSc171 professional closed, on-ear studio headset provides extraordinary noise insulation, perfect for use in loud environments. the headset combines the K171 mKii studio headphones with a high-performance condenser microphone. the flexible microphone arm mutes the microphone automatically as it is moved up. the microphone can be mounted to the left or right side, depending on personal preference and available space.

the hSc171 features a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off. the professional six-pin mini Xlr connector allows quick replacement of the cable.

• On-ear, closed design for highest possible noise attenuation

• Condenser microphone on flexible boom for best audio quality

• Switchable bass-cut filter minimizes rumble and wind noise


Item Number: hSc171 2955X00280

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Hea

dse

ts

hsd271pRofessional headsets with dynamic micRophone

dynamic dialoguefor intercom, ENG/EFP, recordings and video production

the hSD271 professional over-ear, closed headset is a standard for intercom, enG/eFp work and video production. it is based on the successful K271 mKii Studio headphones combined with a rugged dynamic microphone. the flexible microphone arm mutes the microphone automatically as it is moved up. the microphone can be mounted to the left or right side, depending on personal preference and available space.

the hSD271 features a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off. the plug-in cable with a six-pin mini Xlr connector allows quick replacement of the cable.

• Over-ear, closed design for high comfort and high noise attenuation

• Sealed design for recordings without unwanted spill

• Dynamic microphone on flexible boom for maximum robustness

• Auto-mute for headphone and microphone prevents feedback and protects headphones when not in use



Item Number: hSD271 2955X00270

hsd171pRofessional headsets with dynamic micRophone

rugged and readyfor recording, intercom, ENG/EFP and video production

the hSD171 professional closed, on-ear studio headset provides an extraordinary noise insulation, perfect for use in loud environments. the headset combines the K171 mKii studio headphones with a rugged dynamic microphone. the flexible microphone arm mutes the microphone automatically as it is moved up. the microphone can be mounted to the left or right side, depending on personal preference and available space.

the hSD171 features a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off. the rugged six-pin mini Xlr connector allows quick replacement of the cable.

• On-ear, closed design for highest possible noise attenuation


• Dynamic microphone for maximum robustness


Item Number: hSD171 2955X00260

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C4000high-peRfoRmance multipatteRn condenseR micRophone

mellow fellowThe best-kept secret for thin vocals and instruments

the c4000 is a high-performance multipattern large-diaphragm microphone with exceptionally high headroom and extremely low self-noise. it is among the condenser microphones with the widest dynamic range available today, and it will give equally excellent results in the studio and on stage.

Due to its warm and dark-sounding character, it is known in the pro-audio world as an insider’s tip for thin vocals, bright brass instruments and acoustic guitars. Beyond that, it is designed for miking a broad range of instruments from electric guitar to kick drum.

• Genuine one-inch dual-diaphragm condenser transducer for a warm and dark-sounding character

• Selectable polar patterns (cardioid, hypercardioid and omni) for a wide range of applications due to dual-capsule design

• One of the quietest condenser microphones available today by the use of ultralow-noise electronic components

• Transformerless electronic design for high Spl capability and low distortion

• Switchable 10dB attenuation pad allows close-in miking at extremely high sound pressure levels

Included accessories: W4000 Windscreen, h85 universal shock mount, metal carrying case

Item Number: c4000 2820X00210

C3000high-peRfoRmance laRge-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

a sound investment for every studioA studio and on-stage standard for vocals, guitar, drums and brass instruments

the c3000 high-performance, large-diaphragm condenser microphone has been a standard for live applications and studio recording for almost two decades. it is an excellent choice for vocals, electric and acoustic guitars, drum overhead and brass instrument miking. the switchable attenuation pad and low-cut filter enable high Spl up to 150dB and eliminate proximity effect.

the redesigned c3000 presents itself as a cost-effective, rugged workhorse with a sleek and classy finish.

• Proven performance for more than 15 years the standard for live applications and studio recording

• Ultralow-noise electronics and switchable attenuation pad enable high dynamic range and allow Spl up to 150dB

• Switchable low-cut filter eliminates proximity effect

• Classic sound made affordable gold-sputtered one-inch capsule tuned in the tradition of AKG´s sonic expertise

• Heavy-duty die-cast metal housing provides maximum protection on stage and in the studio



02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Pr

oje

ct

St

ud

io M

icr

oP

ho

neS

C2000high-peRfoRmance small-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

the first step into thestudio worldfor recording of vocals, brass and percussion

the c2000 is a small-diaphragm condenser microphone for vocals, brass and percussion in the studio. Designed with AKG expertise and valuable customer input from all over the world, the c2000 contains the essence of six decades of microphone engineering.

thanks to the patented capsule design, the c2000 impresses with a good transient response and a smooth low end. moreover, its low-noise electronics ensure low distortion and a high dynamic range. A must-have for every project studio.

• Patented capsule design for sound quality close to that of large-diaphragm microphones

• Cardioid polar pattern for a multiplicity of applications

• Low-noise electronics ensure low distortion and a high dynamic range

• Internal windscreen protects from wind and breath-generated pops

• Switchable attenuation pad and low-cut filter enable high Spl and eliminate proximity effect



C1000 shigh-peRfoRmance small-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

the swiss army knife of microphonesfor vocal and instrumental recording, on stage, in ENG/EFP and video production

the updated version of the c1000 S multipurpose small-diaphragm condenser microphone is extremely popular for its versatility. it is suitable for recording and live-sound applications as well as for enG/eFp and video productions. its gold sputtered capsule housing makes the microphone extremely rugged against humidity. if no phantom power is available, the c1000 S can be powered by two standard AA batteries for up to 120 hours. more versatile than ever before, the new c1000 S features a bass-cut switch and a switchable -10 dB pad.

the polar pattern can quickly be switched from cardioid to hyper-cardioid. three different frequency settings are adding more clarity to speech and instrument sounds.

• Gold sputtered microphone capsule and XLR pins give high immunity against humidity

• Powered by internal AA batteries or by phantom power for use with any equipment and every application

• Bass cut and -10 dB switchable for amazing versatility in every situation

• Presence boost adapter provides three frequency settings for different sound sources

• Unique polar pattern converter allows the microphone to be switched from cardioid to hyper-cardioid

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA63 Stand adapter, W1001 Windscreen, pBA1000 presence boost adaptor, ppc1000 polar pattern converter

Item Number: c1000 S 3354X00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

p820 tubehigh-peRfoRmance multipatteRn tube condenseR micRophone

greater in spirit, larger than lifefor highlighting lead vocals, brass instruments, electric guitars and drums

the perception p820 tube high-performance multipattern tube microphone is an excellent tool for highlighting lead vocals, brass instruments, electric guitars and drums. With its dual one-inch diaphragm capsule and the advanced ecc83 dual-triode circuitry, the perception p820 tube delivers real tube sound and raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones.

the remote control unit allows selection of nine different pickup patterns from omnidirectional to cardioid to figure-eight. it also offers controls for the switchable bass-cut filter and the attenuation pad. the perception p820 tube comes complete with a spider-type shock mount and a metal carrying case.

• ECC83 dual-triode tube circuitry emphasizes even-order harmonics for rich, smooth and three-dimensional tube sound

• Remote control unit for the perfect choice of polar patterns, bass-cut filters and attenuation pad

• Dual one-inch diaphragm microphone with nine selectable polar patterns for the perfect setting

• Switchable bass-cut filter reduces unwanted rumble or footfall noise

• A 20dB attenuation pad for high-Spl applications up to 155dB

Included accessories: p820 Spider Suspension, metal carrying case, p820 cable

Item Number: p820 tube 3101h00100

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Per

ceP

tio

n S

tu

dio

Mic

ro

Ph

on

eS

p420high-peRfoRmance multipatteRn condenseR micRophone

Beautiful soundscapesideal for advanced stereo miking techniques

the perception p420 is a multipattern large-diaphragm true condenser microphone for demanding professional studio recording applications. offering high sensitivity and 155dB maximum Spl, the perception p420 delivers a warm, transparent sound quality perfectly suited for ensemble recording, grand piano, woodwind and brass instruments, as well as drums and percussion. With three selectable polar patterns – cardioid, omnidirectional or figure-eight – it is an ideal tool for stereo miking techniques and ambient recording.

the perception p420 chassis is made of precision-tooled zinc/aluminum alloy with a dent-resistant stainless steel grille. it comes complete with a spider-type shock mount in an aluminum carrying case.

• One-inch dual-diaphragm microphone with three selectable polar patterns for the perfect setting

• Low-noise electronics and transformerless output for high dynamic range and high-Spl capability at low distortion


• Switchable attenuation pad for high-Spl applications up to 155dB

• Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria for legendary, pristine AKG sound

Included accessories: Sh300 Spider Suspension, metal carrying case

Item Number: p420 3101h00090

p220laRge-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

sound of successfor lead vocals, acoustic guitar and brass instruments

the perception p220 is a large-diaphragm true condenser micro-phone offering a warm and clear sound for lead vocals, acoustic guitar and brass instruments. A switchable bass-cut filter and attenuation pad make it perfectly suited for use on loud sound sources with sound pressure levels up to 155dB Spl. the rugged and roadworthy design also makes the perception p220 a perfect choice for on-stage applications.

the perception p220 represents the most popular and successful microphone within the perception Series. it comes complete with a spider-type shock mount in an aluminum carrying case.

• One-inch large-diaphragm, true condenser transducer delivers a classic warm and clear sound

• Rugged all-metal body and robust design a reliable and roadworthy tool



• Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria contains the essence of six decades of mic engineering

Included accessories: Sh300 Spider Suspension, metal carrying case


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

p170small-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

at the pointfor recording of overheads, percussion, acoustic guitars and strings

the perception p170 is a small-diaphragm condenser microphone for recording of overheads, percussions, acoustic guitars and strings. its lightweight 1/2-inch true condenser transducer diaphragm delivers outstanding clarity and transient response. A switchable attenuation pad enables the perception 170 to be used close to sound sources delivering up to 155dB Spl.

the perception p170 utilizes the experience of sound engineers from around the world and is considered an affordable alternative to the legendary AKG c451 B. incorporated in a heavy-duty all-metal chassis, it delivers the legendary AKG sound to project studios and to every stage.

• Lightweight diaphragm delivers outstanding clarity and transient response

• Transformerless electronics for full dynamic range and lowest distortion

• Rugged all-metal body and robust design withstand tough day-to-day use

• Cardioid polar pattern for multiplicity of applications


Included accessories: Stand adapter perceptionIncluded accessories: 2x Stand adapter perception

Item Number: p170 3101h00070Item Number: p170 Stereo Set 3101h00250

p170 stereo setsmall-diaphRagm condenseR micRophones

headfirstfor drums, acoustical instruments, A/B and X/Y stereo recordings

the new perception p170 Stereo Set consists of two factory-matched small diaphragm condenser microphones with cardioid polar pattern. it extends our successful perception series and is designed for both professional studio and on stage applications.

the microphone pairs are selected form a large quantity of individual microphones to create matched pairs enabling for stunning and convincing stereo recordings.

• Professional Stereo Set for studio and on stage applications

• Small diaphragm true condenser microphone with cardioid polar pattern.

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad for high-Spl applications up to 155dB

• All-metal construction heavy-duty, roadworthy,

• Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Per

ceP

tio

n S

tu

dio

Mic

ro

Ph

on

eS

p120laRge-diaphRagm condenseR micRophone

clear. accurate. affordaBle.for vocals, speech and instrument recording in project studios

the perception p120 is a 2/3-inch diaphragm true condenser microphone that offers solidly built quality, outstanding performance and excellent value. the low-mass diaphragm delivers a clear sound with accurate sonic detail for vocals, speech and instrument recording in project studios.

the perception p120 provides a switchable 20dB attenuation pad for high-Spl applications up to 150dB and a bass-cut filter to eliminate rumble noise. incorporated in a heavy-duty, all-metal chassis, it delivers the legendary AKG sound to project studios and to every stage.

• 2/3-inch diaphragm true condenser capsule with integrated pop filter delivers a clear sound with accurate sonic detail

• Rugged all-metal body and robust design withstand tough day-to-day use


• Switchable attenuation pad for high Spl applications up to 150dB Spl


Included accessories: Stand adapter perception


p120 usbusb-equipped condenseR micRophone

Brings akg studio Quality to your desktopcreates professional recordings in your home

the perception p120 uSB is a uSB-equipped condenser microphone for podcasts, voiceovers and studio-quality rehearsal recordings. it is a real plug-and-play device for quick and easy professional-quality recording without any installation or drivers. using uSB standard, it connects to any computer.

in its class, the perception p120 uSB is the only uSB microphone with an integrated analog-to-digital converter with 24-bit and 128x oversampling. instead of the usual one-chip solutions, the high-quality analog-to-digital converter delivers a clear sound with accurate sonic detail and low noise.

• High-quality analog-to-digital converter for convincing sound quality at low noise

• 2/3-inch diaphragm true condenser capsule delivers a clear sound with accurate sonic detail

• Plug and play for Windows 7/Vista/XP and OS X no installation, no drivers, no reboot required


• Switchable attenuation pad and bass-cut filter withstands loud signals up to 150dB and rejects rumble noise

Included accessories: uSB cable perception 120, Stand adapter perception, tripod

Item Number: p120 uSB 3101h00060

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C535 ebRefeRence condenseRvocal micRophone

the voice of the voicefor demanding lead vocals and fine discrete recordings

the c535 eB reference handheld condenser vocal microphone is a classic, legendary microphone that we make our way. it provides the ultimate combination of excellent, highly detailed audio and exceptional ruggedness. A bass cut/roll off filter and a switchable pre-attenuation pad let you match the frequency response and output level to the most diverse recording and onstage miking situations.

the c535 eB´s perfect weight distribution ensures fatigue-free handling for demanding vocalists!

• One of the most legendary vocal stage microphones valued by iconic artists for more than four decades

• Delicate gold-plated condenser capsule for detailed pickup of unique individual timbres

• Perfect weight distribution from wire mesh to body for comfortable handling over long performances

• Switchable pre-attenuation pad to adjust the output level

• Bass cut/roll off filter reduces unwanted rumble or footfall noise

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA61 Stand adapter

Item Number: c535 eB 2135Z00030

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ha

nd

Hel

d V

oc

al

Mic

ro

pH

on

es

d7RefeRence dynamic vocal micRophone

powerful sound for professionalsfor demanding lead vocals

the D7 reference dynamic vocal microphone creates the subtle and open sound of a condenser capsule with the powerful resonance of a dynamic microphone. the patented dual-layer varimotion diaphragm can vibrate unhindered, which results in an extraordinarily crisp and clean sound. the unique laminated material damps high resonance peaks in the frequency response, which in combination with the tight, supercardioid polar pattern enables the D7´s outstanding high gain before feedback.

its mechano-pneumatic capsule suspension and an integrated high-pass filter effectively eliminate handling noise. A precision metal dust filter provides a consistent protection for the diaphragm, ensuring an extra-long life.

• Dual-thickness Varimotion diaphragm provides a subtle and open sound in all frequency ranges

• Highest feedback suppression laminate diaphragm material damps critical resonance peaks

• Integrated hum compensation coil for the cleanest sound

• Precision metal dust filter protects the capsule from sound-changing pollution

• Mechano-pneumatic suspension effectively eliminates unwanted handling noises

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA61 Stand adapter, inner windscreen

Item Number: D7 3139X00010D7 S 3139X00020 with switch

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C5pRofessional condenseR vocal micRophone

gold-plated soundfor lead and backing vocals

With the c5 professional condenser vocal microphone, your voice will cut through the loudest mix – on any stage. its cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback and has been optimized for use with in-ear monitor systems. An attachable presence boost adapter offers the unique choice of two sound flavors for a superior audio performance.

A gold-plated transducer case protects the capsule from corrosion and humidity. the solid die-cast housing and its extremely rugged grille construction make the c5 an easy to use, reliable companion for tough stage jobs.

• Delicate cardioid condenser capsule for detailed pickup of unique individual acoustic color

• 24-carat gold-plated transducer case for maximum resistance to corrosion and humidity

• Unique presence boost adapter offers a choice of two different sound flavors

• Integrated shock absorber system effectively eliminates unwanted handling noises

• Robust zinc-alloy housing and spring steel grille provide extreme ruggedness for a long stage life

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA61 Stand adapter, pBA1000


d5pRofessional dynamic vocal micRophone

cuts through the mixfor lead and backing vocals

the D5 professional dynamic vocal microphone for lead and backing vocals delivers a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage. its frequency-independent supercardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback.

the D5 stands for a crisp sound that cuts through every mix. the dual shock mount eliminates any kind of mechanical noise for trouble-free live use. the audience will hear the pristine sound of your voice!

• Patented laminated VarimotionTM diaphragm for crisp sound that cuts through every mix

• High feedback suppression with supercardiod polar pattern for trouble-free use with on stage monitoring

• Dual shock mount of microphone capsule eliminates any kind of handling noise

• Integrated pop filter for elimination of pops and wind noise

• Spring-steel wire-mesh grille and rugged die-cast housing withstand every live performance

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA61 Stand adapter

Item Number: D5 3138X00070D5 S 3138X00090 with switchD5 Stagepack

3138X00320 with 5 m/16 ft Xlr-cable, microphone stand (165cm, 4.4ft) with boom

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ha

nd

Hel

d V

oc

al

Mic

ro

pH

on

es

bbb dfivepRofessional dynamic micRophone foR multivocal aRt

B ts k ts B ts k Bfor beatboxing at its best

the BBB DFive is a professional dynamic microphone for multi-vocal art like beatboxing, on stage and in the studio. its patented dual-layer varimotiontm diaphragm delivers an extraordinarily powerful sound. the unique laminated material damps high resonance peaks in the frequency response, which, in combination with the tight, supercardioid polar pattern, gives the BBB DFive an outstanding high gain before feedback. An optimized internal windscreen prevents wind noise even in lip-contact use without altering the accurate high-frequency response. handling noise is effectively eliminated by a dual shock mount.

the BBB DFive has been appointed the official Beatbox Battle® championships microphone for the coming years.

• Official Beatbox Battle® microphone the tool of world champions

• Dual-thickness VarimotionTM diapraghm provides crisp and powerful sound in all frequency ranges


• Dual shock mount of microphone capsule effectively eliminates handling noise

• Optimized internal windscreen prevents wind noise even in lip-contact use

Included accessories: microphone bag

Item Number: BBB DFive 3138X00330

d770high-peRfoRmance dynamic micRophone

rugged universalistfor miking backing vocals, instruments and amps

the D770 is a high-performance dynamic microphone for miking instruments and backing vocals in tough night-after-night onstage use. the D770 features a cardioid polar pattern and uses the patented varimotion diaphragm technology. it offers an extended frequency response that slightly emphasizes the mid and treble ranges to ensure good intelligibility.

the D770 is fitted with a shock-absorbing steel wire-mesh inner grille to protect the transducer from damage. the outer grille and a layer of special fabric beneath it form a very effective windscreen that will suppress pop and breath noise.

• Dual-thickness VarimotionTM diaphragm provides crisp and powerful sound in all frequency ranges

• Highest sound pressure levels up to 156dB for extreme situations without any distortion

• Cardioid polar pattern for trouble-free use in narrow-stage environments

• Optimized frequency response for vocal and instrument use

• Highly efficient internal windscreen prevents pop and wind noise

Included accessories: SA44 Stand adapter, microphone bag


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C520pRofessional head-woRn condenseR micRophone

free your vocalsfor hands-free lead and backing vocals

the c520 professional head-worn condenser microphone with maximum dynamic range for perfect vocal sound. An ideal choice for frontmen, singing keyboardists, drummers, guitarists and dancing performers needing a hands-free microphone. the moisture shield prevents perspiration from penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

the c520 provides a transducer shock mount to reduce body noise to a minimum. its cardioid polar pattern effectively rejects unwanted ambient noise. the microphone arm mounts on either the left or the right side of the headband.

• Lightweight and adjustable headband construction for maximum comfort and freedom of movement

• Left and right flexible boom mounting for precise positioning to the sound source

• Condenser capsule on flexible shock mount for efficient rejection of mechanical, ambient and body noise

• Moisture shield ensuring a dry microphone capsule

• Available with professional mini XLR connector C520 L for all AKG wireless body-pack transmitters or c520 with standard Xlr connector


Item Number: c520 3066X00010 for external phantom poweringc520 l 3066X00020 for use with B29 l, mpA v-l and all AKG

body-pack transmitters

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Hea

d-w

or

n V

oc

al

Mic

ro

pH

on

es

CM311RefeRence head-woRn condenseR micRophone

Be differentfor touring and live-sound applications

the cm311 reference head-worn condenser microphone is designed for touring and live-sound applications. it sounds like the best handheld microphones – full, clear and distortion-free, even with the loudest singers.

Differoid stands for differential cardioid, which cancels ambient noise from floor monitors, crowds and other sources. controlled field tests show that the Differoid provides up to 12dB more gain before feedback than conventional cardioid microphones. many users of cm311 say that their house mix is better because the mic’s isolation is nearly complete.

the cm311 is available in different versions, e.g. the cm311 l with a three-pin mini Xlr connecter, which fits all AKG wireless body-pack transmitters.

• Differoid noise-cancelling technology for highest ambient noise rejection

• Cardioid polar pattern for outstanding gain before feedback

• Condenser capsule with internal shock mount for efficient rejection of mechanical and body noise

• Robust headband construction for maximum comfort and freedom of movement

• Available with professional XLR/mini XLR and W/TA4F connector for all wireless pocket transmitters

Item Number: cm311 miniXlr 6000h50940 with 3-pin mini Xlr connector for use with

B29 l, mpA v-l and all AKG body-pack transmitters

cm311 W/tA4F 6000h50950 with 4-pin mini-Xlr W/tA4F connector for various body-pack tranmitters

cm311 Xlr 6000h50930 with Xlr connector

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

hC577 lRefeRence head-woRn micRophone

no sweatfor theater and broadcast applications

the hc577 l is an extremely small reference head-worn microphone, designed for on-stage use. the microphone uses a cK77 omnidirectional transducer that has been an industry standard for lavaliere capsules for years and ensures superior audio performance. A patented body design protects the microphone from moisture and perspiration. the capsule uses the signal of two vertical diaphragms mounted back to back, mixed out of phase to cancel out mechanical and cable noise.

the hc577 l provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector that fits the body-pack transmitters of all AKG wireless microphone systems.

• Adjustable headband and left/right selectable boom for maximum comfort and flexibility

• Dual-diaphragm transducer for suppression of cable noise

• Resistant to moisture, perspiration and salts withstands sudorific stage performances

• Interchangeable capsule module for quick and easy service

• Omnidirectional polar pattern for unchanging sound quality in all directions

Included accessories: W77 mp Windscreen, Dropring, pB77 Adaptor

Item Number: hc577 l 3141Z00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Hea

d-w

or

n V

oc

al

Mic

ro

pH

on

es

C544 lhigh-peRfoRmance spoRts head-woRn condenseR micRophone

1-2-3-4, run, turn hip and Jumpfor aerobics and handsfree speech applications

the c544 l high-performance head-worn miniature condenser microphone with an easily fitting headband is perfect for gymnastics instruction and other handsfree speech applications. A transducer shock mount reduces body noise to a minimum and the short microphone arm places the microphone in the right position to the mouth to minimize pop and breathing noise. A special moisture shield on the boom prevents the microphone from being clogged by sweat or makeup.

the c544 l comes with a three-pin mini Xlr connecter which fits all AKG WmS Series body-pack transmitters. the package also includes a special windscreen.

• Fully rugged sports headband for secure fit in all situations and movements

• Cardioid polar pattern for problem-free use with high ambient noise rejection

• Flexible shock mount for efficient suppression of mechanical and body noise


• Includes four drop rings for sweat and water protection

Included accessories: W444 Windscreen, Dropring

Item Number: c544 l 2793Z00060

C555 lhigh-peRfoRmance head-woRn condenseR micRophone

flexiBle flyweightfor handsfree vocal and speech applications

the c555 l high-performance head-worn condenser microphone is ideal for handsfree applications, including presentations or onstage performances. the c555 l rests securely and comfortably on the head, and can be attached to the left or right side of the behind-the-neck headband as desired. A transducer shock mount reduces handling noise to a minimum. the moisture shield ensures a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

the c555 l provides a three-pin mini Xlr connector and can be used with all AKG WmS Series body-pack transmitters, B29 l battery power supply, or the mpA vl adapter for external phantom powering.

• Lightweight and adjustable-headband construction for maximum comfort and freedom of movement

• Left and right flexible boom mounting for precise positioning to the sound source





Item Number: c555 l 3066h00100

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

kick the hammerfor bass drum live and recording applications

the D12 vr is a reference large-diaphragm dynamic microphone with cardioid polar pattern. Designed specifically for kick-drum recording applications, the microphone has a thin diaphragm to enhance the low frequency performance. its warm sound is realized by the original c414 transformer, especially impressive at high signal levels.

the D12 vr features three active filter presets to match its sound shape with the kick drum’s character. When activated, the output level is automatically reduced by 10 dB. the filter settings can be controlled using a switch on the microphone body. Without phantom power, the microphone operates in passive mode and delivers the instruments pure sound.

• Ultra thin diaphragm for accurate reproduction of the instruments sound

• Optimized bass chamber for enhanced low frequency performance

• Patented switchable active-filter presets three sound shapes to match the drums character

• Original C414 transformers deliver a warm sound especially at high signal levels

• Cardioid polar pattern rejects overspill from nearby instruments


Item Number: D12 vr 3220Z00010

d40pRofessional dynamic instRument micRophone

sound in motionfor drums, percussion, wind instruments and guitar amps on stage

the D40 professional instrumental microphone with its solid all-metal body will stand up to the hardships of night-after-night onstage use “with a smile.” its patented varimotion diaphragm uses a unique laminated material to damp high resonance peaks, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. the transducer is protected by a sturdy wire-mesh cap and can take extremely high sound pressure levels with ease. An integrated stand adapter in combination with the included h440 mounting bracket makes the D40 a highly versatile tool for use on drums, percussion, wind instruments and guitar amps.

• Dual-thickness Varimotion diapraghm provides crisp, powerful sound in all frequency ranges

• Highest sound pressure levels up to 156dB for extreme situations without any distortion

• Cardioid polar pattern for trouble-free use in narrow stage environments

• Rugged wire-mesh cap and sturdy die-cast metal body withstand tough day-by-day stage use

• Integrated stand adapter and external bracket for easy mounting on drums and mic stands

Included accessories: microphone bag, h440 Adapter plate


d12 vrRefeRence laRge-diaphRagm dynamic micRophone

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Inst

ru

men

tal

mIc

ro

ph

on

es

d112pRofessional dynamic bass micRophone

the faBulous eggfor bass drum and bass guitar on stage and in the studio

the D112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide as the best kick drum microphone ever made. heavy-footed drummers are thrilled with the D112´s ability to handle up to 160dB Spl without any distortion. the diaphragm has a very low resonance frequency to maintain a solid and powerful response below 100hz. A narrow band presence boost at 4khz punches through dense mixes with forceful impact – no additional eQ needed!

the D112 is also an excellent choice for use with bass cabinets and trombones.

• Large diaphragm dynamic microphone delivers accurate ultradeep frequencies

• Bass resonance volume chamber for unique, punchy sound

• Reference dynamic capsule withstands extremely high sound pressure levels up to 160dB Spl

• Integrated hum compensation coil for the cleanest sound

• Established as an industry-standard kick drum microphone on stages worldwide, day by day for over 30 years



C430high-peRfoRmance miniatuRe condenseR micRophone

small and Brightfor cymbals and overhead recording on stage and in the studio

the c430 high-performnce condenser microphone is specifically designed for cymbal and overhead miking. the frequency response of the c430 ensures a uniquely crisp sound which often reduces the need for external eQs.

With its extremely compact external dimensions, the c430 microphone will keep a low profile in any application without compromising audio quality. With the included SA60 adapter, it mounts securely on all commercial microphone stands.

• Extremely compact dimensions low profile for critical, optically demanding situations

• Cardioid condenser capsule for detailed pickup of unique individual timbres

• Genuine AKG capsule for the legendary sound, made in vienna

• Phantom or battery powering options works with 9-52v phantom power

• SA60 standadapter included for secure mounting on standard mic stands

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA60 Stand adapter, W32 Windscreen


C411high-peRfoRmance miniatuRe condenseR vibRation pickup

feel the viBefor acoustic guitar and other string instruments on stage and in the studio

the c411 is a miniature vibration pickup for acoustic guitar, mandolin, violin and most other string instruments. its integrated condenser capsule will reproduce the sound of the instrument clearly and without coloration. the c411 ultralight pickup (18g/0.6oz) can be easily attached on or near the bridge with the included nonmarking, solvent-free adhesive pad without changing the balance of the instrument. the c411 is available in two versions. the c411 pp features a mpAv standard Xlr connector while the c411 l provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector that fits the body-pack transmitters of all AKG wireless microphone systems.

• Condenser transducer in sealed enclosure for clear and uncolored sound

• Ultralight vibration pickup does not change the balance of the instrument

Included accessories: microphone bag, Adhesive compound

Item Number: c411 l 2571Z00030 for use with

B29 l, mpA vl and all AKG body-pack transmitters

c411 pp 2571Z00040 with standard Xlr connector for phantom powering

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C519pRofessional miniatuRe clip-on condenseR micRophone

horn section liBerationfor brass and woodwind instruments on stage and in studio

the c519 professional miniature condenser microphone clips gently onto the bell of a trumpet, saxophone, trombone, tuba, didgeridoo or any other wind instrument. its tight cardioid polar pattern makes the c519 an ideal tool for use near monitor wedges, and its flat frequency response delivers a natural, powerful and clear sound.

the mpAv from c519 m features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response. the c519 ml package includes the unique A400 adapter plate for easy mounting onto wireless body-pack transmitters pt40/45/450/470.

• Cardioid polar pattern allows operation close to stage monitors

• Integrated transducer shock mount for efficient rejection of mechanical noise

• Rubberized mounting clip for firm, gentle fit on a wide variety of instruments

• Rugged, highly stable gooseneck for precise placement of the microphone

• Detachable microphone cable easy to install and service

Included accessories: microphone bag, W44 Windscreen

Item Number: c519 m 3065X00010 for external phantom poweringc519 ml 3065X00020 for use with B29 l, mpA v-l and all AKG

body-pack transmitters

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mic

ro

Mic

s

C518pRofessional miniatuRe clamp-on condenseR micRophone

slave to the rhythmfor drums and percussion on stage and in the studio

the c518 professional miniature clamp-on microphone is the ultimate tool for recording of drums and percussion. its cardioid polar pattern rejects overspill from nearby instruments. A continuously adjustable vise-type clamp makes it easy to fix the microphone securely on the rim of drums or percussion instruments. A special snap-on stabilizer keeps the gooseneck in a defined position.

the mpAv from c518 m features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response. the c518 ml package includes the unique A400 adapter plate for easy mounting onto wireless body-pack transmitters pt40/45/450/470.

• Cardioid polar pattern rejects overspill from nearby instruments

• Full-metal housing with shock mount protects the precious capsule from hard beats

• Integrated mounting clamp for safe fit on a wide variety of instruments

• Included gooseneck holder always keeps the microphone in optimum position


Included accessories: microphone bag, W44 Windscreen, h518 Drum bracket

Item Number: c518 m 3064X00010 for external phantom poweringc518 ml 3064X00020 for use with B29 l, mpA

v-l and all AKG body-pack transmitters

C516 MlpRofessional miniatuRe condenseR instRument micRophone

mighty micromicfor miking up accordions, guitars and pianos

the c516 ml professional miniature instrumental microphone, part of the micromics family, is designed for use on accordions, pianos, guitar speakers and keyboard/organ cabinets. using two c516 mls (one on the bass and one on the treble side) and an optional B29 l battery power supply is the ideal way to mic up an accordion.

the c516 ml comes with a wide variety of mounting materials, such as screws, adhesive pads and adapter plates, for easy installation on the instrument or amp.



• Rugged, highly stable gooseneck for precise placement of the microphone


• Established as an industry-standard accordion mic on stages worldwide, day by day for decades

Included accessories: microphone bag, W44 Windscreen, countersunk bolts (3 x 30mm), Self-tapping screws (2.9 x 13mm), Double-sided adhesive rubber plate, A400 Adaptor platea, Adhesive compound, h516 mount plate

Item Number: c516 ml 3063X00020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

druM set big iiRefeRence dRum micRophone set

the Best for the Bestfor drummers and bands on stage

the Drum Set Big ii reference drum microphone set contains everything you need to professionally mike up or record a drum kit. the included microphones represent a “best of” selection containing legendary AKG mics for drummers and other instrument-miking applications:

1 x D112 bass drum microphone

2 x c1000 S for overheads and more

4 x c518 m for toms and snare

the D112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide as the best kick-drum microphone ever made. the versatile c1000 S is ideally suited for all kinds of recording and live-sound applications. the c518 m is the ultimate miniature condenser microphone for drums and percussion.

this complete set comes in a protective aluminum carrying case.

• Best of drum microphone kit includes one kick-drum, two overhead and four clip-on microphones

• Roadworthy, rugged aluminum carrying case for easy transport and storage

• Complete with all microphone clamps and stand adapters for plug and play

Item number: Drum Set Big ii 2581X00120

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mic

ro

ph

on

e pa

ck

s

rhyThM pAckpRofessional dRum micRophone set

the perfect packfor drummers, percussionists and bands on stage

the rhythm pack professional drum microphone set contains everything you need to professionally pick up a complete drum set. more than this, the microphones can be used for miking percussion, bass and guitar amps, brass, woodwind and lots of other instruments. the included microphones represent a selection of valuable tools:

1 x D112 bass drum microphone

2 x c430 for overheads

3 x D40 for toms, snare and more

the D112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide as the best kick drum microphone ever made. the versatility of the D40 will stand up to night-after-night onstage use. the c430 is compact with a uniquely crisp sound. this complete set comes in a protective aluminum carrying case.

• Complete drum-kit microphone pack including four dynamic and two condenser overhead microphones



groove pAckhigh-peRfoRmance dRum micRophone set

the unBeataBle six-packfor drummers and bands on stage and in the rehearsal room

the perception Groove pack is a high-performance microphone starter kit with a sensational price/performance ratio. it contains everything you need to perfectly capture the sound of a complete drum set. the microphones can also be used for miking percussion, bass and guitar amps, brass, woodwind and lots of other instruments. the p17 overhead mics can be used for a quick stereo recording of your band’s rehearsal session. the Groove pack contains the following six high-performance microphones from the perception live series:

1 x p2 bass drum microphone

2 x p17* for overheads

3 x p4 for toms and snare

the complete set comes in a protective aluminum carrying case.*the p17 is technically identical to the p170 and is not available as a single unit.

• Complete drum-kit microphone pack including four dynamic and two true condenser overhead microphones



Item number: Groove pack 3100h00200Item number: rhythm pack 2581X00130

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

p5high-peRfoRmance dynamic vocal micRophone

get the leadfor lead vocals

the perception p5 high-performance dynamic vocal microphone delivers powerful sound for lead vocals. its supercardioid polar pattern ensures utmost gain before feedback and ambient noise suppression, even on the noisiest stage.

the perception p5 comes in a heavy-duty metal body to withstand tough stage performances. An integrated windscreen effi ciently eliminates pop and wind noise. the microphone is available with (p5 S) or without (p5) on/off switch. the package includes a stand adapter and a zip bag.

• High feedback suppression with supercardiod polar pattern for trouble-free use with on-stage monitoring

• Integrated windscreenfor elimination of pops and wind noise

• 24-carat gold-plated XLR connectorFor optimum conductivity and resistance to corrosion

• Rugged wire-mesh cap and full metal bodywithstand every live performance

• Complete with stand adapter and zip bagfor daily use and easy transport

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA45 table stand

Item Number: p5 3100h00110p5 S 3100h00120 with switch

p4high-peRfoRmance dynamic instRument micRophone

let´s get loudfor drums, percussion, wind instruments and guitar amps

the perception p4 high-performance dynamic instrumental micro-phone delivers intense sound for use on drums, percussion, wind instruments and guitar amps. the cardioid polar pattern makes it very easy to use, as it focuses on sound in front of the microphone while reducing feedback and unwanted noise from behind.

the perception p4 comes in a solid metal case to withstand tough day-by-day stage use. An integrated stand adapter for snare, tom-tom and the like makes this microphone highly versatile and easy to use. the package also includes a zip bag for safe transport and storage.

• For sound pressure levels up to 157dBhandles extremely loud instruments without any distortion

• Built-in hum compensation coil rejects emc noise for the cleanest sound

• Cardioid polar patternfor trouble-free use in narrow-stage environments

• Flat and sweet frequency responsefor neutral reproduction of your instrument’s sound

• Integrated stand adapter and external bracketfor easy mounting on drums and mic stands

Included accessories: microphone bag, h440 Adapter plate


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PeR

CeP

tIO

n l

IVe

MIC

RO

PH

On

eS

p3 shigh-peRfoRmance dynamic micRophone

rage hardfor backing vocals, guitar and wind instruments

the perception p3 S is a high-performance dynamic microphone ideal for backing vocals, guitar and wind instruments. its cardioid polar pattern picks up sound from in front of the microphone while reducing feedback and unwanted noise from behind.

the perception p3 S provides a sturdy metal case and wire-mesh grille for exceptional ruggedness. the microphone offers a con-venient on/off switch for noiseless muting.

• Cardioid polar patternoptimum feedback rejection for trouble-free use on small stages

• Integrated windscreenfor elimination of pops and wind noise

• Rugged wire-mesh cap and sturdy die-cast metal bodywithstand tough day-to-day stage use

• 24-carat gold-plated XLR connectorfor optimum conductivity and resistance to corrosion

• On/off switchfor noiseless muting

Included accessories: microphone bag, SA45 table stand

Item Number: p3 S 3100h00140

p2high-peRfoRmance dynamic bass micRophone

gimme some Bassfor kick drum, deep brass and bass amp miking

the perception p2 high-performance dynamic bass microphone delivers a profound, high-energy low end for use on kick drums, trombones and bass amps. its cardioid polar pattern reduces feedback and crosstalk coming from other instruments behind the microphone.

the perception p2 comes in a rugged, all-metal housing to withstand tough on-the-road conditions. An integrated stand adapter makes the microphone very easy to use. the package also includes a carrying case for safe transport and storage.

• Powerful sound with profound bass rangeespecially tuned for low-pitched instruments

• High-performance capsulewithstands extreme sound pressure levels

• Built-in hum compensation coil rejects emc noise for the cleanest sound

• Rugged wire-mesh cap and sturdy die-cast metal bodywithstand tough day-to-day stage use

• Integrated stand adapterfor easy mounting on mic stands



02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

d88 sdynamic vocal micRophone

tough shouterfor lead vocals on stage

the D88 S is a dynamic handheld microphone for lead vocalists. its super cardioid polar pattern guarantees optimal gain before feedback and makes the voice cut through the mix more easily. the robust capsule can handle the high sound pressure levels of loud voices without any distortion. its heavy-duty metal body will take rough handling.

the D88 S offers a convenient on/off switch for noiseless muting. the package contains a rugged stand adapter and a 5m (16ft) microphone cable with professional Xlr connectors.

• Supercardioid polar pattern for maximum feedback suppression

• Handles highest sound pressure levels for pickup of extreme loud voices without distortion

• Internal shock-mount of microphone capsule eliminates any handling noise

• All-inclusive package contains stand adapter and microphone cable with Xlr connectors

Included accessories: SA44 Stand adapter, Xlr cable 5m (16ft)

Item Number: D88 S 3100h00080

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CC

S M

iCr

op

ho

neS

d55 sdynamic plug-and-play micRophone

massive metal micfor vocals and speech on stage

the D55 S is a dynamic plug-and-play microphone, ideal for jobs ranging from hi-fi recording and karaoke to live speech or speech recording applications. the cardioid polar pattern makes it very easy to use, as it reduces feedback and unwanted noise from stage monitors. the microphone provides a robust metal case and wire-mesh grille for exceptional ruggedness.

the D55 S is a true all-around microphone with an integrated on/off switch and a fixed 5m (16ft) cable with professional mini jack connector and 1/4" adapter.

• Cardioid polar pattern for trouble-free use on small stages

• Sturdy die-cast metal body withstands tough, everday stage use

• On/off switch for noiseless muting

• Mini jack connector including 1/4" adapter connects directly to a mixer, recording device and pc

• All-inclusive package contains stand adapter and 5m (16ft) microphone cable

Included accessories: SA44 Stand adapter, jack cable fixed 5m (16ft)


d44 sdynamic kaRaoke micRophone

your first microphonefor vocal and speech applications

the D44 S is a dynamic karaoke microphone, ideal for ambitious vocalists as well as for speech applications. the cardioid polar pattern makes it very easy to use as it reduces feedback and unwanted noise from stage monitors.

the D44 S is a true all-around microphone with an impact-resistant plastic body, an on/off switch and a fixed 5m (16ft) cable with standard mini jack connector and 1/4" adapter.

• Cardioid polar pattern for problem-free use

• On/off switch for noiseless muting

• Mini jack connector including 1/4" adapter a choice of two standard connectors for plug and play

• All-inclusive package contains stand adapter and 5m (16ft) microphone cable

Included accessories: SA44 Stand adapter, jack cable fixed 5m (16ft)


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

dsr700 v2RefeRence digital wiReless stationaRy ReceiveRthe DSr700 v2 reference two-channel digital wireless receiver of-fers an ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155mhz for reliable operation with great flexibility. it comes in a durable, 19" housing and works with all DmS700 v1 and v2 transmitters.

the receiver finds interference-free channels and synchronizes the corresponding setup data to the transmitter via infrared. the envi-ronment scan converts the DSr700 v2 into a spectrum analyser. it scans the receiver’s entire frequency band for active radio frequen-cies and displays the spectrum.

• Two channels in a compact 19" metal casing for secure rack-mounting and transportation

• Graphic spectrum analyzer provides a clear overview of radio frequencies

• User-friendly operation fast and intuitive system setup

• Integrated digital signal processing with low-cut filter, three-band equalizer, dbx® compressor and dbx® limiter

• Analog and digital audio outputs 2 x balanced Xlr, 2 x unbalanced jack connectors and AeS/ eBu-output with world clock input

Included accessories: 2 x Bnc uhF Antennas, iec power chord eu, iec power chord uS, Front mount cable rF cable

RefeRence digital wiReless micRophone system

011000010110101101100111for theater, conference, live-production and tour-sound applications

AKG’s revolutionary DmS700 v2, the reference digital wireless microphone system, is designed to deliver premium digital audio quality and quick-and-easy operation. With a bandwidth of up to 155mhz, the transmitters and receiver give the user the necessary flexibility for even the most crowded radio environment.

the state-of-the-art 512-bit audio encryption offers the highest security available for courtroom, board-room and other confidential meeting environments. An optional network remote control allows frequency

• Up to 40 channels for simultaneous use high-end antenna system and multichannel accessories available

• HiQnet network remote control and monitoring from pc via harman System Architect™ software, Apple iphone/ipad/ipod® or Soundcraft vi consoles

• Digital wireless audio transmission eliminates any distortion and significant noise level

• 155MHz ultrawide frequency range ideal for worldwide touring in frequency-crowded environments

• 512-bit encryption state-of-the-art protection for sensitive audio information


dMs700 v2coordination and monitoring of multichannel sys-tems by pc software System Architect™, Apple iphone/ipad/ipod® or Soundcraft vi consoles. For easy configuration of large systems, all components are available individually.

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MU

ltIC

HA

nn

el W

IRel

eSS

SySt

eMS

dpT700 v2RefeRence digital wiReless body-pack tRansmitteR

the Dpt700 v2 reference digital wireless body-pack transmitter provides an ultra-wide bandwidth of 155mhz and a selectable radio output power of 10, 20, 30 or 50mW. it can be programmed remotely via infrared data transmission from the DSr700 v2 receiver. the state-of-the-art 512-bit encryption technology keeps the audio signal secure against tapping.

the Dpt700 v2 provides an optional external mute switch, allowing muting of the audio even when the transmitter is hard to reach. the three-pin mini Xlr audio input is compatible with any lavalier and head-worn microphones and provides a bias voltage of 5v.

• Switchable radio output power for best signal quality in multichannel applications

• Professional three-pin mini XLR connector compatible with headset, lavalier and instrument microphones

• Two-hour quick-charging of standard rechargeable nimh batteries via integrated charging contacts

• Quick and easy setup via infrared data communication from the receiver

• Remote microphone mute through external mute switch connector

Included accessories: 2 x AA Batteries, Bc400 Belt clip, Bc700 Belt clip

dhT700 v2RefeRence digital wiReless handheld tRansmitteR

the Dht700 v2 reference digital wireless handheld transmitter comes with a robust and slim metal body and works with the receivers of the DmS700 v2 digital wireless system. the Dht700 v2 is available in three different versions. With AKG s legendary D5, D7 dynamic or c5 condenser microphone heads, it delivers a powerful sound, even on the noisiest stage.

the Dht700 v2 provides an ultra-wide bandwidth of 155mhz and a selectable radio output power of 10, 20, 30 or 50mW. the built-in helix antenna provides reliable wireless audio transmission. the state-of-the-art 512-bit encryption technology keeps the audio signal secure against tapping.

• Robust metal housing rugged and reliable construction

• Helix antenna optimized signal strength with switchable rF power

• D5, D7 or C5 microphones available in different styles for demanding vocals

• Two-hour quick-charging of standard rechargeable nimh batteries by integrated charging contacts

• Quick and easy setup via infrared data communication

Included accessories: Stand adapter, 2 x AA Batteries, W3004 Windscreen

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

sr4500RefeRence wiReless stationaRy ReceiveR

the Sr4500 analog true diversity reference wireless receiver provides maximum ease of use with an automatic setup function and scan of the radio frequency environment. the rehearsal mode supports the engineer during soundchecks with information on the systems signal quality. the programmable status monitor shows all relevant system information on an illuminated multicolor leD ring. its precise battery life readout in hours is a valuable advantage in wireless applications.

A wide range of professional antenna splitters, power supplies and high-quality remote antennas is available to set up a reliable wire-less system, even in a large area.

• Rugged half-rack metal housing for flexible, space-efficient system configurations

• Environment scan and rehearsal functions for secure operation even in crowded radio frequency environments

• Backlit display and programmable multicolor status ring for clear, selectable warning signals

• Logic input and output connectivity for external systems, such as AmX, crestron, Dmm

• External antenna connectors connect splitters, remote antennas and long cable runs to a large multichannel system

Included accessories: rmu4000 rack mount unit, 2 x Bnc uhF Antennas

RefeRence wiReless micRophone system

stress freefor large theatre, installed sound and tour sound applications

the WmS4500 analog reference wireless micro-phone system provides highest channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. combining several frequency bands allows to operate up to 70 channels simultaneously providing an enormous headroom of security for channel management. in combination with the outstanding audio quality WmS4500 gained worldwide recognition as a reli-able workhorse in huge installations and on tour.

An optional network remote control allows frequen-cy coordination and monitoring of multi-channel systems via pc software System Architect™, Apple

• Auto Setup, Environment Scan, and Rehearsal functions for quick and easy setup

• HiQnet network remote control and monitoring from pc via harman System Architect™ software, Apple iphone/ipad/ipod® or Soundcraft vi consoles

• Up to 70 simultaneous channels for safe channel management in huge productions

• Supreme audio quality for highly demanding vocals, guitar and e-bass

• Pilot Tone transmission for transmitter battery status monitoring and tone code squelch


wMs4500iphone/ipad/ipod® or via Soundcraft vi consoles. For easy configuration of customized systems, all system components are available individually.

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mu

ltic

ha

nn

el W

irel

ess

syst

eMs

pT4500RefeRence wiReless body-pack tRansmitteR

the pt4500 is an analog reference wireless body-pack transmitter with supreme wireless audio quality for instrumental and vocal use. the pilot tone prevents unexpected system startup noise, continuously sending transmitter data, includ-ing mute switch position and remaining battery life, to the receiver. An optional rmS4000 external mute switch allows the user to mute the transmitter remotely.

WmS4500 transmitters offer an unmatched battery life of 15 hours with two standard AA-size alkaline batteries. With the integrated charging contacts, the optional Bp4000 battery-pack can be charged inside the transmitter.

• Supreme audio quality best with guitar, electric bass and highly demanding vocals

• Up to 50mW transmission power maximum radio signal strength for long-distance applications

• 15 hour battery life with two standard AA-size alkaline batteries

• Remaining battery life in hours real-time display of operating time left

• Integrated charging contacts for quick charging of Bp4000 battery-packs inside the transmitter

Included accessories: 2 x AA Batteries, Bc4000 Belt clip

hT4500RefeRence wiReless handheld tRansmitteR

the ht4500 is an analog reference wireless handheld transmitter that connects to a choice of four different microphones to cover a wide range of applications. the unique dipole-antenna design ensures reliable transmission even when one pole of the antenna is covered completely by the user's hand. the pilot tone continuously sends transmitter data, including mute switch position and remain-ing battery life to the receiver.

the ht4500 offers an extended battery lifetime of 15 hours with two standard AA alkaline batteries. With integrated charging contacts, the optional Bp4000 battery pack can be charged inside the transmitter. the readout of its exact bat-tery life in hours is a valuable advantage in wireless applications.

• Interchangeable microphone heads a variety of premium dynamic and condenser vocal microphones available

• Leading-edge dipole-antenna technology optimum performance even when the antenna is covered


• 15 hours of battery life with two standard AA alkaline batteries

• Remaining battery lifetime in hours real-time display of the remaining operating time

Included accessories: 2 x AA Batteries, Stand adapter

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C535 Wl1RefeRence condenseR micRophone head

the wireless voicefor high demanding lead vocals

the c535 Wl1 reference handheld condenser vocal microphone head is a classic legendary microphone that we did “our way”. it provides the ultimate combination of excellent, highly detailed audio and exceptional ruggedness.

the c353 Wl1 microphone head brings this classic sound to the wireless world. it is designed to fit the ht4500 handheld transmitter.

• One of the most legendary vocal stage microphones valuated by iconic artists for more than four decades

• Delicate gold plated condenser capsule for detailed pickup of unique individual timbres


Item Number: c535 Wl1 2782Z00150

C5 Wl1pRofessional condenseR micRophone head

gold plated wireless soundfor lead and backing vocals

With the c5 Wl1 professional condenser vocal microphone head your voice will cut through the loudest mix – on any stage. its cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback and has been optimized for use with in-ear monitor systems.

the c5 Wl1 microphone head provides a gold plated transducer case to protect the capsule from corrosion and humidity. it is de-signed to fit the ht4500 handheld transmitter.

• Delicate cardioid condenser capsule for detailed pickup of unique individual timbres

• 24-carat gold plated transducer case for maximum resistance to corrosion and humidity


Item Number: c5 Wl1 3082X00020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

d7 Wl1RefeRence dynamic micRophone head

wireless powersoundfor loud and demanding lead vocals

the D7 Wl1 reference dynamic vocal microphone head cre-ates the subtle and opened sound of a condenser capsule with the powerful resonance of a dynamic microphone. the patented dual layer varimotiontm diaphragms can vibrate unhindered which results in an extraordinary crisp and clean sound. the unique laminated material damps high resonance peaks in the frequency response. in combination with the tight, supercardioid polar pattern enables the D7´s outstanding high gain before feedback.

the D7 Wl1 features a precision metal dust filter that provides a consistent protection for the diaphragm, ensuring an extra long life. it is designed to fit the ht4500 handheld transmitter.

• Dual thickness VarimotionTM diaphragm provides a subtle and opened sound in all frequency ranges


• Integrated hum compensation coil for utmost clean sound

• Precision metal dust filter protects the capsule from sound changing pollution


Item Number: D7 Wl1 3082X00030

Mu

ltic

ha

nn

el W

irel

ess

syst

eMs

d5 Wl1pRofessional dynamic micRophone head

wireless cutsfor lead and backing vocals

the D5 Wl1 premium dynamic vocal microphone head for lead and backing vocals delivers a powerful sound even on the noisi-est stage. its frequency independent supercardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback. the D5 Wl1 stands for a crisp sound that cuts through every mix. it is designed to fit the ht 4500 handheld transmitter.

• Patented Laminated VarimotionTM Diaphragm for crisp sound that cuts through every mix

• High feedback suppression with supercardiod polar pattern for trouble-free use with on stage monitoring

• Integrated pop filter for elimination of pops and wind-noise


Item Number: D5 Wl1 3082X00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

WMs4500 sets

wMs4500d7 set

WmS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless microphone system providing the highest channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. the vocal Set D7 includes a ht4500 handheld transmitter featuring a D7 reference dynamic vocal microphone which combines the subtle and open sound of a condenser capsule with the powerful resonance of a dynamic microphone.

WMS4500, D7 Set package includes:

• 1 x SR4500 True-diversity receiver

• 1 x HT4500 Handheld transmitter

• 1 x D7 WL1 Reference dynamic microphone head

• 1 x Stand adapter, 2 x AA size batteries, 2 x Antennas, 1 x rack mounting kit, 1 x power supply

wMs4500instRumental set

WmS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless microphone system providing the highest channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. the instrumen-tal Set includes a pt4500 body-pack transmitter with supreme wireless audio quality in a rugged metal housing. the package contains a professional instru-ment cable to safely connect the transmitter with electric guitar, electric bass, keyboard and other electronic instruments.

The WMS4500 Instrumental Set package includes:


• 1 x PT4500 Body-pack transmitter

• 1 x mKG l instrument cable


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mu

ltic

ha

nn

el W

irel

ess

syst

eMs

wMs4500ck77 set

WmS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless microphone system providing highest channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. the cK77 Set includes a rugged pt4500 body-pack transmitter and a moisture resistant, miniature lavalier microphone. the cK77 Wr-l’s ruggedness and superior sound quality make it an excellent tool for theatre and broadcast applications.

WMS4500 CK77 Set package includes:



• 1 x CK77 Professional miniature Lavalier microphone


wMs4500cm311 set (available in usa only)

WmS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless microphone system providing the highest channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. the cm311 Set includes a pt4500 body-pack transmitter with supreme wireless audio quality in a rugged metal housing. the enclosed cm311 reference head-worn microphone is designed for touring and live sound applications. it provides the best sound for handheld microphones - full, clear, and distortion-free, even with the loudest singers.

WMS4500 CM311 Set package includes:



• 1 x CM311 Reference head-worn microphone


wMs4500hc577 set

WmS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless microphone system providing the highest channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. the hc577 Set in-cludes a rugged pt4500 body-pack transmitter with supreme audio quality. the package includes a hc577 premium skin colour head-worn microphone for on-stage use. it´s patented body design protects the microphone from moisture and perspira-tion and the unique dual diaphragm capsule cancels out mechanical and cable noise.

WMS4500 HC577 Set package includes:



• 1 x HC577 Reference miniature head-worn microphone


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

pr4500 engRefeRence wiReless cameRa ReceiveR

for ENG and broadcast studio applications

the pr4500 enG is a reference wireless diversity camera receiver, providing maximum ease of use with an automatic setup function and scan of the radio frequency environment.

the outstanding audio quality with a very high signal to noise performance avoids any disturbing ground noise whilst recording. A separate headphone out-put provides a direct monitoring possibility and the three step leD audio meter shows signal quality.

All relevant system information is shown on a prominent illuminated display. its precise battery life readout is a valuable advantage during demanding field work.

• Auto setup and environment scan for quick and easy setup

• Up to 18 simultaneous channels for safe channel management in huge productions

RefeRence wiReless eng/efp system

the WmS4500 reference wireless microphone system provides the highest channel quantity, maxi-mum reliability and easy setup. the outstanding audio quality WmS4500 gained worldwide recog-nition as a reliable workhorse in broadcast, huge installations and on tour.

the pr4500 enG system comprises the pr4500 enG camera receiver as well as compatible WmS4500 transmitters and microphones, allowing for the setup of a compact, rugged wireless system for use with any camcorder, DSlr camera or other A/v equipment. it ensures unparalleled ease of use,

• Two-antenna diversity for highest reliability even in a crowded rF environment

• Heavy-duty metal housing meets the tough requirements in field productions

• Up to 12 hrs of operation time security for long enG and live reporting situations

• Headphone output for signal monitoring

• Superior radio and audio performance for highly demanding applications


pr4500 engheavy-duty moBility for ENG/EFP, event video and videography applications

exceptional transmission stability and long trans-mitter and receiver battery life for all enG, eFp and live reporting situations.

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mu

ltic

ha

nn

el W

irel

ess

syst

eMs

pr4500 eng set/pt

WmS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless system providing the high-est channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. the pr4500 enG Set/pt includes a pr4500 enG portable wireless camera receiver; a pt4500 body-pack transmitter with belt clip; and a cK99l condenser lavalier micro-phone. in addition the package contains a hot-shoe adapter and two different connecting cables for the receiver so you can use this complete wireless micro-phone system for a wide range of applications.

PR4500 ENG Set/PT package includes:

• 1 x PR4500 ENG Camara diversity receiver


• 1 x CK99 L Condenser Lavalier microphone

• 1 x hot shoe mounting adapter, 1 x Xlr connection cable, 1 x mini jack connection cable, 2 x Bc4500 Belt clip, 4 x AA size batteries

pr4500 engset/ht

WmS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless system providing the highest channel quantity, maximum reliability and easy setup. the pr4500 enG Set/ht includes a pr4500 enG portable wireless camera receiver and a ht4500 handheld transmitter with an interchangeable D5-Wl1 dynamic microphone head. in addition the package contains a hot-shoe adapter and two different connecting cables for the receiver so you can use this complete wireless microphone system for a wide range of applications.

PR4500 ENG Set/HT package includes:

• 1 x PR4500 ENG Camara diversity receiver


• 1 x D5 WL1 Professional dynamic microphone head

• 1 x hot shoe mounting adapter, 1 x Xlr connection cable, 1 x mini jack connection cable, 1 x Bc4500 Belt clip, 4 x AA size batteries

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

sr470pRofessional wiReless stationaRy ReceiveR

Sr470 analog space diversity professional wireless receiver comes in a rugged half-rack metal housing. the enhanced Auto Setup, environment Scan and rehearsal mode allows a very quick and easy system setup. the programmable backlight changes color to warn the user of critical operating conditions e.g. transmitter low battery information, audio peaks, or low radio signal strength.

A wide range of professional antenna splitters, power supplies, and high quality remote antennas are available to handle complex antenna systems and up to 48 simultaneous wireless channels, even with large covering area.

• Enhanced automatic setup with channel preview for quick and easy system setup

• Pre-coordinated TV channel frequency presets maximum channel density for multichannel systems

• Environment scan and rehearsal functions for secure operation even in crowded radio frequency environments

• Programmable multicolor backlight display clear visual information of selectable warning signals

• External antenna connectors connect splitters, remote antennas and long cable runs to multi channel systems

Included accessories: rmu4000 rack mount unit, 2 x Bnc uhF Antennas, pSu12v lockable 500mA eu/uS/uK power supply

pRofessional wiReless micRophone system

flexiBle and expandaBlefor conference, medium theater and houses of worship applications

WmS470 professional analog wireless microphone system is the best choice for a cost-efficient, high-performance multichannel system. up to 16 channels can be used simultaneously within the same frequency band. the pilot tone prevents the user from unexpected startup noise and it continu-ously sends transmitter data including low battery information to the receiver.

A revolutionary power management allow up to 14 hours of operation with one AA-size lithium battery. if a nimh rechargeable battery is used, it can be

• Compatible with WMS4000 accessories for multichannel systems in critical environments

• 14 hours operation with one single battery lowest operating costs using AA-size lithium dry battery


• Up to 48 simultaneous channels when combining several frequency bands

• Enhanced automatic setup with channel preview for quick and easy system setup


wMs470charged while remaining within the transmitter using the optional cu400.

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mu

ltic

ha

nn

el W

irel

ess

syst

eMs

pT470pRofessional wiReless body-pack tRansmitteR

the pt470 is an analog professional wireless body-pack transmitter in a small, rugged housing. A pilot tone transmission prevents unexpected startup noise, continuously sending transmitter data, including low battery information, to the receiver. An enhanced battery management allows up to 14 hours of operation on a single AA-size battery. With the integrated charging contacts, a standard nimh rechargeable battery can be charged inside the transmitter.

An optional rmS4000 external mute switch allows the user to mute the transmitter remotely. its professional mini Xlr audio connector makes the body pack com-patible with a broad range of lavalieres and headsets.

• Pilot tone transmission for transmitter battery status monitoring and tone code squelch

• Compact, rugged body-pack design for maximum wearing comfort

• External mute switch connector for remote muting of the microphone

• Integrated charging contacts for charging of a standard nimh battery inside the transmitter

• Infrared synchronization for instant transmitter setup

Included accessories: 1 x AA Battery, Bc400 Belt clip

hT470pRofessional wiReless handheld tRansmitteR

the rugged ht470 is an analog professional wireless handheld transmitter with pilot tone transmission to prevent unexpected startup noise. it continuously sends transmitter data, including low-battery information, to the receiver. An infrared data link in conjunction with the automatic frequency setup makes the ht470 extremely simple to use. the unique dipole-antenna design ensures reli-able transmission even when one pole of the antenna is covered completely by the user's hand.

An enhanced battery identification automatically detects the used battery type and allows up to 14 hours of operation on one AA-size battery. the display shows the remaining operating time in hours.


• Leading edge dipole-antenna design optimum performance even when the antenna is covered

• Infrared synchronization for instant transmitter setup


• Integrated charging contacts quick charging of a standard nimh battery inside the transmitter

Included accessories: 1 x AA Battery, Stand adapter

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

wMs470vocal set c5

WmS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone system with pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted noise. the vocal Set c5 includes a ht470 handheld transmitter featuring a c5 condenser microphone capsule for clear and detailed voice reproduction. the space diversity receiver offers both a microphone level and a line level output.

The WMS470, Vocal Set C5 package includes:

• 1 x SR470 Receiver

• 1 x HT470 Handheld transmitter with C5 capsule

• 1 x Stand adapter, 1 x rack mount kit, 1 x universal power supply with uS/uK/eu adapter, 1 x AA size battery, 2 x Antennas

wMs470vocal set d5

WmS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone system with pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted noise. the vocal Set D5 includes a ht470 handheld transmitter featuring a dynamic D5 capsule for well-balanced, powerful sound. the space diversity receiver offers both a microphone level and a line level output.

The WMS470, Vocal Set D5 package includes:


• 1 x HT470 Handheld transmitter with D5 capsule

• 1 x Stand adapter, 1 x rack mount kit, 1 x universal power supply with uS/uK/eu adapter, 1 x AA size battery, 2 x Antennas

WMs470 sets

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MU

ltIC

HA

nn

el W

IRel

eSS

SySt

eMS

wMs470pResenteR set

WmS470 presenter Set is a professional multichannel wireless microphone system. the enclosed cK99 l cardioid condenser lavalier microphone provides a cardioid polar pattern and a natural sound, with a slight rise above 10khz for added clarity. the package also includes a c555 condenser head-worn microphone featuring a cardioid polar pattern and high intelligibility, even at high ambient noise levels. its moisture shield ensures a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

The WMS470, Presenter Set package includes:



• 1 x C555 L Head-worn microphone

• 1 x CK99 L Lavalier microphone

• 1 x rack mount kit, 1 x universal power supply with uS/uK/eu adapter, 1 x AA size battery, 2 x Antennas, 1 x Belt clip

wMs470spoRts set

WmS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone system with pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted noise. the Sport Set includes a pt470 body-pack transmitter in a compact and rugged housing. the package also enclose a c544 l condenser head-worn microphone featuring a cardioid polar pattern and an external shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection. its moisture shield ensures a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

The WMS470, Sports Set package includes:





wMs470instRumental set

WmS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone system with pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted noise. the instrumental Set includes a pt470 body-pack transmitter in a compact and rugged housing providing su-preme audio quality for demanding guitars and e-basses. the space diversity receiver offers both a microphone level and a line level output.

The WMS470, Instrumental Set package includes:



• 1 x mKG l instrument cable


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

ssT4500 ieMRefeRence wiReless in-eaR monitoRing steReo tRansmitteRSSt4500 iem is a reference wireless in-ear monitoring stereo transmitter for live applications and professional installations. An integrated dbx compressor, different eQ settings, and the unique binaural room simulation algorithms provide outstanding audio performance. its frequency preset banks support tv-channels and ensure easy and reliable frequency coordination. the radio output power can be set to 10, 20, 50 and 100mW (country-dependent). optimized radio output power is important when the in-ear monitor system is used together with a wireless microphone system.

the optional network remote control allows frequency coordination and monitoring via pc software System Architect™, iphone/ipad/ipod or via Soundcraft vi consoles. A complete line of accessories allows you to set up an absolutely reliable system with a large covering area.

• Patented digital MPX Stereo signal creation for premium S/n ratio and ultra linear frequency response

• Rugged half 19" all-metal case transmitter for flexible, space-efficient system configurations

• Up to 14 pre-programmed frequencies per group for quick selection of clean transmission frequencies

• Integrated digital signal processing with low-cut filter, 3-band equalizer, dbx® compressor and dbx® limiter

• Unique IVA binaural room simulation for a natural listening experience

Included accessories: rmu4000 rack mount unit, pSu12v lockable 500mA eu/uS/uK power supply, Bnc uhF Antenna

RefeRence wiReless in-eaR-monitoRing system

no compromisefor live applications and professional installations

ivm4500 iem is the only wireless in-ear monitoring system featuring an binaural room simulations that provides musicians, vocalists and presenters with a uniquely natural listening experience.

its high-end radio electronic radio circuitry includes a manual radio signal attenuator for more robust radio reception in crowded environments. An enhanced frequency setup shows the number of free channels. integrated preset groups support tv channels and allows the operation of up to 14 channels simulta-neously within the same frequency band. A quick frequency swap function supports monitor engineers

• Diversity Receiver two matched antennas ensures reliable transmission

• Sophisticated, narrow RF filter design for best radio signal performance

• HiQnet network remote control and monitoring from pc via harman software System Architect™, Apple iphone/ipad/ipod® or Soundcraft vi consoles

• Patented DSP filter technology for reference sound quality

• Quick frequency swap function to support monitor engineers


ivM4500 ieM to listen to the audio signals of different channels.An optional network remote control allows frequen-cy coordination and monitoring of multi-channel systems via pc software System Architect™, Apple iphone/ipad/ipod® or via Soundcraft vi consoles.

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mu

ltic

ha

nn

el W

irel

ess

syst

eMs

ip2high-peRfoRmance in-eaR headphones

tiny phones, huge soundfor in-ear monitoring

the ip2 high-performance in-ear headphones provide wide-range sound and excellent isolation to suppress high ambient noise levels, on loud stages, for example. this makes the ip2 an ideal tool for in-ear monitoring applications. thanks to the dynamic driver, it delivers a perfectly contoured bass even at very low frequencies.

An integrated sliding cable tie and the soft-rubber sleeves enable the ip2 to adapt to every ear. the ip2 earphones are also included in the AKG professional in-ear monitoring system, the ivm4500.

• In-ear, closed-back design for isolation of stage noise

• High-performance dynamic driver ensures high dynamic range, even at very low frequencies

• Individual fit with three different sleeves (S, M, L) protective carrying case and bag included

spr4500 ieMRefeRence wiReless in-eaR-monitoRing ReceiveR

Spr4500 iem is a reference wireless diversity in-ear-monitoring receiver for live applications and professional installations. its provides antenna diversity, with two matched antennas, reference radio electronics design and a manual radio signal attenuator for more robust radio reception in crowded environments.

Spr4500 iem features an automatic set-up function for finding clean frequen-cies. the receiver provides a backlit display indicating signal strength and battery status. A central positioned on/off/volume control can be operated intuitively. With the “individual mix”-function a personalized monitor mix can be set up easily.

integrated charging contacts allow the optional Bp4000 battery pack to remain inside the receiver while being charged on the cu4000 charger (optional).

• Reliable transmission two matched antennas and a new reference radio electronic design

• Best radio signal performance with manual rF gain control

• Enhanced automatic setup shows number of free channels and quickly finds a rugged frequency set

• Reference audio quality powerful headphone amplifier with ultra linear frequency response

• Individual mix stereo, mono and dual modes

Included accessories: Bc4000 Belt clip Belt clip, 2 x AA Batteries

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

SRA2 WPassive directional wide-band UHF antenna

Universal directivityFor indoor or outdoor use with short cable lengths

The SRA2 W is a passive directional wide-band UHF antenna that can be used as a transmitting or receiving antenna for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring systems. It operates in a frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz and provides a covering angle of 70° and an antenna gain of 6dB. The SRA2 W is built in a passive technology and requires no powering. It works for short cable lengths up to 10m and supports a professional BNC connector.

The antenna has waterproof construction and can be used for indoor and outdoor applications. With the included universal thread adapter, it can be mounted on floor stands with 3/8" or 5/8" screws.

• Works as transmitting and receiving antenna a partner for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring

• Operates in an ultra-wide frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz for universal use

• 70° covering angle to reduce unwanted radio signals

• 6dB antenna gain for long-distance applications

• Water-resistant construction to withstand extreme weather conditions

Item Number: SRA2 W 3009Z00150

SRA2 B/Wactive directional wide-band UHF antenna

closer to the hot spotfor indoor or outdoor use with long cable lengths

The SRA2 B/W is an active directional wide-band UHF receiving antenna for use with wireless microphone systems. It operates in a frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz, provides a covering angle of 70° and has a built-in amplifier. With a total gain of 22dB, it compensates for long cable runs. In combination with dedicated antenna components, it works for cable lengths up to 300m and can be remotely powered through the antenna cable.

The antenna has waterproof construction and can be used for indoor and outdoor applications. With the included universal thread adapter, it can be mounted on floor stands with 3/8" or 5/8" screws.

• Integrated high-performance antenna booster 22dB total gain for cable lengths up to 300m (1000 ft)

• Remote powering via the antenna cable eliminates any extra installation effort

• Operates in an ultra-wide frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz for universal use

• 70° covering angle to reduce unwanted radio signals


Item Number: SRA2 B/W 3009Z00160

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

An

ten

nA

Sy

Stem

S

RA4000 WPassive omnidirectional wide-band UHF antenna

the all-aroUnderfor indoor or outdoor use with short cable lengths

The RA4000 W is a passive omnidirectional wide-band UHF antenna that can be used as a transmitting or receiving antenna for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring systems. It operates in a frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz, providing a covering angle of 360° and an antenna gain of 1dB. The RA4000 W is built with passive technology and requires no powering. It works for short cable lengths up to 10m and supports a professional BNC connector.

The antenna has waterproof construction and can be used for indoor and outdoor applications. Using the included universal stand adapter, the RA4000 W can be mounted on floor stands with 3/8" or 5/8" screws.

• Works as a transmitting or receiving antenna a partner for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring

• Operates in an ultrawide frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz for universal use


Included accessories: Stand adapter

Item Number: RA4000 W 2632Z00310

RA4000 B/Wactive omnidirectional wide-band UHF antenna

extra powerfor indoor or outdoor use with long cable lengths

The RA4000 B/W is an active omnidirectional wide-band UHF receiving antenna for use with wireless microphone systems. It operates in a frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz, providing a covering angle of 360° and a total gain of 18dB. The RA4000 B/W has a built-in amplifier to compensate long cable runs. With dedicated antenna components, it works for cable lengths up to 300m. The RA4000 B/W is remotely powered through the antenna cable.

The antenna has waterproof construction and can be used for indoor and outdoor applications. Using the included universal stand adapter, the RA4000 B/W can be mounted on floor stands with 3/8" or 5/8" screws.

• Integrated high-performance antenna booster 17dB total gain for cable lengths up to 300m (1000 ft)


• Operates in an ultrawide frequency range from 500MHz to 865MHz for universal use


Included accessories: Stand adapter

Item Number: RA4000 B/W 2632Z00320

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

FlooRpAd AntennAPassive directional near Field antenna

stick aroUndfor lecture spaces, worship sanctuaries and other close range applications

The FLOORPAD is a passive directional near field UHF antenna designed for close range applications in highly congested RF environments. It can be used as a transmitting or receiving antenna for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring systems. It operates in a frequency range from 470 to 740 MHz and provides a covering area of about 12 m/37 ft. Its negative antenna gain of 1 dB provides optimal quality for the wanted signal while decreasing unwanted signals outside its range.

The FLOORPAD is designed to meet the rigorous demands of touring and rental companies. The tough, PVC molded pad can withstand the weight of a forklift and is not adversely affected if stood on during use. Its coaxial tail connector is pull tested to 50 lbs.

• Near field antenna decreases unwanted signals in highly congested radio environments

• Works as transmitting and receiving antenna for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring

• Operates in a wide frequency range 470 to 740 MHz for universal use worldwide

• 19" diameter, 1/4" thick tough PVC floor pad for easy hiding under carpeting, podiums or stages

• Water-resistant construction for indoor and outdoor use

Item Number: Floorpad Antenna 3009H00220

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

An

ten

nA

Sy

Stem

S

HelicAl AntennAPassive circUlar Polarized directional antenna

spin doctorFor indoor or outdoor use

The HELICAL antenna is a passive circular polarized directional wide-band UHF antenna which can be used as a transmitting or receiving antenna for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring systems. It operates in a frequency range from 470 to 740 MHz and provides an antenna gain of 9dB.

This circular polarized HELICAL antenna is specially designed for tour sound, sports and broadcast applications where long range FOH positions of many hundreds of feet often require a high gain. With the included universal threat adapter it can be mounted on floor stands with both 3/8" or 5/8" screws.

The HELICAL antenna comes with a durable, water resistant nylon cover which also helps to compress the antenna to easily fit inside a rack drawer.

• Circular polarized antenna design for high directionality and strong signal reception

• Works as transmitting and receiving antenna for wireless microphones and in-ear monitoring

• 9 dB antenna gain for long distance applications

• Operates in a wide frequency range 470 to 740 MHz for universal use worldwide

• Foldable from 12" extended to 3" compressed to easily fit inside a rack drawer

Item Number: Helical Antenna 3009H00210

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

ps4000 Wactive wide-band uhf antenna splitteR

split upfor DMS700, WMS4500, WMS470, WMS450 receivers

pS4000 W is an active wide-band uhF antenna distributor to feed up to five receivers with the rF signal of a pair of antennas. it is capable of adjusting the radio signal strength transmitted to a receiver. Adjustable rF-level settings guarantee maximum operating distance even when using different cable lengths and different types of cable. it supports the wireless system with optimal radio power and improves multichannel capability.

the pS4000 W comes in a rugged half-rack metal housing and works with all active and passive AKG antennas, rA4000 B/W, rA4000 W, SrA2 B/W and SrA2 W.

• Cable length adjustment switch for optimizing antenna signal levels

• Remote power for antennas and receivers power via antenna cable eliminates any extra installation effort

• Operates in an ultrawide frequency range from 500mhz to 865mhz for universal use

• Link output to cascade up to three pS4000 Ws for large systems

Included accessories: rmu4000 rack mount unit

Item Number: pS4000 W 2996Z00100

Zapd 21passive wide-band uhf antenna combineR/splitteR

two-way crossingfor DMS700, WMS4500, WMS470, WMS450 receivers

the ZApD21 is a passive, wide-band uhF antenna combiner/splitter. it can be used with active and passive transmitter and receiver antennas. it passes through the power from transmitters, receivers and power supplies, enabling remote powering of connected antennas.

the ZApD21 comes in a rugged, waterproof metal housing and works bi-directionally with all active and passive AKG antennas, rA4000 B/W, rA4000 W, SrA2 B/W and SrA2 W. it operates in a frequency range from 500mhz to 2000mhz with a low insertion loss of 3dB.

• Bi-directional operation for splitter and combiner use

• Pass-through of remote power for extremely flexible installation

• Operates in an ultrawide frequency range from 500mhz to 2000mhz for universal use worldwide


Item Number: ZApD 21 ServSon760

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

An

ten

nA

Sy

Stem

S

ab4000antenna boosteR

Beyond all limitsfor DMS700, WMS4500, WMS470, WMS450 receivers

AB4000 is a high-performance antenna booster to compensate signal loss on long antenna cables. one AB4000 can compensate 3.5 to 17.5 dB of cable attenuation. up to two boosters can be cascaded in case of extremely long cable runs.

the AB4000 comes in a rugged, waterproof metal housing and features an in-line power leD display and cable length adjustment switches. it works with all active and passive AKG antennas, rA4000 B/W, rA4000 W, SrA2 B/W and SrA2 W, and operates in a frequency range from 500mhz to 865mhz.

• 17dB amplification for extremely long cable runs


• Cable length adjustment switch for optimizing antenna signal levels


Item Number: AB4000 3009Z00020

asu4000Remote antenna poweR supply

remote dc powerfor RA4000 B/W, SRA2 B/W antennas and AB4000 booster

the ASu4000 is a remote antenna power supply unit for large-scale antenna distribution or small antenna systems where no pS4000 W is in use. it provides the necessary power for up to three active antenna elements (rA4000 B, SrA2 B, AB4000) via the antenna cable.

the ASu4000 comes in a rugged, waterproof metal housing and features lockable Dc input and a status leD for fail-safe operation.

• Powers up to three active antenna elements Dc power for rA4000 B/W, SrA2 B/W and AB4000


• Lockable DC input for secure, failure-free connection


Item Number: ASu4000 3009Z00100

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

hub4000 Qhiqnet etheRnet inteRface

make the connectionsupports DMS700, WMS4000/4500 and IVM4/4500

the huB4000 Q reference hiQnet® ethernet interface allows you to connect up to eight AKG wireless devices to a hiQnet network. huB4000 Q connects to the network via a standard cAt-5 cable. For large wireless systems, several huB 4000 Qs can be cascaded using commercial ethernet switches (or routers, wireless hubs, etc.), allowing you to configure and monitor complex systems from a single application. huB4000 Q connects the wireless system to the applications harman System Architect™, AKG Wireless app and vm2.

the huB4000 Q comes in a rugged half-rack metal housing and provides 10 leDs with information on the data transfer status as well as 4 Dip switches to set up the ip address.

• Connects up to 8 wireless devices to HiQnet® network enables remote control via System Architecttm, AKG Wireless app and vm2

• Cascadable via standard ethernet switches for easy setup of large system configurations

• Central 10 LED operating display for full control on data transfer status

• Covered DIP switches on front panel for quick and safe setup of the ip address

• Rugged half-rack metal housing for flexible, space efficient system configurations

aKg systeM Architect pluginhiqnet Remote contRol pc softwaRe

connect. configure. control.supports DMS700, WMS4000/4500 and IVM4/4500

AKG´s System Architect™ plug-in automatically identifies all huB4000 Qs connected to a hiQnet® system. the channel-oriented user inter-face provides intuitive control of all parameters of the wireless channels. With the unique 1 click Setup frequency coordination can be done with a single click. it performs an environment Scan, calculates the discrete and intermodulation free frequencies and programs them into the wireless receivers.

1 click Setup Xpert offers an advanced frequency coordination mode, with which restricted tv-channels and non AKG wireless frequencies can be included in the calculation.

Additional tools including Device manager, programmer Guide and custom panels make managing complex wireless systems easy and straight forward.

• 1 Click Setup automatic frequency coordination with a single click

• 1 Click Setup Xpert for advanced frequency coordination of large wireless systems

• Custom Control Panels for easy control interface customizing

• Intuitive tools for settting up and monitoring of multichannel wireless systems

• Environment Scan of RF spectrum for graphical visualization of radio environment

Item Number: huB4000 Q 2999Z00140

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Net

wo

rk

Sy

Stem

S

vM2

soundcRaft vistonics micRophone monitoRing

total controlsupports DMS700, WMS4000/4500 and IVM4/4500

With vm2 vistonics microphone monitoring, Soundcraft and AKG are making the Foh engineer’s life easier. For the first time the status of any hiQnet-compatible AKG wireless microphone can directly be monitored from a Soundcraft vi consoles surface. vm2 provides real time visual display of battery life, rF status and mic muting, right there on the relevant channel strip. expanded information are instantly available by touching the vistonics™ screen. e.g. pressing the locate button on the consol causing the receiver´s display to flash, for easy location in the rack.

vm2 is supported by all Soundcraft vi Series mixing (vi1, vi2, vi4, vi6) consoles with v4.5 software or higher.

• Integrated in the Vistonics™ console user interface allows the monitoring of AKG wireless systems from the console

• Real time visuals of wireless status right on the relevant channel strip

• Detailed information on all critical functions rF signal strength, battery status and audio level

• More efficient workflow for one less thing to worry about

• No computer needed works with huB4000 Q and hiQnet®

wireLess iphone Apphiqnet Remote contRol ios app

ilikesupports DMS700, WMS4000/4500 and IVM4/4500

the AKG Wireless iphone™ App is a reference remote control for ioS devices. it enables monitor and control of a complete AKG wireless system from an Apple iphone, ipad™ or ipod™ touch via Wi-Fi™. the app offers unique functions like the radio frequency graph, which is the easiest way to find areas of good radio coverage by walking around the stage. Device list offers an instant overview of system alerts, information on the transmitters battery life, radio signal strength and audio signal quality. Furthermore the AKG Wireless App enables to remotely mute individual receivers.

the AKG Wireless app is available for free from the Apple itunes™ Store.

• Optimized touch user interface setup and monitor wireless systems from an ioS device

• Graph of RF signal strength over time for walk around tests on stage with direct graphical feedback

• Device List keep the overview over the entire system

• Alerts within device list for instant information of critical system parameters

• No computer needed works with huB4000 Q and standard Wi-Fi™ routers

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CU700Charging unit

Fast and coolfor DHT700 and DPT700 transmitters

The CU700 is a charger that rapidly boosts the rechargeable batteries inside the transmitter without damaging the cells' elements. The CU700 charger determines the optimum charge current and has a quiet cooling fan to control the temperature of the cells. Integrated charging contacts allow the batteries to remain inside the transmitter while charging on the CU700.

The CU700 charger uses pulse technology, in which a pulse is fed to the battery. With pulse charging, high instantaneous voltages can be applied without overheating the battery. The CU700 provides two charging compartments for simultaneous charge of two devices. The housing can be rack-mounted using the optional 19" rack-mount unit.

• Charger with two charging compartments for two DPT700, or DHT700

• Smart current management system operates with two AA-size NiMH rechargeable batteries

• Two-hour quick charging for up to eight hours of battery life

• Optional 2U 19" rack-mount unit for easy installation without loose parts

Included accessories: PSU12V Lockable 2000mA EU/US/UK/AU Power supply, 4 x NiHM Rechargeable Batteries

Item Number: CU700 3158H00010 with power supply

CU4000Charging unit

save some moneyfor HT4500 and PT4500 transmitters and SPR4500 IEM receiver

The BP4000 and CU4000 represent a premium charging system for the transmitter of the WMS4500 wireless microphone system as well as for the body-pack receiver of the IVM4500 IEM in-ear monitoring system. The CU4000 provides two charging compartments for simultaneous charge of two devices. An integrated microprocessor monitors battery status and calculates the remaining battery life. It informs the user about the time needed to return to maximum service capability.

Integrated charging contacts allow the BP4000 battery-pack to be used separately or to remain inside the transmitter or receiver while charging on the CU4000. The BP4000 plus CU4000 system helps to reduce battery costs as well as environmental hazards from used batteries.

• Accurate remaining battery life intelligent charge count

• One-hour quick charge for twelve hours of operation

• Charger with two charging compartments for HT4500 and PT4500 transmitters, SPR4500 or BP4000 battery-packs

• Smart current management system prevents overcharging and shows recovery time

• Microprocessor-controlled life-cycle management with up to 1000 charging cycles

Included accessories: 2 x BP4000 rechargeable battery pack

Item Number: CU4000 EU/US/UK/AU 2887X01060 with PSU12V Lockable

2000mA EU/US/UK/AU Power supply

CU4000 none 2887X00060 without power supply

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ch

ar

gin

g U

nit

s

CU400Charging unit

drop it infor WMS450 and WMS470 series transmitters

The AKG CU400 is a high-performance drop-in-style battery charger for WMS450 and WMS470 series wireless handheld and body-pack transmitters. The charger's design and the integrated charging contacts of the transmitter conveniently eliminate the need to remove the battery before charging; simply drop the entire transmitter into the slot. The charger monitors battery voltages and temperatures during charging and automatically ends the cycle when the batteries are fully charged.

The CU400 provides a status display LED for full control of the charging status.

• Charger with two charging compartments for two HT450/470 or PT450/470

• Two-hour quick charging for up to eight hours of battery life

• Smart current management system operates with one AA-size NiMH rechargeable battery

Included accessories: 2 x NiHM Rechargeable Batteries

Item Number: CU400 EU/US/UK 2934H00010 with PSU5V 2000mA EU/

US/UK Power supplyCU400 none 2934H00040 without power supply

PSU4000Central power supply unit

power it upfor PS4000, SPC4500, HUB4000 Q, WMS receivers and charging units

The PSU4000 is a central power supply unit for components of the WMS wireless microphone and IVM in-ear monitoring systems. It provides an IEC power socket and a switch mode power supply for worldwide use. The PSU4000 features three high current 12V/2A DC outputs via lockable DC connectors.

The PS4000 comes in a rugged half-rack metal housing. It can supply up to 12 stationary receivers via the PS4000 W antenna splitter or four stationary IEM transmitters via SPC4500. Alternatively, it can power up to three charging units (CU4000 or CU700) or HUB4000 Q.

• Rugged half-rack metal housing for a flexible, space-efficient system configurations

• Lockable DC output for secure, failure-free connection

• Three high-current 12V/2A DC outputs universal power supply for large systems

Included accessories: RMU4000 Rack Mount Unit, 3 x DC-DC Cable

Item Number: PSU4000 EU 2997Z00010 with EU mains cablePSU4000 UK 2997Z00030 with UK mains cablePSU4000 US 2997Z00020 with US mains cablePSU4000 none 2997Z00040 without mains cable

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

dsr70pRofessional digital wiReless multichannel ReceiveRthe DSr70 professional digital wireless diversity receiver features bidirectional communication between the transmitter and receiver, which offers a number of valuable functions including remote power-off for all transmitters, battery status monitoring and more. the dynamic frequency selection (DFS) intelligently chooses only the cleanest frequency bands to establish a robust connection to the transmitters. thanks to the one-click pairing function, the system is up and running immediately.

DrS70 is available in two versions, DSr70 Dual for up to two chan-nels and DSr70 Quattro for up to four channels. two DSr70 receiv-ers can operate together, providing up to eight simultaneous channels. the package includes a universal power supply kit for worldwide use.

• Dynamic frequency selection automatically selects the best frequency band

• Standard AES 128-bit encryption prevents tapping of the audio signal

• Auto correction switch more processor power for clearer signals

• DSR70 Dual two-channel receiver with two individual 1/4" jack outputs

• DSR70 Quattro four-channel receiver four channel outputs and one miX output via Xlr connector

Included accessories: pSu12v 500mA eu/uS/uK power supply, rmu2 rack mount unit

pRofessional digital wiReless micRophone system

Boundless freedomfor license-free operation, worldwide

the DmS70 is a professional digital 2.4Ghz wire-less microphone system for worldwide, license-free operation. With 24bit, 48khz audio coding, it provides uncompressed studio-quality transmission and a linear frequency response, for uncompromis-ing vocal and instrumental performances. 128bit AeS standard encryption prevents tapping of the audio signal, which makes it a perfect companion for high-security conferences.

the dynamic frequency selection (DFS) ensures that only the cleanest frequency bands are selected for the connection between receivers and transmitters

• True uncompressed transmission for best audio quality

• Standard AES 128-bit encryption prevents tapping of the audio signal

• Plug-and-play solution up and running in a second

• Digital receiver and transmitter diversity for unmatched signal stability

• Dynamic frequency selection automatically selects the best frequency band


dMs70— automatically! the DmS70 is up and running in fractions of a second. the digital receiver and transmitter diversity provide rock-solid, drop-free signal transmission. A maximum of eight channels can be operated simultaneously.

Item Number: DSr70 Dual 3355h00010 DSr70 Quattro 3255h00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Plu

g‘n

‘Pla

y W

irel

ess

syst

ems

dpT70pRofessional digital wiReless body-pack tRansmitteR

the Dpt70 is a professional digital wireless body-pack transmitter for worldwide, license-free operation. With 24-bit 48khz audio coding, it provides uncom-pressed studio-quality transmission and a linear frequency response, perfect for demanding instrumental performances. 128-bit AeS standard encryption prevents tapping of the audio signal, which makes it a perfect companion for high-security conferences.

the Dpt70 provides digital diversity and an out-of-range warning function to ensure a stable and drop-free signal within the entire operating area. its input is fully adjustable between mic and line level for noise- and distortion-free signal reproduction from loud guitars or gentle microphone signals.

• Professional three-pin mini XLR connector compatible with guitar cables, headset and instrument mics

• True uncompressed audio transmission for best studio-quality audio transmission

• Plug-and-play solution up and running in a second

• Out-of-range warning for drop-free operation

• Auto power-off function saves battery life and reduces operating cost

Included accessories: mKG l instrument cable, 2 x AA Batteries, Bc700 Belt clip

dhT70pRofessional digital wiReless handheld tRansmitteR

the Dht70 is a professional digital wireless handheld transmitter for worldwide, license-free operation. With 24bit, 48khz audio coding, it provides uncom-pressed studio-quality transmission and a linear frequency response. it is avail-able in two versions, with D5 or p3 dynamic capsule, perfect for uncompromis-ing vocal performances.

the Dht70 provides digital diversity and an out-of-range warning function to ensure a stable and drop-free signal within the entire operating area. A high/low input gain switch allows optimum level adjustment for clear, distortion-free signals.

• P3 or patented state-of-the-art D5 dynamic capsule different versions for demanding vocals

• True uncompressed audio transmission for best studio-quality sound

• Out-of-range warning for secure operation

• Auto power-off function saves battery life and reduces operating costs

• Digital transmitter diversity for unmatched signal stability

Included accessories: Stand adapter, 2 x AA Batteries

Item Number: Dht70 D5 3257X00010 Dht70 p5 3357h00010

Item Number: Dpt70 3256h00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

dMs70 QuAttroinstRumental set

the DmS70 Quattro instrumental Set is a professional digital 2.4Ghz wireless system for worldwide license-free operation. it provides uncompressed studio quality and a ruler-flat frequency response. each of the two included Dpt70 body-pack transmitters provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector, fully compatible with all guitar and bass levels, headsets and instrumental mics. the receiver offers four channels in one rugged 19" housing. its one-click pairing function gets the system up and running in seconds.

The DMS70 Quattro, Instrumental Set package includes:

• 1 x DSR70 Quattro receiver

• 2 x DPT70 Body-pack transmitter

• 2 x MKG L Instrument cable

• 1 x universal power supply with uS/uK/eu adapter, 4 x AA size battery

dMs70 QuAttrovocal set

the DmS70 Quattro vocal Set is a professional digital 2.4Ghz wireless system for worldwide license-free operation. it provides uncompressed studio quality and a rul-er-flat frequency response. the two included Dht70 handheld transmitters provide a D5 dynamic capsule for uncompromising vocal performance. the receiver offers four channels in one rugged 19" housing. its one-click pairing function gets the system up and running in seconds.

The DMS70 Quattro, Vocal Set package includes:


• 2 x DHT70 Handheld transmitter with D5 capsule

• 1 x universal power supply with uS/uK/eu adapter, 4 x AA size battery, 2 x Stand adapter

dMs70 sets

Item Number: DmS70 Quattro vocal Set 3258X00010

Item Number: DmS70 Quattro instrumental Set 3258h00020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Plu

g‘n

‘Pla

y W

irel

ess

syst

ems

dMs70 duAlinstRumental set

the DmS70 Dual instrumental Set is a professional digital 2.4Ghz wireless system for worldwide license-free operation. it provides uncompressed studio quality and a ruler-flat frequency response. the included Dpt70 body-pack transmitter provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connec-tor, compatible with all bass/guitar levels, headsets and instrumental mics. the receiver offers two channels in one rugged half 19" housing. its one-click pairing function gets the system up and running in seconds.

The DMS70 Dual, Instrumental Set package includes:

• 1 x DSR70 Dual receiver

• 1 x DPT70 Body-pack transmitter, 1 x MKG L Guitar cable


dMs70 duAl vocal set

the DmS70 Dual vocal Set is a professional digital 2.4Ghz wireless system for worldwide license-free operation. it provides uncompressed studio quality and a ruler-flat frequency response. the included Dht70 handheld transmit-ter provides a super cardioid dynamic capsule for professional vocal perfor-mance. the receiver offers two channels in one rugged half 19" housing. its one-click pairing function gets the system up and running in seconds.

The DMS70 Dual, Instrumental Set package includes:

• 1 x DSR70 Dual receiver

• 1 x DHT70 Handheld transmitter with P5 capsule

• 1 x universal power supply with uS/uK/eu adapter, 2 x AA size battery, 1 x Stand adapter

dMs70 QuAttrovocal / instRumental set

the DmS70 Quattro vocal/instrumental Set is a professional digital 2.4Ghz wire-less system for worldwide license-free operation. it provides uncompressed stu-dio quality and a ruler-flat frequency response. the included Dpt70 body-pack transmitter provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector, compatible with guitar and bass guitar levels, headsets and instrumental mics. the included Dht70 handheld transmitter provides a D5 dynamic capsule for uncompromising vocal performance. the receiver offers four channels in one rugged 19" housing. its one-click pairing function gets the system up and running in seconds.

The DMS70 Quattro, Vocal / Instrumental Set package includes:


• 1 x DHT70 Handheld transmitter with D5 capsule

• 1 x DPT70 Body-pack transmitter, 1 x MKG L Guitar cable, 1 x Stand adapter


Item Number: DmS70 Quattro vocal/instrumental Set 3258X00030

Item Number: DmS70 Dual vocal Set 3358h00010

Item Number: DmS70 Dual instrumental Set 3358h00020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

sr45high-peRfoRmance wiReless stationaRy ReceiveRthe Sr45 analog high-performance space diversity wireless receiver provides maximum ease of use with different channel presets up to six channels. it is perfect for instrumental and vocal performances in small clubs as well as for use in houses of worship and in conference rooms.

the Sr45 provides an audio clipping and rF signal strength leD for easy monitoring of systems status. Best audio signal output is provided via both a professional Xlr and a 1/4" jack connector. For worldwide use, the receiver comes with a universal, switched mode power supply kit.

• 30MHz selection bandwidth simultaneous use of up to 6 channels

• Professional balanced XLR and ¼" jack output for best audio signal

• Audio clip and RF control LED on receiver for easy monitoring of your performance

• Switched mode power supply universal connector kit for worldwide use

• Adjustable squelch level for secure audio transmission in all environments

Included accessories: pSu12v 500mA eu/uS/uK power supply

high-peRfoRmance wiReless micRophone system

no more caBlesfor houses of worship, hotels, clubs and band applications

perception Wireless is a high-performance analog wireless microphone systems which delivers bril-liant sound and is easy to use. it is the optimum plug and play wireless solution for small stages, clubs, places of worship, hotels, and gyms. the preset frequency sets allow easy setup from single-channel applications to multichannel sys-tems. perception Wireless offers exceptional eight hours of operation from a single AA size battery,

• 30MHz selection bandwidth save operation for simple multichannel systems

• Eight hours of operation from a single AA size battery saves money in day-to-day use

• Auto Setup Mode plug and play solution for easy setup



perCepTion Wireless

which dramatically reduces the operating costs in day-to-day use. the system is available in complete set packages for different applications. All include a universal connector kit for worldwide use.

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Plu

g‘n

‘Pla

y W

irel

ess

syst

ems

pT45high-peRfoRmance wiReless body-pack tRansmitteR

the pt45 is an analog high-performance wireless body-pack transmitter in a small, rugged housing. A professional mini Xlr audio connector makes the body-pack compatible with all kinds of guitars, basses, instrumental pickups and headsets. it is designed for stress-free work on small stages, in houses of wor-ship and in conference rooms.

the pt45 provides a gain control for perfect adjustment of the input volume and a noiseless on/off/mute switch. A battery-status indicator shows red before the battery goes dead, allowing the user full control of performance time. the package includes a rugged guitar cable.

• Eight hours of operation from a single AA-size battery saves money in day-to-day use

• Professional three-pin mini XLR connector compatible with guitar cables, headset and instrument mics

• Gain control on transmitter for immediate volume adjustment

• Noiseless on/off/mute switch for easy operation

• Compact and rugged body-pack design for maximum wearing comfort

Included accessories: mKG l instrument cable, Bc400 Belt clip, 1 x AA Battery

hT45high-peRfoRmance wiReless handheld tRansmitteR

the ht45 analog high-performance wireless handheld transmitter features a dynamic microphone capsule for demanding vocal performances. the cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback and lets your voice cut through any mix. its spring-steel wire-mesh front grille protects the transducer from the hardships of on-stage use.

the ht45 provides a gain control for perfect adjustment of the input volume and a noiseless on/off/mute switch. A battery status indicator shows red before the battery goes dead, allowing the user to fully control his performance time.

• Eight hours of operation from a single AA battery saves money in day-to-day use

• Gain control on transmitter for immediate volume adjustment

• Noiseless on/off/mute switch for easy operation

Included accessories: Stand adapter, 1 x AA Battery

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

perCepTion WirelessinstRumental set

the perception Wireless high performance instrumental Set delivers brilliant sound for an exceptionally wide range of applications. the included pt45 body-pack transmitter is the smallest and lightest transmitter in its class. it provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector and can be used with the included guitar cable or one of the optionally available AKG miniature microphones.

The Perception Wireless, Instrumental Set package includes:





perCepTion Wirelessvocal set

the perception Wireless high performance vocal Set delivers brilliant sound and is surprisingly easy to use. the included ht45 handheld transmitter features a dynamic microphone with cardioid polar pattern, ensuring voices to cut through any mix. the Sr45 receiver provides professional Xlr and 1/4" jack outputs.

The Perception Wireless, Vocal Set package includes:



• 1 x Stand adapter


perception Wireless 45 sets

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PlU

G‘n

‘PlA

y W

IRel

eSS

SySt

eMS

perCepTion WirelesspResenteR set

the perception Wireless high performance presenter Set delivers brilliant sound and is surprisingly easy to use. the included cK99 lavalier micro-phone clips on quickly and easily, and provides optimum intelligibility for theater performances, presentations or talk shows. the Sr45 receiver provides professional Xlr and 1/4" jack outputs.

The Perception Wireless, Presenter Set package includes:



• 1 x CK99 L Lavalier microphone


perCepTion WirelessspoRts set

the perception Wireless high performance Sports Set delivers brilliant sound and is surprisingly easy to use. the included pt45 body-pack transmitteris the smallest and lightest transmitter in its class. the package also in-cludes a c544 l condenser head-worn microphone featuring an external shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection. its moisture shield ensures a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

The Perception Wireless, Sports Set package includes:





02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

sr40 MiniwiReless stationaRy ReceiveR

the Sr40 mini and Sr40 mini DuAl stationary receivers provide crystal clear audio quality for powerful performances. they features three status leDs indicating on/off status, received signal strength (rF oK) and audio clipping (AF clip) the receivers provide a vol-ume control potentiometer and a noiseless on/off switch to protect the connected speakers. the Sr 40 mini DuAl integrates two separate wireless receivers in one compact housing.

the Sr40 mini features one, the Sr40 mini DuAl two balanced outputs via ¼" jack connector. the supplied switched mode power supply operates on any Ac voltage from 110 to 240vAc and includes eu, uK, and uS adapters.

• Crystal clear soundFor best audio quality

• “Up and running” in a second plug and play solution for easy setup


• Ultra compact metal housingrugged and lightweight

• Available as single or dual receiver


wiReless micRophone system

small size - Big soundfor houses of worship, hotels, gyms and band applications

the WmS40 mini wireless microphone system pro-vides crystal clear sound and is a true plug`n`play solution. “up and running” in a second, it is the optimum wireless solution for small stages, clubs, places of worship, hotels, and gyms. the system is available in different application optimized set pack-ages, all of which includes a universal, switched mode power supply for worldwide operation.

the WmS40 mini system stands out for its ex-tremely long battery life of 30 hours with a single AA battery which helps saving money in the long run.

• Crystal clear soundbest audio quality for powerful performances

• “Up and running” in a second plug and play solution for easy setup

• 30 hours of operation from a single AA size batterysaves money in day-to-day use



wMs40 Mini

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PlU

G‘n

‘PlA

y W

IRel

eSS

SySt

eMS


pT40 MiniwiReless body-pack tRansmitteR

the pt40 mini is a wireless body-pack transmitter in a small, rugged housing, perfect for houses of worship, clubs, small stages and gyms. A professional mini Xlr audio connector makes the body-pack compatible with all kinds of guitars, basses, instrumental pickups and headsets.

the pt40 mini provides a gain control for perfect adjustment of the input volume and a noiseless on/off/mute switch. it stand-out feature is its long battery life of 30 hours on a single AA battery. it represents ultimate ease of use at an unbeat-able price/performance ratio.

• Unbelievable 30 hours life with a single AA batterylowest operating cost in its class

• Professional three-pin mini XLR connectorcompatible with guitar cables, headset- and instrument mics

• Gain control on transmitterfor immediate volume adjustment

• Noiseless on/off/mute switchto protect the connected speakers

• Compact and rugged body-pack designfor maximum wearing comfort

Included accessories: mKG l instrument cable, Bc400 Belt clip, 1 x AA Battery

hT40 MiniwiReless handheld tRansmitteR

the ht40 mini is a wireless handheld transmitter with a dynamic microphone capsule designed for stressless work in houses of worship, in clubs and on small stages. its cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback and the unique hDAp (high Defi nition Audio performance) technology delivers bril-liant sound. the rugged transmitter features an on/off/mute switch and a sturdy wire-mesh cap to protect the microphone element.

the ht40 mini system's stand-out feature is its extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA battery. it represents ultimate ease of use at an unbeatable price-performance ratio.

• High Defi nition Audio Performance technologyfor crystal clear audio quality

• Cardioid polar patternfor trouble-free use on narrow stages

• Robust spring steel grilleextreme ruggedness for long stage life

• Noiseless on/off/mute switch to protect the connected speakers

• Unbelievable 30 hours of working time with one AA batterysaves money in day-to-day use

Included accessories: Stand adapter, 1 x AA Battery

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

wMs40 Mini duAlinstRumental set

the WmS40 mini Dual instrumental Set is a true plug’n’play wireless solution providing crystal clear audio sound. each of the two included pt40 mini body-pack transmitter provides a professional 3pin mini Xlr connector, compatible to all guitars, basses and AKGs micromics, from line to mic level. their extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA battery saves money in day-to-day use. the receiver offers two bal-anced outputs via 1/4" jack connectors.

The WMS40 Mini Dual, Instrumental Set package includes:

• 1 x SR40 Dual Mini Receiver

• 2 x PT40 Mini Handheld transmitter



wMs40 Mini duAlvocal set

the WmS40 mini Dual vocal Set is a true plug’n’play wireless solution. each of the two included ht40 mini handheld transmitter features a dynamic cardioid capsule for maximum gain before feedback. their extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA battery saves money in day-to-day use. the receiver offers two balanced outputs via 1/4" jack connectors.

The WMS40 Mini Dual, Vocal Set package includes:


• 2 x HT40 Mini Handheld transmitter


WMs40 Mini sets

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PlU

G‘n

‘PlA

y W

IRel

eSS

SySt

eMS

wMs40 MiniinstRumental set

the WmS40 mini Single instrumental Set is a true plug’n’play wireless solution provid-ing crystal clear audio sound the included pt40 mini body-pack transmitter provides a professional 3pin mini Xlr connector, compatible with guitar and bass levels, headsets and instrumental mics. its extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA battery saves money in day-to-day use. the receiver comes in an ultra compact housing and offers a 1/4" jack output.

The WMS40 Mini Single, Instrumental Set package includes:

• 1 x SR40 Dual Receiver

• 1 x PT40 Mini Body-pack transmitter

• 1x MKG L Instrument cable


wMs40 Mini singlevocal set

the WmS40 mini Single vocal Set is a true plug’n’play wireless solution providing crystal clear audio sound. the included ht40 mini handheld transmitter features a dynamic cardioid capsule for maximum gain before feedback. it`s extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA battery saves money in day-to-day use. the receiver comes in an ultra compact housing and offers a 1/4" jack output.

The WMS40 Mini Single, Vocal Set package includes:

• 1 x SR40 Mini Receiver



wMs40 Mini duAlvocal instRumental set

the WmS40 mini Dual vocal/instrumental Set is a true plug’n’play wireless so-lution. the included pt40 mini body-pack transmitter provides a professional 3pin mini Xlr connector, compatible with guitar and bass levels, headsets and instrumental mics. the included ht40 mini handheld transmitter features a dynamic cardioid capsule for maximum gain before feedback. their extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA battery saves money in day-to-day use. the receiver offers two balanced outputs via 1/4" jack connectors.

The WMS40 Mini Dual, Vocal/Instrumental Set package includes:



• 1 x PT40 Mini Body-pack transmitter

• 1 x mKG l instrumentcable, 1 x universal power supply with uS/uK/eu adapter, 2 x AA size battery

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

122

dJ headphones

the only headphones engineered for dance music.ideal for live sound monitoring, DJ use and studio work

the “AKG by tiËSto” headphones range fea-tures tuning and styling directed by legendary Dj and producer tiËSto. comprising three profes-sional-grade headphones, the tiËSto Series will appeal to a broad range of end users; from studio engineers, to artists, fans and tiËSto himself - whether in the studio, at a show or on the go.

“AKG is rooted in the passion for music at the same time as having a unique eye for design and style,” tiËSto says. “together we’ve created a line of headphones that are perfect for those who want the best quality of sound, but don’t wish to compromise on style, whether you’re looking to mix in the studio, perform live or even listen when you’re on the move.”

• Powerful drivers with low resonance for higher sound pressure and matched low frequency response

• Closed-back design for maximum noise rejection

• Rugged and roadworthy design maximum durability for heavy-duty use

• 3D-Axis professional folding mechanism for easy transportation

• Comfortable ear pads and light-weight construction the perfect choice for long working hours


aKg by TiËsTo

K267 tiËstoRefeRence dJ headphones

Boost the Bassfor professional DJ use

the K267 tiËSto reference Dj headphones stand for appealing product design and robustness. its over-ear, closed-back design of-fers the best sound performance in its class. With an oversized low resonance driver, the K267 tiËSto headphones provide higher Spl while still maintaining a matched low frequency bass response. A switchable bass boost maximizes deep sub-bass frequencies.

the K267’s Dual plug-in feature allows the user to attach the cable to either side for maximum comfort. With high-quality materials and superior workmanship, its lightweight construction is exceptionally rugged. in addition, each set boasts 3D-Axis folding mechanisms for optimum fitting and flat storage.

• Over-ear, closed-back design for high comfort and maximum noise rejection

• Oversized 50 mm driver with low resonance for higher sound pressure and matched low frequency responce

• User adjustable bass boost keeps sound neutral or maximizes deeper sub bass frequencies

• Anodized aluminium parts offer maximum durability for heavy-duty use

• Dual Plug-In feature allows alternate cable dressing from either the left or right side

Included accessories: eK300 Straing cable, eK500 coiled cable

Item Number: K267 tiËSto 3285h00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

K167 tiËstopRofessional dJ headphones

get connectedfor live sound monitoring, DJ use and studio work

the K167 tiËSto professional Dj headphones feature over-ear, closed-back design for high comfort and maximum noise rejec-tion. the 40 mm drivers deliver high sound pressure levels with an impressive sound quality – even in loud environments such as small clubs.

thanks to its slick design and roadworthy construction, the K167 tiËSto headphones are suitable for multiple applications, from the stage to the studio. the rugged headband bends easily and folds into any listening position. For easy transportation the headphones can be collapsed into a thin package.

• Over-ear, closed-back design for high noise attenuation and maximum wearing comfort

• Powerful 40 mm driver with low resonance for high sound pressure even at very low bass frequencies

• XRP³ glass-fiber reinforced polymer parts offer maximum durability at a low weight

• 3D-Axis professional folding mechanism for flat storage and easy transportation

• Roadworthy design ensures reliable operation for many years


K67 tiËstohigh-peRfoRmance dJ headphones

hook upfor live sound monitoring, DJ use and studio work

the K67 tiËSto high-performance Dj headphones feature high noise attenuation and are ideal for both stage and studio work. the compact on-ear design delivers sound quality wherever necessary, even outdoors. thanks to their 40 mm transducers, they deliver high sound pressure levels.

the comfortable leatherette ear pads and light-weight design ensure that they are a great choice for long working hours at small clubs or in large venues. the K67 tiËSto headphones include the 3D-Axis folding mechanism, which allows them to collapse into a thin package for easy transportation.

• On-ear, closed-back design for high noise attenuation

• Powerful 40 mm drivers deliver extraordinary high sound pressure

• XRP³ glass-fiber reinforced polymer parts offer maximum durability at a low weight

• 3D-Axis professional folding mechanism for flat storage and easy transportation

• Compact, roadworthy design ideal for outdoor use


PR

OFe

SSIO

nA

l H

eAD

PH

On

eS

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

pure perfectionfor precision listening, mixing and mastering

the K702s are reference, open, over-ear studio headphones for precision listen-ing, mixing and mastering. they combine an extremely accurate response with agility and spaciousness. this is achieved by using revolutionary flat-wire voice coils and a patented varimotion two-layer diaphragm. A totally open design and a high-performance cable complete these reference headphones.

the K702s' comfortable, specially shaped 3D-foam ear pads and a padded genuine-leather headband ensure a perfect fit. they provide a professional mini Xlr connector for quick replacement of the cable. the K702s are individually tested and serial-numbered.

• Over-ear design maximum wearing comfort for long work sessions

• Sophisticated open technology for spacious and airy sound without compromise

• Patented Varimotion two-layer diaphragm for improved high-frequency range and better performance at low frequencies

• Unique flat-wire voice coil for higher sensitivity, better impulse and treble response

• Specially shaped 3D-foam ear pads for optimum fit and ease of use

Included accessories: Gold plated mini jack Adaptor

Item Number: K702 2458Z00190

K702RefeRence studio headphones

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

K271 MkiipRofessional studio headphones

universal geniusfor monitoring, mastering, studio and live sound mixing

the K271 mKiis are professional over-ear headphones for studio and live use. they combine the comfort of an over-the-ear design and the benefits of closed-back technology for best possible sound reproduction. the sealed de-sign ensures low signal bleeding into microphones in the studio and maximum isolation for live mixing applications.

the K271 mKiis feature a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off. they provide a professional mini Xlr connector for quick replacement of the cable. the package includes a 3m (10ft) straight and 5m (16ft) coiled cable.

• Over-ear design maximum wearing comfort for long work sessions

• Advanced closed technology high noise insulation, best possible sound reproduction

• Auto-mute feature mutes headphones when they are taken off

• Sealed design with lowest signal bleeding for vocal and instrument recordings without unwanted spill

• Self-adjusting headband for optimum fit and ease of use

Included accessories: eK500 coiled cable, eK300 Straing cable, velvet earpads

Item Number: K271 mKii 2470X00190

PR

OFe

SSIO

nA

l H

eAD

PH

On

eS

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


smiling facefor live sound mixing [FOH] and drummers

the K171 mKii professional on-ear, closed studio headphones provide the high-est possible noise insulation, perfect for live sound mixing. in order to support familiar hearing habits, the K171 mKiis show a slight “smiley face” eQ curve with a little bass and treble boost.

their well-defined bass reproduction makes the K171 mKiis the number one playback headphones for demanding bass players and drummers worldwide. the professional mini Xlr connector allows quick replacement of the cable. the package includes a 3m (10ft) straight cable, a 5m (16ft) coiled cable, and leatherette and velvet ear pads.

• On-ear design for highest possible noise attenuation

• Advanced closed technology high noise insulation for best possible sound reproduction

• Slight bass and treble boost for appealing sound reproduction



02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


everyBody´s darlingfor precision listening, mixing and mastering

the K240 mKii professional over-ear, semi-open headphones are a long-time standard in studios, in orchestras and on stages around the world. its advanced varimotion 30 mm XXl transducers deliver solid low end, accurate mids and crystal-clear highs. the semi-open design provides the airiness of open headphones with the powerful bass response of closed designs.

For more than three decades, professional engineers and musi-cians have made the K240 the most widely used headphones in studios and at live consoles around the world.

• Over-ear designfor comfort during long work sessions

• Semi-open technologyfor solid bass and airy highs

• Patented Varimotion 30 mm XXL transducerfor accurate signal transfer and great dynamic range

• Self-adjusting headband for optimum fi t

• The choice of professionals around the worldstage and studio standard for more than two decades



K240 studiopRofessional studio headphones

classic cansfor precision listening, mixing and mastering

the K240 Studio professional over-ear, semi-open studio head-phones are designed for professional applications such as mixing, mastering and playback. the advanced XXl transducers with varimotion diaphragms deliver a wide dynamic range, increased sensitivity and high sound levels. the semi-open design provides a solid bass range and extremely clear highs. the over-ear pads en-velop the ears nicely making them extremely comfortable to wear.

the K240 Studio features a professional mini Xlr connec-tor, allowing for quick replacement of the cable. the 3 m cable included provides a convertible jack plug for easily connecting portable equipment.

• Over-ear designprovides high wearing comfort for long working sessions

• Semi-open technologyfor solid bass and clear highs

• Patented Varimotion 30 mm XXL transducerfor accurate signal transfer and great dynamic range

• Self-adjusting headbandfor optimum fi t

• Single sided cablefor ease of use

Item Number: K240 Studio 2058X00130

PR

OFe

SSIO

nA

l H

eAD

PH

On

eS

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


easy intonationfor superior vocal recordings

the K141 mKii professional semi-open, on-ear headphones are an advanced version of the legendary K141 headphones, ideal for studio monitoring. the patented 30mm XXl transducers with vari-motion technology deliver higher sensitivity, a wide dynamic range and an incredible Spl. optimized for single-ear use as well, they deliver familiar sound and makes intonation easy.

the K141 mKii headphones feature gimbal suspended leatherette and velvet ear cups and a self-adjusting headband for great fit and maximum comfort, even in long work sessions. A professional mini Xlr connector allows quick replacement of the cable.

• On-ear, semi-open design for solid base and airy highs

• Optimized for single-ear use keeps the familiar sound and makes intonation easier

• Patented Varimotion 30mm XXL transducer for accurate signal transfer and great dynamic range

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads for maximum wearing comfort

• Self-adjusting headband for optimum fit and ease of use

Included accessories: eK500 coiled cable, eK300 Straing cable


K121high-peRfoRmance studio headphones

cost-efficient thrillsfor monitoring and playback in studio

the K121 mKii professional on-ear semi-open headphones are a cost-effective alternative to the K141 mK iis for studio monitoring and playback. Designed for single-ear use, they deliver familiar sound and make intonation easy.

the K121 mKii headphones feature gimbal-suspended leath-erette ear cups for easy cleaning. the self-adjusting headband makes them comfortable to wear and easy to use, even in long work sessions. the K121 mKiis come with a fixed, single-sided, straight cable.

• On-ear, semi-open design for solid bass and airy highs

• Optimized for single-ear use for familiar sound and easier intonation

• Self-adjusting headband maximum comfort for long work sessions

Item Number: K121 2144X00170

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

K99 perceptionhigh-peRfoRmance headphones

value for moneyfor project studios and rehearsals

the K99 perception high-performance over-ear, semi-open headphones combine excellent sound quality and an astound-ing price/performance ratio. their large, high-performance 40mm (1-7/12") speakers provide a natural, uncolored sound, ideal for project studios.

the K99 perception features gimbal-sus-pended leatherette ear cups for easy clean-ing. the self-adjusting, lightweight headband ensures a pleasant fit for long hours. the K99s come with a 3m (9-3/4ft) fixed, straight cable, including convertible jack plug.

• Over-ear, semi-open design for well-balanced sound quality

• Large, high-performance 40mm (1-7/12") speakers provide a natural, uncolored sound.

• Extremely lightweight for excellent comfort

• Leatherette ear pads for easy cleaning

Item Number: K99 perception 6000h09230

K77 perceptionstudio headphones

convincinglypowerfulfor project studios and rehearsal

the K77 perception over-ear, closed headphones provide powerful sound at an amazing value, perfect for home and project studios. these closed-back headphones are an all-around performer, offering an accurate listening experience.

K77 perception headphones include com-fortable leatherette ear pads and a self-ad-justing headband, allowing extended wear without discomfort. they come with a 2.5m (8ft), fixed, straight cable, including convert-ible jack plug.

• Over-ear, closed design for high comfort

• Large, high-performance 40mm (1.6") speakers provide a powerful and convincing sound

• Extremely lightweight for excellent comfort


K44 perceptionstudio headphones

feel like a profor project studios and rehearsals

the K44 perception over-ear, closed headphones provide excellent sound with a powerful low end and clean highs. they offer pure listening experience for different applications, like project studios and home recording.

the K44 perception headphones include comfortable leatherette ear pads and a self-adjusting headband that allow extended wear without discomfort. they come with a 2.5m (8ft), fixed, straight cable including convertible jack plug.

• Over-ear, closed design for high comfort

• Solid bass and clean highs for well-balanced sound quality

• Leatherette ear pads for easy cleaning


PR

OFe

SSIO

nA

l H

eAD

PH

On

eS

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

134

RefeRence modulaR installed micRophones

executive modularityfor use in theatres, houses of worship and conference rooms

the DAm+ (Discreet Acoustics modular) Series is the logical evolution of AKG’s renowned DAm Se-ries of installed microphones. targeting the premier league of the installation market, literally everything became even better with the DAm+ Series. its slimmer design and improved audio quality are a perfect fit in the high-end market.

An additional interface between gooseneck module and phantom power adapter means added modu-larity and flexibility, resulting in significant advan-tages throughout the distribution chain, with fewer variations need to be stocked. the added modular-ity and new accessories enable solutions for ap-plications never before dreamed of. With just a few components on hand, it allows a nearly unlimited number of useful combinations.

the DAm+ Series microphones are reference electro-acoustic devices which carry out difficult work discreetly and reliably.

• Sophisticated staple capsule technology for studio-quality audio performance

• Wide frequency range for perfect studio sound

• Integrated LED ring indicator for full control of the system status

• Added modularity enables solution for applications never before dreamed of

• RFi Shield technology provides high immunity to radio-frequency interference (e.g. mobile phones)


daM+ series

CK49RefeRence shotgun condenseR capsule

increased intelligiBilityfor lectern, presentations and theatre-applications

the cK49 is a reference condenser capsule with an 80° pickup an-gle and clean off-axis response. it is an ideal tool for inexperienced speakers; when people talk into the microphone from greater distances it focuses on the voice, and when they talk into it from very short distances it reduces pop-noise. its special capsule is a further development of the legendary cK47 capsule. like its prede-cessor, it has been designed using AKG’s unique staple technology for brilliant studio-quality audio performance.

the cK49 capsule is integrated into an extremely slim and rugged metal housing. it fits all gooseneck modules of the DAm+ Series as well as the hm1000 m hanging module. to prevent contact problems the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure extra-long life. the cK49 comes complete with a windscreen that efficiently reduces wind and pop noise.

• Tight, hypercardioid polar pattern eliminates off-axis noise

• 80° pickup angle for inexperienced speakers and greater distances


• Highly reliable capsule contacts prevent contact problems and ensure extra-long life

• Highly efficient windscreen reduces wind and pop noise

Included accessories: Windscreen


02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GO

OSe

neC

K M

ICR

OP

HO

neS

CK43RefeRence condenseR capsule

Better focusfor theatres, houses of worship and parliaments

the pAe5 m reference phantom power module for fixed and mobile installation provides a five-pin Xlr connector that allows the audio signal and the control voltage for a leD ring to be fed separately. thus, the leD ring can be activated remotely by, for example, a 12-48v logic output from any automatic mixer to show the “mic on” status. With its wide voltage range the module will fit most available microphone mixers.

the pAe5 m features a bass roll off for reduction of structure-borne noise. its integrated system connector with gold-plated contacts securely fits all available gooseneck modules of the DAm+ Series as well as the hm1000 m hanging module.


• Supercardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the sides

• 95° pickup angle perfect where people talk from greater distances


• Wide frequency range for speech-optimized audio performance



CK41RefeRence condenseR capsule

enhanced versatilityfor discussions, round table and press conferences

the cK41 is a reference condenser capsule with a wide cardioid polar pattern and a speech optimized frequency response. the cardioid is the most popular polar pattern, since it can be used almost universally. the 125° pickup angle is especially suited for inexperienced or very vivacious speakers as well as applications where more than one person uses the microphone in turn.

the cK41 capsule is integrated into an extremely slim and rugged metal housing. it fits any mounting module of the DAm+ Series. to prevent contact problems, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure extra-long life. the cK41 comes com-plete with a highly efficient windscreen.

• Cardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the rear side

• 125° pickup angle for inexperienced or very vivacious speakers


• Highly efficient windscreen reduces wind and pop noise equally




02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

gn MRefeRence gooseneck module

greater flexiBilityfor discussion-systems, lectern, theatres and houses of worship

the DAm+ Series premium gooseneck modules for permanent and mobile in-stallation are available in three different lengths: 165mm (6.5in), 300mm (11.8in) or 500mm (19.7in). the extremely slim and rugged gooseneck modules feature an leD ring which indicates whether the phantom power is on or off. A special light-ring expander comes with every DAm+ gooseneck module to improve the visibility of the leD ring if necessary.

For quick setup and maximum flexibility all gooseneck modules come with a DAm+ Series system connector. this high quality connector with gold- plated contacts reliably fits all available phantom power modules. the gooseneck module is compatible with all DAm+ Series capsules, cK41, cK43, cK49 via self-cleaning contacts. their extremely deep thread groove prevents misalignment and en-sures a long useful life of all DAm+ components.

• Extremely rugged gooseneck construction for an extra-long life of reliability and stability

• Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules prevent contact problems and ensure extra-long life

• Integrated switchable LED ring to show system status

• Integrated system connector helps save stock keeping costs

• Broad assortment of mounting accessories available for quick and hassle-free installation

Included accessories: leD ring expander

Item Number: Gn15 m 3165h00080 165mm (6.5in)Gn30 m 3165h00090 300mm (11.8in)Gn50 m 3165h00100 500mm (19.7in)

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GO

OSe

neC

K M

ICR

OP

HO

neS

gn155 MRefeRence gooseneck flooR stand

more eleganceor presentations, houses of worship and choir recordings

the Gn155 m is a reference 1490mm (58.7in) gooseneck module with a heavy, shock-mounted floor stand. it works perfectly as a stand-alone unit on stages or placed in front of a lectern as well as for pickup of violins and other instruments. An integrated light-ring shows the status of the microphone at a glance. A special light-ring expander comes with every DAm+ gooseneck module to improve the visibility of the leD ring if needed.

the Gn155 m has an attached 10m (33ft) cable with a DAm+ Series system connector, fitting all available phantom power modules. the gooseneck module is compatible with all DAm+ Series capsules, cK41, cK43, cK49 via highly reliable contacts.

• Elegant, low profile floor stand fitting all environments

• Integrated switchable LED ring to show system status


• Quick-absorbing rubber shock mount for optimum suppression of structure-borne noise


Included accessories: leD ring expander, floor stand

Item Number: Gn155 m 3165h00240

hM1000 MRefeRence hanging module

special discretionfor theatres, houses of worship and broadcast applications

the hm1000 m is a reference hanging module compatible with all capsules of the DAm+ Series (cK41, cK43 and cK49). it is used to fly microphones from the ceiling to record music or speech in places of worship or conference rooms, or on theater stages. An integrated switchable light-ring shows the status of the micro-phone at a glance. A special light-ring expander comes with every DAm+ hanging module to improve the visibility of the leD ring if necessary.

the hm1000 m provides a 10m (33ft) special cable that will not tend to twist, even if the temperature varies. A spring steel hanging clamp for precise microphone alignment is also included in the package. the integrated system connector fits all available phan-tom power modules of the DAm+ Series.

• Twist-free 10m cable included to fix and secure the designated mic position


• Spring clamp for vertical adjustment allows quick and hassle-free installation

• Integrated switchable LED ring indicator for full control of the installation status

• Ingenious system connector interface adapter adds flexibility to all mounting modules

Included accessories: leD ring expander, hanging clamp

Item Number: hm1000 m 3165h00250

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

paesp MRefeRence poweRing module

innovative ingenuityfor small discussion-systems, lectern and press conferences

the DAm+ Series pAeSp m is a program-mable phantom power module for fixed and mobile installation. With its wide voltage range the module will fit most available microphone mixers. it comes with a unique BcD (binary coded decimal) switch to recall one of the operating modes. Several functions can be adjusted, e.g. bass roll off, leD ring mode (on, off, follow mic function) as well as the mic switch mode (push to mute, push to talk, push on – push off). the pAeSp m features a completely noiseless microphone switch. rather than actually disconnecting the signal, it reduces the level by 26dB, thus avoiding the irritating crackling sound when phantom pow-ering is interrupted. the switch is inconspicu-ously placed but easily accessible for simple handling even by inexperienced talkers. the integrated system connector with gold-plated contacts securely fits all available mounting modules of the DAm+ Series.

• Programmable on/mute/off switch offers noiseless switching

• Selectable operating modes for switchable bass roll off and light-ring function

• RFi Shield technology provides high immunity to radio-frequency interference

• Accepts 9-52V input for almost any available mixer inputs

• Feeds all DAM+ Series capsules for highest flexibility

Item Number: pAeSp m 3165h00170

pae5 MRefeRence poweRing module

extended connectionsfor podium discussions, houses of worship and broadcast applications

the pAe5 m reference phantom power module for fixed and mobile installation provides a five-pin Xlr connector that allows the audio signal and the control voltage for a leD ring to be fed separately. thus, the leD ring can be activated remotely by a 9-52v logic output from any automatic mixer to show the “mic on” status. With its wide volt-age range the module will fit most available microphone mixers.

the pAe5 m features a bass roll off for reduction of structure-borne noise. its inte-grated system connector with gold-plated contacts securely fits all available gooseneck modules of the DAm+ Series as well as the hm1000 m hanging module.

• Extra feeding of LED ring to show mic status for use with automixers including logic outputs

• Highly reliable contacts to mounting modules prevent contact problems and ensure extra-long life



• Switchable bass roll off for reduction of body noise and proximity effect

Item Number: pAe5 m 3165h00160

pae MRefeRence poweRing module

expanded reliaBilityfor conference, houses of worship and theatre applications

the pAe m reference phantom power module for fixed and mobile installation pro-vides a gold-plated three-pin Xlr connector. With its wide voltage range the module will fit most available microphone mixers. the module also features a 250 hz bass roll off for reduction of structure-borne noise.

the pAe m comes with an integrated sys-tem connector with gold- plated contacts. this unique connection securely fits all available gooseneck modules of the DAm+ Series as well as the hm1000 m hanging module.



• Accepts 9-52V input for almost any available mixer inputs


• Highly reliable contacts to mounting modules prevent contact problems and ensure extra-long life

Item Number: pAe m 3165h00150

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GO

OSe

neC

K M

ICR

OP

HO

neS

dAM+ Accessories

sT6the St6 is a heavy duty table stand for universal use. it provides two profes-sional 3-pin Slr connectors as audio interface. the St6 is compatible with wide range of microphones, e.g. the gooseneck microphones of the 99er and DAm+ series. Due to its heavy weight it is very well shock absorbing and holds the microphone firm on place. Item number: St6 2966h00040

sTs dAM+the StS DAm+ is a heavy duty table stand with extremely good shock ab-sorbing properties. it provides a 4 pin connector compatible with all DAm+ Series goosenecks as well as with the gooseneck microphones of the cS3 discussion system. the StS DAm+ features an extremely rugged switch which can be programmed to the following functions: push to talk, push to mute, push on/off, low cut on/off. the status of the microphone is displayed by an leD square.

Item number: StS DAm+ 2966h00030

Mf Mthe mF m is a flush-mount module that efficiently reduces body noise from tables. its slim design can integrate each powering module of the DAm+ Se-ries and allows the microphones to be detached when not in use. A special blind cap seals the connector outlet, leaving an attractive flush interface in the table and simultaneously sealing the connector to protect it against dust.

Item number: mF m 3165h00220

uwa9 Mthe uWA9 m is a holder for wireless body-pack transmitters. it fits perfectly on the Gn155 m floor stand gooseneck module. in combination with the mK150 ml it creates a wireless floor stand microphone for presentations or for choir and instrumental recording. the rugged metal plate is covered with foam to prevent scratching the transmitter housing. A universal velcro strip is used to hold any AKG wireless body-pack transmitter.

Item number: uWA9 m 3165h00280

w40 Mthe W40 m is a reference windscreen with the highest performance in its class. two layers of mesh and a combination of foam reduce wind and pop noise to a minimum. its rugged wire-mesh grill securely protects the micro-phone even under rough day-to-day usage. the W40 m is compatible with the cK41 and cK43 capsules from the DAm+ Series.

Item number: W40 m 3165h00290

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

130

high-peRfoRmance modulaR installed micRophones

proven reliaBilityfor use in houses of worship, conferencerooms and theatres

the DAm (Discreet Acoustics modular) Series is a range of high-performance installed microphones which have proven its worth for many years world-wide. it brilliantly fulfills the three key requirements that are essential for sound system applications: modularity, reliability and a low profile.

the DAm Series offers a choice of five capsule modules with different polar patterns and frequen-cy responses. A wide range of goosenecks and special-purpose installation modules make this microphone series extremely versatile and easy to use.

the excellent response and extremely good intel-ligibility make the DAm Series the first choice whenever quality and reliability have top priority.





• Broad assortment of mounting accessories available for quick and hassle-free installation


daM series

CK33high-peRfoRmance condenseR capsule

full focusfor use in conference and house-of-worship applications

the cK33 is a high-performance hypercardioid condenser capsule and a good choice in situations when noise comes from the sides or people talk into the microphone from greater distances.

the cK33 capsule is integrated into a rugged metal housing and fits any mounting module of the DAm Series. to prevent contact problems, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure extra-long life. the package includes a special two-part windscreen, which reduces wind and pop noise.

• Highly efficient 2-in-1 windscreen reduces wind and pop noise

• Wide frequency range for a speech-optimized audio performance

• Hypercardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the sides

• 95° pickup angle perfect when people talk from greater distances



Item Number: cK33 2765X00220

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GO

OSe

neC

K M

ICR

OP

HO

neS


omnisensitive virtuosofor use in theater and surveillance applications

the cK32 is a high-performance omnidirectional condenser capsule and an excellent choice for situations requiring ambience pickup, like surveillance and recording applications.

the cK32 capsule is integrated into a rugged metal housing and fits any mounting module of the DAm Series. to prevent contact problems the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure extra-long life. the package includes a special two-part windscreen, which reduces wind and pop noise.



• Omnidirectional polar pattern high sensitivity in all directions

• 360° pickup angle for ambient recording and surveillance applications



Item Number: cK32 2765h00210


all-round geniusfor use in conference and house-of-worship applications

the cK31 is a high-performance condenser capsule with a wide cardioid polar pattern, especially designed for inexperienced speakers and applications where more than one person uses the microphone in turn.

the cK31 capsule is integrated in a rugged metal housing and fits any mounting module of the DAm Series. to prevent contact problems, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure extra-long life. the package includes a special two-part windscreen, which efficiently reduces wind and pop noise.

• Cardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the rear

• 125° pickup angle for inexperienced or very vivacious speakers


• Highly efficient two-in-one windscreen reduces wind and pop noise equally



Item Number: cK31 2765h00200

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CK47high-peRfoRmance shotgun condenseR capsule

summit of soundfor use in conference, house-of-worship and theater applications

the cK47 is a high-performance condenser capsule with an 80° pickup angle, studio-quality audio and clean off-axis response. it is an ideal tool for inexperienced speakers and wherever professional studio sound is required.

the cK47 capsule is integrated into rugged metal housing and fits any mounting module of the DAm Series. to prevent contact problems, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure extra-long life. the cK47 comes complete with a W70 windscreen that reduces wind and pop noise.



• Tight, hypercardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the sides

• 80° pickup angle for inexperienced speakers and greater distances

• Legendary AKG C747 sound for studio-quality audio performance



CK80high-peRfoRmance shotgun condenseR capsule

focus of the puBlicfor use in conference, house-of-worship and theater applications

the cK80 high-performance shotgun capsule provides an 80° pickup angle and offers a speech-optimized frequency response. it offers an unbeatable price/performance ratio and good speech intelligibility in acoustically critical applications.

the cK80 capsule fits any mounting module of the DAm Series. to prevent contact problems, the capsule is equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure extra-long life. the cK80 comes complete with a professional windscreen that reduces wind and pop noise.

• Tight, hypercardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the sides

• Speech-optimized frequency response for excellent intelligibility in acoustically critical environments




02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GO

OSe

neC

K M

ICR

OP

HO

neS

gn155 sethigh-peRfoRmance gooseneck flooR stand

smart solutionfor on-stage use or in front of a lectern

the Gn155 is a 155cm (4ft 11in) gooseneck module with a heavy, shock-mounted floor stand, suitable for stand-alone use on stages or placed in front of a lectern. A supplied screw-on extension tube can be used to raise the microphone for tall users and in choir ap-plications. the Gn155 has an attached 10m (33ft) cable with Xlr phantom power adapter. it is excellently suited for use as a lectern microphone in houses of worship and meeting halls.

the gooseneck module fits all DAm Series capsules, cK31, cK32, cK33, cK47 and cK80, via highly reliable contacts.

• Low-profile floor stand gooseneck module for permanent installations and mobile applications


• Quick-absorbing rubber shock mount for optimum suppression of structure-borne noise


• Optional extension tube available raises the microphone for tall users or choir pickup

Included accessories: St305 table stand

Item Number: Gn155 Set 2765h00180

hM1000high-peRfoRmance hanging module

hang loosefor use in houses of worship and theaters

the hm1000 is used to fly microphones from the ceiling to pick up music or speech in houses of worship and conference rooms and on theater stages. the hm1000 provides a 10m (33ft) cable, spe-cially treated to reduce twisting, even if the environment tempera-ture varies. A spring steel hanging clamp for precise microphone alignment keeps the microphone securely in position. A switchable leD ring helps the sound engineer in monitoring system function during the soundcheck.

the hanging module fits all DAm Series capsules, cK31, cK32, cK33, cK47 and cK80, via highly reliable contacts.

• Mounting module for hanging microphones for unobtrusive pickup in difficult places

• Twist-free 10m cable included to fix and secure the designated mic position


• Special mounting accessories included for quick and hassle-free installation

• Integrated LED ring indicator for full control of the installation status

Item Number: hm1000 2765h00100

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

gnhigh-peRfoRmance gooseneck module

rugged and discreetfor permanent installations

the DAm Series Gn gooseneck modules for permanent screw-on installation are available in three different lengths: 15cm (6in), 30cm (12in), 50cm (20in). except for the Gn30 oc with unterminated ca-ble ends, all come with an in-line Xlr phantom power adapter with integrated 250hz bass rolloff, leD ring and on/oFF jumper. A mini Xlr connector eliminates the need for large holes in the furniture or time-consuming soldering work during installation.


• Discreet, screw-on mounting module for permanent installations

• Detachable phantom power adapter eliminates time-consuming soldering work

• Special mounting accessories included for quick and hassle-free installation



Included accessories: Screw Set Gn

Item Number: Gn15 2765h00010 160mm/6.3in lengthGn30 2765h00030 305mm/12in lengthGn30 cS 2765h00270 305mm/12in lengthGn30 oc 2765h00050 305mm/12in lengthGn50 2765h00080 500mm/20in lengthGn50 cS 2765Z00280 500mm/20in length

gn ehigh-peRfoRmance gooseneck module

safe and soundfor fixed and mobile applications

the DAm Series Gn e gooseneck modules for fixed and mobile instal-lation comes with an integrated Xlr phantom power adapter with 250hz bass rolloff, leD ring and on/oFF jumper. it connects to any standard mixer input with 9v – 52v power supply. the DAm Series Gn e gooseneck modules are available in three different lengths: 15cm (6in), 30cm (12in), 50cm (20in). they work perfectly with the extensive range of mounting accessories available in the AKG catalog.


• Gooseneck with XLR connector module for quick setup and takedown

• Integrated phantom power adapter connects to any standard mixer


• Switchable bass rolloff for reduction of body noise and proximity effect



Item Number: Gn15 e 2765h00020 160mm/6.3in lengthGn30 e 2765h00040 305mm/12in lengthGn50 e 2765h00090 500mm/20in length

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Go

ose

nec

k M

icr

op

ho

nes

gn esphigh-peRfoRmance gooseneck module

interactive moBilityfor fixed and mobile applications

the DAm Series Gn eSp gooseneck modules for fixed and mobile installation features a programmable mute switch that can be set to various functions, e.g. on/off, push-to-talk or push-to-mute. together with the clearly visible leD ring for mic on/oFF indication, the Gn eSp modules can serve perfectly as a small-discussion sys-tem. the Gn eSp gooseneck modules are available in three different lengths: 15cm (6in); 30cm (12in) and 50cm (20in). the electronic circuit design provides high immunity to radio-frequency interference.


• Programmable on/mute/off switch offers basic discussion system functions

• Gooseneck with XLR connector module for quick setup and takedown

• Programmable LED ring indicator provides a clearly visible mic on/oFF indication




Item Number: Gn15 eSp 2765h00450 160mm/6.3in lengthGn30 eSp 2765h00460 305mm/12in lengthGn50 eSp 2765h00470 500mm/20in length

gn e5 pinhigh-peRfoRmance gooseneck module

unrivaled flexiBilityfor fixed and mobile applications

the Gn e 5pin high-performance gooseneck modules for fixed and mobile installation provide a five-pin Xlr connector that allows the audio signal and the control voltage for the leD ring to be fed separately. thus, the leD ring can be activated remotely by, for example, a logic output from any automatic mixer. the leD ring is extra-large for enhanced visibility.

the DAm Series Gn e five-pin gooseneck modules are available in three different lengths: 15cm (6in), 30cm (12in) and 50cm (20in).the gooseneck module fits all DAm Series capsules, cK31, cK32, cK33, cK47 and cK80, via highly reliable contacts.

• Gooseneck with 5-pin XLR connector module for remote control of integrated leD ring

• Extra-large LED ring indicator provides enhanced visible mic on/oFF indication





Item Number: Gn15 e 5pin 2765Z00390 160mm/6.3in lengthGn30 e 5pin 2765h00400 305mm/12in lengthGn50 e 5pin 2765Z00410 500mm/20in length

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

136

plug ‘n’ play installed micRophones

an easy JoBfor use in houses of worship, conference roomsand theatres

the 99ers is a unique range of high class micro-phones for applications where budget, not modu-larity, is a major consideration. the 99er Series offers a user-friendly system that fulfi lls its basic functions perfectly. While an excellent price-perfor-mance ratio was achieved by focusing on essential features, no compromise was made with regard to the sound of the capsules.

All microphones are equipped with proper rF shielding to meet the high demands for electro-magnetic compatibility in everyday installations. the mix of high class acoustics, rF shielding and the rugged all-metal part design makes the 99ers easy to install and absolutely reliable in use.

the 99er Series offer a high class microphone for any application at a remarkable price point.

• Compact solutionfor plug ‘n’ play

• All metal housingwithstands the tough requirements of everyday usage

• Sophisticated RF shielding for maximum reliability and excellent audio


CoMpaCT 99er series

Cgn99 ccondenseR gooseneck micRophones

open to the puBlicfor conference and house-of-worship applications

the cGn99 c/S and cGn99 c/l, part of the 99ers Series, are condenser gooseneck microphones with a cardioid polar pattern. they are specially designed for inexperienced speakers who talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.

the rugged gooseneck is available in two different lengths (c/S: 30cm (12in); c/l: 50cm (20in) and ideal for fi xed and mobile instal-lations. cGn99 c/S and cGn99 c/l come with an integrated Xlr phantom power adapter with 250hz bass rolloff. the phantom power adapter connects to any standard mixer input with 9v to 52v power supply.

• Compact solutionfor plug and play

• Cardioid polar patterneliminates noise from the rear

• Two different gooseneck lengths 30cm (c/S) or 50cm (c/l) available


Item Number: cGn99c/large 2965h00130 580mm/23in lengthcGn99c/Small 2965h00110 380mm/15in length

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GO

OSe

neC

K M

ICR

OP

HO

neS

Cgn99 hcondenseR gooseneck micRophones

closer to the sourcefor conference, lecture and house-of-worship applications

the cGn99 h/S and cGn99 h/l, part of the 99ers Series, are condenser gooseneck microphones with a hypercardioid polar pattern. they are a good choice for all situations when unwanted noise arrives from the sides or where people talk into the micro-phone from greater distances.

the rugged gooseneck is available in two different lengths (c/S: 30cm (12in); c/l: 50cm (20in) and ideal for fi xed and mobile instal-lations. cGn99 h/S and cGn99 h/l come with an integrated Xlr phantom power adapter with 250hz bass rolloff. the phantom power adapter connects to any standard mixer input with 9v to 52v power supply.


• Hypercardioid polar patternperfect where people talk from greater distances

• Two different gooseneck lengths 30cm (c/S) or 50cm (c/l) available


Item Number: cGn99h/large 2965X00140 580mm/23in lengthcGn99h/Small 2965X00120 580mm/23in length

ChM99hanging micRophone module

Black and whitefor use in houses of worship, conference rooms and theaters

the chm99, part of the 99ers Series, is a hanging microphone module with cardioid polar pattern, used to record music or speech in houses of worship, conference rooms or on theater stages. the chm99 is available in black or white.

A 10m (33ft) special cable that is treated specially to reduce twist-ing to a minimum and a spring steel hanging clamp for precise mi-crophone alignment keeps the microphone securely in its position. the attached phantom power adapter connects to any standard mixer input with 9v to 52v power supply.


• Wide pickup angle for unobtrusive pickup in diffi cult places

• Twist-free cableto fi x and secure the designated mic position

• Spring steel hanging clamp includedfor quick and hassle-free installation

• Available in black and whiteblends perfectly into its environment


Item Number: chm99 Black 2965h00150 Black colorchm99 White 2965h00160 White color

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Cgn321 stspRofessional tabletop micRophone set

come closerfor conference tables, courtrooms and houses of worship

the cGn321 StS is a heavy duty professional tabletop microphone with excel-lent shock absorbing properties. it features a cGn321 condenser gooseneck microphone with a cardioid polar pattern on a slim, 30 cm long gooseneck. this professional microphone is specially designed for inexperienced speakers who talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.

the tabletop microphone provides an extremely rugged switch capable of withstanding more than 25,000 switching cycles. it can be programmed for the following functions: push to talk, push to mute, push on/off and low cut on/off. A leD square clearly indicates the microphone’s status. the cGn321 StS comes with a professional, gold plated 3-pin Xlr audio output.

• 30 cm gooseneck microphone for wherever table space is limited

• Heavy duty metal housing for excellent shock absorbing properties

• Programmable switch for push to talk, push to mute, push on/off and low cut on/off functions

• LED status square for clear indication of the microphone status

• Gold plated connector for long lasting and secure contact

Item Number: cGn321 StS 2966h00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Go

ose

nec

k M

icr

op

ho

nes

Cgn521 stspRofessional tabletop micRophone set

keep the distancefor lecterns, courtrooms and houses of worship

the cGn521 StS is a heavy duty professional tabletop microphone with excel-lent shock absorbing properties. it features a cGn521 condenser gooseneck microphone with a cardioid polar pattern on a slim, 50 cm long gooseneck. this professional microphone is specially designed for inexperienced speakers who talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.

the tabletop microphone provides an extremely rugged switch capable of withstanding more than 25,000 switching cycles. it can be programmed for the following functions: push to talk, push to mute, push on/off and low cut on/off. A leD square clearly indicates the microphone’s status. the cGn521 StS comes with a professional, gold plated 3-pin Xlr audio output.

• 50 cm gooseneck microphone for big tables and standing applications

• Heavy duty metal housing ensures a firm support for long goosenecks

• Programmable switch for push to talk, push to mute, push on/off and low cut on/off functions

• LED status square for clear indication of the microphone status

• Gold plated connector for long lasting and secure contact

Item Number: cGn521 StS 2966h00020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C547 BLProfessional boundary layer microPhone

Live on stagefor houses of worship, theater and bass drum recording

The C547 is a hypercardioid professional boundary layer microphone. The rugged, non-crush case and a switchable bass-cut filter make the C547 an ideal choice for tough on-stage assignments. Using PCC® (Phase Coherent Cardioid®) technology with hypercardioid polar pattern, the microphone provides high directivity and neutral sound. The C547 is built on the same acoustical components as the legendary C747 V11.

Primarily designed for use in houses of worship, theaters and conferencing, the C547 BL is also a good choice for miking kick drums and other instruments. The highly efficient RFi-Shield technology substantially reduces interference noise due to electromagnetic pollution.

• Hypercardioid polar pattern for maximum rejection of disturbing signals

• Acoustics based on C747 V11 for wide, smooth frequency response

• RFi-Shield technology reduces interference noise due to electromagnetic pollution

• Rugged, low profile housing withstands the rigors of the stage

• Paintable grille assembly to blend in with stage decoration


Item Number: C547 BL 2447Z00010

PCC160Professional boundary layer microPhone

great acttheater on stage

The PCC160 is a professional boundary layer microphone and an industry standard stage floor microphone. It´s capable of withstanding up to 120dB SPL without distortion. A bass-tilt switch allows the user to tailor the low-end response for particular applications.

PCC® (Phase Coherent Cardioid®) technology uses diaphragms so small that any phase cancellations are above the audible range. This results in a wide, smooth frequency response free of phase interference. The PCC160 uses a supercardioid polar pattern that improves gain before feedback and reduces unwanted room noise from the rear.

• Supercardioid polar pattern for impressive gain before feedback

• PCC® (Phase Coherent Cardioid®) technology for a wide, smooth frequency response

• Three-position bass-tilt switch for optimized body noise suppression

• Extremely low profile for inconspicuous placement on the stage floor

• Finely crafted, rugged housing to withstand the rigors of the stage

Item Number: PCC160 3332H00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Bo

un

dary

Lay

er M

icr

op

ho

nes

PZM30 Dhigh-Performance hemisPherical boundary layer microPhone

Livin´ on the edgehouses of worship, on-stage recording and broadcasting

The PZM30 D high-performance hemispherical boundary layer microphone is a Pressure Zone Microphone® designed for professional recording, sound reinforcement and broadcasting. The capsule is mounted in the “pressure zone”, an area where direct sound and reflected sound are in phase, which provides a 6dB higher sensitivity.

Two selectable frequency responses (flat/rising) provide greater flexibility in mic placement and sonic character. The rising position of the frequency switch adds brilliance and a crisp attack on percussion, drums, or piano. The PZM30 D comes in a very rugged, low-profile, metal housing with detachable cable that makes it sturdy and reliable for heavy duty applications.

• Hemispherical polar pattern, for intelligible pickup of sound from any direction

• PZM® (Pressure Zone Microphone®) technology prevents sound coloration from surface reflections

• Switchable dual-frequency response for greater flexibility in mic placement and sonic character

• Rugged, low-profile housing withstands the rigors of the stage

• Detachable cable easy to install and service

Item Number: PZM30 D 6000H50790

PZM6 Dhigh-Performance hemisPherical boundary layer microPhone

smaLL but mightymusic-recording, on-stage and broadcast applications

The PZM6 D high-performance hemispherical boundary layer microphone is designed for many applications, from miking full orchestras or individual musical instruments to security or teleconferencing, as well as film and video productions. A very small metal housing makes the PZM6 D even more inconspicuous than the PZM30 D.

Two selectable frequency responses (flat/rising) provide greater flexibility in mic placement and sonic character. The rising position delivers bright sound without boosting high frequencies on the recording console. The flat position provides a smooth, flat, high-frequency response for natural sound reproduction. The PZM6 D provides a professional XLR connector on a fixed cable.

• Hemispherical polar pattern for intelligible pickup of sound from any direction

• PZM® (Pressure Zone Microphone®) technology prevents sound coloration from surface reflections

• Switchable dual-frequency response for enhanced flexibility in mic placement and sonic character

• Small, lightweight metal housing for mobile and studio applications

• Fixed cable with XLR connector for easy handling

Item Number: PZM6 D 6000H50780

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PCC170Professional boundary layer microPhone

taking care of businessfor conference and house-of-worship applications

The PCC170 and the PCC170 SW are professional boundary layer microphones with supercardioid polar pattern to minimize background noise and feedback. The microphones are designed for use on boardroom tables or lecterns. Both microphones provide a bass-tilt switch, allowing the user to tailor the low-end response and reduce subsonic noise. The included RFI suppression ensures trouble-free operation even with active cell phones nearby.

The PCC170 SW has a silent-operating programmable membrane switch that can be configured for touch on/off, momentary on or momentary off. For easy installation, both microphones offer an XLR connector and a detachable cable.

• Supercardioid polar pattern offers high gain before feedback

• PCC® (Phase Coherent Cardioid®) technology for optimum speech intelligibility

• Three-position bass-tilt switch for optimized suppression of subsonic noise

• Silent-operating on/off switch (PCC170 SW only) to reduce the number of simultaneously open mics


Item Number: PCC170 3331H00010PCC170 SW 3330H00010 With mute switchPCC170 SW 6000H50860 With mute switch, non RoHS

conformPCC170 SWO 3329H00010 With mute switch open cable endsPCC170 SWO 6000H50850 With mute switch open cable ends,

non RoHS conform

PCC130high-Performance boundary layer microPhone

make your statementconference, courtroom and distance-learning applications

The PCC130 and the PCC130 SW are cardioid boundary layer microphones of professional quality that, due to their small size, fit perfectly on small tables. Thanks to low self-noise and very high sensitivity, the microphone picks up even distant voices clearly and naturally. A bass-tilt switch allows the user to tailor the low-end response and reduce subsonic noise.

The PCC130 SW has a silent-operating programmable membrane switch that can be configured for touch on/off, momentary on or momentary off. A high-intensity LED lights when the unit is on. For easy installation, both microphones offer an XLR connector and a detachable cable.

• Cardioid polar pattern reduces background noise and feedback


• Three-position bass-tilt switch for optimized suppression of subsonic noise

• Silent-operating on/off switch (PCC130 SW only) to reduce the number of simultaneously open mics


Item Number: PCC130 3334H00010PCC130 SW 3333H00010 With mute switchPCC130 SW 6000H50890 With mute switch, non RoHS

conform

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Bo

un

dary

Lay

er M

icr

op

ho

nes

PZM185hemisPherical boundary layer microPhone

bLends in perfectLybroadcast and video production

The PZM185 is a Pressure Zone Microphone® designed for applications such as group discussions, interviews, broadcast and home video production. The paddle can be detached, which makes it nearly invisible when mounted on tables, floors, walls, lecterns or cameras.

The PZM185 is powered by either an internal AAA 1.5V battery or 12–48V phantom power. It provides a wide, smooth frequency response and is protected against static and RFI. The XLR output is balanced and low-impedance, which allows long cable runs without hum pickup or high-frequency loss.

• Hemispherical polar pattern for clear, intelligible pickup of speech

• Universal power concept works with battery or phantom power

• Low-impedance XLR-type output no hum pickup or high-frequency loss

Item Number: PZM185 6000H50800

MB3high-Performance, flush-mount boundary layer microPhone

spread the wordtheater, conference, meeting-room and security applications

The MB3 is a high-performance, miniature boundary microphone for flush-mount installation. Thanks to its supercardioid pickup pattern, the MB3 greatly reduces ambient noise and pickup of room reverberation. The result is a clearer, more intelligible sound for applications such as teleconferencing, distance learning, boardrooms, courtrooms and security.

The MB3 provides a three-pin XLR-type, low-impedance, balanced mic-level output and is powered by 12–48V phantom power.



• Miniature design virtually disappears when installed

• LED indicator for clear mic on/off notification

• Mounts easily into tabletops, walls and ceilings for fixed applications

Item Number: MB3 6000H50920 non RoHS conformMB3 3336H00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mb4miniatuRe boundaRy layeR micRophone

little Big micHouse-of-worship, conference and ticket-window applications

the mB4 is a miniature boundary microphone for table-top installation. thanks to its supercardioid pickup pattern, the mB4 greatly reduces ambient noise and pickup of room reverberation. the result is a clearer, more intelligible sound for applications such as teleconferencing, distance learning, boardrooms and courtrooms.

the mB4 has a cable leading to an Xlr-type output connector with built-in mic electronics. it is powered by 12–48v phantom power and is low-impedance balanced.



• Removable grille assembly can be painted to blend in with furniture

• LED indicator for clear mic on/off notification

• Balanced, low-Z output prevents hum and high-frequency loss

Item Number: mB4 3335h00010

CbL410 pccpc micRophone

connects the worldfor VoIP and teleconferencing applications

the cBl410 pcc is a microphone for use with any pc or laptop. it improves audio quality when conferencing via voip. the microphone reproduces the voice with a clear and natural sound. With its 3.5mm stereo jack, it is a real plug-and-play device. no drivers are needed.

its cascading capability makes the cBl410 pcc the perfect tool for single-person usage in the office and/or for multiperson usage in a meeting room. this microphone provides optimum intelligibility and audio quality for your meetings.

• Cascadable for multiperson use

• Plug and play 3.5mm jack connector, no software drivers needed

• Universal power concept works with power from pc´s mic input

Item Number: cBl410 conference Set black 3177h00110cBl410 conference Set white 3177h00120cBl410 pcc Black 3177h00010 Black colorcBl410 pcc White 3177h00020 White colorcBl410 Workstation Set 3177h00130

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Bo

un

dary

Lay

er M

icr

op

ho

nes

CbL99hemispheRical boundaRy layeR micRophone

what a Bargainfor recording applications

the cBl99 is a hemispherical boundary layer microphone designed to deliver superior results for a multitude of recording applications. the cBl99 is small, lightweight and easy to place. Since the transducer sits in a metal plate only 5mm (0.2 in) thick, the plate doesn’t interfere with or color the sound. Frequency response is very uniform within its hemisphere, and it captures the “room sound” of an instrument very accurately.

the cBl99 requires 9v – 52v phantom power. its output is unbalanced via a professional Xlr connector with switchable bass-cut filter.

• Studio-quality microphone capsule offers a sensational price/performance ratio

• High sensitivity and low self-noise to ensure generous headroom in critical situations

• Extremely small and inconspicuous for mobile and installed solutions

Item Number: cBl99 2762X00110

sound grAbber iihemispheRical boundaRy layeR micRophone

i´m all earsfor home-video production

the Sound Grabber ii hemispherical boundary layer microphone utilizes pressure Zone microphone® technology in which sound waves reinforce themselves in the area nearest a flat surface. thus, the Sound Grabber ii will pick up sounds at distances with clarity while speakers or vocalists can move freely around the microphone without their tone quality changing.

the Sound Grabber ii is powered by an internal AAA 1.5v battery. the 3.5mm jack output is unbalanced and of mid-impedance, which allows it to connect directly to cameras and recorders.

• Universal power concept works with battery or phantom power

• Mid-impedance phone connector type output perfectly fits cameras and recording gear

• Detachable boundary “paddle” for very low profile mounting

Item Number: Sound Grabber ii 3321h00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C562 cMpRofessional flush-mount boundaRy layeR micRophone

invisiBle earfor recording, courtroom, surveillance and security applications

the c562 cm is a professional flush-mount boundary microphone, designed for permanent, “invisible” mounting in ceilings, walls, tables and stages. owing to its high sensitivity, the c562 cm is characterized by excellent clarity and a consistent pickup anywhere around the mic.

the c562 cm is a perfect tool for surveillance or live recording. the included Xlr phantom power adapter connects to the microphone cable through a miniature connector, so installation holes can be smaller than the diameter of the phantom power adapter.


• High sensitivity for a great pickup area

• Low-profile, cylindrical design, perfect for wall or tabletop installation

Item Number: c562 cm 2262X00030

pZM10pRofessional flush-mount boundaRy layeR micRophone

inconspicuous assistantfor ticket-window, courtroom and security applications

the pZm10 and pZm10 ll, part of the pressure Zone microphone® line, are designed for security, surveillance, and conference-table use. the special housing design allows the microphones to be mounted into tables, walls or ceilings easily and inconspicuously.

using pressure Zone microphone® technology, the pZm10 and pZm10 ll are highly sensitive and deliver a wide and smooth frequency response. thus the pZm10 and pZm10 ll are characterized by excellent clarity and a consistent pickup anywhere around the mic.


• Low-profile, cylindrical design, perfect for wall or tabletop installation

• Choice of mic level output or line-level output (PZM10 LL) for optimized level matching

• PZM10 powered by 12V – 48V phantom power, XLR connector connects to all standard mixers with phantom power out

• PZM10 LL powered by 12V – 24V/DC, unterminated wires for the most flexible connectivity

Item Number: pZm10 3328h00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Item Number: pZm11 ll Wr 6000h50810

Bo

un

dary

Lay

er M

icr

op

ho

nes

pZM11pRofessional flush-mount boundaRy layeR micRophone

listen upfor ticket-window and security applications

the pZm11 professional boundary layer microphone is designed for security and surveillance applications. the pZm11 is characterized by a consistent pickup anywhere around the mic. low frequencies below the voice range are rolled off to reduce the pickup of heating, ventilation or air-conditioning rumble (hvAc noise). the high-frequency response is boosted slightly to aid clarity and articulation.

the pZm11 has a mic-level output and is powered by 12–48v phantom power. electronics on the rear of the plate offer screw terminals, eliminating the need for connectors.


• Low-frequency rolloff effectively reduces hvAc rumble

• Screw terminal no need for connectors

Item Number: pZm11 3326h00010

pZM11 ll WrpRofessional weatheR-Resistant hemispheRical boundaRy layeR micRophone

it can stand the rainfor outdoor intercoms, toll booths and SOS telephones

the pZm11 ll Wr is a professional weather-resistant boundary layer microphone designed for fast-food restaurants, outdoor intercoms, toll booths, SoS telephones, theme-park security and the like. A plastic membrane inside the microphone protects the mic capsule from water damage. the pZm11 ll Wr will work during and after rainfall. if water freezes on the membrane, the mic’s frequency response will change but will return to normal when the ice melts and the membrane dries.

the pZm11 ll Wr is powered by 12v –24v Dc, provides line-level output and can be plugged directly into a vcr line input without the need for a costly mic preamp.


• Weather-resistant model for outdoor use

• Line-level output connects directly to video recorders

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

HC577 LRefeRence head-woRn micRophone

No Sweatfor theater and broadcast applications

The HC577 L is an extremely small reference head-worn microphone, designed for on-stage use. The microphone uses a CK77 omnidirectional transducer that has been an industry standard for lavaliere capsules for years and ensures superior audio performance. A patented body design protects the microphone from moisture and perspiration. The capsule uses the signal of two vertical diaphragms mounted back to back, mixed out of phase to cancel out mechanical and cable noise.

The HC577 L provides a professional three-pin mini XLR connector that fits the body-pack transmitters of all AKG wireless microphone systems.

• Adjustable headband and left/right selectable boom for maximum comfort and flexibility


• Resistant to moisture, perspiration and salts withstands sudorific stage performances



Included accessories: W77 MP Windscreen, Dropring, PB77 Adaptor

Item Number: HC577 L 3141Z00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Hea

d-w

or

n a

nd

Lav

aLi

er M

icr

op

Ho

nes

C544 Lhigh-peRfoRmance spoRts head-woRn condenseR micRophone

1-2-3-4, ruN, turN hip aNd jumpfor aerobics and handsfree speech applications

The C544 L high-performance head-worn miniature condenser microphone with an easily fitting headband is perfect for gymnastics instruction and other handsfree speech applications. A transducer shock mount reduces body noise to a minimum and the short microphone arm places the microphone in the right position to the mouth to minimize pop and breathing noise. A special moisture shield on the boom prevents the microphone from being clogged by sweat or makeup.

The C544 L comes with a three-pin mini XLR connecter which fits all AKG WMS Series body-pack transmitters. The package also includes a special windscreen.

• Fully rugged sports headband for secure fit in all situations and movements




• Includes four drop rings for sweat and water protection

Included accessories: W444 Windscreen, Dropring

Item Number: C544 L 2793Z00060

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CK97RefeRence lavalieR micRophone

reliaBle companionfor broadcast and theater applications

the cK97 c/l is a reference condenser lavalier microphone with a consistent cardioid pattern. it ensures minimum ambience pickup and high gain before feedback in live-sound applications, including houses of worship, lectures and theaters. thanks to its small housing and the included rugged metal clip, it can be inconspicuous, with secure mounting to jackets and costumes.

the cK97 c/l provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector that fits the body pack transmitters of all AKG wireless microphone systems.

• Cardioid accurate axial response and uniform pattern control for uncolored sound quality and high gain before feedback

• 125° pickup angle for inexperienced or very vivacious talkers

• Professional three-pin, mini XLR connector fits all AKG wireless pocket transmitters

Item Number: cK97 c/l 2497Z00080 for use with B29 l, mpA

v-l and all AKG bodypack transmitters

cK97 cvr Wl 1400Z00970 with short gooseneck with a male mini-Xlr plug for direct plug into pocket transmitter

CK77 WrpRofessional lavalieR micRophone

stands high and dryfor theater, house-of-worship and broadcast applications

the cK77 Wr is an extremely small, omnidirectional professional lavalier microphone. the patented dual-diaphragm capsule has been designed to protect the transducer from moisture and perspiration.

the cK77 Wr uses two vertical diaphragms mounted back to back to cancel out mechanical and cable noise by mixing the signals of both capsules out of phase. its ruggedness and superior sound quality make it an excellent tool for theater and broadcast applications. the screw-on module capsule allows quick and easy service of the microphone. the cK77 Wr l is available in three versions, differing in color and connector.


• Resistant to moisture, perspiration and salt withstands sudorific stage performances



Included accessories: h40/1 tie clip, h41 tie pin, W77 Windscreen

Item Number: cK77 Wr l Black 2441Z00390 with mini Xlr connector

for use with B29 l, mpA vl and all AKG bodypack transmitters

cK77 Wr l Fleshtone 2441Z00400 with mini Xlr connectorc577 Wr 2441Z00310 with external phantom

power adaptor

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Hea

d-w

or

n a

nd

Lav

aLi

er M

icr

op

Ho

nes

C417pRofessional lavalieR micRophone

a hidden secretfor theaters, broadcast and conference applications

the c417 is a professional lavalier microphone with omnidirectional polar pattern. its broadband, flat audio reproduction is ideal for all types of broadcast and theatrical applications. the sound is extremely open and natural, making it ideal for wireless or hardwire multi-mic situations. thanks to its small housing, it can be incon-spicuously and securely attached to jackets and costumes. An attachment clip, tie pin and windscreen are supplied with each c417.

the c417 is available in two versions. the c417 pp features a standard Xlr connector while the c417 l provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector that fits the body pack transmitters of all AKG wireless microphone systems.


• Extremely lightweight and inconspicuous for excellent comfort and perfect fit

• Professional three-pin, mini XLR connector fits all AKG wireless pocket transmitters

• Balanced sound characteristics for natural reproduction of instruments

Included accessories: h40/1 tie clip, h41 tie pin, microphone bag, W407 Windscreen

Item Number: c417 l Black 2577X00080 Black color, for use with

B29 l, mpA v-l and all AKG bodypack transmitters

c417 pp Black 2577X00120 Black color, with standard Xlr connector for phantom powering

c417 l Fleshtone 2577X00160 Fleshtone color, for use with B29 l, mpA v-l and all AKG bodypack transmitters

CK99 lcondenseR lavalieR micRophone

hide and speakfor house-of-worship, conference and theater applications

the cK99 l is a condenser lavalier microphone with cardioid polar pattern. it provides a natural sound, with a slight rise above 10khz for added clarity, perfect for applications in houses of worship, lectures and theaters.

thanks to its small housing and the included durable metal clip, it can be inconspicuously and securely mounted on jackets and costumes. the cK99 l provides a professional three-pin mini Xlr connector that fits the body pack transmitters of all AKG wireless microphone systems.


• 125° pickup angle for inexperienced or very vivacious talkers

• Small housing and durable metal clip for inconspicuous, secure mounting


Item Number: cK99 l 6000h51040

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

dsT99 sdynamic paging micRophone

puBlic announcementfor paging systems, ticket windows and reception desks

the DSt99 S, part of the 99ers family, is a paging microphone with cardioid polar pattern for general public address and communication use. the DSt99 S provides a frequency response tailored to speech use, for optimum intelligibility as well as good off-axis rejection, high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. the all-metal body ensures a long useful life for the microphone, even in tough day-to-day use.

the DSt99 S is mounted on a table stand with an on/off switch and supplies a coiled cable with three-pin Xlr connector. using a dynamic capsule, the DSt99 S does not require any powering.


• Rugged gooseneck and all-metal body for long life even in tough day-to-day usage

• Coiled cable with three-pin XLR connectorfor quick and hassle-free installation

Item Number: DSt99 S 6000h51030

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PAG

InG

MIC

RO

PH

On

eS

d58 epRofessional dynamic noise-canceling micRophone

come closerfor intercom use at ticket windows and in public transport

the D58 e is a dynamic, hypercardioid, close-talking microphone for talkback and intercom applications. in order to improve speech intelligibility in noisy environments, the D58 e is tuned to a mid-frequency range. thus it compensates for proximity effect and provides a flat response to near sources.

the D58 e is rugged and lightweight, operating over a wide range of temperatures and humidity. using a dynamic capsule, the microphone does not require any powering. it has an integral Xlr connector for mounting on a gooseneck such as the optional GnS36.

• Hypercardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the sides

• Close-talking optimized frequency tuning will give a flat response to near sources

• Small, rugged metal housing fits gooseneck modules like the GnS36

Item Number: D58 e 1632Z00150

dgn99dynamic gooseneck micRophone

message deliveredfor paging systems, ticket windows and reception desks

the DGn99 and DGn99 e, part of the 99ers family, are dynamic gooseneck microphones with cardioid polar pattern for general public address and communication use. the microphones provide a frequency response tailored for optimum intelligibility, good off-axis rejection for high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. the all-metal body ensures a long, useful life for the microphone even in tough day-to-day use.

the DGn99 e comes with an integrated Xlr connector while the DGn99 offers open cables for universal use. using a dynamic capsule, the microphones do not require any powering.

• Compact solution for plug and play


• Rugged gooseneck and all-metal body for long life even in tough day-to-day usage

Item Number: DGn99 6000h51010 dynamic paging micDGn99 e 6000h51020 dynamic paging mic

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DMM12Professional digital stereo automatic mixer

Helping Handfor boardroom, community center and broadcasting applications

The DMM12 is a professional digital stereo automatic mixer with twelve mic/line inputs, two stereo master outputs and one assignable stereo record output. The mixer offers a full stereo bus and a high sophisticated algorithm for seamless mixing. It provides highest S/N ratio while reducing the number of open microphones to a minimum. The unique user interface combines an analog look and feel with the comfort and accuracy of digital controls. Each input channel features low-cut, treble and bass filters, a dbx® compressor/limiter, a pan/balance and a priority (ducking) function. An integrated matrix allows each channel to be routed to one of the outputs individually. In addition delay lines can be established.

The DMM12 can be cascaded up to 10 units or 120 inputs. An RS232 interface allows external control e.g. via AMX or Crestron remotes.

• Twelve inputs, two stereo master outputs via professional XLR/RCA connectors

• High sophisticated mixing algorithm prevents the loss of syllables

• Connectivity to media control systems via RS232 for AMX/Crestron compatibility

• Full digital signal processing per channel including dbx® compressor/limiter

• Integrated matrix function to create different mixes to different outputs

Item Number: DMM12 6500H00020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Au

to

Mix

er

DMM6HigH-Performance digital stereo automatic mixer

Meet Mefor boardroom, community center and houses of worship applications

The DMM6 is a high-performance digital stereo automatic mixer with six mic/line inputs and one stereo master output. The mixer offers a full stereo bus and a high sophisticated algorithm for seamless mixing. It provides highest S/N ratio while reducing the number of open microphones to a minimum. The unique user interface combines an analog look and feel with the comfort and accuracy of digital controls.

Each input channel features low-cut, treble and bass filters, a dbx® compressor/limiter, a pan/balance and a priority (ducking) function. An integrated matrix allows each channel to be routed to one of the outputs individually. The DMM6 can be cascaded up to 10 units or 60 inputs. An RS232 interface allows external control e.g. via AMX or Crestron remotes.

• Six inputs, one stereo master output via professional XLR/RCA connectors

• High sophisticated mixing algorithm prevents the loss of syllables

• Connectivity to media control systems via RS232 for AMX/Crestron compatibility

• Full digital signal processing per channel including dbx® compressor/limiter

• Integrated matrix function to create different mixes to different outputs

Item Number: DMM6 6500H00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS5Premium digital conference system

AN Asset to ANy coNfereNce hAllUsing digital technology and user friendly interfaces

The CS5 is the most flexible premium, hardwired, digital conference system on the market. With less than 10 different components the CS5 can be configured to work as a small and mobile discussion system as well as a huge fix installed conference system with voting, delegate management, simultaneous translation and language distribution functions.

The CS5 is compatible with all capsules of the Modular Series.

• Hardwired for ultimate reliability Although there is a trend toward using wireless equipment in conferencing, AKG decided to play it safe. WiFi conference systems are quick to set up but the risk of radio dropouts or even total failure caused by smart phones with WiFi interfaces is high. By using standard shielded CAT cables the CS5 is very easy to set up, extremely reliable in day-to-day operation and absolutely immune to listening-in (for debates of sensitive issues).

• Quintessentially digital Optimum quality of the audio system is only one part of a high end conference system. Ease of use and enough headroom for the unexpected can often save a conference. The CS5 offers up to 64 free assignable digital audio channels for excellent intelligibility and maximum flexibility. The included user friendly conference management software allows operators to focus on the essentials of their job.

• Full expandability Designing a conference system at AKG begins with careful research and consulting to find out exactly what the requirements are. With only a few versatile components, the CS5 ensures maximum flexibility at an outstanding price/performance ratio that includes both the basic equipment and all thinkable extras. The CS5 is a sure success for speakers, delegates, financial decision makers, and system designers on more than one level.

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS5flexibility, reliAbility, security

A conference system, and particularly its powering equipment, should be quick and easy to install. The CS5 therefore uses a CAT5 closed-circuit bus and distributed power supplies, saving cables, time, and design expense. The CS5 uses CAT5/RJ45 cables only, so if you need to improvise, you can easily get the cables you need.

CAT 5 busPower wiring

CS5 IUiNtelligibility – iN ANy lANguAge

Depending on the number of working languages for your conference, you will need one or more interpretation booths with two CS5 IU interpreter stations each. The CS5 IU meets AIIC standards and provides all the functions your interpreters need in order to do a perfect job. As an additional benefit, the wiring system allows you to connect the IUs to the CAT5 bus at any point in the line, e.g., the point closest to the interpretation booth(s), to keep cables short.

CAT 5 busPower wiringUSB wiring

CS5 IrtlArge coNfereNce, mANy observers

Observers too may need interpretation. The CS5 IRT 1 or IRT 2 infrared radiators transmit up to seven language channels to any number of CS5 IRR7 infrared receivers. The IRR7 operates for up to twelve hours on a single battery charge and is small enough to fit into every vest pocket.

CAT 5 busPower wiringUSB wiringXLR wiring

CS5 systemsfrom zero to 500 iN 100 miNutes

There is always room for expansion. Whenever the need arises, you can add all AKG CS5 components even to the largest existing system. The closed-loop bus saves lots of cabling over more conventional star wiring systems, and the time saved in the process will appreciably relieve your budget. The theoretical limit is 5.000 microphone stations.

CAT 5 busPower wiringUSB wiringXLR wiringCoaxial wiring

CS5

Co

nfe

ren

Ce

SySt

emS

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS5 BURefeRence digital confeRence base unit

Central intelligenCefor conferences of any size

The CS5 BU is the base unit for the CS5 reference digital conference system and integrates the central intelligence for discussion, voting, interpretation and language distribution functions in a sensationally compact 1HU, 19" housing.

The CS5 BU provides all the necessary inputs and outputs to manage a complex conference system. It controls up to 64 audio channels that can be assigned for discussion or for interpretation purposes. All microphone and interpreter stations are daisy-chained, using cost-efficient, standard CAT 5 cables, and can be configured in a redundant closed-circuit digital audio bus.

No matter how many microphone stations the system includes, it only needs a single CS5 BU to control the entire setup.

• All-in-one digital controller for systems of any size and complexity

• Integrated infrared signal modulator for wireless language distribution

• Failsafe power supply concept by using decentralized and redundant components

• Stand-alone or computer-controlled operation ensures easy, flexible and user-friendly handling

• 5 external inputs and 4 outputs open for a wide range of external system extensions

Item Number: CS5 BU 7650X01000

CS5 DURefeRence confeRencing delegate unit

lone spokesmanfor fixed and mobile conference applications

The CS5 DU reference digital microphone station is the basic delegate unit for the CS5 conference systems. It provides both an integrated loudspeaker and two headphone outputs and can be used for up to two delegates.

A bank of dip switches allows each headphone output to be assigned independently to either the floor channel or one of three interpreted language channels. The PTT key also provides a simple aye/no voting function.

The CS5 DU is compatible with all premium acoustics of the AKG modular microphone series.

• Delegate station with PTT button intuitive and easy to use

• Aye/no poll function for basic voting applications

• 3+1 selectable languages for basic multilingual applications

• Standard RG45 connectors for quick mounting and takedown

• Interchangeable microphone capsules to meet the acoustical requirements of any type of conference room

Item Number: CS5 DU 2770Z00210

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS5

Co

nfe

ren

Ce

SySt

emS

CS5 VURefeRence confeRencing voting unit

group leaderfor conference and voting applications

The CS5 VU reference digital microphone station is the voting, delegate and chairman unit for the CS5 conference systems. In president mode, it provides a priority function and allows the user to start votes or polls.

The CS5 VU includes an integrated loudspeaker, two headphone outputs, five soft buttons, an LC display and a chip-card reader, for up to two delegates. The CS5 VU can be set to different priority modes and 1- 3- or 5-way voting/polling functions. In computer-controlled conference systems, an optional chip-card identification is available.

The CS5 VU is compatible with all premium acoustics of the AKG modular microphone series.

• Delegate/president station with LCD display provides two operating modes

• 5 voting buttons for voting/polling and multiple-choice applications

• 63 selectable languages independently selectable for two users

• Large LED ring indicator on optional gooseneck provides enhanced visible MIC ON/OFF indication

• Interchangeable microphone capsules to meet the acoustical requirements of any type of conference room

Item Number: CS5 VU 2770Z00220

CS5 IURefeRence confeRencing inteRpReteR unit

universal translatorfor fixed and mobile applications

The CS5 IU reference digital interpreter station has been designed in accordance with the relevant international standards. The CS5 IU features an intuitive input selection, floor and relay language selectors, and cough button.

The CS5 IU provides microphone input for gooseneck microphones and a separate input/output for headsets.

AKG offers a wide choice of professional headsets such as the HSC271 and many more. The CS5 IU is also compatible with all premium acoustics of the AKG modular microphone series.

• Interpreter station with LCD display Intuitive, easy-to-use controls

• Meets international interpretation equipment standards for safe and easy operation

• 63 selectable languages for multilingual applications

• Inputs for headsets and gooseneck mics for fatigue-proof working conditions for interpreters

• Large LED ring indicator on optional gooseneck provides enhanced visible MIC ON/OFF indication

Item Number: CS5 IU 7650X00200

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS5 IRTRefeRence confeRencing infRaRed tRansmitteR

enlighten the worldfor fixed and mobile multilingual conference setups

The CS5 IRT1 and CS5 IRT2 reference infrared radiators transmit up to seven language channels to delegates and observers of debates and conferences. They work with the CS5 BU base unit and CS5 IRR7 infrared receivers.

The CS5 IRT1 and CS5 IRT2 differ in size and radiated power, and can be used in any desired combination. For large installations, it is possible to daisy-chain as many radiators as needed.

• Digital audio transmission using PPM modulation robust against interference from fluorescent light

• Unlimited daisy-chaining to “light up” any size conference room

• Transmits up to 7 different languages for multilingual conference applications

• Meets international interpretation equipment standards for safe and easy operation

• Universal mounting bracket included for fixed and mobile applications

Item Number: CS5 IRT1 7650H00500CS5 IRT2 7650H00510

CS5 IRR7RefeRence confeRencing infRaRed ReceiveR

BaBel Fishfor installed and mobile multilingual conference setups

The CS5 IRR7 reference wireless infrared receiver can pick up seven language channels from CS5 IRT1 and IRT2 infrared transmitters.

A LED on the receiver indicates its battery status at any time. The supplied NiMH rechargeable battery operates for more than 12 hours on a single charge. The CS5 IRR7 battery can be recharged in the CS5 CU50 charging and storage unit. The receiver will drive any headphones — AKG offers a wide selection — with a mini jack plug.

• Digital data transmission using PPM modulation prevents fluorescent-light interference

• Receives up to seven different languages for multilingual conference applications

• 12 hours operation with a single battery low operating cost using 9V alkaline dry battery

• Integrated charging contacts for quick charging of a standard NiMH battery inside the receiver

Item Number: CS5 IRR7 7650H00600

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS5

Co

nfe

ren

Ce

SySt

emS

CS5 CU50chaRging and stoRage unit

Cost-saverfor installed and mobile multilingual conference setups

The CS5 CU50 flight-case charger can store and charge up to 50 CS5 IRR7 infrared receivers. The intelligent charging circuitry monitors the status of each NiMH battery and automatically switches to trickle charging when finished.

The LED on each receiver indicates its battery status at any time.

• Sturdy flight-case housing for up to 50 CS5 IRR7 infrared receivers

• Intelligent charging circuitry for quick charging of a standard NiMH battery inside the receiver

• Trickle charging mode keeps the battery ready

Item Number: CS5 CU50 7650H00650

K20high-peRfoRmance steReo confeRence headphones

never miss a wordfor schools, conferences and courtrooms

The K20 are lightweight and extremely comfortable stereo headphones. A single-sided cable makes these conference headphones perfect for their application.

Their cleanable plastic ear cups can be used with or without foam ear pads and comply with all hygienic standards. The K20 are an ideal choice for applications like schools, conference venues, courtrooms and similar locations.

• Lightweight and extremely comfortable maximum comfort for long work sessions

• Cleanable plastic ear cups comply with all hygienic standards

• Rugged, foldable construction for easy transport and storage

Included accessories: K20 Earpad for K20 headphones

Item Number: K20 3126H00200

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Cs5 bAsic control softWArecS5 control is a basic software package for planning, setting up, managing and logging a conference based on an SQl database. the personal data and specific rights of each delegate are entered into a database. Another screen provides lists of ballots, topics and speakers for planning the conference.handling a conference is as easy as calling up lists of speakers and when and how long they will speak. microphone stations are then activated or muted by dragging and dropping delegates’ names into the appropriate columns. the cS5 Basic control Software is included in every cS5 Bu package.

Cs5 pro control softWArethe versatile conference-system design and a graphic user interface for monitoring of all system components make the new cS5 pro control software a powerful tool for every conferencing application.in addition to using lists to manage a conference, cS5 pro provides a graphic control mode, allowing the operator to activate or mute a station simply by clicking on its related image on a conference room layout/pic-ture. to facilitate votes, the system allows voting rights to be assigned to delegates as required for quick and well-documented results. A “comment” option enables delegates to signal to the chairperson that they wish to comment on the subject at hand.

Cs5 softWAre

Sta

ndar

d

Pro

Del

egat

e Fu

ncti

ons

Import/export + +

SQL database + +

Create groups +

Assign rights + +

Limit individual speaking times + +

Include pictures + +

Del

egat

e Fu

ncti

ons

Import/export + +

SQL database + +

Plan topics inc. start and finish times + +

Include room pictures/drawings +

Plan secret/open votes + +

Select language + +

Projection signal to 2nd output + +

Projection signal to 3rd output +

Import/export conference log + +

Interpreter remote setup +

Comment request soft key +

Chip card ID + +

Attendance check +

Create conference for one-time use + +

Create basic conference for multiple use +

Run

Co

nfer

ence

List control mode + +

Graphic control mode +

Vote with bar diagram + +

Vote with cake diagram + +

Priority call from computer + +

Mute internal speakers + +

Show vote on hall screen + +

Show list of talkers on hall screen + +

Show agenda on hall screen + +

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS5

CO

nFe

Ren

Ce

SySt

eMS

Cs5 Accessories

CK31, CK33, CK47the cK31 cardioid microphone with its 125-degree pickup angle is the most popular solution for inexperienced talkers. the cK33 hypercardioid microphone with its narrow pickup angle of 95 degrees is the perfect choice where talkers are further away from the microphone. the cK47 with its 80-de-gree pickup angle provides absolutely accurate, studio quality audio even for off-axis talkers.

Item number: cK31 2765h00200, cK32 2765h00210,cK47 2765Z00230

gn30 cs/gn50 csthe Gn30 cS (12 in./30 cm) and Gn50 cS (20 in./50 cm) goosenecks feature an extra wide leD ring and highly reliable electrical contact to the microphone module.

Item number: Gn30 cS 2765h00030, Gn50 cS 2765h00080

Cs5 id cArdeach iD card carries a special chip identifying its carrier to a computer-controlled cS5 system.

Item number: cS5 iD card 7650h01600

Cs5 ps 12the cS5 pS 12 is an external power supply for twelve microphone stations in the cS5 conference system. For systems with need for high redundancy, we recommend using one cS5 pS 12 for every six microphones.

Item number: cS5 pS 12 7650h01020

Cs5 ru repeAterSignal amplifi er for driving long cable runs.

Item number: cS5 ru repeater 7650h03000

Cs5 Mf instAllAtion frAMeoptional, dedicated frame for permanently installing a cS5 Du or cS5 vu station in a conference table. ensures secure, low-profi le fl ush mounting and theft protection.

Item number: cS5 mF 2770Z00100

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Cs3plug ‘n’ play confeRence system

keeps it simplefor mobile and fi x installed conferences

the cS3 System is a modular and fl exible conference system for small and medium size applications. it´s reliable components can be easily set up, wired and expanded. one cS3 base unit can support 60 microphones. With the help of a second base unit the system can be expanded to up to 120 units. the base unit connects to all relevant devices like pA, recording, external audio sources and camera control systems. Different operating modes enable automatic or controlled conferences, even without pc remote.

the cS3 microphone station comes with a robust interface connector, which makes it easy to interchange the stations microphone. the detachable microphone

comes in two choices – the cS321 cardioid condenser capsule on a 30cm (12in) long gooseneck and the 50cm (20in) long cS521.

the cS3 combines easiness in setup and use with professional AKG audio quality. the rugged and elegant design fi ts in any venue.

• All in one conference controller for discussion systems of up to 120 stations (up to 240 delegates)

• Stand alone or computer controlled operation ensures easy and user-friendly handling

• Four selectable operating modesfor fl exible conference management

• Interchangeable microphonesmaximum fl exibility for any type of conference situation

• Plug ‘n’ Playset includes all components for a quick set-up

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS3

Co

nfe

ren

Ce

SySt

emS

Cs3 buconfeRence base unit

power in a Boxfor mobile and fix installed conferences

the cS3 Bu is the base unit for the cS3 conference system and provides all the necessary inputs and outputs to manage a conference for up to 60 microphone stations. it is the interface to all audio devices in a meeting room and offers a rS232 interface to connect an optional camera control system. the cS3 Bu can even work in a stand-alone mode in four selectable operating modes offering maximum flexibility in conference management. With the nom limitation function, the maximum number of active stations can be programmed to 1, 2, 4 or 6 simultaneous open microphones.

if necessary, two cS3 Bu´s can be combined to control a large conference system with up to 120 microphone stations.

• All in one conference controller for discussion systems of up to 60 stations per base unit

• Four selectable operating modes for flexible conference management

• Connects to all relevant devices e.g. pA, recording, ext. audio and camera control systems

• Extension interface combines two units to control up to 120 stations

• Compact 19" housing for easy rack mounting

Item Number: cS3 Bu 3361h00010

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Cs3 cuchaiRman micRophone station

get in controlfor fixed and mobile conference applications

the cS3 cu chairman unit is a microphone station with two operating modes. in “priority call” mode, the user can manually mute all connected delegate stations. in “next in line” mode the cS3 cu automatically activates the next delegate station in the waiting list. the station provides a built in speaker and 2 x 3.5 mm stereo jacks to connect headphones for up to two delegates.

the cS3 cu comes with a robust interface connector, which makes it easy to interchange the stations microphone. the detachable microphone comes in two choices - the cS321 cardioid condenser capsule on a 30 cm long gooseneck and the 50 cm long cS521.

the cS3 cu set-box contains a 2 m long plug ‘n’ play connector cable as well as the preferred microphone choice.

• Chairman functions with “Priority” and “Next in line” buttons give full control over the entire conference/system

• Interchangeable microphones maximum flexibility for any type of conference situation

• Built in speaker for near field reinforcement

• Two separate 3.5 mm stereo jacks to connect headphones for up to two delegates

• Plug ‘n’ Play set includes all components for a quick set-up

Item Number: cS3 cu 30 3361h00220 chairman unit with 30cm (12in) GncS3 cu 50 3361h00240 chairman unit with 50cm (20in) Gn

Cs3 dudelegate micRophone station

Just talkfor fix installed and mobile conference applications

the cS3 Du microphone station is the basic delegate unit for the cS5 conference systems. it provides both an integrated loudspeaker as well as two 3.5 mm stereo headphone outputs and could be used for up to 2 delegates. Depending on the selected operating mode, the ptt key enables the speaker to directly switch on their microphone or to enter the system waiting list.

the cS3 Du comes with a robust interface connector, which makes it easy to interchange the stations microphone. the detachable microphone comes in two choices - the cS321 cardioid condenser capsule on a 30 cm long gooseneck and the 50 cm long cS521.

the cS3 Du set-box contains a 2 m long plug ‘n’ play connector cable as well as the preferred microphone choice.

• Delegate station with PTT button intuitive and easy to use

• Interchangable microphones for maximum flexibility for any type of conference situation

• Built in speaker for near field reinforcement

• Two separate 3.5 mm stereo jacks to connect headphones for up to two delegates

• Plug ‘n’ Play set includes all components for a quick set-up

Item Number: cS3 Du 30 3361h00210 Delegate unit with 30cm (12in) GncS3 Du 50 3361h00230 Delegate unit with 50cm (20in) Gn

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CS3

Co

nfe

ren

Ce

SySt

emS

Cs3 ec 2-100 systeM cAblethe cS3 ec connection cables are specially designed to quickly set up a cS3 discussion system. they are equipped with professional female and male 8-pin Din connectors. the cS3 ec cables are available in six different lengths - 2m, 5m, 10m, 20m, 50m and 100m. Item Number: cS3 ec 2m (6.56ft) 3361h00080 cS3 ec 5m (16.4ft) 3361h00090 cS3 ec 10m (32.8ft) 3361h00100 cS3 ec 20m (65.62ft) 3361h00110 cS3 ec 50m (164ft) 3361h00120 cS3 ec 100m (328ft) 3361h00130

Cs3 tc t-connector the cS3 tc is used to split one branch line into two. it comes with professional 8-pin Din connectors. the cS3 tc can be used exclusively in combination with cS3 components. Item Number: cS3 tc 3361h00160

Cs3 Accessories

Cs321 And Cs521the cS321 and cS521 are high-performance condenser gooseneck micro-phones specially designed for the cS3 conference system. their cardioid polar pattern is the perfect choice for inexperienced speakers who talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.

the rugged gooseneck microphones are available in two different lengths (cS321: 30cm (12in); cS521: 50cm (20in) and feature the high-quality modular plus Series system connector. Both the cS321 as well as the cS521 provide a leD light ring to show the microphone stations status. the leD ring is extra-large for enhanced visibility.

• Compact solution for plug ‘n’ play

• Cardioid polar pattern eliminates noise from the rear side

• Extra-large LED ring indicator provides enhanced visible mic on/oFF indication

• Two different gooseneck lengths available cS321: 30cm (12in) or cS521: 50cm (20in)


Item Number: cS321 3361h00180 cS521 3361h00190

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

186

Windscreens

Accessories

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ac

ces

soR

Ies

akg f

Windscreens

pf80universal pop filter for use with vocal recording microphonesItem Number: pF80 6000h06320

w23Windscreen for use with ball head microphones approx. 50mm (2 in.)Item Number: W23 6000h06210

w30Windscreen for use with cK31, cK32 and cK33Item Number: W30 2765h00300

w44Windscreen for use with c520Item Number: W44 2344Z01010

w48Windscreen for use with cK69 ulSItem Number: W48 2568Z40010

w49Windscreen for use with cK69 ulSItem Number: W49 2568Z41010

w68Windscreen for use with c568 BItem Number: W68 2168Z30010

w70Windscreen for use with cK47 and c747 v11Item Number: W70 2421Z01010

w77Windscreen for use with cK77 Wr and c577 WrItem Number: W77 9999n06240

w77 MWire-mesh windscreen for use with cK77 Wr and c577 WrItem Number: W77 m 6000h05760

w77 MpWindscreen for use with cK77 Wr and c577 Wr (finish: flesh-tone)Item Number: W77 mp 6000h05780

w77 setcolored foam windscreen set for cK77 Wr, c577 WrItem Number: W77 Set 6000h05750

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Windscreens

w90Windscreen for use with AKG Blue line capsules cK91/92/93/94 and c451 B.Item Number: W90 2496Z00010

w98Windscreen for use with cK98Item Number: W98 2439Z30010

w407Windscreen for use with the c417.Item Number: W407 2366Z06010

w414Windscreen for use with c414 XlS, c414 Xlii and c3000.Item Number: W414 2802Z05010

w444Windscreen for use with c555 lItem Number: W444 2656Z10010

w547Windscreen for use with c547 BlItem Number: W547 2448Z00010

w880Windscreen for use with ball head microphones approximately 40mm to 50mm (1-5/8" to 2") in diameterItem Number: W880 6001h05120

w1000Windscreen for use with c1000 S.Item Number: W1000 2331Z14010

w3001Windscreen for use with ball head mirophones approximately 40mm to 50mm (1-7/12" to 2") in diameter.Item Number: W3001 2630Z00010

w3004Windscreen for use with D5, D7, D5 Wl1, D7 Wl1, p3 S, p5 and p5 SItem Number: W3004 2630h00040

w4000Windscreen for use with c4000, c4500 Bc, perception p120, p220, p420 and p820Item Number: W4000 2802Z02010

w40 Mthe W40 m windscreen with rugged wiremesh grill is compatible with the cK41 and cK43 capsules from the modular plus series.

Item Number: W40 m 3165h00290

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ac

ces

soR

Ies

stAnds & supports

CC519clarinet clamp for c519 or B-flat clarinetItem Number: cc519 3069h00010

gns36360mm (14") gooseneck, blackItem Number: GnS36 6000h03440

h30universal shock mountItem Number: h30 2183Z00010

h40/1tie clip for use with all lavaliere microphonesItem Number: h40/1 2544Z00030

h41tie pin for use with all lavaliere microphonesItem Number: h41 2544Z00020

h47Shock mount for use with c747 v11Item Number: h47 2423Z01010

h50Stereo bar e.g. for c 747 v11Item Number: h50 6000h05710

h500Shock mount for goosenecks with integrated Xlr connector, such as the cGn321 eItem Number: h500 6000h01900

h600Shock mount for all goosenecks 8mm (1/3") diameter including reducing socket A608Item Number: h600 2426X00030

h85universal shock mount for all microphones with shaft diameters from 19mm to 26mm (3/4" to 1"), such as the c414 XlS and the c414 Xlii.Item Number: h85 2803Z00080

Mf-dAmounting flange for use with Gn gooseneck seriesItem Number: mF-DA 2647Z00010

Msh70Short gooseneck for use with c747 v11Item Number: mSh70 2419m01020

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

stAnds & supports

ps3 f-locklockable panel-mount Xlr connector for goosenecks with integrated three-pin Xlr connector, such as cGn321 eItem Number: pS3 F-locK 2425Z00010

sa44Standadapter for vocal microphonesItem Number: SA44 6001h06320

sa47Standadapter for use with c747 v11Item Number: SA47 2186Z00050

sa60Stand adapter for use with straight-shaft microphonesItem Number: SA60 6000h60010

sa61Standadapter for use with conical-shaft microphonesItem Number: SA61 6000h61010

sa63Standadapter for use with wireless micro-phone systems handheld transmittersItem Number: SA63 6000h63010

shZ80Slotted screw link for use with c747 v11Item Number: ShZ80 2416Z01020

sT1Folding mini tripodItem Number: St1 6000h04200

sT45low-profile table stand with off-center threaded stubItem Number: St45 6000h03080

sT46miniature stand for small microphonesItem Number: St46 6000h03060

sT305heavy-duty table standItem Number: St305 6000h03050

Mf Mmounting flange for use with modular plus microphone seriesItem Number: mF m 3165h00220

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Ac

ces

sor

ies

akg f

poWering AdApters & cAbles

b18Battery-operated phantom power supply for one condenser microphoneItem Number: B18 2198h00020

b29 lBattery-operated power supply and mini mix-er for one or two microphones with l-plug

Item Number: B29 l 6000h04620

b48 lBattery-operated phantom power supply for one p48 condenser microphone.Item Number: B48 l 3163Z00010

MK psrG58 (50 ohms) 0.6m (2 ft) connecting cable-between WmS receivers and antenna splitterItem Number: mK pS 6000h02060

MK150 Mthe mK150 m extension cable is equipped wit the modular plus system connector and fits all modular plus mounting and powering modules. the mK150 m comes with a cable length of 150cm.Item Number: mK150 m 3165h00260

MK150 Mlthe mK150 ml is a connection cable to combine microphones of the modular plus Series with any AKG bodypack transmitter.Item Number: mK150 ml 3165h00270

MKa20Antenna cable 20m (66ft) longItem Number: mKA20 6000h02050

MKa5Antenna cable 5m (16ft) longItem Number: mKA5 2455Z00620

MKg linstrument cable for wireless body-pack trans-mitters with mini Xlr and 6.3mm (1/4") jackItem Number: mKG l 2455Z00500

Mpa v lphantom power adapter with Xlr connec-tor for l type micromic microphones with integrated bass roll-off switchItem Number: mpA v l 3170h00020

uwa9 Mthe uWA9 m is a holder for wireless bodypack transmitters. it perfectly fit on the Gn155 m floor stand gooseneck moduleItem Number: uWA9 m 3165h00280

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

NOTES:

02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:02

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Professional Audio Signal ProcessingAnd Distribution Equipment

2013

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundweb™ London:

networked signal processors

GS724T:

24 port Ethernet AVB switch

FCS-960:

dual mode graphic

equalizer

CONTENTS:

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

AR-133:

active DI box/line

balancer

WHISEWORKS™

Neville Thiele Method™ Filters

FCS-966:

constant Q graphic

equalizer

Product Specifications

CONTENTS:

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

BSS Audio is world renowned for outstanding sound quality and reliable equipment that satisfies the real demands of professional musicians and high-profile installations. Products from BSS Audio are used on major tours, in recording and broadcast studios, churches, casinos, arenas, and nightclubs on every continent. Why do so many sound industry veterans swear by BSS Audio? Because with every performance, installation, broadcast, and recording, these professionals put their reputations on the line. The pros demand superior sound quality and a proven track record. They can count on it with BSS Audio.

AUDIO SIGNALPROCESSING

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The uncompromising reliability achieved through superb design and meticulous quality assurance is why more artists regularly choose BSS Audio systems. From the rock-solid AR-133 Direct Injection Box, to the state of the art Soundweb London networked signal processors, BSS Audio offers the very best in signal processing.

RELIABILITY

For over 25 years, BSS Audio equipment has been manhandled on and off of trucks and planes, city after city, tour after tour. And every time the show started, the performers and the techs knew their BSS Audio gear would work. No wonder top performing artists like Metallica, Diana Krall, David Bowie, and Oasis regularly choose BSS Audio systems.

LIVE SOUND

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

SOUNDWEB™ LONDONNetworked Signal Processors

The power, flexibility and reliability for any scale of installed sound system.

Long before networked digital audio, BSS Audio™ gained its reputation for elegant-sounding signal processing and crossovers. Innovative technologies like Progressive Knee Subtractive Compression, mid-filter crossover limiting, dynamic equalization and ADE™ restoration of leading-edge information in noise gates have elevated BSS Audio to almost cult status among live sound and recording engineers.

We’ve leveraged this analog audio expertise into what many believe are the best-sounding digital signal processing algorithms available. Beginning with Soundweb™ Original…and

now with the Soundweb™ London family of networked digital signal processing systems, we’ve brought the same warmth and clarity to a vast palette of DSP modules. All are deployed within an intuitive, easy-to-use design and maintenance interface called HiQnet™ London Architect™.

So you’re not just getting, for example a generic compressor module; you’re getting digital processing closely based on the acclaimed sound of our DPR-402. From automixers to graphic and parametric EQs, from duckers to delays, you can hear the BSS Audio difference. Bottom line: we’re a highly-regarded

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

crossover and analog signal processing company who started making digital signal processing devices, not a DSP company who ventured into the complex world of high-end professional audio.

Built on the foundations of an industry standardOur Soundweb™ Original series sent ripples through the sound contracting world. The first large-scale system to offer a distributed, programmable DSP system with robust capabilities and simple controls on a single Cat 5 cable, it has inspired a host of imitators. Yet there are key areas where the original Soundweb philosophy still stands above the rest:•Easycreationofvirtuallyanyaudio

system design with a free-design programmable DSP system that places no restrictions on signal path, sub-mixing or object location

•Theabilitytochangehowyouraudiosystem behaves according to the type of event you are holding, just with the recall of a preset

•Easyandquickadditionofmoresignal processing within the system without increasing your hardware budget

•Fastimplementationofspecificationchanges during or post-design

•Theappropriatelevelofend-usercontrol without providing overly-complex interfaces

The same philosophy is at the heart of Soundweb™ London. Moreover, the experience with, and suggestions from thousands of clients have enabled BSS

Audio to enhance Soundweb London’s power and flexibility to unprecedented levels including:•Pristineaudioquality,withadvanced

A/D and D/A conversion, together with 96kHz-capable audio processing and networking

•Simple,easy-to-learndrag-and-dropsystem design, now even more powerful with named CobraNet™ bundle assignment, signal path navigation and scalable DSP objects

•EthernetbasedcontroloverCat5 cable, with network audio via CobraNet™ with redundant capability

•Anextensiverangeofcontroloptions to offer clients simple or sophisticated control interfaces

•Easyexpansionorreconfigurationofsystem hardware in the field

With years of experience to count on, Soundweb London represents your wisest choice when investing in programmable DSP technology.

The system approach fully realized

No one else can offer our level of integration. Because only Soundweb London is the backbone of a completely unified system solution with microphones, consoles, amplifiers and loudspeakers from sister Harman Pro companies AKG Acoustics® , Soundcraft®, Crown Audio® and JBL Professional® , as well as dbx Professional Products® and BSS Audio™ signal processing devices.

Harman Pro is in the unique position to be able to provide components for the entire signal path and through the use of HiQnet™, the Harman Pro Communications Protocol, integration of these components has never been easier. System integrators will be familiar with having to waste expensive engineering time translating different protocols, so that products using disparate languages will communicate.

Imagine how much easier it is when all of your system elements “speak” the same language. Via HiQnet™ London Architect™ software, you can also add integrated monitoring of Crown Audio PIP-LITE, USP3 and USP3/CN Programmable Input Processor (‘PIP’) modules, as used in the CTs series of amplifiers. You can also configure BSS Audio FDS-334T and FDS-336T Minidrive processors and the industry standard FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus system. One control application can monitor amplifier performance, speaker conditions, log events and report errors back to the operator.

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundweb™ London Family of Products

With a choice of seven different processors within the Soundweb London family and input / output card flexibility within each device, Soundweb London represents a truly flexible and scalable system. Whether you require the high bandwidth audio networking of a digital audio bus, CobraNet compatibility, DSP capability, input / output expansion or a specific mix of functionality, Soundweb London offers the building blocks of a tailor made system.

Including BSS Audio components as an integral part of any sound installation will ensure years of dependable performance and reliability.

Easy to design

System design should be drag-and-drop easy. Our Soundweb™ Original software application, Soundweb™ Designer took system design and control to an unprecedented level. Now HiQnet™ London Architect™ brings even more power to your design creativity. You enjoy total flexibility of signal path flow and connectivity, a massive range of processing objects modeled on classic BSS Audio processors, and the freedom to design the system exactly how you want it.HiQnet™ London Architect™ uses the familiar drag-and-drop design interface that Soundweb users will know well, but has been dramatically enhanced to provide a more powerful, flexible and user-oriented interface:•dockabletoolmenus•creationofzones•layoutscrolling,zoomingandmini-

map windows•newinnovativeprocessingobjects

such as scalable mixers that make design and object selection easier than ever

•newcontrolpanelswithvastgalleriesof controls

•highlyinformativedockingwindows•theabilitytocopycontrolvalues

across objects

— these are just a few of the ways in which we’ve made HiQnet London Architect the most powerful design software in its class.

Create custom control panels

One of the advantages inherited from Soundweb™ Designer has been made even easier. Simple mouse clicks create control panels and pages and add “unbound” elements such as meters and faders that can then be tied to distinct processing objects. Not forgotten is the “traditional” method of creating panels by dragging controls directly onto these custom panels. Pages can also be nested within panels, increasing their versatility, offering neater layout of controls and taking the concept to an unprecedented level.

Proven DSP processing objects All the familiar Soundweb™ Original processing objects are included; many modeled on the classic and respected BSS Audio analog processors. The platform has also been designed to enable future software releases to include new leading edge DSP functions.

Easy to installEach Soundweb London processor is totally self-contained, so devices can be installed locally to their amplifier racks rather than in one centralized location. Category 5 cable is used to interconnect system devices and Ethernet hardware, with network hops of 300 feet (100 meters) possible.

Digital audio bus

The digital audio bus featured on the BLU-800, BLU-320, BLU-160 and BLU-120, is a fault-tolerant bus of 256 channels. In addition to providing a backbone for the transportation of multiple channels, the bus also facilitates the creation of large, fault-tolerant, centralized matrices containing multiple bus-capable devices.

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soun

dweb

™ L

ondo

n Fa

mily

of P

rodu

cts

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Networked Programmable DSP Systems

The Soundweb London 100 Series devices offer a fixed configuration of inputs and outputs (see comparison table for further information). The analog inputs of the devices provide software configurable gain in 6dB steps up to +48dB per channel and software selectable Phantom Power per channel. Phantom Power, Signal Present and Clip information per channel is easily accessible, without the requirement for a PC, from clear front panel LED indication.

The Soundweb London 100 Series devices feature configurable signal processing and logic processing. The signal path between the inputs and outputs can be completely tailored to an application, and all of the processing objects and logic objects used in larger Soundweb London systems are made available to designers within the 100 Series. The configurable signal processing offered by the 100 Series devices is roughly twice that of the Soundweb London BLU-80 and BLU-16 devices.

The BLU-101 and BLU-102 devices feature the same Acoustic Echo Cancellation algorithm used on the Soundweb London Acoustic Echo Cancellation Input Cards. The BLU-101 offers 12 AEC algorithms while the BLU-102 offers eight AEC algorithms and a telephone hybrid. The AEC algorithms run on dedicated processors but are represented within

software as a Processing Objects. This means that all of the configurable DSP is available for other processing but AEC inputs can be sourced locally, from networked audio or even post-mix for budget-constrained applications.

The 100 Series devices feature a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio bus of 48 channels which uses standard Category 5e cabling.

The Soundweb London 100 Series is an example of where user feedback, combined with the leveraging of Soundweb London’s technology, functionality and flexibility has resulted in the development of a truly game-changing product. The 100 Series broadens the reach of Soundweb London and makes a solution strongly associated with high-profile projects available to many more applications.

The 100 Series devices and the other members of the Soundweb London family provide the building blocks of the perfectly tailored system solution.

SOUNDWEB™ LONDON - 100 SERIES

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The Soundweb London BLU-BOB or “break-out box” offers 8 channels of analog audio output expansion via the Soundweb London high bandwidth, fault tolerant digital audio bus.

The BLU-BOB output channels are easily configured by six DIP switches located on the rear of the device, which select consecutive channels in groups of eight. This simple configuration allows selection of any 8-channel range from the 256 channels available on the digital audio bus. Output channel assignments are configured by DIP switch selection only.

The Soundweb London BLU-BIB or “break-in box” offers 8 channels of analog audio input expansion via the Soundweb London high bandwidth, fault tolerant digital audio bus.

The BLU-BIB input channels are easily configured by six DIP switches located on the rear of the device, which select consecutive channels in groups of eight. This simple configuration allows assignment to any 8-channel range within the 256 channels available on the digital audio bus. Input channel assignments are configured by DIP switch selection only.

Wall Controllers and Accessories

BLU-3

BLU-10(available in white,

black and blue)

BLU-6

sw9015USBLU-8v2 (available in white

and black)

BLU-3 sw9012US

BLU-MC1BLU-HIFTelephone

Headset

Interface

Fiber Optic

Media

Converter

Output/Input Expanders(BREAK-OUT/IN BOXES)

SOUNDWEB™ LONDON

BLU-BOB1 & 2 & BLU-BIB

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The BSS Audio / NETGEAR GS724T Ethernet Switch is a 24-port, Ethernet AVB enabled, fully-managed Gigabit switch.

With full support of Ethernet AVB technology, the GS724T allows audio, video, and data to be shared amongst Ethernet AVB compatible devices such as dbx products fitted with the SC Ethernet AVB High Speed Option Card.

The 24 ports are each capable of accommodating 2000 Mbps of data throughput in full-duplex mode, yielding a total bandwidth of 48000 Mbps (48 Gbps). The GS724T delivers 10/100/1000 automatic speed sensing, full/half-duplex sensing, and Auto Uplink™ (MDI/MDI-X) to every port. This simplifies the combination of 10, 100, and 1000 Mbps devices.

Two hot-swappable Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP) Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) slots provide optional fiber connectivity for the greater distances often encountered in large systems.

An intuitive web-browser interface offers straight forward administrative management for performance monitoring, port configuration, VLAN for traffic control, Class of Service (CoS) for traffic prioritization, port trunking for increased bandwidth, traffic filtering, and other advanced features.

Smart Control Center—a standalone utility program included on the accompanying software CD—allows automatic discovery of GS724T devices (even across subnets) and provides basic device configuration tools.

KEY FEATURES

•24PortGigabitNetworkSwitch•EthernetAVBsupport•802.1ak-MultipleRegistrationProtocol(MRP/

MMRP)•802.1AS-TimingandSynchronizationforTime-

Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (PTP)

•802.1Qat-StreamReservationProtocol(SRP)•802.1Qav-ForwardingandQueuingEnhancements

for Time-Sensitive Streams•802.1AB-REV-StationandMediaAccessControl

Connectivity Discovery (LLDP)•2GigabitInterfaceConverter(GBIC)slotsfor

optional fiber connectivity•SmartControlCenterutilityprogramautomatically

discovers devices•Administrativemanagementviaweb-browser

interface•Portconfiguration•Portmonitoring•Porttrunking•VLANsupport•ClassofService(CoS)•Layer2management•MACaddressFilter•EthertypeFiltering•MACaddressFilter•Universal100-240VAC/50-60Hzpowersupply•Rack-MountEars(included)

24 Port Ethernet AVB SwitchGS724T

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

FCS-960FCS Series Dual Mode Graphic Equalizer

The FCS-960 is the graphic EQ of choice among some of the biggest names in the touring business. Dual mode operation accommodates both Wide Q for Room Contouring (to find the smoothest response) and Narrow Q for monitoring (to “notch out” particular frequencies) on each channel.

The FCS-960 provides two channels in 3U of rack space. Con-stant Q-filters with filter-bypass center taps are controlled by high grade, 45mm faders with molded polymer fader knobs. These prominent knobs eradicate visual parallax error even under low light conditions.

Also included are sweepable/switchable Hi-pass filter, Gain control and electronically balanced inputs and outputs.

Of all the features that distinguish the FCS series among professional-grade equalizers, Constant Q filters are probably the most prominent. Compared to the earlier “gyrator” style of filters, Constant Q filters provide a smoother and more predictable interaction between adjacent faders, and the resulting EQ curve more closely resembles the actual fader positions. And each fader on the FCS equalizers has +/– 15dB of adjustable gain, more than many competitive graphic equalizers. When you consider the FCS series’ proven history of quality and reliability as well as their impressive feature set, you understand why so many industry veterans include these equalizers in their racks.

FCS-960Graphic Equalizers

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

FCS-966

The FCS-966 is commonly used for stage monitors and is engineered using knowledge and experience gained from the FCS-960. Modern components and manufacturing techniques allow premium quality and reliability to be retained at a lower price point.

Traditionally, much general equalization takes place on the faders alone, but this restricts the use of the faders at each end of the scale for further precision EQ work. So BSS Audio provides the FCS-966 with separate LF and HF contour filters, which can change an overall sound balance without disturbing a detailed room or loudspeaker response.

These filters are very musical gentle boost and cut shelving type, which can be used to add (or remove) room effects that change with temperature, audience numbers or humidity.

FCS-966Constant Q Graphic

Twenty years of live sound experience let

you focus on the job at hand.

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

ACTIVE DI, LINE BALANCING & SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION

AR-133Active DI Box/Line Balancer

The AR-133 is a single channel DI box with high input impedance, 1/4” jack input and parallel link ouputs to feed backline amps. Though it’s a favorite among high-profile touring professionals, the AR-133 is priced to be affordable for all musicians, studios and PA companies.

The rugged aluminum extrusion case’s unique arch design lets you run cables back underneath the unit for neat cable management.

The AR-133 uses an enhanced version of the same audio path as the AR-116, regarded by many as an industry standard. The sound quality is legendary, particularly on acoustic and bass guitars.

The AR-133 includes phantom power and battery supplies. Should the phantom power from the console fail or accidentally switch off, the AR-133 automatically switches over to the internal 9V battery, providing uninterrupted use. Numerous applications can be satisfied by the AR-133. For example, as well as the traditional guitar use, the AR-133 can be used with keyboards, DJ mixers, link outputs, and other electronic sources. The AR-133 can also be used as an active balancing device.

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

What are NTM™ Filters all about?

A NTM™ Crossover Filter is a new type of electrical/acoustical filter offering significant performance advantages over all previous crossover filter types in audio applications. The filter was developed by Neville Thiele (pronounced “Teel”).

How do they work?

The NTM crossover uses a unique notched response to achieve a very steep roll-off rate outside the pass-band. The 4th order NTM crossover amplitude response looks like this:

NTM Roll-off

Notches in the responses speed-up the rate of roll-off. Beyond the notch, the response rises again, but remains respectably attenuated.

“The new filters allow me to put more power to the devices without fear of overload or over-excursion. Once adjusted, sounds better than standard filters. The system seemed louder and clearer. We were setting off alarms in the car park!” Ferrit, Promix/Electrotec,

Las Vegas, Nevada, USA

WHISEWORKS – NEVILLE THIELE METHOD FILTERS Included with Soundweb™ London, Soundweb™ Original, OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus and Minidrive

*WHISEWORKS - NTM™* and WHISE-

WORKS - Neville Thiele Method™ are

trademarks of Precision Audio Pty. Ltd.

“The cleanest and clearest filters I’ve heard to date.”Andy Dockerty,

Adlib Audio, UK

“The biggest step forward in digital crossover technology since Linkwitz-Riley.” Jerry Wing, Britannia Row

Productions, UK

Advantages

Like the Linkwitz-Riley crossover shape, NTM crossovers maintain a flat amplitude response against frequency, and hold the drivers in-phase throughout the crossover region, preventing beam tilting. Additionally however, the 8th order NTM filter gives the fastest roll-off rate of any of the common crossover shapes. The 4th order NTM filter also offers the best group delay flatness of any crossover shape with a roll-off of at least 24dB/Octave, whilst offering a higher cut-off rate than any other 4th order crossover.

For many years, Linkwitz-Riley crossovers have been the ‘industry standard’ as they offered the best compromise for most of the important parameters. The new NTM crossover shapes now represent the optimal combination of characteristics for most applications, assuring it at least a place alongside Linkwitz Riley, if not becoming the new industry standard.

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The BSS Audio website, located at bssaudio.com is updated regularly and provides a great source for all the latest news and product specifications. You will find useful information in the form of brochures, user manuals, technical data sheets, applications guides and software updates. The website also contains contact information for all sales, technical support and service enquiries.

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS:

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundweb London Networked Signal Processors

1

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

2

A

C

4

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

32

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

14

T1AL-250V FUSE LOCATE RS232 ETHERNET

IN

OUT

BUDDYLINK / 48K

PRIMARY SECONDARY

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

C C 1 2 CONTROL INPUTS 7 8 R ROPTO 1 2 LOGIC OUTPUTS 7 8 R R S + – S + –

S + – S + –

3

+ –

B

D

1

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

2

A

C

4

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

32

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

14

T1AL-250V FUSE LOCATE RS232 ETHERNET100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

C C 1 2 CONTROL INPUTS 7 8 R ROPTO 1 2 LOGIC OUTPUTS 7 8 R R S + – S + –

S + – S + –

3

+ –

1

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

2

A

C

4

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

3

1

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

2

A

C

4

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

3

B

D

2

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

14

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

3

B

D

2

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

14

S + – S + –

S + – S + –

3

B

D

C C 1 2 CONTROL INPUTS 7 8 R R 1 2 LOGIC OUTPUTS 7 8 R R

+ –OPTO


+ –OPTO

BLU-805, BLU-325

(rear diagram)

BLU-160/BLU-120

(rear diagram)

BLU-800, BLU-320

(rear diagram)

BLU-16

(rear diagram)

BLU-32/BLU-80

(rear diagrams)

BLU-16, BLU-32, BLU-80,BLU-120,

BLU-160, BLU-320, BLU-325, BLU-800, and BLU-805

Front Panel Led Indicators: Per Input: Signal Present, CLIP, SYNC/48V, I/O card type (IN, OUT,

DIG)Other: LCD Display, Conductor active, Net Link active, Data

Activity.Analogue Inputs: Up to 16 electronically balanced on Phoenix Combicon

removable screw connectorsMic/Line Inputs Nominal gain 0dB, electronically switchable up to

+48dB,in +6dB stepsInput Impedance 3.5kΩMaximum input level +20dBu with 0dB input gain,+8dBu with 12dB gainCMRR >75dB at 1KHzInput Noise (E.I.N.) <-128dBu typical with 150Ω sourcePhantom power 48V nominal, selectable per inputA/D Latency: 38.7/FsDigital Inputs: Up to 16 AES/EBU or S/PDIF on Phoenix/Combicon

removable screw connectorsInput impedance: 110 ohm (AES/EBU), 75 ohm (S/PDIF)Sample Rate: 48kHz or 96kHz Sample Rate conversion: 8kHz-96kHz THD+N: -140dBLatency: 3/Fso + (56.581/Fsi) + (55.658/Fso).Analogue Outputs: Up to 16 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon

removable screw connectorsMaximum Output Level +19dBuFrequency Response 15Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB)THD <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu outputDynamic Range 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweightedCrosstalk <-75dBD/A Latency 28/FsDigital Outputs: Up to 16 AES/EBU or S/PDIF on Phoenix/Combicon

removable screw connectors.Input impedance: 110 ohm (AES/EBU), 75 ohm (S/PDIF)

Sample Rate: 48kHz or 96kHzSample Rate conversion: 8kHz-96kHz THD+N: -140dBLatency: 3/Fso + (56.581/Fsi) + (55.658/Fso).Control Ports:12 inputs and 6 outputsControl Input Voltage 0 to 4.5vControl Input Impedance 4.7kΩ to +5V (2-wire mode), >1MΩ (3-wire mode)Logic Output Voltage 0 or +5V unloadedLogic Output Impedance 440ΩsLogic Output Current 10mA source, 60mA sinkWatchdog Output: Phoenix/Combicon connector for failsafe controlOpto Output current 14mA maximumWithstanding voltage 80V maximum (Off)Series Impedance 220Ω (isolated)Control Network (All Models):Connectors RJ45 Ethernet connectorMaximum cable length 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and

Ethernet switchCobraNet™ Audio Network: (BLU-80, BLU-32 only)Connectors: 2 x RJ45 connectorsMaximum cable length 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and

Ethernet switchPower and Dimensions:Mains Voltage 85-270V AC, 50/60HzPower Consumption <35VABTU Rating <120 BTU/hrOperating Temperature Range: 5(41) to 35(95) degrees C(degrees F)Dimensions (h (U) x w x d): 1.75" (1U) x 19" x 11.3"

(45mm x 483mm x 287mm)Weight 18.6 lbs / 8.4kgs (estimated)

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

BLU-16, BLU-32, BLU-80,BLU-120,

BLU-160, BLU-320, BLU-325, BLU-800, and BLU-805

BLU-100, BLU-101

(rear diagram)

BLU-102

(rear diagram)


+ –OPTO

DSP

BLU-100 E

BLU-101 E

BLU-102 E

E

E

E

BLU LINK AEC HYBRID

48 Ch.

48 Ch.

48 Ch.

E

E

12 Ch.

8 Ch. E

X X

X

Soundweb London 100 Series Networked Signal Processor

Front Panel Led Indicators: Per Input: Signal Present, CLIP, 48V (Input only)Other: COM, STAT, ERR, PWRAnalog Inputs: 12 electronically balanced on Phoenix Combicon

removable screw connectorsMic/Line Inputs: Nominal gain 0dB, electronically switchable up to

+48dB,in +6dB stepsInput Impedance: 3.5kΩMaximum Input Level: +20dBu with 0dB input gain,+8dBu with 12dB gainCMRR: >75dB at 1KHzInput Noise (E.I.N.): <-128dBu typical with 150Ω sourcePhantom Power: 48V nominal, selectable per inputA/D Latency: 37/Fs [0.77ms@48k]Analog Outputs: 8 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon

removable screw connectorsMaximum Output Level: +19dBuFrequency Response: 20Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB)THD: <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu outputDynamic Range: 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweightedCrosstalk: <-75dB Output Impedance: 40Ω balanced and 20Ω unbalancedD/A Latency: 29/Fs [0.60ms@48k]Control Ports: 12 inputs and 6 outputsControl Input Voltage: 0 to 4.5vControl Input Impedance: 4.7kΩ to +5V (2-wire mode), >1MΩ (3-wire mode)

Logic Output Voltage: 0 or +5V unloadedLogic Output Impedance: 440ΩsLogic Output Current: 10mA source, 60mA sinkWatchdog Output: Phoenix/Combicon connector for failsafe controlOpto Output Current: 14mA maximumWithstanding Voltage: 80V maximum (Off)Series Impedance: 220Ω (isolated)Control Network:Connectors: RJ45 Ethernet connectorMaximum Cable Length: 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device

and Ethernet switchBLU link:Connectors: 2 x RJ45 Ethernet connectorsMaximum Cable Length: 100m/300ft on Category 5e cable between devices

Max. Number of Nodes: 60Latency: 11/Fs [0.23ms@48k]Pass Through Latency: 4/Fs [0.08ms@48k]Power and Dimensions:Mains Voltage: 100-240V AC, 50/60HzPower Consumption: <55VABTU Rating: <188 BTU/hrOperating Temp. Range: 5 (41) to 35 (95) degrees C (degrees F)Dims: (H(U) x W x D): 1.75” (1U) x 19” x 9.0” (45mm x 483mm x 229mm)Weight: 7.5 lbs / 3.4 kgs (estimated)


+ –OPTO

TEL

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

FCS Series Graphic Equalizers FCS-960, FCS-966

S + –

BALANCED CONNECTIONS

Pin 2 + (Hot) Pin 3 - (Cold)

Tip + (Hot) Ring - (Cold)

OUTPUT 2 INPUT 2

S + –

240

S + –

BALANCED CONNECTIONS

Pin 2 + (Hot) Pin 3 - (Cold)

Tip + (Hot) Ring - (Cold)

OUTPUT 2 INPUT 2

S + –

MAINSPOWER

ON

SELECTVOLTAGE

OUTPUT INPUT

CHANNEL 2

220

OUTPUT INPUT

CHANNEL 1

FCS-960

(rear diagram)

FCS-966

(rear diagram)

FCS-960Inputs:Impedance 10kΩ, electronically balancedMax Input Level +20dBuConnector XLR3-31Output Section:Output Electronically balanced and floatingMax Output Level +20dBu into 600ΩConnector XLR3-32System Performance:Frequency Response ±0.25dB 20Hz-20kHzDistortion (THD) <0.005% 20Hz-20kHz @ +4dBuOutput Noise (Flat) <-93dBu 22Hz-22kHz unweighted

Channel Separation (FCS-960) >80dB from 20Hz-20kHzGain Control Range ±10dBPeak Indicator +18dBuBypass Passive fail-safe bypass relayFilter MFB Constant Q typePower and Dimensions:Power Requirements 50/60Hz, 90V-264VPower Consumption < 00VADimensions (HxWxD): 00” x 19” x 00”

000mm x 483mm x 000mmWeight 6.6 lbs / 3 kg (estimated)

FCS-966Input Section:Input Impedance 10kΩ, electronically balancedMaximum Input Level >+20dBuCMRR >-40dB @1kHzOutput section:Output Impedance <50Ω, electronically balancedMaximum Output Level >+20dBu into 600ΩFilters:HP filter OUT to 250Hz @ 12dB/octaveLF contour ±6dB shelving @ 50Hz 6dB/octaveHF contour ±6dB shelving @ 14kHz 6db/octave

Frequency bands ±15dB on ISO centers with a Q of 4General PerformanceFrequency Response 5Hz to 45kHz ±1dBNoise <-94dBu 22Hz to 22kHzDynamic Range > 115dBCross Talk >-80dB @1kHzDistortion <0.005%THD (80kHz measurement BW) 20Hz-20kHzGain control +10dB to ∞Power and Dimensions:AC Power 115/230V AC, 50/60Hz, 30VA Dimensions 19” x 5.25” x 7.1” / 483mm x 134mm x 180mmWeight 6.6lbs / 3kgs

AR-133 Active DI Box/Line Balancer

Section:Input 1MΩ (pad at 0dB), 47kΩ (pad at -20dB),

47kΩ (pad at -40dB)Max Input Level +9dBu (pad at 0dB), +29dBu (pad at -20dB),

+49dBu (pad at -40dB)Connectors Two Parallel ¼" jacks, parallel XLR connector

(unbalanced)Output Section:Output Transformer Max Output Level +8dBu into 600Ω or greaterConnector XLR3-32

General Performance:Distortion (THD) < 0.005% at 1kHz, 0dBu outputNoise <-105dB unweighted, 22Hz-22kHz*Frequency 30Hz to 20kHz, +0dB/-1dBPower and DimensionsMain/Standby Power 9 volt PP3 type, battery preferably alkalineCurrent drain phantom: <7.5mA; battery: <2mAPhantom Power +20 volts DC to +48 volts DCDimensions 2.3" x 4.9" x 5.6" / 59 mm x 124 mm x 143 mmWeight 1.4 lbs / 650 gms, excluding batteries* Noise measured relative to maximum output.

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

BSS Audio incorporates high quality mechanical fans in some products. All mechanical fans have a limited life expectancy. We recommend annual

inspection of fans for dust occlusion and excessive noise. Fan assemblies should be replaced after six to ten years of use. Environmental factors

such as elevated temperature, dust, and smoke can adversely affect fan life. Systems exposed to these conditions should be inspected more

frequently. Fan replacement can be performed either at the factory or by an experienced technician in the field. Please contact BSS Technical

Support for more information on purchasing replacement parts or product service. BSS Audio has a policy of continued product improvement and

accordingly reserves the right to change features and specifications without prior notice.

All specifications are subject to change. ©2012 All Rights Reserved, Harman International Industries, Inc. BSS Audio, Soundweb,

London Architect, OMNIDRIVE, Minidrive, and HiQnet are trademarks of Harman International Industries. WHISEWORKS NTM and

Neville Thiele Method are trademarks of Whiseworks Pty., Ltd. All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders.

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

www.bssaudio.com

Professional Audio Signal Processingand Distribution Equipment

8760 S. Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA

tel: +1 (801) 566-8800, Fax: +1 (801) 568-7662

PN-18-0701

10/12

03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:03

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Full Line Catalog|2013

POWERED BY

Installed Sound

Commercial Audio

Portable PA

Tour Sound

Cinema Sound

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLEDSOUNDDCi: The New StandardDCi2|300, DCi2|600, DCi4|300, DCi4|600, DCi8|300, DCi8|600, DCi2|300N, DCi2|600N, DCi4|300N, DCi4|600N, DCi8|300N, DCi8|600,

` FEATURES• Uses cutting edge DriveCoreTM amplifier technology. • True Rack Density – Power points of 300W or 600W in 2/4/8 channel configurations. • DCi Amplifiers are guaranteed to deliver at least the rated power in the specifications over a longer

period of time than any other competing amplifier• Ground-breaking 100V direct drive 300W amplification, drives signals over smaller gauge wire• ADVANCED POWER FACTOR CORRECTED (PFC) UNIVERSAL POWER SUPPLY – The most

advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.

• AUX Port provides additional flexibility for amplifiers to be integrated in control systems for remote on/off and amplifier fault monitoring

CUTTING EDGE

POWER OUTPUT*Models 2-ohms 4-ohms 8-ohms 70V Vrms 100V Vrms 4-ohms 8-ohms 140V 200V (Bridged) (Bridged) (Bridged) (Bridged)

DCi 2|300 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W DCi 2|600 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W DCi 4|300 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W DCi 4|600 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 1200W 1200W 1200W 1200W DCi 8|300 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W 1200W 1200W 1200W 1200W DCi 8|600 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 1200W 1200W 1200W 1200W

*Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, 20 Hz - 20 kHz.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLED Weight: <30 lbs

Power SpecificationsOperating Voltage: 100V – 240V ±15%Mains Connector: 15 Amp IEC connectorPower Draw at Sleep: Less than 1W

Regulatory Certifications

` SPECIFICATIONS

Performance SpecificationsInput Impedance (balanced, unbalanced): 20kOhms, 10kOhmsS/N ratio, A-weighted: >108dB Total Harmonic Distortion: < 0.35%Voltage Gain: 31dB – 300W models; 34 dB – 600W modelsInput Sensitivity: 1.4V for 4/8Ω and 70V; 2.0V for 100VMaximum Input Level before Compression: +20dBu.Maximum Input Level before Clip: +26dBu.Frequency Response: (1W into 8Ω, 20Hz-20kHz): ±0.25dBPhase Response: (at 1W 10 – 20 kHz): ±35°Crosstalk: > 80dB (below rated power 20Hz– 1kHz)

The new DriveCore install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.

DC output offset (with inputs shorted): ±10mVCommon Mode Rejection: >55dB, >70dB TypicalDamping Factor: ≥500, 20 Hz Physical SpecificationsInput connectors: Balanced 3-pin block connec-tors, one per channelOutput connectors: 2 Pin terminal strip. Accepts up to 10 AWG fork terminals or bare wire.AUX connector: 3-pin block connectorAttenuation Control: 21 detent potentiometer for levels from ∞ to 0 dBCooling: Variable Fans, airflow from front to backDimensions: 3.5" x 19" x 14.25" (8.75cm x 47.5cm x 35.63cm)DCi 8|600: 3.5” x 19” x 17” (8.75cm x 47.5cm x 42.5cm)

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLEDSOUNDComTech DriveCore Series: The New StandardCT475, CT875, CT4150, CT8150

POWER OUTPUT* 8-ohm Dual

Models (per channel)

CT 475 75W CT 875 75W CT 4150 125W CT 8150 125W *Average power in watts at rated THD, 20 Hz - 20 kHz.

` FEATURES• High power density: Four/eight-channel models in a 1U chassis• DriveCore technology• Light weight design• Convection (Fan-less) cooled• Life safety features• Cascading inputs for added flexibility

FLEXIBILITY

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLED Protection SystemsThermal Level Control (TLC): If an amplifier chan-nel starts to overheat, the TLC circuit will engage that channel’s input compressor. By compress-ing the input, the amplifier will not generate as much heat and will have a chance to cool down. The degree of compression is proportional to the amount of overheating. If the channel becomes too hot for safe operation even after full TLC limiting, the channel will shut off, and the Thermal Indicator for that channel will flash brightly to alert the user that a state of thermal stress or overload has cause the channel to shut down.FIT (Fault Isolation Topology): Isolates faults within affected channels.Fault: If an amplifier channel requires service, the corresponding Fault indicator will illuminate to alert the user of this condition. If this occurs, return the amplifier to the Crown factory or to an authorized Crown service center.AC Under-/Over-Voltage Protection: If the AC line voltage varies out of an acceptable range, the ampli-fier’s power supply turns off and the blue Power LED flashes. The amplifier will turn back on when the AC line voltage returns to safe operating levels.

Models Under-Voltage Limit

Over-Voltage Limit

100VAC 90VAC 110VAC

120 VAC units 108VAC 132VAC

220V/230V/240V units 198VAC 264VAC

Power Fuse: A fuse protects the amplifier from excessive AC current draw.Inrush Limiting: A soft-start circuit in the power supply minimizes the amplifier’s current draw during power-on.


` SPECIFICATIONSFrequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): <0.5 dB.Signal to Noise Ratio below rated power (20 Hz to 20 kHz): 110 dB A-weighted.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at 1 watt, from 20 Hz to 20 kHz: < 0.05%.Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) < 0.05% (typical).Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 70 dB.Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): >70 dB.DC Output Offset (shorted input): < ±5 mV.Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced.Maximum Input Level (before input compression): + 20 dBu.Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting), 1.4V sensitivity, 4/8 Ohm Operation: 20:1 (26 dB); AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120V/60 Hz, 220/230/240V/50 Hz.Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains, all channels in 4/8 ohm mode): 5W.Cooling: Fanless convention cooledDimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 1.75 in. (4.4 cm) H x 14.25 in. (36.2 cm) D. (This applies to all models)Weight (Net, Shipping): 10 lb (4.5 kg), 15 lb (6.8 kg). (This applies to all models)

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsReady Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output.Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates to indicate the presence of analog input signals above –40 dBu.Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illumi-nates when the THD of the channel’s output signal rises to a level typically considered as the onset of audible clipping. The Clip Indicator also will illumi-nate during Thermal Level Control (TLC) or input overload.

Crown’s CT DriveCore Series offers wide flexibility for a wide range of installed sound applications. These amplifiers offer independent selection of high- and low-impedance operation for each channel pair, making these amps ideal for multi-zone installations.

Thermal Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when thermal stress.Fault Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when a fault condition has occurred in the channel. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. Indica-tor also flashes if the amplifier shuts off due to an under-/over-voltage condition on the AC mains.Power Switch: Amplifier is on when the switch is in the IN position. Indicator flashes if the amplifier shuts off due to an under/over voltage condition on the AC mains or if the amplifier is in DEEP SLEEP mode and the power button is pushed.

Back Panel Controls and ConnectorsAC Power Cord Connector: IEC inlet, type 320; 100/120VAC units: 15A; 220/230/240VAC units: 10A. Voltage is indicated above IEC inlet.Output Connectors: 8-PIN Phoenix Connectors for every four channels. Input Connectors: Removable Phoenix-style barrier connectors for balanced input. High-Pass Filter: A fixed 70-Hz high-pass filter settings. The high-pass filter can be set by using the DIP switch located on the back panel.Auto-Standby: After 30 minutes of idle, amp will go into Standby. Amplifier will come out of Standby once signal is recieved.

Green Power: Crown's most efficient mode of operation. The power consumption of the ampli-fier will only match the input load. This means that the amplifier will operate at maximum effi-ciency at all times.

Input/Output Switches: The ampliefier can be configured so that input signals can be routed to multiple outputs.LifeSafety: Amplifier will produce a 2Hz "heart beat" pulse on a 12VDC signal indicate amplifier is operationg within non-fault condition.OptionsXFMR 4/8: This is a rack-mountable transformer that allows 100V/70V output from the amplifier, and allows other amplifiers without direct constant volt-age output to be easily integrated into distributed systems.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLEDSOUNDCTs Series: The StandardCTs 600, CTs 1200, CTs 2000, CTs 3000

FOUNDATION ` FEATURES

• High power density. All two channel models in a 2U chassis• Crown Switching Power Supply for lighter weight• “Constant-Voltage” or low-impedance operation per channel• Fully PIP2-compatible

POWER OUTPUT* 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 16-ohm Dual 70V Dual 100V Dual 4-ohm 8-ohm 16-ohm 100V 140V 200V Models (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge

CTs 600 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W‡ 300W 600W 600W 600W‡ 600W 600W‡CTs 1200 250W 600W 600W 300W 600W 600W‡ 500W 1,200W 1,200W 1,200W‡ 1,200W 1,200W‡CTs 2000 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 625W 1,000W 1,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000WCTs 3000 1,500W 1,500W 1,250W 625W 1,500W 1,500W 3,000W 3,000W 2,500W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W*Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, 20 Hz - 20 kHz. ‡With T-170V or TP-170V.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLED Highpass Filter: One 3-position switch per channel selects between OFF, 35Hz and 70Hz 3rd-order filters.“Y” Input Switch (Located on the PIP-BBY Module): When set to ON, this switch parallels the input signals of the two channels for use when the input signal is mono. Also can be used to daisy-chain the signal to another amplifier.

Ventilation Grille: Front-to-rear forced airflow.

OptionsPIP2 modules, including the PIP-Lite, PIP-USP3/CN, and PIP-USP4/CN.

Protection SystemsThermal Level Control (TLC): If an amplifier channel starts to overheat, the TLC circuit will engage the input compressor. By compressing the input, the amplifier will not generate as much heat and will have a chance to cool down. Junction Temperature Simulation (JTS): In the CTs 600/1200, if excess power is demanded, JTS circuitry limits the drive level of the output devices to a safe range, preventing damage.Fault: The amplifier will light the Fault LED if the amplifier output stage stops operating.AC Under-/Over-Voltage Protection: If the AC line voltage drops below 25% or rises above 15% of the nominal operating voltage of the amplifier, the amplifier’s power supply turns off and the blue Power LED flashes. The ampli-fier will turn back on when the AC line voltage returns to safe operating levels.Circuit Breaker: This breaker protects the ampli-fier from excessive AC current draw.DC Output Servo: The output servo circuit protects your drivers by eliminating DC offset, even in the presence of very large asymmetrical signals.In-rush Limiting: A soft-start circuit in the power supply minimizes the amplifier’s current draw during power-on.Variable-speed Fan: Two continuously variable speed fans direct the airflow through the ampli-fier for cooling.


Other ApplicationsCinema

` SPECIFICATIONSFrequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.25 dB.Signal to Noise Ratio below rated power (20 Hz to 20 kHz): 105 dB A-weighted.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at full rated power, from 20 Hz to 20 kHz: CTs 600/1200: < 0.1%. CTs 2000/3000 < 0.35%.Damping Factor: 10 Hz to 100 Hz: > 3000.Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB.Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): 50 dB.DC Output Offset: < ±2 mV.Input Impedance (nominal): 10 kilohms bal-anced, 5 kilohms unbalanced.Maximum Input Level: +20 dBu before input compression, +32 dBu absolute maximum.Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads)

CTs 600/1200 Stereo: 2/4/8/16 ohms, 70V, 100V Bridge Mono: 4/8/16 ohms, 140V.CTs 2000/3000 Stereo: 2/4/8/16 ohms, 70V, 100V Bridge Mono: 4/8/16 ohms, 140V, 200V.

Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting):8/4 ohm operation, 1.4V sensitivity CTs 600 35:1 (31 dB) CTs 1200 50:1 (34 dB) CTs 2000 63.9:1 (36 dB) CTs 3000 71.4:1 (37 dB). 26 dB: 20:1 (26 dB).70V operation, 1.4V sensitivity or 100V operation, 2.0V sensitivity: 50:1 (34 dB).

AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120VAC/60Hz, 230VAC/50 Hz.Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains): CTs 600/1200: 24W (standby mode) CTs 2000/3000: 35W (standby mode).Cooling: Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to-back airflow.Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 14.25 in. (36.2 cm) D.Weight: Net, Shipping CTs 600: 22.8 lb (10.3 kg), 27.7 lb (12.6 kg) CTs 1200: 23.4 lb (10.6 kg), 28.3 lb (12.8 kg) CTs 2000: 27.0 lb (12.2 kg), 32.0 lb (14.5 kg) CTs 3000: 27.7 lb (12.6 kg), 32.7 lb (14.8 kg).

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsBridge Mode Indicator: Yellow LED illuminates when the rear-panel Mode Switch is set to the “Bridge” position.

Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output. Indicator is off when PIP puts the amplifier in standby mode via the control system.Signal Indicators: Three green LEDs per chan-nel indicate the amplifier’s input and output signal levels.Signal: input signal is above –40 dBu. –20 dB: amplifier output is 20 dB below clipping. –10 dB: amplifier output is 10 dB below clipping.Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel’s output signal reaches the onset of audible clipping. The Clip Indicator also will illuminate during Thermal Level Control (TLC) limiting or when the input compressor/limiter is protecting the amplifier from input overload.Thermal Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel has shut down, or is very near shutting down, due to thermal stress or overload.Fault Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when the amplifier output channel has stopped operating. Data Indicator: Yellow LED indicates control data activity (if the amplifier is equipped with HiQnet control, and connected to a control system).Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. The LED will flash when the AC line voltage is 15% above or 25% below the nominal rated value.Cooling Vents: Front-to-rear forced airflow.Power Switch: Push-on / push-off switch.

Back Panel Controls and ConnectorsPower Cord Connector: Standard 15 amp IEC inlet. Voltage is indicated above IEC inlet.Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply.Speaker Connectors: One four-pole touch-proof terminal strip. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Input Connectors: Balanced 3-pin terminal block connector, one per channel, on the standard PIP2-BBY module. Channel Level Control: One 21-position detented rotary attenuator per channel, ranging from minus infinity (–70 dB) to 0 dB gain.Mode Switch: Two-position switch is used to select the amplifier’s mode of operation: Dual or Bridge-Mono.

R

Crown’s CTs Series amplifiers provide exceptional performance, flexibility and value for installed sound applications. CTs Series amplifiers feature independent selection of high and low impedance operation for a specific channel, plus power levels and features that were carefully chosen to match the requirements of fixed install design. Easy integration with HiQnet™ and CobraNet™ allows CTs amplifiers to deliver a comprehensive lineup of monitoring and control features along with digital audio transport for an award-winning digital audio solution.

POWER OUTPUT* 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 16-ohm Dual 70V Dual 100V Dual 4-ohm 8-ohm 16-ohm 100V 140V 200V Models (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge

CTs 600 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W‡ 300W 600W 600W 600W‡ 600W 600W‡CTs 1200 250W 600W 600W 300W 600W 600W‡ 500W 1,200W 1,200W 1,200W‡ 1,200W 1,200W‡CTs 2000 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 625W 1,000W 1,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000WCTs 3000 1,500W 1,500W 1,250W 625W 1,500W 1,500W 3,000W 3,000W 2,500W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W*Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, 20 Hz - 20 kHz. ‡With T-170V or TP-170V.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLEDSOUNDCTs Multi-Channel Series: The StandardCTs 4200, CTs 8200

FLEXIBILITY ` FEATURES

• High power density: Four-channel model in a 2U chassis, eight-channel model in a 3U chassis• Crown Switching Power Supply for lighter weight• Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or low-impedance (4/8 ohm) operation per channel-pair.• “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates fault conditions without affecting

neighboring channels

POWER OUTPUT* All channels driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel pair driven Models 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 70V Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 70V Dual 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge

CTs 4200 260W 180W 220W† 270W 220W 250W† 520W 400W 220W† 560W 440W 250W†

CTs 8200 200W 160W 200W† 270W 220W 250W† 400W 320W 200W† 540W 440W 250W† *Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD.†Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100 Hz to 20 kHz due to automatic high-pass filters.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLED TP-170V: This is a rack-mountable panel with four autoformers as described above.

Protection SystemsThermal Level Control (TLC): If an amplifier chan-nel starts to overheat, the TLC circuit will engage that channel’s input compressor. By compress-ing the input, the amplifier will not generate as much heat and will have a chance to cool down. The degree of compression is proportional to the amount of overheating. If the channel becomes too hot for safe operation even after full TLC limiting, the channel will shut off, and the Thermal Indicator for that channel will flash brightly to alert the user that a state of thermal stress or overload has cause the channel to shut down.FIT (Fault Isolation Topology): Isolates faults within affected channels.Fault: If an amplifier channel requires service, the corresponding Fault indicator will illuminate to alert the user of this condition. If this occurs, return the amplifier to the Crown factory or to an authorized Crown service center.High-Pass Filter: A fixed 35-Hz (70-Hz in CTs 4200) high-pass filter per channel pair is automatically inserted when the mode switch is set to either of the constant-voltage settings. The high-pass filter corner frequency in the CTs 8200 can be set to 70 Hz, or bypassed, with a service option.AC Under-/Over-Voltage Protection: If the AC line voltage varies out of an acceptable range, the amplifier’s power supply turns off and the blue Power LED flashes. The amplifier will turn back on when the AC line voltage returns to safe operating levels.

Models Under-Voltage Limit

Over-Voltage Limit

100VAC (CTs 8200 only) 90VAC 110VAC

120 VAC units 108VAC 132VAC

220V/230V/240V units 198VAC 264VAC

Power Fuse: A fuse protects the amplifier from excessive AC current draw.Inrush Limiting: A soft-start circuit in the power supply minimizes the amplifier’s current draw during power-on.Variable-speed Fan: Continuously variable speed fan directs the airflow through the amplifier for cooling.Regulatory Certifications


` SPECIFICATIONSFrequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.5 dB.Phase Response (at 1 watt, 10 Hz - 20 kHz): ±35°.Signal to Noise Ratio below rated power (20 Hz to 20 kHz): 100 dB unweighted.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at 1 watt, from 20 Hz to 20 kHz: < 0.05%.Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) 60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from 163 milliwatts to full bandwidth power: < 0.05% (typical).Damping Factor: 10 Hz to 400 Hz: >180.Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB.Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 50 dB.DC Output Offset (shorted input): < ±5 mV.Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced.Maximum Input Level (before input compression): + 20 dBu.Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads)

Stereo: 4/8 and 25 ohms (70V) Bridge Mono: 8/16 and 50 ohms (100V)

Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting), 1.4V sensitivity,

4/8 Ohm Operation: 20:1 (26 dB); 70V Operation: 50:1 (34 dB) 100V Operation: 71.4:1 (37 dB)

AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120V/60 Hz, 220/230/240V/50 Hz.Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains, all channels in 4/8 ohm mode): 58W.Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains, all channels in 70V mode): 77W.Cooling: Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to-back airflow.Dimensions (Width, Height, Depth):

CTs 4200: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.25 in. (41.3 cm) D.CTs 8200: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) H x 16.25 in. (41.3 cm) D.

Weight (Net, Shipping):CTs 4200: 27 lb 8 oz (12.5 kg), 32 lb (14.5 kg)CTs 8200: 36 lb 6 oz (16.5 kg), 47 lb (21.3 kg).

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsBridge Mode Indicator: Yellow LED, one per channel pair, illuminates when the channel pair’s Mode Switch is set to the “Bridge” position. If Mode switch is changed while amplifier is powered up, Bridge LED will flash, indicating that the amplifier must be powered off and on to reset the Mode.Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output.

Crown’s CTs Multi-Channel Series offers wide flexibility for a wide range of installed sound applications. CTs Multi-Channel Series amplifiers offer independent selection of high- and low-impedance operation for each channel pair, making these amps ideal for multi-zone installations.

Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates to indicate the presence of analog input signals above –40 dBu.Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illumi-nates when the THD of the channel’s output signal rises to a level typically considered as the onset of audible clipping. The Clip Indicator also will illumi-nate during Thermal Level Control (TLC) or input overload.Thermal Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when a state of thermal stress or overload has caused the channel to shut down. If the power supply goes into thermal overload, all channel LEDs will flash.Fault Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when a fault condition has occurred in the channel. Ventilation Grille: Front-to-rear forced airflow.Data Indicator: Yellow LED indicates HiQnet data activity (if the amplifier is equipped with an USPCN Module and connected to a control network).Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. Indica-tor also flashes if the amplifier shuts off due to an under-/over-voltage condition on the AC mains.Power Switch: Amplifier is on when the switch is in the IN position.

Back Panel Controls and ConnectorsAC Power Cord Connector: IEC inlet, type 320; 100/120VAC units: 15A; 220/230/240VAC units: 10A. Voltage is indicated above IEC inlet.Output Connectors: One four-pole terminal strip for every two channels with touch-proof cover. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Accessory Panel: CTs 4200 accepts an optional VCA-MC4A module. CTs 8200 accepts an optional VCA-MC8 module.Channel Level Controls: One 21-position detented rotary potentiometer per channel, ranging from infinity (–70 dB) to 0 dB attenuation. Input Connectors: Removable Phoenix-style barrier connectors for balanced input. When the USPCN module is installed, these can also can be used as a CobraNet input or a backup for CobraNet. Mode Switch: Used on each consecutive pair of channels, this four-position switch is used to select the amplifier’s mode of operation: Dual 8/4 ohms, Dual 70V, Bridge-Mono 16/8 ohms, and Bridge-Mono 100V. Cooling Vents: Front-to-rear forced airflow.OptionsControl Modules: USPCN HiQnet and CobraNet Module VCA-MC4A: VCA module for CTs 4200A. VCA-MC8: VCA module for CTs 8200.Wall-mount level control panels for use with VCA module: 1-VCAP: Single-gang panel with 1 VCA channel volume control. 4-VCAP: Two-gang panel with 4 VCA channel volume controls.T-170V: This is an autoformer that allows 100V output from the amplifier, and allows other ampli-fiers without direct constant voltage output to be easily integrated into distributed systems.

R

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLEDSOUND

COBrANET TM CAPABLE ` FEATURES (with USPCN module)

• 100 Mbps Ethernet single-plug solution for CobraNet audio, and HiQnet™ control and monitoring• Analog audio inputs allow CobraNet network audio input, CobraNet audio backup, or a hardwire

emergency override of CobraNet audio• 24 bit digital to analog conversion with 32 bit, floating point DSP processing• Firmware upgrades via the network• 10 user selectable presets• Reliable FLASH memory backup of all parameters

POWER OUTPUT* All channels driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel pair driven Models 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 70V Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 70V Dual 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge

CTs 4200USP/CN 260W 180W 220W† 270W 220W 250W† 520W 400W 220W† 560W 440W 250W†

CTs 8200USP/CN 200W 160W 200W† 270W 220W 250W† 400W 320W 200W† 540W 440W 250W†

*Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100 Hz to 20 kHz due to automatic high-pass filters.

CTs Multi-Channel Series: With CobraNetCTs 4200USP/CN, CTs 8200USP/CN

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLED D/A and A/D Conversion: 24 bit.Latency: DSP processing: 1 ms or 1000 µs. Digital-to-analog conversion: 250 µs. Analog-to-digital conversion: 250 µs. Amplifier: 100 µs. Total: 1.6 ms or 1000 µs.Dynamic Range: 103 dB typical (A-weighted, 20Hz–20kHz, audio sourced from muted CobraNet channel).Distortion: < 0.1% THD+N, 20Hz–20kHz.Frequency Response: ± 0.5 dB, 20Hz–20kHz.Input/Output Monitor Accuracy: Typically ±1dB.Maximum Input Level: + 20 dBu.



Data IndicatorFlashes when the module receives a valid command that is addressed to the CTs 4200 USP/CN and CTs 8200USP/CN.

Switches:Reset/Preset SwitchUsed to change presets, restore settings to factory default or restore all the presets to the factory defaults. During operation of the switch, the Data indicator flashes as an aid to the user. Accessible with a straightened paper clip through the rear panel, the switch selects the next user preset if pressed for less than 2 seconds, resets the module to preset “0” if pressed for more than 2 seconds.

General:Memory Backup: Non-volatile FLASH memo-ries for backup of run-time parameters, pre-sets, and program storage. Communications: 100Mb Fast Ethernet con-forming to IEEE 802.3.

Overall Audio Performance:DSP Processing: Two processors, 32 bit, Floating Point, 724 µs latency.

` SPECIFICATIONSUSP/CN CobraNet Module Specifications (for amplifier specifications, see the CTs Multi-Channel Series pages)

Connectors:AUX ConnectorConfigurable for AUX input, AUX output and Listen Bus. Listen Bus is also supported through CobraNet.Network ConnectorThe dual RJ45 CobraNet connectors allow a Primary & Secondary connection to the 100Mb Ethernet network. Should the Primary connection lose link activity with the network, the input module will automatically switch to the Secondary connection to ensure uninter-rupted audio and control. The indicators on the RJ45 connectors display network infor-mation concerning the Ethernet and CobraNet connections.

Indicators:Preset IndicatorSignals the number of the current preset, if active, by flashing a series of flashes equal to the current preset number.

R

The Crown® CTs 4200USP/CN and CTs 8200USP/CN power amplifiers have an integrated 3rd generation, DSP-based input module. It connects the amplifier to a 100 Mbps Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored via System Architect™ software. In addition, the input module allows the transport of real-time digital audio via CobraNet™ over the same Ethernet network. The amplifiers connect to a HiQnet™ audio control/monitor network using standard 100 Mbps Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, and cables). CobraNet™ audio is available over the same 100 Mbps Ethernet network, providing a simple-to-install, single-plug solution for audio distribution, control, and monitoring.

CTs 8200USP/CN Back Panel (note USP/CN CobraNet™ module at top left)

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLEDSOUNDCDi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm, 70V/100V per channelCDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000, CDi 6000

VErSATILITY ` FEATURES

• Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQ filters, delay, and output limiting• Computer connectivity via USB allows fast setup and configuration with HiQnet™• Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input• Extremely versatile, handling a wide range of speaker impedances and outputs• Switch-mode universal power supply• Speaker presets for crossover frequencies, EQ, limiting, compression, delay

POWER OUTPUT* 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 70V Dual 4-ohm 100V‡ Dual 140V BridgeModels (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge (per channel)

CDi 1000 700W** 500W 275W 500W 1,400W** 500W 1,000WCDi 2000 1,000W** 800W 475W 800W 2,000W** 800W 1,600W CDi 4000 1,600W** 1,200W 650W 1,000W 3,200W** 1,000W 2,000W CDi 6000 3,000W** 2,100W 1,200W 2,500W 6,000W** 2,500W 5,000W*Maximum average power in watts at 1 kHz at 0.5% THD. **With 1% THD. ‡100Vp

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

INSTALLED ` SPECIFICATIONS

PerformanceOutput Power: See power charts.

Voltage Gain at 1kHz:

CDi 1000: 30.5 dB CDi 2000: 32.9 dB CDi 4000: 34.2 dB CDi 6000: 37.1 dB

Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms.

Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode.

Sensitivity: 1.4V.

Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 8-ohm power at 1 kHz): 100 dB (A weighted).

Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 400 Hz.

Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz.

Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced and employs precision 1% resistors.

Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, bal-anced; 10 k ohms, unbalanced.

Maximum Input Signal: +22 dBu typical.

AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220-240V, 50/60 Hz.

AC Line Current: CDi 1000: 6.8A CDi 2000: 8.3A CDi 4000: 10.5A At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts.

CDi 6000: 15.3A At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

DSP SectionInput EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed.

Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave and Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control.

Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can NOT be bypassed. Filters are enabled individually.

Delay: Up to 50 msec total delay per channel.

Output Limiter: Prevents clipping and protects loudspeakers. Choice of –3, –6, or –12 dB threshold per channel.

Presets: 20 presets. 19 are user-definable

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsLevel: Detented rotary level control, one per channel.

Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier.

Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout.

LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets and signal processing.

Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is pres-ent at input.

–10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip.

–20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip.

Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to pro-duce audio.

Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion.

Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions.

Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

rear Panel Controls and Connectors AC Line Connector: CDi 1000, 2000, 4000: NEMA 5-15P (15A). CDi 6000: NEMA 6-10P (20A) IEC C20 (20A).Input Connector: Two 3-pin removable Phoenix-type connectors each accept a balanced line-level input signal.

Output Connectors: 4-position barrier strip with connectors for dual louspeakers or bridge-mono loudspeaker. Dual connectors work with 2-8 ohm or 70V/100V loads. Bridge-mono connec-tors work with 4-8 ohm or 140V loads.

HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a USB port on a PC.

ProtectionCDi Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; over-loaded power supplies; excessive tempera-ture; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, and input overload damage. They also protect loudspeakers from input/output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients.

Included AccessoriesNon-touch cover Locking level-control knobs.

ConstructionChassis: Steel.

Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-to-rear airflow.

Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. CDi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep.

Net Weight: CDi 1000, 2000, 4000: 19 lb (8.6 kg). CDi 6000: 24 lb (10.9 kg).

Shipping Weight: CDi 1000, 2000, 4000: 22 lb (10.0 kg). CDi 6000: 30 lb (13.6 kg).

regulatory Certifications

Note: All measurements apply to all models of CDi Series amplifiers in stereo mode with 8-ohm loads and an input sensitivity of 1.4V, 1 kHz at rated power unless other otherwise specified. Specifications for units supplied outside the U.S.A. may vary slightly at different AC voltages and frequencies.

The CDi Series of Crown® amplifiers are professional tools designed and built for installed sound applications. The series includes four models which are identical except for output power: CDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000 and CDi 6000. All are rugged and lightweight, and offer unmatched value in their class. CDi-Series amplifiers feature an LCD screen with DSP speaker presets. Other features include a switch-mode universal power supply, useful function indicators, proportional-speed fan-assisted cooling, removable Phoenix-style inputs, barrier strip outputs for low-Z or 70V/140V loads, short-circuit protection and more.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIOCSA-2120, CST-2120

` FEATURES• DriveCore™ powered 2 x 120W commercial amplifier• UL2034 Plenum Rated *NEW*• Convection cooled design for silent operation• Compact size and light weight• Auto-Standby mode for energy savings• Summing RCA inputs for each channel• CST2120 provides 70V & 100V operation allowing the CSA2120 to be easily

integrated into a distributed system

COMPACT

POWER OUTPUT*Models 4-ohm 8-ohm

CSA-2120 120W 120W*Two Channels at 1 kHz power, THD+N<0.5%

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIODimensions (W x H x D): 8.2” X 1.7” X 7” (209 mm x 44 mm x 178 mm)

Net Weight: 2.1 Kg (4.6 lbs)

Gross Weight: 2.4 Kg (5.3 lbs)


` SPECIFICATIONS

CSA-2120Frequency Response(1 watt into 4 or 8 Ohms): +/- 1 dB Load Impedance: Rated for 4 or 8 Ohms Sensitivity (8 ohms load): 1.4 VrmsSignal to Noise Ratio (below rated 8-ohm power at 1 kHz, A weighted): 100 dB

Crosstalk (A weighted): 70 dB below rated from 20 Hz to 1k Hz; 50 dB below rated at 20 kHz

Input Impedance (nominal): Balanced: 20k Ohms Unbalanced: 10k OhmsAC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz

The JBL Commercial® CSA-2120 power amplifier is a professional tool designed and built for installed sound applications. The amplifier is two-channel model providing simple analog front-end processing, with a switch-mode universal power supply. The rack-mountable JBL Commercial® CST-2120 transformer module provides impedance and voltage matching from the CSA-2120 amplifier (with 4 and 8 ohms outputs) to drive 70V and 100V distributed speakers systems.

Maximum Input Signal: +20 dBu typicalOperating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% rela-tive humidity (non-condensing)Dimensions (W x H x D): 8.2” x 1.7” x 7” (209 mm x 44 mm x 178 mm)Net Weight: +20 dBu typicalShipping Weight: 1.7 Kg (3.8 lbs)

CST-2120Max Input Power: 125W/CHMax Input Voltage: 32Vrms (AMP rated at 125W into 8 ohms) Insertion Loss: Less than 1dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB (at 70 V tap/40 ohms load or 100 V tap/80 ohms load, 1 watt output, 70Hz – 15kHz)

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIO

ADAPTABLE ` FEATURES

• 4 or 8 inputs, 1 or 2 output channels• Ideal for commercial and industrial use• Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; RCA inputs• Balanced Phoenix-type line outputs• Any input can be sent to any output• Priority muting• Independent bass and treble controls for each input

Model Inputs System Zones

14M 4 Single-zone28M 8 Two-zone

14M, 28M

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIO ` SPECIFICATIONS

PerformanceFrequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/- 1 dB.

Signal to Noise Ratio (master volume at minimum): 100 dB.

THD: 0.05% typical with 800 mV balanced input, 1V output.

Input Sensitivity (volts RMS for full output at maximum gain):

Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV.

Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms.

Crosstalk (all controls at “10”): –50 dB at 1kHz.

Line Output Level (nominal): 1.2 V into 10 kilohms.

Phantom Power: 15 VDC.

AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz

Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsPower Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input.

Input Level Controls: Microphone/line, four in 14M, eight in 28M. Detented potentiometers with knobs.

Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented potentiometers on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz.

Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on.

Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic).

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV.

Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion.

Output Level Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Back Panel Controls and ConnectorsFuse: Protects the power supply.

AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC.

Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks.

Mixer Config Switch: A DIP switch with two functions:

1. Assigns an input as the priority input for each output, thereby temporarily muting the remaining inputs. Muting is activated by contact closure.

2. Global enable switch for phantom power. Does not affect RCA inputs. Default position is off.

Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connec-tor allows Input 1 or Input 5 (28M only) to mute other input signals by contact closure.

Input Routing Switch (28M only): DIP switches that assign each input signal to each output. Two switches per input.

Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoe-nix-type connector per output channel. Level controlled by master volume control.

Input Connectors: Mic/Line Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, bal-anced, one per input channel.

Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel.

Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signals. One switch for each balanced input

Included Accessories Power cord Detachable rack ears Phoenix-type connectors

DimensionsEIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 1.7-inch (4.3-cm) height and 10.7-inch (27.18-cm) depth behind the mounting surface.

Weight Net Weight: 14M: 8.7 lb (3.9 kg) 28M: 8.7 lb (3.9 kg) Shipping Weight: 14M: 14 lb (6.4 kg) 28M: 14 lb (6.4 kg)


The Crown® 14M and 28M are high-value mixers for commercial and industrial audio. The mixers are part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which also includes mixer-amplifiers and power amplifiers. These low-cost units provide all necessary features in a simple building-block format. Some applications include schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Typical uses are paging, background music, security and evacuation instructions. Input routing allows each input to be assigned to any output. You can add more mixers for more inputs, or add more power amps (or mixer-amps) to handle more zones. Other features include priority muting and phantom power.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIO180A, 280A, 1160A

POWEr ZONE ` FEATURES

• Ideal for commercial and industrial use• Balanced Phoenix-type line inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal speaker outputs• Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, DC protection, circuit

breaker/fuse, and thermal protection• 1 or 2 inputs; 1 to 2 amplifier output channels

POWER OUTPUT*Models 4-ohm 70V/100V Inputs System Zones

180A 80W 80W 1 Single-zone280A 80W 80W 2 Two-zone 1160A 160W 160W 1 Single-zone*Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1 kHz with 0.5% THD.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIO

The Crown® 180A, 280A and 1160A are high-value amplifiers for commercial and industrial audio. They provide 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V). The amps are part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which also includes mixers and mixer-amps. These low-cost units provide all necessary features in a simple building-block format.

` SPECIFICATIONSPerformanceFrequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 70 Hz to 19 kHz +/- 1 dB.

Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/- 1 dB.

Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD

Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 dB.

DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV.

THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz.

Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): 800 mV.

Input Impedance (nominal): 100 kilohms.

Minimum Load Impedance: 100V output: 160 ohms. 70V output: 80 ohms. 4-ohm output: 4/8 ohms.

Crosstalk (all controls at “10”): –70 dB at 1kHz.

Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms.

AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz



Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsPower Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input.


Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap.

Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion.

Master Level Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented potentiometers on each channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz.

Back Panel Controls and ConnectorsReset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. 220/230/240V units have a fuse instead.

AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC.

Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 14 AWG terminal forks.

Amplifier Outputs Connectors: One per channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Non-touch cover included.

Output VCA Connector: One for every two chan-nels, 4-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compat-ible with Crown 1-VCAP and 4-VCAP modules.

Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoe-nix-type connector per output channel. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control.

Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced, one per amplifer channel.

CoolingConvection cooled.

Protection Current Limit Protection: Included.Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout.

DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Included Accessories Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Optional Accessories1-VCAP remote volume control for one channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for four chan-nels.

DimensionsEIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height and 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth behind the mounting surface (not including non-touch cover). 4.1 inches (10.5 cm) high includ-ing feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 cm) deep from front of knobs to back of non-touch cover.

Weight Net Weight: 180A: 21.0 lb (9.5 kg) 280A: 25.3 lb (11.5 kg) 1160A: 25.3 lb (11.5 kg)

Shipping Weight: 180A: 26.0 lb (11.8 kg) 280A: 30.3 lb (13.7 kg) 1160A: 30.3 lb (13.7 kg)


04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIO180MA, 280MA, 1160MA

PrACTICAL ` FEATURES

• 4 to 8 inputs, 1 to 2 amplifier output channels• Ideal for commercial and industrial use• Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal speaker outputs• Any input can be sent to any output• Priority muting


180MA 80W 80W 4 Single-zone280MA 80W 80W 8 Two-zone 1160MA 160W 160W 4 Single-zone*Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1 kHz with 0.5% THD.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


PerformanceFrequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 70 Hz to 19 kHz ± 1 dB.Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz ± 1 dB.Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THDSignal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 dB.DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV. THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV.Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms.Crosstalk: –70dB at 1kHz.Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms.Phantom Power: 15 VDC.AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 HzOperating Temperature/Humidy: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsPower Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input.Input Level Controls: Microphone/line, four on 180MA and 1160MA, eight on 280MA. Detented potentiometers with knobs. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometers on each input chan-nel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on.Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic). Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB

below full power) from the 4-ohm tap. Does not respond to signals from the AMP INPUT connector. Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output chan-nel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distor-tion. Does not respond to signals from the AMP INPUT connector.Output Level Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Back Panel Controls and ConnectorsReset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. 220/230/240V units have a fuse instead.AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks.Amplifier Outputs Connectors: One per channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Non-touch cover included.Output VCA Connector: 4-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP and 4-VCAP modules.Amp Config Switch: A DIP switch with two functions:1. Assigns an input as the priority input for each output, thereby temporarily muting the remaining inputs. Muting is activated by contact closure. 2. Global enable switch for phantom power. Does not affect RCA inputs. Default position is off. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connec-tor allows Input 1 or Input 5 (280MA only) to mute other input signals by contact closure.Input Routing Switch (280MA only): DIP switches that assign each input signal to each output. Two switches per input. Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoe-nix-type connector per output channel. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control. The tone generator has been omitted. Call Crown Tech Support if you have a tone genera-tor question.Input Connectors:Mic/Line Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, bal-anced, one per input channel.Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel.

Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced, one per amplifer channel. Used to link an additional mixer to the mixer-amplifier. Can be used to connect an external processor.Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signals. One switch for each balanced input.Link In/Out Switch: Slide switch, one per chan-nel. With the Link Switch IN, any signal applied to the Amp Input connector will be mixed with the input signal(s). With the Link Switch OUT, only the signal from the Amp Input Connector will appear at the amplifier output.


ProtectionCurrent Limit Protection: Included.Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout.DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Included Accessories Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Optional Accessories1-VCAP remote volume control for one channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for four chan-nels.

DimensionsEIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height and 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth behind the mounting surface (not including non-touch cover). 4.1 inches (10.5 cm) high includ-ing feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 cm) deep from front of knobs to back of non-touch cover.

Weight Net Weight: 180MA: 21.0 lbs. (9.5 kg). 280MA: 25.3 lbs. (11.5 kg) 1160MA: 25.3 lbs. (11.5 kg)Shipping Weight: 180MA: 26.0 lbs. (11.8 kg) 280MA: 30.3 lbs. (13.8 kg) 1160MA: 30.3 lbs. (13.8 kg)


Crown’s Commercial Audio mixer/amplifiers deliver legendary Crown quality to the commercial audio industry. These high-value mixer-amplifiers provide both 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V) for use in a wide range of commercial applications including schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Easily configured for a range of uses such as paging, background music, security, and evacuation instructions, Crown’s Commercial Audio units are the smart choice for commercial sound.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

COMMERCIALAUDIO

135MA, 160MA

PrACTICAL ` FEATURES

• 3 inputs and one 35W amplifier output channel in 135MA• 4 inputs and one 60W amplifier output channel in 160MA• Ideal for paging, background music, and music-on-hold• Voice-activated priority muting (VOX)• Pre-amp outputs


135MA 35W 35W 3 Single-zone160MA 60W 60W 4 Single-zone

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1 kHz with 0.5% THD.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


PerformanceFrequency Response (at 1 watt from line out):

50 Hz to 20 kHz ± 1 dB. 19 Hz to 34 kHz +0, –3 dB.

Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum):

Mic: > 58 dB. Line: > 60 dB. Telephone: > 60 dB. Inputs 2 or 3 (and 4 in 160MA): > 78 dB.

THD + N: < 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. < 0.1% at 5W at 1 kHz.

Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Input 1: Mic 3mV, Line 800mV. Input 2: 400mV. Input 3: 400mV. Input 4 (160MA only): 400mV.

Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 2.2 kilohms. Line: 10 kilohms. RCA: 10 kilohms.

Crosstalk: –82 dB at 1kHz (Ch. 1 line input 0.8V, Ch. 1 volume at minimum, other channel volumes at maximum).

Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms.

Phantom Power: 15 VDC.

AC Line Voltages Available: Universal Power Supply. Line voltage tolerance +15%, –20%.



Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsPower Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch.

Input Level Controls: Four controls, one per input. Detented potentiometers with knobs.

Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometers under master output volume control. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz.


Input Signal Presence Indicators: Green LED, one above each channel's input attenuator, illuminates when input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

Input Signal Clip Indicators: Green LED, one above each channel's input attenuator, flashes brightly at threshold of audible distortion.

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED above master output volume control illuminates when any input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

Output Signal Clip Indicators: Red LED above master output volume control flashes brightly at threshold of audible distortion.

Master Output Level Control: Detented potenti-ometer with knob.

Back Panel Controls, Connectors and IndicatorsAC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC accepts US or Euro style power cords.

Amplifier Output Connector: 4-position termi-nal barrier block with COM (Common), 8 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Non-touch cover included.

Preamp Line Out Connector: 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type for connection to external ampli-fiers. Level independent of master volume control.

Input Connector 1: 5-terminal Phoenix connec-tor. 3 terminals for balanced signal, 2 terminals for priority contact closure, which mutes other channels when DIP switch 3 is on.

Input Connector 2: Unbalanced line-level RCA-type connectors.

Input Connector 3: Unbalanced line-level RCA-type connectors.

Input Connector 4 (160MA only): Unbalanced line-level RCA-type connectors.

Telephone (MOH) Output Connector: 4-terminal Phoenix connector (2 terminals for 1W output to 8-ohm speaker, 2 terminals for 600-ohm output to PBX music-on-hold port).

MOH Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold output from Telephone (MOH) Output Connector.

Amp Configuration DIP Switch: DIP switch selection for multiple functions.

1. On: Sets CH1 to Mic Input. Off: Sets CH1 to Line Input. 2. On: Sets CH1 to Normal mode (no priority). 3. On: CH1 priority contact closure mutes other channels.

4. On: CH1 VOX mutes other channels by sens-ing signal through Input 1. 5. On: Routes CH1 to MOH output. 6. On: Routes CH2 to MOH output. 7. On: Routes CH3 to MOH output. 8. On: 15V phantom power.

VOX Threshold: Trim pot controls how loud the voice on CH1 must be before muting other channels. Can be set for no muting.


ProtectionIncluded protection mechanisms are current limiting, over-temperature thermal cutout, and DC-fault load protection. The unit is protected against turn-on/turn-off thumps.

Included Accessories Power cord No-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors

Optional AccessoriesPart no. IST 600-ohm Isolation Transformer for Telephone Output or Input 1. Part no. RM1 single rack mount kit for mount-ing a single MA unit in a rack. Part no. RM2 double rack mount kit for mount-ing two MA units side-by-side in a rack. Part no. S-Cover 10-pack of security knobs.

DimensionsWidth: Half rack width (9.5 in. or 24.1 cm). Height (front panel): 3.5 in. (8.9 cm). Height (including feet): 4.1 in. (10.5 cm). Depth (front panel to back panel): 12.2 in. (31.0 cm). Depth (front of knobs to back panel): 13.9 in. (35.2 cm).

Weight Net Weight: 135MA: 8 lb 2 oz (3.7 kg). 160MA: 9 lb 7 oz (4.3 kg).

Shipping Weight: 135MA: 10 lb 16 oz (4.9 kg). 160MA: 12 lb 4 oz (5.6 kg).


Crown’s Commercial Audio mixer/amplifiers deliver legendary Crown quality to the commercial audio industry. These high-value mixer-amplifiers provide both 8-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V) for use in a wide range of commercial applications including schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Easily configured for a range of uses such as paging, background music, security, and evacuation instructions, Crown’s Commercial Audio units are the smart choice for commercial sound.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PORTABLEPAXTi 2 Series: World ClassXTi 1002, XTi 2002, XTi 4002, XTi 6002

WOrLD CLASS ` FEATURES

• Complete system processing solution including XOVER, EQ, Delay, & Limiting• NEW Peakx Plus™ Limiters provide the ultimate in performance and protection• NEW Advanced Monitoring provides visibility of AC Line Voltage and Power Supply Temperature• USB network for real-time monitoring and control

POWER OUTPUT 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 4-ohm 8-ohmModel (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge

XTi 1002 700W* 500W 275W 1,400W* 1,000WXTi 2002 1,000W* 800W 475W 2,000W* 1,600WXTi 4002 1,600W* 1,200W 650W 3,200W* 2,400WXTi 6002 3,000W* 2,100W 1,200W 6,000W* 4,200W1 kHz power with 0.5% THD. * With 1% THD.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PORTABLE ` SPECIFICATIONS

Performance Frequency Response: (at 1 watt, 20 Hz to 20 kHz): +0 dB, –1 dBSignal-to-Noise Ratio (below rated 1kHz power at 8 ohms): XTi 1002/2002/4002: 100 dB (A weighted), XTi 6002: 103 dB (A weighted)Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): < 0.5%Damping Factor 20 Hz to 1 kHz: > 500Crosstalk (below rated power): 20 Hz - 1 kHz: > 70 dBInput Impedance (nominal): 20k ohms balanced, 10k ohms unbalancedMaximum Input Signal: +22 dBu typicalAC Line Voltage and Frequency Configura-tions: 100 VAC, 120 VAC, 220-240 VAC 50/60 HzAC Line Current (120 VAC amplifier playing 1/8 power pink noise into 4 ohms per ch): XTi 1002: 6.8A; no more than 38W at idle, XTi 2002: 8.3A; no more than 38W at idle, XTi 4002: 10.5A; no more than 38W at idle, XTi 6002: 15.3A; no more than 180W at idleOperating Temperature: 0oC to 40oC at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)

IndicatorsSignal Indicator: Green LED, one per chan-nel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input (may be used for trouble-shooting cable runs).–10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip.–20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip.Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per chan-nel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio.Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion.

Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive tem-perature conditions.Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

ControlsLevel: Two front-panel rotary level controls, one for each channel.Power Switch: On/Off switch applies AC power to the amplifier.Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen that are used to access menu items and front panel lockout.LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display that shows preset and processing status.

Integrated Processing Input EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjust-able high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed.Crossover Filters: Highpass and Lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave. Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per Octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control.Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed.Delay: For signal alignment of driver; 50 ms of total delay.SubHarmonic Synth: Takes the low-frequency content of the input signal and “synthesizes” a new signal that is the same as the input signal but one octave lower. The new synthe-sized signal is then mixed with the original signal to create the effect. New users now have control over frequency, gain, and filter type.Peakx Plus™ Limiter: User defeatable limiter that allows users to control Threshold, Attack, and Release times.

Presets: 50 total presets; 49 of which are user-definable.

Input/Output ConnectorsInput Connectors: XLR, one per channelLink/Out Connector: Loop-thru signal from input connector for linking another amplifier, one per channel.Output Connectors: Two Neutrik® Speakon® NL4MP output connectors. Channel-1 Speakon® is wired with Ch. 1 and Ch. 2 out-puts for use with optional single 4-conductor cable. Two binding post outputs (in parallel with Speakon® connectors).HiQnet™ USB Connector: Type B, connects to HiQnet™ network.

ConstructionChassis: SteelFront Panel: Cast aluminumCooling: Proportional speed fan with front-to-rear airflow.Dimensions: XTi 1002/2002/4002: 19” (W) x 3.5” (H) x 12.25” (D) XTi 6002: 19” (W) x 3.5” (H) x 16.2” (D)Net Weight: XTi 1002/2002/4002: 18.5 lbs (8.4kg) XTi 6002: 24.0 lbs (10.9kg)Shipping Weight: XTi 1002/2002/4002: 21.5 lbs (9.8kg) XTi 6002: 30.0 lbs (13.6kg)


Other ApplicationsInstalled, Cinema, Touring

The XTi Series of Crown® amplifiers are professional tools designed and built for portable PA applications. The series includes four models which are similar except for output power: XTi 1002, 2002, 4002 and 6002. All are rugged and lightweight, and offer unmatched value in their class. XTi-Series amplifiers feature an LCD screen with speaker presets for crossover frequencies, EQ, limiting, delay, and a subharmonic synthesizer. Other features include a switch-mode universal power supply, useful function indicators, proportional-speed fan-assisted cooling, XLR inputs, Speakon® and binding-post outputs, short-circuit protection and more.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PORTABLEPA

INNOVATION ` FEATURES

• High Performance, Lightweight Class-D amplifier – weighs less than 11 lbs

• Integrated PureBand™ Crossover system ensures seamless transitions from low to high frequency drivers

• Integrated PeakX™ Limiters provide maximum output while protecting your speakers

• XLR, 1/4", RCA Inputs ensure compatibility with any source

• 1/4" Inputs can be used as loop-thrus to distribute signal to additional amplifiers

POWER OUTPUT* 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 8-ohm 4-ohmModels (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge

XLS1000 550W 350W 215W 700W 1,100WXLS1500 775W 525W 300W 1,050W 1,550WXLS2000 1,050W 650W 375W 1,300W 2,100WXLS2500 1,200W 775W 440W 1,550W 2,400W*Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz.

XLS DriveCore™ Series: Performance and FlexibilityXLS1000, XLS1500, XLS2000, XLS2500

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PORTABLE ` SPECIFICATIONS

PerformanceSensitivity (for full rated power at 4 ohms): 1.4 Vrms.

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz to 20 kHz): +0 dB, –1 dB.

Signal-to-Noise Ratio Rated as dBr to full rated 8 ohms power output (A-weighted): XLS1000: > 97 dB. XLS1500, XLS2000, XLS2500: > 103 dB.

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): < 0.5%.

Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1) from full rated output to –30 dB: < 0.3%.

Damping Factor (8 ohm) 10 Hz to 400 Hz: > 600.

Crosstalk (below rated 8 ohm power): at 1 kHz: > 85 dB. at 20 kHz: > 60 dB.

Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced.

Load Impedance: 2 to 8 ohms per channel in Stereo, 4 to 8 ohms in Bridge Mono.

AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120 VAC 60 Hz, 100 VAC 50/60 Hz, 220 and 240 VAC 50 Hz.

ControlsLevel: Two front-panel rotary level controls, one for each channel.

LCD Screen: Back-lit LCD allows for crossover configuration, amp mode configuration and clip compressor configuration.

Menu/Prev/Select: Three buttons located near the LCD screen that are used to configure and access the integrated processing.

Power: Front-panel switch; on when in the IN position. Blue LED will illuminate when on.

Circuit Breaker: Back-panel breaker provides overload protection.

PureBandTM Crossover SystemCrossover Filter: Linkwitz-Riley 24dB per ocatve.

Crossover Mode: Crossover (CH1=LPF, CH2=HPF), Low Pass (both channels LPF), High Pass (both channels HPF), Bridge (LPF or HPF).

PeakXTM Limiters: Channel independent clip

limiter designed to provide maximum output while protecting your loudspeakers.

IndicatorsSignal Presence Indicators: Two green LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

–10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip.

–20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip.

Clip Indicators: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s output is being overdriven.

Thermal Indicator: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when thermal compression begins.

Input/OutputInput Connectors: XLR (one per channel), 1/4 inch (one per channel), and RCA (one per channel). The 1/4 inch inputs can be used as loop-thrus to distribute signal to multiple amplifiers.

Output Connectors: Two 4-Pole Speakon®

Output Connectors accept 2-pole or 4-pole Speakon® connectors. The top Speakon connector is wired for both channels so it can be used for bridge-mono wiring or for stereo wiring of two speakers to a single Speakon connector.

One pair of back-panel binding posts per channel; accepts banana plugs or bare wire. (European models do not accept banana plugs.)

ProtectionXLS Series amplifiers provide extensive protection and diagnostic capabilities, including output current limiting, DC protection, circuit breaker, and thermal protection.

ConstructionVentilation: Flow-through ventilation from front to back.

Cooling: Internal heat sinks with forced-air cooling for rapid, uniform heat dissipation.

Air Volume Requirements (per minute per unit): 80.15 ft³ (2.27 m³).

Dimensions:EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height. XLS1000/1500: 8.10-inch (20.6-cm) depth. XLS2000/2500: 10.35-inch (26.3-cm) depth.

Weight Net Weight: XLS1000: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg) XLS1500: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg) XLS2000: 10.75 lb (4.9 kg) XLS2500: 10.75 lb (4.9 kg)

Shipping Weight: XLS1000: 13.6 lb (6.2 kg) XLS1500: 13.6 lb (6.2 kg) XLS2000: 15.75 lb (7.1 kg) XLS2500: 15.75 lb (7.1 kg)


Other ApplicationsInstalled, Cinema

Take command of center stage with Crown's new XLS amplifiers. The high-performance class-D amplifier combined with its integrated PureBand™ Crossover System deliver unmatched performance and sound; while its multiple inputs let you plug in anything you want. PeakX™ Limiters effortlessly protect your speaker investment, and at 11 pounds moving from show to show is nearly effortless. Powerful, flexible, portable, and reliable – RUN THE SHOW with a power amplifier designed to play hard all night long.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PORTABLEPA

rAW POWEr ` FEATURES

• Stereo/parallel/bridge-mono mode

• User selectable input sensitivity - 0.775V and 1.4V

• RCA and XLR inputs; Speakon® and Binding Post outputs

• Two level controls, power switch, power LED, and six LEDs which indicate signal presence, clip and fault for each channel

• Protection against shorts, no-load, on/off thumps and radio-frequency interference

POWER OUTPUT* 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 8-ohm Models (per channel) (per channel) Bridge-Mono

XLi 800 300W 200W 600WXLi 1500 450W 330W 900WXLi 2500 750W 500W 1,500WXLi 35000 1,350W 1,000W 2,700W*Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz.

XLi Series: Powerful.reliable. Affordable.XLi800, XLi1500, XLi2500, XLi3500

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PORTABLE ` SPECIFICATIONSSensitivity (for full rated power at 4 ohms): 0.775V or 1.4V

Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated power 20Hz to 20kHz, A-Weighted): >103 dB

Totoal Harmonic Distortion (THD) (20Hz-20kHz): <0.1%

Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1 from full rated output to –30 dB): = / 0.35%

Frequency Response (at 1W, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ± 0.5 dB

Crosstalk (below rated power): at 1 kHz: - 78 dB. at 20 kHz: - 59 dB.

Damping Factor (from 10 Hz to 400 Hz, 8ohm load): >200

AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120VAC 60Hz, 220V and 240VAC 50Hz

Dimensions:EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height. XLi800/1500/2500: 12.4-inch (31.5-cm) depth XLi3500: 14.4-inch (36.58-cm) depth.

Weight Net Weight: XLi800: 25.1 lb (11.4 kg) XLi1500: 28.0 lb (12.7 kg) XLi2500: 29.7 lb (13.5 kg) XLi3500: 43.0 lb (19.5 kg)

Shipping Weight: XLi800: 29.5 lb (13.4 kg) XLi1500: 32.4 lb (14.7 kg) XLi2500: 34.2 lb (15.5 kg) XLi3500: 47.4 lb (21.5 kg)


The XLI Series of power amplifiers from Crown represents a new era in affordable quality power amplification. All four models in the series are powerful, rugged and reliable. They are suited for musicians, DJs, and entertainers as well as houses of worship, discos, and pubs.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOURSOUNDVRack Series:Complete Amplification SystemVRack

` FEATURES• Three IT12000HD or three IT4X3500HD amplifiers

• Fully assembled package from one source

• Worldwide power distribution with both L21-30 and 32A CEE-Form connections

• Flexible input panel with Analog, AES, and VDrive

• Versatile output panel (IT12000HD VRack only)

• Fail-over AES and network connection

• Rear rack lighting

• VDrive AES digital distribution over CAT5

• Built-in network control

• Built-in captive suspension

• Shock-mounted rack

• Removable dolly board

• Side-storing rack doors

• Entire package is UL/CSA/ETL

• HiQnet™ control

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOUR ` CROWN'S VRACK SYSTEM

We know you’ve got enough to worry about in preparing your venue for each performance. That’s why the new VRack, designed by Crown for optimum performance and setup simplicity, puts all your amplification needs in one custom-ized, turnkey package, complete with full safety approvals.

With Crown-engineered components already built in, it provides you with an easy-to-config-ure, all-in-one amplifier solution that eliminates the time-consuming process of building amp racks, and frees your technical team to handle other important setup tasks.

The VRack delivers superb power distribution anywhere in the world and features innovative software for convenient, simplified control, giving you a versatile, worry-free rack system that’s always ready to go.

` VRACK INCLUDESSummaryThree I-Tech HD 12000 amps. A custom package from one source. All components professionally engineered by Crown. Simplified configuration capabilities for easier setup in any market.

Vrack Industry's ExclusivesWorldwide power distribution – goes anywhere, plays anywhere. Power distro, rigging hardware and entire rack are safety certified to UL/CSA/ETL – all safety information in order for local fire/safety inspectors.

Crown OmniDriveHD™ Digital Signal Processing, including:• LevelMAX™ Limiters

• Audibly superior FIR Filters

• One amplifier per phase

• Innovative Power Factor Correction technology

• Optimal output at all AC main voltages and frequencies

• 5 pin CEE form and 5 pin Hubbell Twist Lock

Innovative software allows:• Monitoring and adjustment on rack-by-

rack basis

• All changes for all 3 amps made with one interface

• Monitors input metering (peak and RMS), output metering (peak and RMS) and overall gain reduction

• Built-in network and AES failover protects speakers in case of AC mains loss

• Standardized package configurations designed to optimize speaker performance

• Greater cross-renting options with “go anywhere” capability

More VersatilityAllows multiple configurations for different types of speakers. AES, Analog and Network inputs for multiple connections. Dimensions permit easy shipment: US and European truck configurations, sea containers, etc. Captive suspension provides lifting and hoisting options for venue flexibility. Run 120VAC or 208VAC (US) or 220VAC to 240VAC (international) with the flip of a switch.


With three I-Tech HD 12000 amps in each VRack, power concerns are not a concern at all. The completely original switching power amp design provides greater fidelity at high and low power levels, more efficiency because it produces less waste heat, and more reliability because it’s not subjected to excessive heat or stressed to its limits. With constant access to full rail voltage, you’ll always have power on demand, and it greatly extends the V-I Plane boundaries to drive speaker loads no other amplifier can.For good measure, Crown’s innovative Power Factor Correction technology and optimal output at all AC main voltages and frequencies, and one amp per phase, all factor into the unrivaled power generated by the VRack. Not to mention the 5 pin CEE Form and 5 pin Hubbell® Twist-Lock® for global power distribution. Even better is something else only Crown does: the power distro, rigging hardware and entire rack are all safety-certified to UL/CSA/ETL standards for local fire and safety inspectors.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOURSOUND

POWER OUTPUT* 20 mS BURST 2-ohm Dual 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 4-ohm 8-ohmModel 2-ohm Dual (per ch.) (per channel) (per channel, 1 kHz) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge

IT5000HD 3,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,500W 1,250W 4,000W 5,000W IT9000HD 4,700W 2,800W 3,500W 3,500W 1,500W 5,600W 7,000W IT12000HD 6,000W 3,750W 4,500W 4,500W 2,100W 7,500W 9,000W*Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 kHz with 0.1% THD

rAISING THE BAr–AGAIN ` FEATURES

• BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP processing with IIR and linear phase FIR filters• Global Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power no matter where your schedule

takes you.Universal AC input accepts100-240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±15%)• High power density, up to 9000 watts in a 2U chassis• Highest output voltage in the industry (200V peak) provides clean transient peaks• 5th-generation patented Class I (BCA®) circuitry• Front-panel USB connector transfers presets to/from a USB drive to the amp’s DSP• True Ethernet backbone–fast, reliable and scalable

I-Tech HD Series: Excellence Without CompromiseIT5000HD, IT9000HD, IT12000HD

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOUR ` SPECIFICATIONS

Summary SpecificationsFrequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.25dB.

Signal to Noise Ratio below rated full-band-width power, A-weighted: > 112 dB.

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at full rated power: < 0.1%.

Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) 60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from full rated output to –35 dB: < 0.2%.

Damping Factor (20 Hz to 100 Hz at 8 ohms): > 5000.

Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB.

Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 70 dB typical.

Latency (analog, digital inputs): 1.13 mS analog, 1.81 mS digital (96 kHz).

A/D, D/A Converters: 24-bit 192 kHz Cirrus Logic.

Digital Input: AES/EBU, 24-bit, 32-96 kHz. Onboard sample-rate converter.

Network: Onboard TCP/IQ and HiQnet, compat-ible with standard 100 Mb Ethernet hardware.

DSP: 24-bit conversion with 32-bit, floating-point DSP processing. World-class IIR and linear phase FIR filters. Has 64 assignable filters with 9 different filter types. Includes all-pass filters, over 2 seconds of delay available per channel, and dual uncorrelated-noise and sine-wave generators.

Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 1/2/4/8/16 ohms. Bridge Mono: 2/4/8 ohms.

Input Sensitivity (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): Adjustable in 0.1V steps from 1.4V to 7.75V.

Required AC Mains: Universal AC input, 100-240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±15%). Maximum AC mains voltage 277VAC.

AC Line Connector: Five cordsets supplied with amplifier (USA, UK, European, Australia, India).

Front Panel Indicators, Controls and ConnectorsIndicators: Bridge mode, Ready, Signal level, Clip, Thermal error, Fault, Network data, Power, AC mains.

LCD Control Screen and Controls: These let the user adjust the amplifier’s attenuation and muting, configure the amp, set up and view error monitoring (such as temperature and load supervision), set IP and HiQnet addresses from the front panel, and recall DSP presets. The presets allow the user to quickly reconfigure the amp for various applications.

Level Controls (Encoders): Speed-sensitive rotary encoders, 0.5 dB steps, range 0 to –100 dB. These two knobs affect the Channel-1 and Channel-2 output levels. They also select Menu items and adjust parameter values that are displayed on the LCD Control Screen.

Power Switch: Push-on/push-off switch with built-in green AC mains present indicator.

USB 2.0 Connector: Accepts a USB drive to transfer presets from the drive to the amplifier DSP, and vice versa.

Back Panel Connectors, Controls, and IndicatorsConnectors: Balanced XLR analog inputs, bal-anced analog XLR loop-thru outputs, AES/EBU digital input, AES/EBU digital loop-thru output, 4-Pole Speakon output connectors, binding post output connectors, power cord, EtherCon® Ethernet connector for networking via HiQnet or CobraNet.

Reset Switch/Circuit Breaker: If the current draw of the amplifier exceeds safe limits, this breaker automatically disconnects the power supply from the AC mains. The switch resets the circuit breaker.

Preset Indicator: LED flashes to signal the number of the current preset if active. LED is green if the preset values have not been changed once loaded. LED is yellow if the preset values have been changed since they were loaded.

ConstructionCooling: Dual-zone, microprocessor controlled, continuously variable speed fans, front-to-back airflow.

Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.2 in. (41.1 cm) D.

Weight: 28 lbs (12.7 kg) net, 36 lbs (16.3 kg) shipping.

Included Accessories: Rear rack ears, rack screws, operation manual, power cords, foam air filter.


Other ApplicationsInstalled, Cinema

Crown continues the tradition of excellence and innovation with the Crown® I-Tech HD Series, delivering unmatched versatility, power and performance for touring sound applications. Featuring onboard high-definition BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP with 24-bit, 192 kHz Cirrus Logic SHARC A/D and D/A converters, the I-Tech HD Series also offers a new software interface that provides easier system-level changes, and includes a configuration wizard. Providing up to 9 kW continuous power in a 2U rack space and delivering the highest output voltage in the industry, the I-Tech HD Series outperforms all the competition.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOURSOUND

POWER OUTPUT* 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 4-ohm 8-ohmModel (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge 20 Hz - 20 kHz Bench Power (2 sec. all channels driven)

IT4x3500HD 2,000W 2,000W 1,500W 4,000W 4,000W 1 kHz 20ms Burst

3,500W 3,500W 1,900W 7,000W 8,200W

More Flexibility, No Compromise. NO COMPArISON

` FEATURES• BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP processing with Industry Leading IIR filters and linear phase FIR filters • The only Tour Sound Amplifier that provides four routable inputs to any output (analog, AES,

VDRive, or CobraNet)• LevelMAX™ peak voltage and RMS power limiters communicate with each other, resulting in

smooth and accurate response, better sound• 6th-generation patented Class-I (BCA®) cir cuitry couples power efficiently to the load and

provides low AC current draw• Global Power Supply with Power Factor Correction designed to deliver maximum power no matter

where your schedule takes you. Universal AC input accepts100-240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±15%)

I-Tech 4x3500 HD: Excellence Without CompromiseDriveCore™ Series

*Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 kHz with 0.35% THD

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOUR ` SPECIFICATIONS

Summary SpecificationsThe power amplifier shall be a solid-state four-channel model employing Class I (BCA®) output circuitry.

The amplifier shall contain protection from shorted, open and mismatched loads, general overheating, DC, high frequency overloads, under/over voltage, and internal faults.

If an amplifier channel starts to overheat, the Thermal Level Control (TLC) circuit shall engage the channel’s input compressor in an amount proportional to the amount of overheating, in order to generate less heat. If the channel becomes too hot for safe operation, the channel shall shut off, and the Thermal Indicator for that channel shall illuminate brightly to alert the user that a state of thermal stress or overload has caused the channel to shut down.

The front-panel controls shall be a power switch, Menu/Exit button, Previous button, Next button, Encoder knob with push button, and a touch screen color LCD screen. The encoder knob and button combined with the touch screen shall allow changes to be made to the amplifier via the LCD screen.

Rear-mounted controls shall include a reset switch for the circuit breaker.

The recommended load impedance in Non-Bridge/Mono mode shall be 1/2/4/8/16 ohms. The load impedance in Bridge-Mono mode shall be 2/4/8 ohms across Channels 1+2 and/or Channels 3+4. The amplifier shall be safe when driving any kind of load, including highly reactive ones.

The rear-mounted output connectors for the Speakon version shall be two high-current 50A Neutrik SpeakON NL4MLP (mates with NL4FC or NL4) and one high-current 50A Neutrik SpeakON NLT8MP (mates with NL8FC). The rear-mounted output connectors for the Binding Post version shall be four pairs of high-current, 60A color-coded 5-way binding posts (for banana plugs, spade lugs, or bare wire).

The rear-mounted input connectors shall be a 3-pin female XLR analog input connector for each channel, and two 3-pin female XLR digital input connectors that accepts a digital signal in the AES3 format for Channel inputs 1+2 and 3+4.

The rear-mounted Ethernet connector accepts an RJ-45 EtherCON connector for HiQnet™, CobraNet™ and VDrive from a standard network cable. Built into this connector shall be a yellow LINK ACTIVITY indicator that shows network activity, and a green 100Mb indicator that shows a 100Mb network connection.

The rear-mounted Data indicator shall be a yeallow LED that indicates data activity. The rear-mounted Preset indicator shall be a yellow LED that flashes to signal the number of the current preset active.

The I-Tech 4x3500HD DriveCore Series shall be fully compatible with Harman Pro System Architect, JBL HiQnet Performance Manager, and the Powered by Crown iOS app. The I-Tech 4x3500HD DriveCore Series shall also be compatible with CobraNet networks.

Front panels indicators shall include a 4.3” Color Touch Screen LCD with backlight to control the amplifier’s setup and operation. A yellow Bridge-Mode Indicator illuminates when the amplifier is set to Bridge-Mono mode for Channels 1+2 and/or Channels 3+4. A Ready Indicator (one per channel) illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output and is off when the amplifier is in standby mode via the control software, a green Signal Indicator (one per channel) that illuminates to indicate the presence of input signals above -40dBu, a red Clip Indicator that illuminates when the THD of the channel’s output signal reaches the onset of audible clipping and illuminates during Thermal Level Control (TLC) limiting, a red Thermal Indicator (one per channel) that illuminates when the channel has shut down due to thermal stress or overload, a red Fault Indicator (one per channel) that illuminates when the amplifier output channel has stopped operating, a yellow Data Indicator that flashes during network data activity, a blue Power Indicator that illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available (and flashes when the AC line voltage is 15% above or below the nominal rated value), and a green AC Mains Preset Indicator in the power switch that indicates AC power is preset at the power cord.

The amplifier shall include onboard BSS OMNIDRIVEHD DSP with 24-bit conversion and 32-bit floating-point processing, DSP presets in firmware and downloadable, load supervision, error reporting, and a global power supply with Power Factor Correction.

The amplifier shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria.

Input sensitivity for rated output: adjustable in 0.1V steps from 1.4V to 7.75V.

Voltage gain: 37.9 dB to 23 dB.

Rated output of all four channels driven with 0.35% THD (20Hz to 20kHz): 2000 watts per channel into 2 ohms, 2000 watts per channel into 4 ohms, and 1900 watts per channel into 8 ohms.

Rated output in Bridge-Mono mode with Channel 1+2 and Channel 3+4 both in Bridge-Mono mode and driven at 0.35% THD (20Hz to 20kHz): 4000 watts into 4 ohms and 4000 watts into 8 ohms.

Frequency Response at 1 watt, 20Hz to 20kHz: =/-0.25dB.

Signal to Noise Ration below rated power, A-weighted: greater than 112dB.

Total Harmonic Distortion at full rated power: less than 0.35%.

Intermodulation Distortion (60Hz and 7kHz at 4:1 , from full rated output to -35dB): less than 0.35%.

Damping Factor (20Hz to 100Hz): greater than 5000.

Crosstalk (below rated power, 20Hz to 1kHz): greater than 80 dB.

Common Mode Rejection (20Hz to 1kHz): greater than 70dB.

DC Output Offset: less than +/-3mV.

Input Impedance (nominal) 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced.

Maximum Input Level: +15 dBu or +21 dBu, depending on the input sensitivity.

Latency (analog, digital inputs): 1.13 mS analog, 1.81 mS digital (96kHz).

The amplifier chassis shall be constructed of aluminum with a durable powder coat finish with microprocessor controlled, continuously variable-speed forced-air ventilation from the front panel to the back panel

The dimensions of the amplifier shall allow for 19 inch (48.3 cm) EIA standard (RS-310-B) rack mounting. The amplifier shall be 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) tall, and 16.95 inches (43.1 cm) deep behind the rack mounting surface.

The amplifier shall weigh 29 pounds (13.1 kg).

The amplifier shall be designated the I-Tech 4x3500HD DriveCore Series.


The I-TechHD DriveCore Series offers amazing power, light weight and ease of use for touring sound applications. Unlike other amplifiers, it includes onboard high-definition DSP, a Color Touchscreen LCD control screen, and a built-in network connection. Modern power amplifiers are sophisticated pieces of engineering capable of producing extremely high power levels.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOURSOUNDMacro-Tech i Series: The Legend ContinuesMacro-Tech i Series

THE LEGEND CONTINUES ` FEATURES

•TheMacro-Tech® i Series continues the Crown® Macro-Tech legacy of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above all else

•Patented,cutting-edgeClass-Icircuitrygetsmorepoweroutofanamplifierwithlesswaste

•RuggedconstructionensuresthatallMacro-Techsarebuilttowithstandyearsofabuseontheroad

•GlobalPowerSupply—designedtodelivermaximumpowernomatterwhatcountryyouworkin

•Built-inload,linevoltage,inputandoutputmonitoring

•StandardEthernetnetworkingviaPerformanceManager™ lets system operators monitor and control the amplifier from any location

POWER OUTPUT* 20 mS BURST 2-ohm Dual 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 4-ohm 8-ohmModel 2-ohm Dual (per ch.) (per channel) (per channel, 1 kHz) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge

MA-5000i 3,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,500W 1,250W 4,000W 5,000W MA-9000i 4,700W 2,800W 3,500W 3,500W 1,500W 5,600W 7,000W MA-12000i 6,000W 3,750W 4,500W 4,500W 2,100W 7,500W 9,000W*Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 kHz with 0.1% THD

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

TOUR

The Crown Macro-Tech i Series amplifiers continue the Macro-Tech legacy of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above all else. Their patented, cutting-edge Class-I circuitry gets more power out of an amplifier with less waste. Each model features a Global Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power in any country. The i Series offers studio-quality analog signal processing with built-in load, line voltage, input and output monitoring. Standard Ethernet networking via System Architect provides integrated monitoring and control to give system operators access to the system from any location.

` SPECIFICATIONSPerformanceFrequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz into 8 ohms): ±0.25 dB.Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated full-bandwidth power, A-weighted): >112 dB. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) (at 2 watts into 8 ohms): < 0.1%. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) Plus Noise (at full rated power): < 0.35%, 20 Hz to 20 kHz.Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from full rated output to –30 dB): < 0.35%.Damping Factor (20 Hz to 100 Hz at 8 ohms): > 5000.Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB.Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): 55 dB, typically >70 dB.DC Output Offset (shorted input): < ± 3 mV.Input Impedance (nominal): 10 kilohms balanced, 5 kilohms unbalanced.Maximum Input Level: +20 dBu typical.Network: Onboard HiQnet™, compatible with standard 100 Mb Ethercom hardware.Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 1/2/4/8/16 ohms. Bridge Mono: 2/4/8 ohms.Input Sensitivity (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): 1.4V, 32 dB gain, and 26 dB gain.Voltage Gain (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): MA-5000i: 37.1 dB to 22.2 dB MA-9000i: 37.9 dB to 23.0 dB MA-12000i: 39.3 dB to 24.5 dB Required AC Mains: Universal AC input, 100-240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±10%). Maximum AC mains voltage 264VAC.AC Line Connector: Five cordsets supplied with amplifier (USA, UK, European, Australia, India).

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsBridge Mode Indicator: Amber LED illuminates when the amplifier is set to Bridge-Mono mode. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel. On (bright): Ready. On (dim): Onset of compression. Off: Thermal failure.Signal Indicators: One green LED per channel. Solid green: Input signal is above –40 dBu.

Bright green: Channel’s output signal has reached the onset of audible clipping.Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. The LED will flash when the AC line voltage is 10% above or below the nominal rated value.Data Indicator: Yellow LED on front panel indicates network data activity. Data indicator flashes only when the amplifier is polled for data, or is polled to see whether it is onlinePower Switch: Push-on/push-off switch with built-in green AC mains present indicator.Volume Control: Precision detented attenuator with 31 steps, press-and-hold mute function.Volume Control LED Ring: A ring of green LEDs around each volume control show the position of the control. Entire ring flashes when channel is muted. Can be converted to be a level meter.

Back Panel Controls, Indicators and ConnectorsPower Cord Connector: Detachable 20 amp IEC inlet. Cord locks with suppliled cord retention clip. Voltage range is indicated above IEC inlet.Reset Switch/Circuit Breaker: If the current draw of the amplifier exceeds safe limits, this breaker automatically disconnects the power supply from the AC mains. The switch resets the circuit breaker.Output Connectors: Two high-current, 50A Neutrik® Speakon® NL4MLP (mates with NL4FC or NL4), one per channel. Ch 1 Speakon® is wired with Ch 1 and Ch 2 outputs for use with single 4-conductor cable. Two pairs of high-current, 60A color-coded 5-way binding posts (for banana plugs, spade lugs or bare wire). Analog Input Connectors: A 3-pin female XLR connector for each channel.Analog Loop Thru Connectors: Two male XLR passive analog loop through. Mode Switch/Indicator: Sets amplifier to Stereo, Bridge, or Input Y mode. OFF=Stereo, YEL=Bridge, GRN=Y.Network Connectors: Two Neutrik® Ethercon connector accepts RJ-45 type connectors for HiQnet™ networking. Next to each connector is a yellow LINK ACT indicator that shows network activity, and a green 100Mb indicator that shows a 100Mb network connection.Data Indicator: Yellow LED on back panel indicates network data activity. Data indicator flashes only when the amplifier is polled for data, or is polled to see whether it is online.

Preset Indicator: Green/yellow LED flashes to signal the number of the current preset. LED is green if current preset is active, or is yellow if current preset is modified.Input Sensitivity Switch: Three-position switch providing 1.4V, 32 dB, and 26 dB settings for both channels.

Firmware/SoftwareFirmware can be updated at www.crownaudio.com > Support > Downloads.Software features: Same as PIP-Lite module (except no Listen Bus): User Presets, Clip Event Monitor, Input Signal Level Monitor, Output Signal Level Monitor, Thermal Headroom Level Monitor, Power/Standby Control, Signal Mute, Polarity Inverter, Input Signal Fader, Dynamic Gain Monitors (Ghost Faders), Amplifier Information, User and Channel Labels, Amplifier Mode, Amplifier Output Mode, Line Voltage Monitor, Error Reporting, Auto Standby, Input Signal Compressor/Limiter, Peak Voltage Limiter, Average Power Limiter, Clip Eliminator, Thermal Limiter, Limiter Tie, Load Supervision.

ConstructionCooling: Dual-zone, microprocessor controlled, continuously variable speed fans, front-to-back airflow.Front Panel: Cast aluminum with integrated handles.Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.2 in. (41.1 cm) D.Weight: 28 lbs (12.7 kg) net, 36 lbs (16.3 kg) shipping.Protection: Amplifier is protected against reactive loads, faults and shorts. If one channel experiences a catastrophic failure, the entire amplifier will shut down.Included Accessories: Rear rack ears, rack screws, operation manual, power cords, foam air filter.


Other ApplicationsInstalled, Portable PA

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CINEMASOUND

POWER OUTPUT 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm Dual 4-ohm 8-ohm Models (per channel) (per channel) (per channel) Bridge Bridge

DSi 1000 700W*† 475W 275W 1,400W*† 950W DSi 2000 1,000W* 800W 475W 2,000W* 1,600W DSi 4000 1,450W* 1,200W 650W 3,000W* 2,400WDSi 6000 3,000W* 2,100W 1,200W 6,000W* 4,200WMaximum average power in watts at 1 kHz at 0.5% THD. *With 1% THD. †Not rated for 100V versions.

DSi Series: 2/4/8 OhmDSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000

ONE-TOUCH PErFOrMANCE ` FEATURES

• Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets for popular JBL cinema speaker systems for quick, easy configuration• Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQ filters, delay, and output limiting• Computer connectivity via USB allows fast setup and configuration with HiQnet™ System Architect® software• Rear-panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between DSi amplifiers and new DSi-8M System Monitor• Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input• All models are THX®-approved

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CINEMA Rear Panel Controls and Connectors AC Line Connector: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). DSi 6000: NEMA 6-10P (20A) IEC C20 (20A).Input Connector: Two 3-pin removable Phoenix-type connectors each accept a balanced line-level input signal.Output Connectors: 4-position barrier strip with connectors for dual louspeakers or bridge-mono loudspeaker.HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a HiQnet network.HD-15 Connector: For cinema I/O compatibility with DSi-8M System Monitor. See Figure 1.

ProtectionDSi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, and input overload damage. They also protect loudspeakers from input/output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients

ConstructionChassis: Steel.Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-to-rear airflow.Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. DSi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep.Net Weight: DSi 1K. 2K, 4K: 19 lb (8.6 kg). DSi 6K: 24 lb (10.9 kg).Shipping Weight: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: 22 lb (10.0 kg). DSi 6K: 30 lb (13.6 kg).


Note: All measurements apply to all models of DSi Series amplifiers in stereo mode with 8-ohm loads and an input sensitivity of 26 dB gain, 1 kHz at rated power unless other otherwise specified. Specifications for units supplied outside the U.S.A. may vary slightly at different AC voltages and frequencies.

` SPECIFICATIONSPerformanceVoltage Gain at 1kHz:

DSi 1000: 30.5 dB DSi 2000: 32.9 dB DSi 4000: 34.2 dB DSi 6000: 37.1 dB

Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms.Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. DSi 1000 A1 (100V version) is rated for 4 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 8 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode.Sensitivity:

At 8 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.4V DSi 2000: 1.4V DSi 4000: 1.4V DSi 6000: 1.4VAt 4 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.3V DSi 2000: 1.2V DSi 4000: 1.3V DSi 6000: 1.3VAt 2 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.1V DSi 2000: 1.0V DSi 4000: 1.0V DSi 6000: 1.1V

Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 8-ohm power at 1 kHz): 100 dB (A weighted).Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 400 Hz.Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz, A-weighted.Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced and employs precision 1% resistors.Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, balanced; 10 k ohms, unbalanced.AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220-240V, 50/60 Hz. AC Line Current: DSi 1000: 6.8A DSi 2000: 8.3A DSi 4000: 10.5A At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts.

DSi 6000: 15.3A At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

DSP SectionInput EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed.Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave, Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control.Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can NOT be bypassed. Filters are enabled individually.Output Limiter: Prevents clipping and protects loudspeakers. Choice of –3, –6, or –12 dB threshold per channel.Delay: Up to 50 msec total delay per channel.Presets: 20 presets. One is “DSP OFF.” Fifteen are factory-set for JBL Cinema systems. Four are user-definable.

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsLevel: Detented rotary level control, one per channel.Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier.Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout.LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets and signal processing.Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input. –10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip.–20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip.Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio.Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion.Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions. Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

R

The Crown® DSi Series of power amplifiers provides onboard digital signal processing including crossovers, EQ filters, delay and output limiting. A rear panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between DSi amplifiers andthenewDSi-8MSystemMonitor.TheintuitivefrontpanelLCDscreenguidesinstallersthroughasetupprocess—featuringpresetsfortheindustry-standardJBLcinemaloudspeakersystems—tomakeconfigurationquickandeasy.Atthe touch of a button, Crown’s DSi cinema amplifiers deliver perfectly matched performance with each award-winning JBL ScreenArray® system, making this the ultimate cinema solution.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CINEMASOUND

DSi-8M: Convenient MonitoringDSi-8M

PErFOrMANCE MONITOr ` FEATURES

• Compact 2-rack unit• 8 channels for monitoring processor or amplifier inputs• All inputs and outputs are balanced to interface with new cinema processors• No level jumps when switching between processor and amplifiers• 25-pin D-sub connectors, plus removable terminal blocks and HD-15 for quick, hassle-free connections• Designed to work with bi-amplified sound systems to monitor the high- and low-frequency outputs

from the left, center and right channels

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CINEMA ` SPECIFICATIONS

PerformanceInput Impedance (processor inputs): 10 kilohms.Input Impedance (Processor Inputs): 10 k ohms.Input Impedance (Power Amplifiers Inputs): > 50 k ohms.Power Requirements: 100-240V , 50-60 Hz, 32 watts.

Front Panel Controls and IndicatorsChannel Select Buttons and LEDs: Eight pushbutton switches, one for each input channel. Pressing a button monitors the signal from that channel, and lights the cor-responding LED. Any combination of eight channels can be selected.Volume Control: Rotary potentiometer with knob controls the volume of the internal or external speaker. Has no effect on the VU Bargraph Meter display.Processor/Amplifier Selector Switch and LEDs: Pushbutton switch with corresponding LEDs selects inputs from cinema procesor or power amplfiers for monitoring.VU Bargraph Meter: 12-segment meter displays input level of selected channels from –40 VU to +3 VU. May be calibrated by the rear-panel trim adjustment. Operates inde-pendently of the Volume Control.Test Jack: 1/4" phone jack lets the user moni-tor the audio output of the DSi-8M. Insert-ing a mono or stereo 1/4" phone plug here disables the internal speaker and routes the audio output to the Test Jack.Internal Speaker: For convenenient monitor-ing at the monitor panel.Power Switch and Power LED: Rocker switch turns power on or off. LED illuminates when power is on.

rear Panel Controls and ConnectorsIEC AC Power Receptacle: Connects to an IEC AC power cord.Input Connector 1: 10-pin Phoenix terminal block connects to the power amplifier speaker outputs for the Left Surround, Right Sur-round, Back Surround Left, Back Surround Right and Subwoofer channels. This connec-tor lets you monitor the output of amplifiers that do not include HD-15 connector options.Input Connector 2: 10-pin Phoenix terminal block connects to the power amplifier speaker output for the Left High, Left Low, Center High, Center Low, Right High and Right Low channels. This connector lets you monitor the output of amplifiers that do not include HD-15 connector options.Amplifier Level Control: Trimpot adjusts the level of the input signals from the power amplifiers.Processor Level: Trimpot adjusts the level of the input signals from the processor.Outputs to Power Amplifier Inputs: The six HD-15 connectors in this section connect to DSi amplifiers for both input and output signals. The HD-15 connectors have two functions:1. Connect DSi 8M outputs to DSi amplifier inputs.2. Connect DSi amplifier outputs to DSi 8M inputs for monitoring.Using VGA cables, the HD-15 connectors can be connected to Crown DSi power amplifier HD-15 connectors as described below.HD-15 Connector 1: For cinema I/O compat-ibility. Connects to Ls/Rs amplifier.HD-15 Connector 2: Connects to Bsl/Bsr amplifier.HD-15 Connector 3: Connects to Rl/Rh amplifier.

HD-15 Connector 4: Connects to Sw ampli-fier.HD-15 Connector 5: Connects to Ll/Lh amplifier.HD-15 Connector 6: Connects to Cl/Ch amplifier.Optional Input Connector: 25-pin D-sub connector connects to the EX output of the processor.Bargraph Level: Trimpot adjusts the sensitiv-ity of the front-panel VU Bargraph Meter.Main Input Connector: 25-pin D-sub con-nector connects to the main outputs of the processor.“EX” Selector Switch: 8-position DIP switch. Turn on switches 1-4 if system is without EX. Turn on switches 5-8 if system is with EX. This routes the correct Ls/Rs inputs to the DSi-8M circuitry.

ConstructionChassis: Steel.Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-inch rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) high and 9.625 inches (24.4 cm) deep behind front mounting surface.Net Weight: 10 lb 2 oz (4.63 kg).Shipping Weight: 16 lb (7.26 kg).


The Crown® DSi-8M is a projection booth monitor designed to work with bi-amplified cinema systems using the Crown DSi Series amplifiers. All controls necessary for daily operation of the DSi-8M are easily accessible on the front panel. 8-channel monitoring allows you to monitor either the processor or the power amplifier’s outputs: L, C, R, Ls, Rs, Bsl, Bsr, and Sub in any combination. Input levels from the processor and power amplifier can be adjusted independently. There are no huge level jumps when switching between processor and power amplifiers. The bargraph display can be calibrated to the reference level for your theater. The projectionist can see auditorium levels instantly.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The Crown PIP-USP3/CN is a 3rd generation DSP-based PIP™ (Programmable Input Processor) input module for CTs 2 channel

amplifiers.* It connects the amplifier to a 100 Mb Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored. In addition, the USP3/CN allows the transport of real-time digital audio via CobraNet™ over the same Ethernet network.

` FEATURES• 100 Mb Ethernet single-plug solution for both CobraNet™ audio and

networked control and monitoring

• Analog audio inputs allow audio input to the CobraNet™ network, CobraNet™ audio redundancy, or a hardwire emergency override of CobraNet™ audio

• Foldback amplifier output monitor via CobraNet™

• 24 bit digital to analog conversion with 32 bit, floating point DSP processing

• 64 assignable filters with 9 different filter types including all-pass filters

PIP LITESmartAmp Automation for Networked Audio

PIP USP3/CNSmartAmp Automation for TCP/IQ

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTS

TCP / IQ

` FEATURES• A Programmable Input Processor with system networking capabilities

(connects via 100 Mb Ethernet)

• Remote control and monitoring of CTs 2 channel

• Can be connected to the same network used to transmit CobraNet™ audio

• Implements SmartAmp features: input compressors, multimode output limiters, error reporting and load monitoring

• AUX connector with AUX input, AUX output, or Foldback

` FEATURES• Digital Audio Transport via BLU link

• Programmable Input Processor with HiQnet Control

• Remote control and monitoring of CTs 2 channel amplifiers

• 2 analog line level inputs and outputs for 2 x 2 BLU link I/O expansion

• Five Year, No-Fault, Fully Transferable Warranty completely protects your investment and guarantees its specifications

• Implements SmartAmp™ features

• Input compressors

• Multimode output limiters

• Error reporting

• Real time load monitoring

The Crown PIP LITE is a PIP (Programmable Input Processor) input module for CTs 2 channel amplifiers. The PIP-LITE connects to an audio

control network via 100 Mb Ethernet. The audio path in the PIP LITE is processed totally in the analog domain. The SmartAmp™ feature set offers a range of automation functions which provide greater control over amplifier operation and helps to save both time and money.

PIP BLUThe BSS & Crown® PIP-BLU is a PIP™ (Programmable Input Processor)

input module for CTs 2 Channel Amplifiers (CTs 600,1200, 2000, 3000). It connects the amplifier to a 100 Mb Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored using HiQnet™ London Architect as well as providing digital audio transport via BLU link.

The PIP-BLU offers 2 channels of audio via the Soundweb London digital audio bus informally known as BLU Link. This high bandwidth digital audio bus provides easy connectivity with fault tolerance. BLU link features a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio bus of 256 channels which uses standard Category 5e cabling giving a distance of 100m between compatible devices. The BSS Audio MC-1 fiber optic media converter can be used to increase the distance between devices to over 10km (6.2 miles) using single mode fiber.

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The Crown® PIP-USP4 is a 4th generation DSP-based PIPTM (Programmable Input Processor) input module for CTs Series two channel amplifiers. The

USP4 connects to an Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored via HiQnet, System Architect or London Architect. In addition, the USP4 allows the transport of real-time digital audio via AES3 and CobraNetTM.

The USP4 is a HiQnetTM series component and connects to the audio control/monitor network using 100Mb Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, and cables). The CobraNet audio signal is available over the same 100Mb Ethernet network, providing a simple to install, single plug solution for audio distribution, control, and monitoring.

The USP4’s OMNIDRIVEHDTM processor gives the user an enormous amount of digital signal processing. LevelMAXTM limiters, proprietary FIR and IIR filters, audio routing, faders, meters, polarity & mute, compressors, delays, error reporting and load monitoring are all available. Built in noise and sine-wave generator provide noise masking and test capabilities. The enhanced AUX port allows users to interface with the USP4 to provide additional external control and monitoring.

Offering crisp clear sound and the widest dynamic range possible, the PIP-USP4providesunprecedentedpowerandflexibilityinonecompact—andveryaffordable—module.

` FEATURES• Onboard high-definition 96kHz OMNIDRIVEHD™

processing with 24-bit, 192 kHz Cirrus Logic A/D and D/A converters

• World-class FIR and IIR filters

• LevelMAX™ peak, RMS and transducer thermal voltage power limiters combine for a smooth and accurate response, better sound, and higher usable SPL

• 100Mb Ethernet single-plug solution for CobraNet™ audio and HiQnet™ control and monitoring

• Auto Standby for increased energy efficiency

• Multiple Input Options Include: Analog, CobraNet™ or AES3 Digital Audio

• Digital Audio On/Off Ramp allows users to send pre or post processed analog signal out of the module to adjacent amplifiers

• Amplifier output monitor using the Foldback control through the CobraNet network

• SLM (Sweep Load Monitoring) with system-level diagnostics

• 64 assignable filters with 9 different filter types including all-pass filters

• Over 4 seconds of delay available per channel

• Input compressors for each channel

• Full error reporting

• Firmware upgrades via the network

• 50 user selectable presets

• Reliable FLASH memory backup of all parameters

• Five Year, No-Fault, Fully Transferable Warranty completely protects your investment and guarantees its specifications

• Ambient Leveler senses the ambient sound level of a room via the connected loudspeakers

PIP USP4-CN

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Crown Audio1718 W. Mishawaka RD, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA • Tel: (574) 294-8000 For product availability and pricing please contact your local dealer.

www.crownaudio.com

04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:04

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Be sure to join us today at www.facebook.com/dbxpro and www.twitter.com/dbxpro for news, inside scoops and giveaways!

dbxpro.com youtube.com/dbxprofessional

facebook.com/dbxpro

twitter.com/dbxpro

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CONTENTSDriveRack®

DriveRack 4800 DriveRack 4820

DriveRack 260DriveRack 220iDriveRack PA+DriveRack PX

ZonePRO™

ZonePRO 1260 (m)/1261(m)ZonePRO 640 (m)/641 (m)ZonePRO Zone Controllers

SCSC 64SC 32

Compressors160SL162SL

Dynamics160A166xs106610461074266xs

Mic Preamps386376

EQs215s231s12151231131s201522312031iEQ-15iEQ-31

Personal Monitor SolutionsTR1616PMC16

Crossovers223s223xs234s234xs

Premium Direct BoxesdB10dB12

Other ProductsAFS 224120A286sPB-48

Product Specs

HISTORYIt began over 40 years ago with the vision of a single man to create a better way to record audio and that vision has

continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally considered to be the father of modern

Compression, had a quest to improve the dynamic range of analog recordings using decibel expansion. This quest produced

the decilinear VCA and RMS detector which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many

of our current audio technologies. In 1971, Mr. Blackmer founded dbx® which has collectively produced over 35 patents

that continue to forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional

audio markets today. Our award-winning team of designers and engineers have embraced Mr. Blackmer’s passion for audio

purity with a vengeance, and continue to design and build the precise and accurate tools necessary for today’s audio

production. From our rock-solid Analog products like the 20-Series EQs and 10-Series Compressors, to our cutting-edge

Performance and Commercial Audio products – our System Core (SC), DriveRack and ZonePRO lines – we provide the tools

to accommodate all of your audio needs. This brochure is designed to help you navigate through our many product

solutions and find the ones that meet your exact needs.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DriveRack® 4800 | 4820COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

9 48 and 96 kHz operation with Wordclock input9 Full Color QVGA Display (4800 only)9 4 analog and AES/EBU inputs9 8 analog and AES/EBU outputs9 Optional Jensen® I/O Transformers9 Full Bandpass Filter, Crossover and Routing Configurations with Bessel, Butterworth, and Linkwitz- Riley filters9 31-Band Graphic and 9-band Parametric EQ on every input

9 6-band Parametric EQ on every output9 Loudspeaker Cluster and Driver Alignment Delays9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Classic dbx Compression, PeakStopPlus™, Limiting and AFS® Advanced Feedback Suppression among others9 Ethernet HiQnet networking and control9 dbx ZC wall panel control

DriveRack® 4800 | DriveRack® 4820COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Designed to provide incredible flexibility, sonic excellence and

intuitive control for performance applications, the DriveRack

4800 is the new flagship of the hugely successful DriveRack

family. From the powerful 96 kHz DSP engine and standard

analog and digital I/O, to the QVGA display and multiple control

surfaces, the 4800 provides all the processing, flexibility and

control necessary for both installation and live use.

The DriveRack 4800 is the next generation of the famous

DriveRack family, and like its predecessor it is engineered

to provide “Everything you need between the mixer and the

power amps”. In keeping with this philosophy the 4800 includes

four inputs and eight outputs with both analog and digital

connectivity. The 96 kHz processing engine is capable of offering

insert processing functions to customize the processing

path for your application, in addition to the standard system

processing functions all with extremely low latency and

extended frequency response. From Signal Routing, EQ, and

Bandpass Filters, to classic dbx® Dynamics and AFS® Advanced

Feedback Suppression, all the processing is available and with the

sonic excellence that you would expect from the world’s leading

system processing manufacturer. With all this processing

power available, control is of paramount importance. The

DriveRack 4800 provides a full color display to speed manual

operation; this combined with intuitive front panel controls,

an easy to use GUI and optional wall panel controllers means

that whether your application is tour sound or installation, the

DriveRack 4800 has what it takes.

The 4820 is based on the same operating system as the DriveRack® 4800 without the Full Color QVGA Display Interface

M05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DriveRack® 260COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The DriveRack 260 was designed to provide

state-of-the-art signal processing, while

maintaining a simple and intuitive control

interface. This goal has been realized. From the

powerful DSP modules to the multiple control

surfaces, the 260 provides all the processing and

control necessary for both installation and live

use. Additionally, the Wizard function enables

any user to quickly set up and use the 260 to its

full potential by streamlining the setup process

and providing a menu-based setup procedure

that includes system setup and configuration,

Auto-EQ, and Advanced Feedback Suppression

(AFS™).

The DriveRack 260 is based on the same

unparalleled design philosophy as the other

products in the DriveRack family, namely, to

provide “Everything you need between the

mixer and the power amps.” In keeping with

that philosophy, the 260 offers 2 inputs and

6 outputs on XLR connectors. Each input

channel provides a choice of EQ, either a 9-band

Parametric or a 28-band Graphic EQ. Each

input channel also boasts two selectable insert

processors with a selection of Notch Filtering,

classic dbx® Compression, Auto Gain Control,

Sub-Harmonic Synthesis, or our own patented

Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™). The

DriveRack 260 also offers a configurable Delay

with 2.7 seconds of total delay time. The 260

provides full Bandpass and Crossover filtering

and routing including Bessel, Butterworth and

Linkwitz-Riley topologies. There is parametric

EQ available on each output as well as dbx

PeakStopPlus™ Limiting. The 260 provides a

full-time RTA for live sound applications, while

contractors will appreciate its control inputs for

wall-panel logic and volume control.

DriveRack® 260COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER CONTROL SYSTEM

9 Feedback Elimination9 2.7 Seconds of Alignment and Zone Delay9 RS-232 PC GUI control9 Classic dbx Compression and Limiting9 Graphic and Parametric EQ9 Auto-EQ Function9 Full Bandpass, Crossover, and Routing Configurations9 Auto Gain Control9 Pink Noise Generator and full-time RTA9 Setup Wizard with JBL speaker and Crown Power Amplifier Tunings9 Security Lockout9 Wall Panel Control Inputs9 Optional RTA-M microphone

“My clients say ‘Thanks for a great sounding show with no feedback,’ I just say, ‘Thanks dbx.’ ” - Emerson Jones -Via Facebook

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DriveRack® 220iSYSTEM PROCESSOR WITH ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION

Designed from the ground up to provide state-of-the-art

signal processing, the DriveRack 220i is the perfect tool

for any fixed-install application. With a full complement

of processing features and Mic/Line inputs the DriveRack

220i can provide both system and microphone processing.

Featuring the new, patented Advanced Feedback Suppression

(AFS®) algorithm, equalization, dynamics processing, delay,

matrix mixing, and bandpass filters,

the DriveRack 220i will exceed your expectations.

The DriveRack 220i is piloted from the intuitive

DriveWare GUI that offers both Configuration and Control

of the processing modules. Modules can be accessed,

edited and saved as part of programs. Processing modules

can be linked between the channels for true stereo

processing. If independent processing is desired, parameters

can be copied from one channel to the next to ensure that

setup is quick and easy. Stored programs can be loaded

from either the front panel or from wall mounted Zone

Controllers. Zone Controllers can also be used for output

muting or adjusting output volumes.

DriveRack® 220iSYSTEM PROCESSOR WITH ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)9 Graphic and Parametric EQ9 Compressor9 PeakStopPlus™ Limiter9 Auto Gain Control9 Noise Gating9 De-Esser9 Ducker

9 Bandpass Filters9 2x2 Matrix Mixer9 1.3 Seconds of Delay9 RS-232 PC GUI control9 Mic/Line Inputs9 Wall Panel Control9 Security Lockout

Use the DriveRack 260 and 220i with Zone Controllers for control at the flick of a switch!(See page 12 for more details)

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DriveRack® PA+COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DriveRack® PA+COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER CONTROL SYSTEM

The best just got even better! The DriveRack PA, far and

away the world’s most popular loud speaker management

system has now become the DriveRack PA+. Showcasing

all the features that users around the world have come to

expect, including easy set up, rock-solid reliability and

unparalleled sound quality, the new version has gone to

great lengths to earn its “plus.” With more settings, more

control and enhanced circuitry, the sound you seek is right

at your fingertips.

Although the DriveRack PA+ is loaded with functions and

features, it is easy to set up and use. The dbx exclusive

Set Up Wizard walks you through system set up with

easy to follow step-by-step instructions. Just pick your

speakers and amps from the built-in list on the PA+

and then let the Auto Level™ Wizard fine tune the level

settings of each speaker. You can then let the Auto EQ™

Wizard help you further optimize your sound. Finish up

by using the AFS® Wizard, which automatically sets filters

to eliminate any feedback during performances. Within

minutes, your system will sound like it was tuned by a

pro. No experience required! Get the most out of your

PA with the DriveRack PA+, the worldwide standard in

loudspeaker management.

The optional RTA-M real time audio analyzing mic is the perfect accessory tool for the DriveRack PA and 260. Used in conjunc-tion with the System Setup Wizard, the RTA-M is ideal for optimizing the sound quality of even the most difficult of acoustic environments.

9 Setup Wizard Steps Through Speaker and Amp Selection and Levels

9 Auto EQ™ Wizard with 28-Band RTA 9 Auto Level™ Wizard 9 AFS® Wizard 9 Stereo Feedback Elimination with 12

feedback notch filters9 dbx 120A Sub-harmonic Synthesizer9 Classic dbx Input Compression9 JBL® Speaker and Crown® Power

Amp Tunings included9 USB Firmware and Speaker Tunings

Field Updatable With Harman HiQnet® System Architect

9 Full time RTA function9 Front-Panel Output Mutes9 Pink Noise Generator (used with Auto

EQ and Auto Level Wizards)9 Linked Stereo DSP Processing for ease of use9 24-Bit ADC/24-Bit DAC, >113 dB

Dynamic Range9 2-Channel XLR Input and 6-Channel

XLR Output9 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 Crossover

Configurations9 Dual 28-band Graphic EQ- Linked or

Dual Mono9 Stereo Multi-band Parametric EQ9 Stereo Output Limiters9 Output Alignment Delay9 Power on/off Mute Circuitry9 Front-panel RTA-M XLR input with

phantom power9 25 User Programs/25 Factory

Programs9 Full Graphic LCD Display9 Front Panel Input and Output Meters

“Don’t take chances with the db police - use a designated Driverack.” - Dan Montecalvo -Via Facebook

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DriveRack® PXPOWERED SPEAKER OPTIMIZER

DriveRack® PXPOWERED SPEAKER OPTIMIZER

Powered speakers are a beautiful thing.

Everything you need bundled into one simple,

portable package. Just grab ‘em and go, right?

Well, you may think your powered speaker

system is complete, but you’re missing half

the picture. DriveRack PX is the other half.

In another dbx industry first, we’ve created

a processor specifically tailored for powered

speakers. Utilizing our highly-acclaimed

DriveRack technology, the PX picks up where

your powered speakers leave off.

The DriveRack PX Powered Speaker

Optimizer has everything you need to get

the most out of your stereo powered speaker

system. It even includes stereo or mono

subwoofer support. With the included dbx M2

measurement mic, Auto-EQ corrects for audible

deficiencies in the room environment. Our

patented Advanced Feedback Suppression

(AFS) kills nasty feedback, allowing prob-

lem-free operation at higher sound levels,

while our patented Subharmonic Synthesizer

extends bass response for enhanced bottom

end. With all that, you also get classic dbx

compression and the protection offered by our

graceful PeakPlus™ limiting. Your ears, your

audience, and your powered speakers will

forever thank you.

In spite of all that sophistication, rest

assured we won’t overcomplicate the simplicity

of your rig. Our exclusive Setup, Auto-EQ, and

AFS Wizards, and out-of-the-box support for

a host of JBL and other popular powered

speakers, make setup a snap. Louder, clearer,

better sound from your powered speakers has

never been so easy.

9 Optimized for powered speakers

9 Support stereo speakers and subwoofer(s)

9 Supports JBL® and other popular powered speakers

9 Easy-to-use wizards for setup, Auto-EQ™, and AFS®

9 dbx® M2 measurement mic included

9 Classic dbx compression with graceful PeakPlus™ limiters

9 Patented AFS Advanced Feedback Suppression

9 120A Subharmonic Synthesizer

9 Auto-EQ optimizes sound quality for any room

9 Patented dbx Type IV™ conversion system

9 2 channel XLR input

9 2 channel XLR output

9 2 Channel XLR subwoofer output

“dbx DSP keeps you out of the red zone!”-Thomas Lê

-Via Facebook

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

ZonePROTM

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

Each of the eight members of the ZonePRO

family of Digital Zone Processors represents an

inexpensive and quickly deployed solution for a

diverse range of commercial audio applications.

Designed with contractors in mind, the

ZonePRO devices feature Euroblock connectors

for easy termination of balanced signals and

RCA connectors for straightforward connection

of consumer equipment. A simple analog bus

allows sources to be shared among multiple

ZonePRO devices, facilitating scalability of

outputs for larger applications.

Input processing features gain control

and EQ for all inputs and selectable DSP Inserts

for microphone channels. Input Insert options

include Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Notch

Filter, Compressor, Gate, De-Esser and Advanced

Feedback Suppression (AFS™).

The routing section of ZonePRO provides

Primary Source Selection, Source Ducking for

Paging and Priority Override. Output processing

includes AutoWarmth®, a psychoacoustic

function that maintains full frequency

bandwidth even when the signal level has

dropped. Each output also offers Crossover, EQ,

AGC, Compressor, Limiter and Delay for system

optimization.

All ZonePRO devices offer a built-in Real

Time Clock that can provide programmable

system changes at predetermined times.

The recently-introduced ZonePRO devices, the

640m, 641m, 1260m and 1261m share the

same total numbers of inputs and outputs as

their equivalent siblings but feature additional

mic/line inputs. This increase in the number

of available microphone inputs further extends

the suitability of the ZonePRO family into

applications such as conference rooms and

presentation spaces.

Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC) is

also introduced on the ZonePRO ‘m’ devices.

This processing function allows the level

of zone outputs to track the ambient noise

level, monitored through a microphone and

microphone input. This feature is particularly

well-suited to applications such as retail

environments where the volume of the audio

system can be matched automatically to the

number of shoppers and their associated noise

level.

ZonePRO™ 1260/m | ZonePRO™ 1261/mDIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™)

9 AutoWarmth®

9 Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

9 Notch Filter

9 Compressor

9 Gate

9 De-Esser

9 Limiter

9 Parametric EQ

9 Bandpass and Crossover Filters

9 Security Lockout

9 Wall Panel Control

9 RS-232 Control

9 Ethernet Control (see table)

ZonePRO devices are configured using

ZonePRO Designer, a software application

which contains a Configuration Wizard,

which guides users through the

step-by-step configuration process.

ZonePRO™ 640/m | ZonePRO™ 641/mDIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

ZC6ProgrammableVolume Control

ZC7Programmable Push-To-Talk Page Assignment

ZC8Programmable Volume and Source Select

ZC9Source Selection

ZCFIREFire Safety Interface

ZC1ProgrammableVolume Control

ZC2ProgrammableVolume & Mute

ZC3ProgrammableSelection

ZC4Program Selection

ZCBOB“home-run” or parallel wiring

Zone ControllersThe Zone Controllers use analog DC voltages to provide logic control ranging from Volume and Mute control to Contact Closure Program selection

and can be used with SC 64 and 32, the DriveRack® 4800, 4820, 260 and 220i, and ZonePRO™ units. Wired with readily available and affordable

CAT5 cable with universally accepted RJ-45 connectors, the ZC Zone Controllers offer simple yet elegant solutions to the contractor.

*Ambient Noise Compensation

Inputs OutputsFront Panel

ControlMic Preamps

640m

641m

641

1260m

1260

1261m

1261

6 4 Q 4

640 6 4 Q 2

6 4 4

6 4 2

12 6 Q 6

12 6 Q 2

12 6 6

12 6 2

Q Q Q

Q Q

Q Q

Q Q

Q Q

Q

Q

Ethernet

Q

Q

Q

Q

S/PDIFMix

Functionality ANC*

Q Q Q

ZonePRO Product MatrixThe ZonePRO™ family of Digital Zone Processors consists of eight devices with different functionality (see table below). Each

device, with optional control from an extensive range of Zone Controllers, represents an inexpensive and quickly-deployed solution

for a diverse range of commercial audio applications. The Configuration Wizard guides you through the step-by-step configuration

process, ensuring that you go from requirements to solution in just a few mouse clicks.

ZonePROTM

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The SC 64 (System Core) is one of the

first offerings in a new family from dbx®

Professional Products. Wizard-driven

configuration using HiQnet™ System

Architect makes unprecedented DSP power,

incredible routing flexibility and a rich palette

of processing tools accessible with the

minimum of training. The SC 64 represents the

professional foundation on which to build even

the most demanding integrated system.

The SC 64 has a total analog I/O count

of 64, configurable in banks of eight. The

chassis supports up to eight analog input

and/or analog output cards facilitating nine

different fully loaded configurations. Analog

input cards accommodate a wide range of

sources with mic/line switching and phantom

power per input. Two high speed option slots

provide facility for adding forthcoming high

bandwidth audio transport I/O cards.

With dedicated DSP for common

processing functions and insert positions

for specialized processing, the SC 64 offers

many processing functions including

Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™),

Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC),

priority ducking, parametric equalization

(PEQ), delay and dynamics.

The SC 64 has a diverse range of

control options including HiQnet™ System

Architect custom control panels, Ethernet,

serial, contact closure, the popular ZC

wall controllers and even automatically

scheduled events. With so many methods

of control, an SC system can truly be

tailored to suit the needs and technical

expertise of the intended user.

SC 64D I G ITA L MATR IX PR O C E SS O R

SC 64DIGITAL MATRIX PROCESSOR

9 64 channels of analog I/O configurable in banks of 89 Mic / Line and Phantom Power per channel on Analog Input Cards9 Ethernet / Serial Control 9 GPIO9 Rich Palette of Processing Tools9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™), Automatic Gain Compensation (AGC), Compression, De-Essing and Notch Parametric Equalization9 Complete routing flexibility9 Comprehensive configuration, control and monitoring from HiQnet System Architect9 Wizard configuration9 Events Scheduler9 Optional Media Engine for media playback and delayed page 9 Optional ZC wall panel control

HiQnet is a communications protocol or language with which all device-types within the full audio signal path can communicate.

Co-developed and shared by elite engineers from all the brands within the Harman Pro group, HiQnet merges the best features of all previous brand-independent communications protocols and thereby benefits from years of combined experience and is simultaneously optimized for all components of the full professional audio system.

“The dbx SC64 is a total solution for matrix routing of multiple audio signals in many of our installations. The HiQ Net interface is second to none. Flawless.” -James Welsh, Project Manager, Welsh Sound

-Via Facebook

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

SC 32D I G ITA L MATR IX PR O C E SS O R

The SC 32 (System Core) is one of the firstofferings in

a new family from dbx® Professional Products. Wizard-

driven configuration using HiQnet™ System Architect makes

unprecedented DSP power, incredible routing flexibility and a

rich palette of processing tools accessible with the minimum of

training. The SC 32 represents the professional foundation on

which to build even the most demanding integrated system.

The SC 32 has a total analog I/O count of 32, configurable

in banks of eight. The chassis supports up to four analog input

and/or analog output cards facilitating five different fully

loaded configurations. Analog input cards accommodate a wide

range of sources with mic/line switching and phantom power

per input. One high-speed option slot provides facility for

adding forthcoming high-bandwidth audio transport I/O cards.

All of these features are housed in a sleek 2U rack chassis.

With dedicated DSP for common processing functions

and insert positions for specialized processing, the SC 32

offers many processing functions including Advanced Feedback

Suppression (AFS™), Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC), priority

ducking, parametric equalization (PEQ), delay and dynamics.

The SC 32 has a diverse range of control options including

HiQnet System Architect custom control panels, Ethernet, serial,

contact closure, the popular Zone Controller wall controllers and

even automatically scheduled events. With so many methods of

control, an SC system can truly be tailored to suit the needs and

technical expertise of even the scrutinizing contractor.

SC 32DIGITAL MATRIX PROCESSOR

9 32 channels of analog I/O configurable in banks of 8

9 Mic / Line and Phantom Power per channel on Analog Input Cards

9 Ethernet / Serial Control

9 GPIO

9 Rich Palette of Processing Tools

9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS), Automatic Gain Compensation (AGC), Compression, De-Essing and Notch Parametric Equalization

9 Complete routing flexibility

9 Comprehensive configuration, control and monitoring from HiQnet System Architect

9 Wizard configuration

9 Events Scheduler

9 Optional Media Engine for media playback and delayed page

9 Optional ZC wall panel controllers

Zone ControllersThe Zone Controllers offer extended utility to the SC, DriveRack® and

ZonePro families. The nine Zone Controllers use analog DC voltage to

provide logic control ranging from zone source selection, volume and

muting, to program or scene selection and fire safety interface. Wired

with readily available and affordable CAT5 cable with universally

accepted RJ-45 connectors at distances up to 1000 ft, the ZC Zone Controllers offer simple yet

elegant solutions to the contractor. For more information on Zone Controllers, see page 12.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

160SL / 162SLCOMPRESSOR / LIMITER

The 160SL combines the best features of all the great dbx®

compressors, past and present, and gives you more versatile

performance than ever before. In addition to having the

auto attack and release as well as the hard knee threshold

characteristics of the classic dbx 160, the 160SL now offers

AutoVelocity manual mode, in addition to our classic OverEasy®

mode. dbx AutoVelocity technology allows you to find the exact

attack and release effect you are looking for. Still on board is

the venerable dbx Auto mode. Now you can set your maximum

preferred settings in manual mode, and let the 160SL do the

rest. The dbx 160SL features dual proprietary V8 VCA modules.

This state-of-the-art implementation of dbx’s original

Blackmer decilinear VCA boasts an unheard-of 127dB

dynamic range and ultra-low distortion. Encased in a specially

designed aluminum-zinc housing for shielding and thermal

characteristics, the V8 maintains its superior performance

even in the harshest environments. The 160SL offers a plethora

of features which include: variable attack and release controls,

as well as dbx’s latest limiting algorithm PeakStopPlus™, precision

0.1% and 1% resistors, gold-palladium-nickel contacts, Jensen®

transformers, gold plated Neutrik® XLRs, and rare earth magnet

signal switching relays with gold contacts, housed in a

hermetically-sealed nitrogen environment and mounted on

military-grade glass epoxy circuit boards. The end result is the

most technologically advanced compressor in the world.

160SLCOMPRESSOR/LIMITER

162SLCOMPRESSOR/LIMITER

The 162SL combines the best features of all the great dbx

compressors, past and present, and gives you more versatile

performance than ever before. In addition to having the auto

attack and release, and the hard knee threshold characteristics

of the classic dbx 160, the 162SL offers AutoVelocity™ manual

mode, along with our classic dbx OverEasy® mode, made standard

by the legendary dbx 165A. All of the 160SL’s features, including

variable attack and release controls and dbx’s latest limiting

algorithm PeakStopPlus™, are included in the 162SL. Its state-of-

the-art implementation of dbx’s original Blackmer decilinear VCA

boasts an unheard of dynamic range and ultra-low distortion seen

only previously in the Blue 160SL. With sonic clarity designed

for the studio, the 162SL maintains its superior performance

in harsh environment. Like its big brother, the 162SL takes

full advantage of the best parts available and dbx’s advanced

manufacturing, including Jensen® transformers on each output

standard. Following in the footsteps of the Blue Series® 160SL

with the Purple Series 162SL, dbx continues to create to the most

technologically advanced compressors in the world.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The 160A offers such time-tested features as switchable

OverEasy® and hard knee compression, extremely wide threshold

ranges, and controls for ratio and output gain.

The 160A also includes true RMS level detection,

providing the most transparent dynamics processing available–

from smooth, subtle compression to “brick wall” peak limiting.

Its electronically balanced output stage is an outstanding

driver for long cable runs (an output transformer is optional).

With its unique “INFINITY +” inverse-compression mode, the

160A actually decreases the audio output level below unity gain

when the input exceeds threshold. You can even stereo-couple

two 160A’s to process a stereo mix without shifting the left/

right image. The dbx 160A is truly the standard for dynamics

processing.

9 Goof proof operation to smooth uneven levels, add sustain to guitars,, fatten drums or tighten up mixes9 New gate timing algorithms ensure the smoothest release characteristics9 Program-adaptive expander/gates9 Great sounding dynamics control for any type of program material9 Separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold and gate threshold allow quick, accurate setup

9 Stereo or dual-mode operation9 Balanced inputs and outputs on 1/4” TRS and XLR9 Side Chain insert9 Classic dbx® “Auto” mode 9 dbx PeakStop® Limiter

With auto attack and release controls and separate precision LED

displays for gain reduction, compression threshold, and gate threshold,

the 166xs allows for quick and accurate setup. Using our True RMS

Power Summing™ feature, the Stereo Couple mode provides you with a

rock solid stereo image The 166xs also makes advanced applications a

breeze with full sidechain functionality, the ability to use either hard

knee or OverEasy® compression algorithms, and the venerable PeakStop®

limiter. The dbx® 166xs is the industry standard compressor/gate at a

cost within everyone’s reach.

166xsCOMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE

9 OverEasy® or classic hard knee compression with dbx’s® ultra-musical program dependent attack and release times9 Compression ratio variable from 1:1 through infinity :1 to negative compression

9 Precision dual RMS LED display monitors input or output and gain reduction over a wide range and calibrates for different operating levels9 Over 60dB of gain reduction available9 Exclusive Infinity+ compression allows negative compression

9 Independent balanced and unbalanced outputs can drive 600 loads to +24dBm simultaneously. New floating balanced output stage drives any load9 Optional output transformer capable9 Strappable with another 160A for true RMS stereo summing operation

160ACOMPRESSOR/LIMITER

Dynamics

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Whether you’re looking for “heavy” compression or subtle gain

leveling, the 1066 stereo compressor/limiter/gate with select-

able hard knee or OverEasy® compression is ideal. The 1066’s

compressor section allows you to set attack and release times

manually or automatically using our convenient Auto Mode.

In addition, our famous Contour switch allows you to smoothly

compress entire mixes while preventing low frequencies from

punching holes in the overall mix.

The 1066’s gate section enables you to clean up unwanted

frequencies or mic bleed using its frequency-dependent gain

control and the Side Chain External button. With the Side

Chain Monitor button and an equalizer, you can select which

frequencies will trigger the gate. For overall speaker protection,

our innovative PeakStopPlus™ technology prevents unwanted

transients from blowing your drivers and minimizes the distor-

tion common to many other “hard” limiters.

1066COMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE

9 Selectable auto (classic dbx®) or manual (variable Attack and Release) compression9 Contour switch removes unwanted low frequency information from detector circuit9 Selectable Overeasy® or Hard Knee compression modes

9 PeakStopPlus™ limiting for setting maximum allowable level with minimal distortion9 SC Ext and SC Mon for setting up and monitoring external devices for gating function9 True differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs

9 True RMS level detection9 Precision metering of input level, output level, and gain reduction9 True stereo or dual mono operation9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operation per channel

Each of the 1046’s four channels allows you to individually select between our

classic OverEasy® or hard knee compression, as well as connect each channel

for separate purposes. Additionally, our PeakStopPlus™ circuitry is the most

comprehensive limiting technology available. For easy interfacing with other

devices, each of the 1046’s channels also utilizes balanced, gold-plated XLR and

¼" inputs and outputs and switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operating levels. The

1046 incorporates our standard-setting designs, state-of-the-art manufacturing

techniques, and of course, our highly sought-after sound quality.

1046QUAD COMPRESSOR/LIMITER

9 Four independent channels of operation, stereo linkable in two pairs9 PeakStopPlus™ limiting control for setting maximum allowable level regardless of compressor settings9 Independent Threshold and Release controls9 Switchable OverEasy® or Hard Knee compression9 Classic dbx® compression9 Differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs9 True RMS level detection9 Precision metering of input level, output level, and gain reduction9 Dual True stereo or quad mono operation9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operation per channel

Dynamics

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Dynamics

1074QUAD GATE

9 Four independent channels of gating9 Independent key filtering9 Independent Threshold and Release controls9 Differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs9 True RMS level detection9 Stereo Coupling mode9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBv operation per channel

The 1074 Quad Gate is the perfect companion to the 1066 and 1046. The 1074 offers

4 channels of gating with threshold, depth and release controls on each channel.

The 1074, like the rest of the products in dbx’s® 10 Series, is based on the legendary

dbx V2 VCA and offers XLR inputs and outputs, and ¼" side-chain input. In addition

to an external key input per channel, the 1074 also has an internal filter that can

be independently activated and controlled on a channel per channel basis. This filter

allows the 1074 to not only clean up tracks but gives you frequency selective control

on each gate, to open exactly when you want it to.

9 Goof proof operation to smooth uneven levels, add sustain to guitars, fatten drums or tighten up mixes9 New gate timing algorithms ensure the smoothest release characteristics9 Program-adaptive expander/gates9 Great sounding dynamics control for any type of program material9 Separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold and gate threshold allow quick, accurate setup9 Stereo or dual-mode operation9 Balanced inputs and outputs on 1/4” TRS and XLR9 Side Chain insert9 Classic dbx® “Auto” mode

The 266xs puts pleasing compression and smooth gating within reach of everyone.

The classic dbx® compression delivers everything from mellow “leveling,” to aggressive

peak limiting. In addition, the 266xs’s AutoDynamic™ circuitry continuously adjusts

attack and release settings in real time in order to optimally match program material.

The advanced gating circuitry in the 266xs uses a program-dependent timing algorithm

to produce ultra-smooth release characteristics—even with complex signals. Thanks

to the dynamic range of the dbx® VCA, the 266xs can provide reliable gating for any

circumstance.

The 266xs also includes separate LED ladders measuring gain reduction,

compression threshold, and gate threshold, making the 266xs intuitive and easy to use.

266xsCOMPRESSOR/GATE

The 266xs delivers everything from mellow “leveling” to aggressive peak limiting.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mic Preamps

9 Two channel tube microphone preamplifier9 Selectable 96kHz, 88.2kHz, 48kHz, or 44.1kHz sampling rate9 24, 20, and 16-bit wordlengths9 Selectable dither and noise shaping9 AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital outputs

9 Word clock sync input and output9 Separate analog and digital output control9 Type IV™ conversion system9 60dB of gain and +/- 15dB of output gain

9 Selectable mic/line switch9 48 volt phantom power9 20dB pad9 75Hz low cut filter9 Phase reverse9 Segment LED analog/digital

The Silver Series 386 dual channel tube mic preamp puts the

best of both worlds into one affordable package by combining

the warmth of the irreplaceable vacuum tube with the

proprietary dbx® Type IV™ conversion system. The 386 boasts

many of the same features as other products in the Silver Series,

such as +48V phantom power, phase invert switch, and low-cut

filtering. In addition, the 386 also offers up to 96kHz, 24-Bit

digital output capabilities in both AES/EBU, and S/PDIF formats

as standard features.

386DUAL CHANNEL TUBE MIC PREAMP

9 Tube microphone pre-amp9 200V tube plate voltage9 Selectable mic/line switch9 +48 Volt phantom power9 3-Band Parametric EQ9 Compressor9 De-Esser9 Front panel instrument input9 Drive meter LEDs9 Threshold and De-Esser meters

9 8 segment analog or digital meter9 Type IV™ conversion system9 Selectable sampling rate (96, 88.2, 48, 44.1kHz)9 24, 20 and 16 bit wordlengths9 AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital outputs9 Selectable dither and noise-shaping algorithms9 Word clock sync input and output

The 376 has taken the essential tools needed for recording and

put them all on a single channel strip. The mic/line section on

the 376 provides a 12AU7 vacuum tube and offers +48V phantom

power, a phase invert switch, a high impedance ¼" instrument

input, 20dB pad, and low-cut filtering. The processing section

offers a 3-Band parametric EQ, a classic dbx Compressor, and De-

Esser. The 376 also offers digital output capabilities in both AES/

EBU, and S/PDIF formats with selectable sampling rates including

44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, or 96 kHz with selectable dithering

and noise shaping as standard features. The LED meters provide

a clear and concise visual of the signal processing at a glance. We

think you’ll agree that the 376 lives up to the uncompromising

standards of dbx Professional Products.

376TUBE PREAMP CHANNEL STRIP WITH DIGITAL OUT

Digital outputs on the 386 and 376 are standard features

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

2 SeriesGRAPHIC EQUALIZERS

The dbx® 2 Series equalizers were designed to make versatile, pro-quality sound available to users of

all levels, while offering the simplicity of straightforward controls. The 2 Series represents a major

step forward in the performance of entry-level graphic equalizers. From its amazing 10Hz to 50kHz

frequency response, to its 108dB dynamic range, the 2 Series offers great specifications with, a down-

to-earth price point. Sure to find a home in the studio, on tour and with installed sound venues, the

2 Series is destined to take its rightful place in the lineage of great dbx signal processors that are the

professional’s choice in signal processing. With such affordable quality, there’s no longer any excuse for

compromising your sound with a lesser EQ than one from dbx.

131s SINGLE 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

215s DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

231s DUAL 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

9 Constant Q frequency bands9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±12 dB9 12dB per octave 40Hz low-cut filter9 Front panel bypass switch

9 ±12 dB input gain range9 4-segment LED ladders for monitoring output levels9 XLR and TRS Inpts and Outputs9 Internal Toroidal Transformer

9 Frequency Repsonse of <10Hz to >50kHz9 Dynamic range of greater than 108dB

The 2 Series represents a major step forward in the performance of entry-level equalizers.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


The dbx® 12 Series Equalizers were designed to make versatile,

pro-quality sound available to users of all levels, while offering

the simplicity of straightforward controls and providing years of

maintenance-free operation in any application. The magnetically-

isolated transformer, electronically balanced inputs and servo

balanced outputs, RF-filtered inputs and outputs, and power-off

hard-wire relay bypass with 2 second power up delay were

steps our engineers took to ensure compatibility for all

installations. Only the best components were utilized, yielding a

10Hz to 50kHz frequency response, greater than 90dB SNR (ref

+4dBu), less than 0.005% THD +Noise (1kHz at +4dBu), and

interchannel crosstalk of less than -80dB from 20Hz to 20kHz.

All this attention to detail is contained in a sturdy

steel/aluminum chassis.

1215 DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER


9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±15 dB9 Electronically balanced/unbalanced inputs9 Servo balanced/unbalanced outputs9 RF filtered inputs and outputs

9 XLR, Barrier Strip, and 1/4” TRS connectors9 -12dB/+12dB input gain range9 18dB/octave 40Hz Bessel low-cut filter9 Chassis/signal ground lift capability

9 Internal power supply transformer9 Power-off hardwire relay bypass with 2-second power-up delay

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


Since their introduction, the 20 Series equalizers have become crucial links in the sound systems of countless

professionals all over the world. From a value perspective, the 20 Series EQs offer an unequalled feature set. The

crowning feature of each model in the 20 Series is our patented Type III™ Noise Reduction, which enables you to

increase signal-to-noise ratios by up to 20dB. With Type III, the 20 Series can significantly improve the noise specs

for almost any sound system. Add our patented PeakPlus™ limiter topology; XLR, ¼", and Barrier strip inputs and

outputs; durable 45mm nylon sliders; a +12dB input gain range; and informative, four-step LED ladders to the mix

and you’ve got three powerful tools that will let you use your system with confidence.



2031 SINGLE 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

The 20 Series can significantlyimprove the noisespecs for almostany sound system.

9 Revolutionary instant encode/decode Type III Noise Reduction in-circuit at the push of a button. Increases S/N ratio by up to 20dB

9 Patented PeakPlus Limiter threshold range from 0dBu to +24dBu (off) can transparently tame the wildest hits or the subtlest nuances of any signal

9 An extremely high quality EQ, patented Type III Noise Reduction, and the elegant new PeakPlus Limiter all in one great sounding box

9 Four segment LED bar graphs for BOTH Gain Reduction AND Output Level offers the most comprehensive visual feedback available

9 Status LEDs offer visual feedback for all settings on the front panel

“dbx 2231, D best for foldback equalizer.” - Drix Calimlim -Via Facebook

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

iEQDIGITAL GRAPHIC EQALIZERS W / AFS®

iEQ-31 DUAL 31-BAND DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQ/LIMITER

With an EQ heritage that has produced countless industry

standard patents and dates back more than 30 years, the dbx®

iEQs™ easily live up to the dbx legacy of uncompromising sonic

integrity. In addition to unsurpassed Equalization specs, the

iEQ also offers the built-in necessities which include patented

AFS® Advanced Feedback Suppression (which removes unwanted

feedback at the push of a button), Type V™ Noise Reduction

and PeakStopPlus™ limiting. The iEQ-Series represents a major

step forward in the performance of graphic equalizers. From

its amazing 10Hz to 22kHz frequency response, to its 110dB

dynamic range the iEQs offer out of this world specifications

with a down to earth price point. Sure to find a home in the

studio, on tour and with installed sound venues, the iEQs are

destined to take their rightful place in the lineage of great dbx

signal processors that are the professionals’ choice.

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)9 Type V Noise Reduction9 PeakStopPlus Limiting9 1/3-octave Constant Q frequency bands9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±15dB

9 18 dB per octave 40Hz low-cut filter9 ±12dB input gain range9 XLR, TRS and Euroblock Inputs and Outputs9 Internal Toroidal Transformer9 Frequency Response of 10Hz to 22kHz

9 Dynamic range of greater than 113dB9 User Power Up Features9 Relay Bypass for Power Failure System Protection

iEQ-15 DUAL 15-BAND DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQ/LIMITER

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

9 16 Channel Mixer With Level, Pan, Mute, Solo, & Reverb Send Control9 16 Preset Locations For Mixer & Effect Parameter Recall9 Lexicon© Courtesy Reverb9 dbx PeakStopPlus™ Limiting9 BLU link Compatibility9 XLR & 1/4” Stereo Or Mono Outputs9 1/8” & 1/4” Headphone Outputs9 Setup Wizard9 Supports 48 kHz & 96 kHz Sampling Rates9 Channel Linking & Grouping Capabilities9 Supports Up To 60 PMC16s On A Single Network

TR1616PERFORMANCE I/O

PMC16PERSONAL MONITOR CONTROLLER

Personal MonitorSolutions

The TR1616 is a 16 in/16 out analog to BLU link and

BLU link to analog audio interface. With 16 precision

dbx mic preamps and combo style input jacks, the TR1616

accepts line level or mic level signals. Configurable in 16

channel blocks, the modular design of the TR1616 allows you to

create the digital snake or BLU link network that’s right for you.

As your needs change, additional TR1616s can easily be added

to the network, providing expansion of up to 256 channels at

48 kHz (or 128 channels at 96 kHz). And with its plug and play

functionality, getting into an audio over Ethernet system no

longer requires long hours of training and programming.

Whether using headphones, in-ear monitors, powered monitors,

or traditional wedge monitors, the PMC16 allows performing

musicians to control their own personalized stage monitor mix

with ease. Using BLU link, the PMC16 is capable of receiving up

to 16 channels of high-end digital audio via CAT5e cable. The

PMC16 comprises a 16 channel mixer section with full control

of levels, panning, effect send levels, muting, and soloing.

Built-in Lexicon© courtesy reverb rounds out the all-star

processing power of the PMC16. With a Setup Wizard for ease

of configuration, full 16 channel mixer level metering, channel

grouping, 16 preset locations for future recall of mixes, and an

intuitive yet powerful user interface, PMC16 gives you the power

to dial in YOUR mix exactly as YOU want it, in real time.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Crossovers

Crossovers may do nothing more than direct frequencies, but the

thought that went into the 223s and 234s is what really elevates

the dbx® crossovers above the rest. The 223s and 234s both

feature differentially balanced TRS ¼" inputs and outputs. To

prevent accidental changes of critical settings during performance

(which could be disastrous), several of the 223s and 234s’s

controls are located on their rear panels. On the 223s, the first

of these selects between stereo two-way or mono three-way

operation, while on the 234s it selects between stereo two-way,

stereo three-way, or mono four-way operation (the selected

mode is always visible via two front panel LEDs). Also located

on the back panels are switches that allow you to individually

select crossover frequency ranges for both channels (again, the

front panels feature LEDs to indicate when the back panel x10

switch is activated). The rear panels also allow you to mono-sum

the low frequency outs. Both crossovers feature Linkwitz-Riley

24dB/octave filters–the professional standard. Each of the units’

channels has a +12dB input gain control and a recessed 40 Hz

low-cut (high-pass) filter for removing low frequency rumble. Both

the low and high outputs on each channel have phase reverse

switches (reconfigurable to operate as mute switches) and gain

controls ranging from ∞ to +6 dB, allowing level matching and

muting of individual outputs. The 223s and 234s give you great

performance, the features you expect from professional crossovers,

and the reassurance that you’re buying from the company that has

been making the world’s finest audio gear for over 30 years.

223s/223xs STEREO 2-WAY, MONO 3-WAY CROSSOVER

9 1/4” TRS (223s) / XLR (223xs) differentially balanced inputs and outputs9 Mode switch for stereo 2-way or mono 3-way operation9 Stereo/Mono status LEDs indicate the selected mode

9 Low frequency summed (subwoofer) output9 x10 range switch on both channels9 40Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter both channels9 Phase reverse switch on all outputs9 Individual level controls on all outputs9 24dB per octave Linkwitz-Riley filters

(the professional standard)9 dbx® 2 year parts and labor as standard9 CSA NRTL/C approved9 CE compliant

234s/234xs STEREO 2/3-WAY, MONO 4-WAY CROSSOVER

9 1/4” TRS (234s) / XLR (234xs) differentially balanced inputs and outputs9 Mode switches for mono 4-way or stereo 2-way/3-way operation9 Low frequency summed (subwoofer) output

9 x10 range switch on both channels9 40Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter both channels9 Phase reverse switch on all outputs9 Individual level controls on all band outputs9 24dB per octave Linkwitz-Riley filters (the professional standard)

9 Stereo/Mono status LEDs indicate the selected mode9 dbx® 2 year parts and labor as standard9 CSA NRTL/C approved9 CE compliant

223xs and 234xs XLR versions

To provide you with even more flexibility, the 223s and 234s are also available in the form of the 223xs and 234xs which offer balanced XLR input and output connectors.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

At dbx, when we do something, we do it right.

So when we decided to create our new direct

injection boxes, we didn’t settle for the same

old tired approach to direct box design. With

our dbx name on the line, how could we? One

look at our new dB10 Passive and dB12 Active

direct boxes will tell you that these are clearly

different. With their bullet-proof construction,

and extraordinary audio performance to rival

their looks, finally there’s a direct box worthy

of the dbx name.

Utilizing custom dbx mu-metal-shielded audio

transformers, high-quality Neutrik® connec-

tors, and low-noise circuitry preserves the

sonic integrity and true characteristics of the

signal source. Both boxes include a pad switch

that accomodates instrument, line and even

speaker level signals. Take even more control

of your sound by utilizing the polarity invert

switch to set the phase relationship between

the direct and mic’d sound.

9 Premium performance9 Rugged attractive design9 Stackable chassis w/durable rubber base9 Gold-plated Neutrik® XLR connector9 Recessed chrome toggle switches9 Transformer isolated9 Premium shielded custom dbx transformer9 Hi-Z 1/4” input jack9 Parallel 1/4” thru jack9 Balanced XLR Lo-Z output9 Handles instrument/line/ speaker levels9 Flat/high-cut filter switch9 Output polarity invert switch9 Ground lift switch9 5 year U.S. warranty!

Pan

Mute

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

L / R

Mute

L / R

Mute

L / R

Mute

L / R

-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5 Pan-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5 Pan-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5 Pan-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5 Pan-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5 Pan-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5 Pan-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5 Pan-5

-4

-3

-2-1 0 +1

+2

+3

+4

+5

1 2 3 4

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

Mute

L / R

5

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

Mute

L / R

6

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

Mute

L / R

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 10

2

4 6

8

10

Aux 20

2

4 6

8

10

Mute

L / R

-10

0

+5

+10

-20

-30-

-5

INPUT THRU

PAD0dB

20dB40dB

GuitarMixer

Mic

Amplifier

Outputon Rear Panel

SAMPLE SETUP

“When you wanna do it right...dbx it.” - Bart Leggiero

-Via Facebook

Direct BoxesdB10 PASSIVE & dB12 ACTIVE

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The AFS 224 Advanced Feedback Suppression

processor has been designed to provide state-

of-the-art feedback elimination processing,

while maintaining a simple and intuitive

control interface. The AFS 224 utilizes a

no-nonsense user interface providing all the

processing and control necessary for both

installation and live use while the AFS is an

absolute must for any live sound application.

Ten and twelve filter-per-channel feedback

elimination processors have become the de

facto standard, but the engineering staff at

dbx® have never been content residing in

the neighborhood of the status quo. So, to

raise the bar once again, they developed a

dedicated feedback suppression processor that

offers up to 24 filters per channel with filter

Qs as narrow 1/80 of an octave. With such

narrow filter Qs, the AFS 224 is able to remove

unwanted feedback, while preserving the sonic

integrity with precision and accuracy. To

achieve these staggering numbers, dbx utilized

their patented AFS technology that had

previously only been available in the upper

echelon of dbx products and made it available

in this stand-alone processor. In addition to

the plethora of feedback suppression filters

available, the AFS 224 also offers selectable

modes, live filter lift, and multiple types of

filtration.

9 dbx’s Patented (Advanced Feedback Suppression) AFS technology9 24 Programmable Filters per Channel9 Stereo or Dual Independent Channel Processing9 Live and Fixed Filter Modes9 Selectable Filter Lift Times9 Application-specific filter types include Speech and Music Low, Med and High9 Input channel Metering9 24 LED per Channel Filter Metering9 XLR and 1/4” TRS Inputs and Outputs

9 Individual control for two ranges of subharmonic frequencies9 Separate Low Frequency Boost Circuit9 Separate Subwoofer Output9 1/4” Balanced inputs and outputs9 RCA Input Connectors9 Front panel LEDs that show crossover status and synthesis activity9 Patented circuitry ensures that mid and high frequencies are not affected

9 Built-in crossover with choice of 80Hz or 120Hz crossover point9 Enhance bass audio material for use in a variety of professional applications such as: - Nightclub and dance mixing - DJ Mixing - Theater and Film Sound - Music Recording - Live Music Performance - Broadcasting

AFS® 224ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION PROCESSOR

Unlike other attempts at bass synthesis, the 120A’s

patented subharmonic synthesis process produces smooth,

musical low frequencies that don’t interfere with mid- or

high-band information–even at maximum levels. The result

is unmatched low-end punch at levels that won’t destroy

your system. In fact, the 120A is optimized to allow

audio professionals to get the most out of their high-

performance, low frequency speaker systems, and includes

both a subwoofer output (with its own level control) and

main outputs that can be configured as either full-range

(including synthesis) or high frequency-only.

120ASUBHARMONIC SYNTHESIZER

“dbx - the only choicewhen every db counts!” - Seth Zirin -Via Facebook

Other Products

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Other Products

The dbx® 286s’s Mic Preamp and Five processors can be used

independently or in any combination. Why mic up vocals and

instruments through a noisy, blurry mixer? The dbx 286s’s

sonically pristine Mic Preamp has all the features you need,

including wide-ranging input gain control, switchable 48V

phantom power and an 80Hz high-pass filter. Use the 286s’s

newly designed and patented OverEasy® Compressor to

transparently smooth out uneven acoustic tracks or deliver

that classic “in your face” rock vocal. Take out vocal sibilance

and high frequency distortion in cymbals with the 286s’s

frequency tunable De-Esser. Fine-tune the Enhancer’s HF Detail

control to add sparkle and crispness to tracks. LF Detail control

adds fullness and depth to vocals and bass instruments while

simultaneously cleaning up muddy low midrange frequencies.

And, the Expander/Gate’s separate threshold and ratio controls

allow you to subtly reduce headphone leakage or radically gate

noisy guitar amps.

The dbx 286s’s full complement of metering and status

LEDs visually guide you to achieving the right sound. The

floating balanced XLR mic input accepts balanced or unbalanced

inputs. An additional 1/4” TRS phone jack can accept balanced/

unbalanced line signals to process live electronic instruments

or pre-recorded tracks at mixdown. An insert jack between the

286s’s Mic Preamp and signal processing sections can be used to

“loop out” to external processors (such as EQ) or to mix the Mic

Preamp’s signal out to an external destination.

The cost and hassle of patching together multiple

processors for use on one track can be frustrating. The dbx 286s

gives you all the tools you’ll need in one box, with the shortest

signal path to help keep your music sounding clean.

286sMIC PREAMP PROCESSOR

PB-48PATCH BAY

The PB-48 patchbay features 48 front panel and 48 rear panel

patch points, with 24 user- adjustable board assemblies that

can be configured–without soldering or wire cutting–for

half-normalled or de-normalled operation. Rugged and noise-

free, the PB-48 is designed to serve all your patchbay needs.

Whether you want clear and easy access to your mixer and

studio gear, reduced wear on your equipment’s jacks, or the

ability to quickly re-route devices within your setup, the PB-

48’s balanced TRS and unbalanced TS ¼" plugs pave the way.

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Mic Preamps & Channel Strips

386

376

286A

P R O D U C T S P E C SP R O D U C T S P E C S

MICROPHONE INPUT • • • Connector:FemaleXLRPin2Hot • • • Type:Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced • MaximumInputLevel:-10dBuor+10dBuwith20dBpadengaged • • MaximumInputLevel:-9dBuor+11dBuwith20dBpadengaged • GainAdjustmentRange:+10dBto+60dB • • GainAdjustmentRange:+30dBto+60dB 48V 48V 48V PhantomPower • • • Pad:20dB -120 -120 -120 EquivalentInputNoise:Typically-(dBu)typicalwitha150Ωsourceload"A-weighted" LINE INPUT • • • Connector:TRS¼"Jack • • Type:ElectronicallyBalanced/unbalanced 20k-40kΩ 20k-40kΩ 100kΩ Impedance:bal/unbalanced MaximumInputLevel:0dBuor+20dBuwith20dBpadengaged • • MaximumInputLevel:+21dBubalancedorunbalanced • MaximumInputLevel:+18dBubalancedorunbalanced INSTRUMENT INPUT (Front Panel) • • Connector:TS¼"Jack • • Type:Unbalanced • • Impedance:470kΩ +21dBu +18dBu +21dBu MaximumInputLevel(unbalanced) • InsertConnector:TRS¼" • Type:Unbalanced LINE OUTPUT • • • Connector:MaleXLRPin2HotandimpedancebalancedTRS¼" • Connector:¼"TRSphonebalanced/unbalanced • • • Type:Electronicallybalanced Type:transformerbalanced/unbalanced >21 >18 >21 MaximumOutputLevel:(XLR)+dBu DIGITAL OUTPUTS • • Connectors:XLRforAES/EBU,RCAforS/PDIFl=bothconnectortypes INSERT TS • • Connector:TRS¼" • RingImpedance:>5kΩ • MaximumLevel:>+21dBu Word Sync Input/Output • • Connectors:BNC • • InputImpedance:75Ωterminatedbyinternaljumper • • Input:96,88.2,48,or44.1kHzwordclock • • Output:96,88.2,48,or44.1kHzwordclock A/D CONVERSION • • Type:dbxTypeIV®A/DConversionSystem • • SampleRate:96,88.2,48,or44.1kHzselectable • • Wordlength:24,20,or16bitselectable • • DitherType:TPDF,SNR2,ornone • • NoiseShape:Shape1,Shape2,ornone • • OutputFormat:S/PDIForAES/EBU107dB107dB ConverterDynamicRange:typical,A-Weighted,22kHzBandwidth D/A CONVERSION • D-AConversion24-bit • DynamicRange:103dBtypical,A-weighted,20kHzbandwidth,101dBtypical,unweighted,20kHzbandwidth • THD+Noise:0.002%typicalat+4dBu,1kHz,outputgainat0dB • FrequencyResponse:20Hzto20kHz,+0/-0.5dB • InterchannelCrosstalk:<-85dBat1kHz,outputgainat0dB DIMENSIONS H x W x D 1.75"x19"x7.75"

1.75"x19"x7.75"

1.75"x19"x5.75"

2 7

P R O D U C T S P E C S

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


PA+

PX 260

4800

/482

0

220i

SC 6

4

SC 3

2

640

641

1260

1261

DriveRack, SC, ZonePRO ® ™ Graphic EQs

131s

215s

231s

1215

1231

2031

2215

2231

IEQ1

5

IEQ3

1

640m

641m

1260

m12

61m

INPUTS2(1)2(1) 2(1) 4(1) 2 64 32 6 12 612 NumberofInputs(RTAMicInput) • • • • • Connectors:FemaleXLR • • • • • •• Connectors,Euroblock 4 8 24 Connectors,RCA • • • • • • • • • •• Type:Electronicallybal/RFfiltered • • • • • Impedance,>40K 3.5k 3.5k >50kΩ>50kΩ >50kΩ>50kΩ Impedance,balanced,Euroblock >75kΩ>25kΩ >25kΩ>25kΩ Impedance,unbalanced,Euroblock(&RCA1260/1261) • • • MaxInputLevel:Hardwareselectablefor+30,+22,+14dBu • • • • •• MaxInputLineLevel:+20dBuMic/Line,+12dBuRCA • • MaxInputLineLevel:+22dBu • • • • • •• CMRR:>40dBtypical,>55dBat1kHz • • • • CMRR:>45dB 0-48dB 0-48dB 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB MicPregain • • • • •• MicEIN:<-118dB,22Hz-22kHz,150kΩ • InputGainRangeRTA:10dBto70dBw/60dBtypical15VDC 15VDC 15VDC 48VDC 48V 48V 15V15V 15V15V RTAMicPhantomVoltage: OUTPUTS 6 4 6 8 2 64 32 4 6 46 NumberofOutputs • • • • • Connectors:XLR • • • • • •• Connectors:Euroblock • • • • • • • • • •• Type:Electronicallybalanced,RFfiltered 120Ω 120Ω 120Ω 120Ω 120Ω 44Ω 44Ω 120/60120/60120/60120/60 Impedance • MaximumOutputLevel:+25.5dBuinto1kΩ,+22dBuinto600Ω • • • • • • •• MaximumOutputLevel:+20dBu • • MaximumOutputLevel:+22dBu A/D PERFORMANCE • • • • • • • •• Type:dbxTypeIV™ConversionSystem 110 110 114 115 114 113 113113113113113 DynamicRange:(dB)A-weighted 107 107 112 112 112 110 110110110110110 DynamicRange:(dB)Unweighted l l ll TypeIVdynamicRange:>119dB,A-weighted,22kHz,BW>117dB,unweighted,22kHzBW 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 96kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz48kHz 48kHz48kHz SampleRate 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 2424 A/DWordlength:(bit) D/A PERFORMANCE 112 112 112 115 112 113 113 112112112112 DynamicRange:(dB)A-weighted 110 110 110 112 110 110 110 109109109109 DynamicRange:(dB)unweighted 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 96kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz SampleRate 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 A/DWordlength:(bit) SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 48bits 32bits 32bits InternalWordlength • DynamicRange:>109dBA-weighted,>106dBunweighted • • • • • • • • • DynamicRange:>110dBA-weighted,>107dBunweighted0.0040.002 0.0020.0030.002 0.0040.0040.0030.0030.0030.003 THD+Noise:%typicalat+4dBu,1kHz,0dBinputgain • • • • • • • • • •• FrequencyResponse:20Hz-20kHz,+/-0.5dB • • • • •• InterchannelCrosstalk:>80dBtypical • • • • •• Crossalkinputtooutput:>80dBtypical 0.6msec 0.6msec 0.6msec 0.6msec PropagationDelay PRE EQ – (Input)28-Band28-Band 28-Band31-Band28-Band 9-Band 9-Band 4-Band4-Band Type:GraphicEQperinputchannel,orPEQperinputchannel • • • • • • • Range:+/-12dBrange NOTCH FILTERS • Number:1-5perinputchannelnottoexceed10forallinputchannels • • • • Number:6perinputchannel • • Number:4peroutputchannel PRE DELAY – (Input) N/A N/A configurable 680 N/A 5120 5120 Length:ms/channel POST DELAY (DRIVER ALIGNMENT) – (Output) 10 10 configurable 170 configurable 5120 5120 Length:ms/channel 2.7sec 2.0sec 2.7sec TOTAL DELAY TIME CROSSOVER • Type:1x2,1x3,1x4,1x5,1x6,2x3,2x4,2x5,2x6,2x7,2x8,3x4,3x5,3x6,3x7,3x8,4x6,4x8 • • • • FilterType:Butterworth,Bessel,orLinkwitz-Riley-Note:PA+,PX-offernobessel • • • • Slope:6,12,18or24dB/octaveforButterworthorBesselfilters 12,24,36or48dB/octaveforLinkwitz-RileyfiltersNote:PA+,PX-offeronly12and24LR • • Type:1x1,1x2,1x3,1x4,2x2,2x4,2x6and2x8-Bessel6,12,18and24dB/Octave Butterworth6,12,18and24dB/Octave-Linkwitz-Riley12and24dB/Octave POST EQ - (Output) 3(2) 3(2) 4(2) 4 4 6 6 66 Number:EQbandsperoutputchannel • • • •• Range:+/-12dBrange DYNAMICS • • • • • • • •• Type:Compressor/LimiterwithPeakStopPlus® • • • • • • •• Type:Compressor/LimiterwithPeakPlus® ••AmbientNoiseCompensation Pink Noise Generator • • • • Position:Pinknoiseinsertedonselectedinput(s) • • Pink/White/Sine Phase Compensation • • • Amount:0-180degreesphaseshift • • • •• OutputPolarity:Reversible MISCELLANEOUS • OutputTransformers:Optional • ROMUpgrade:FlashupgradablethroughUSB • • • GUI:RS-232forcomputerdisplayandconfiguration • • • • RTAMicrophone:Optional(RTAmicincludedonPX) • • • • • • • •• ROMUpgrade:FlashupgradablethroughRS-232 Dimensions: H x W x D1.75"x19"x5.75"

1.75”x19”x5.75”

1.75"x19"x7.7"

3.5"x19"x12.25"

1.75"x19"x5.75"

3.5"x19"x15"

3.5"x19"x15"

1.75"x19"x5.75"

1.75"x19"x 5.75"

1.75"x19"x5.75"

1.75"x19"x5.75"

2 8


05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


PA+

PX 260

4800

/482

0

220i

SC 6

4

SC 3

2

640

641

1260

1261

DriveRack, SC, ZonePRO ® ™ Graphic EQs

131s

215s

231s

1215

1231

2031

2215

2231

IEQ1

5

IEQ3

1

640m

641m

1260

m12

61m

2 9

INPUTS/OUTPUTS • • • • • Connectors:1/4"TRS,XLR(pin2hot),andbarrierterminalstrip • • Connectors:1/4"TRS,XLR(pin2hot),andEuroblock • • • Connectors:1/4"TRS,XLR(pin2hot) • • • • • • • • • • Type:Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered • • • • • • • • • • InputImpedance:Balanced40kΩ,unbalanced20kΩ • • • • • • • • +22dBu +22dBu MaximumInputLevel:>+21dBubalancedorunbalanced • • • • • • • • • • CMRR:>40dB,typically>55dBat1kHz • • • • • OutputImpedance:Electronicallybalanced200Ω,unbalanced100Ω • • OutputImpedance:Electronicallybalanced120Ω,unbalanced60Ω • • • OutputImpedance:balanced100Ω,unbalanced50Ω +21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+20dBu >+20dBu MaximumOutputLevel SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • • • • • • • • • • Bandwidth:20Hzto20kHz,+/-0.5dB • • • • • • • • • • FrequencyResponse:<10Hzto>50kHz,+0.5/-3dB • • • • • • • THD+Noise:<0.004%,at+4dBu1kHz • • • THD+Noise:<0.04%,0.02%typicalat+4dBu,1kHz • • • • • • • • • • InterchannelCrosstalk:<-80dB,20Hzto20kHz • • • DynamicRange:>108dB,unweighted22kHzmeasurementbandwidth • • • SignaltoNoiseRatio:90dB • • • • • DynamicRange:>112dB,unweighted • • • • • SignaltoNoise:>94dB,unweighted,ref.:+4dBu,22kHzmeasurementbandwidth • • • DynamicRange:108dB • • • SignaltoNoiseRatio:90dB • • • NoiseReduction:Upto20dBofdynamicbroadbandnoisereduction • • NoiseReduction:Upto10dBofdynamicbroadbandnoisereduction Noise Reduction In (+/-6dB and +/-15dB range) • • • DynamicRange:>120dB,unweighted • • • SignaltoNoiseRatio:>102dB,unweighted,ref:+4dBu,22kHzmeasurementbandwidth • • DynamicRange:109dB115dB • • • • • SignaltoNoise:>94dB,unweighted,ref.:+4dBu,22kHzmeasurementbandwidth • • DigitalResolution:24bits • • SampleFrequency:48kHz • • Latency:2msec FUNCTION SWITCHES • • AFS:ActivatesdbxAFS™AdvancedFeedbackSuppression • • TypeV:ActivatesdbxTypeV™NoiseReduction • • • TypeIII:ActivatesdbxTypeIII™NoiseReduction • • • • • • • • • • EQBypass:Bypassesthegraphicequalizersectioninthesignalpath • • • • • • • LowCut(recessed):Activethe40Hz18dB/octaveBesselhigh-passfilter • • • LowCut:Activethe50Hz12dB/octavehigh-passfilter • • • • • • • Range:(recessed)Selectseither+/-6dBor+/-15dBsliderboost/cutrange • • • Range:Selectseither+/-6dBor+/-12dBsliderboost/cutrange INDICATORS • • • • • • • • • • 4-LEDbargraph(Green,Green,Yellow,Red)at-10,0,+10,and+18dBu • • • • • GainReductionMeter:4-LEDbargraph(allRed)at3,6,and10dB • • • TypeIII™NRActive:YellowLED • • TypeV™NRActive:Yellow,Green,RedLED • • AFS™AdvancedFeedbackSuppressionActive:RedLED • • • • • • • • • • EQBypass:RedLED • • • • • • • • • • Clip:RedLED • • • • • • • • • • LowCutActive:RedLED • • • • • +/-6dBrange:RedLED • • • +/-12dBrange:RedLED • • • • • • • +/-15dBrange:RedLED POWER SUPPLY • • • • • • • • OperatingVoltage:100VAC50/60Hz,120VAC60Hz-230VAC50/60Hz 12w 12w 15w 24w 24w 12w 24w 24w 17w 17w PowerConsumption:(watts) • • • • • • • • • • MainsConnection:IECreceptacle DIMENSIONS: H x W x D 1.75"x19"x6"

1.75"x19"x6"

3.5"x19"x6"

3.5"x19"x7.9"

5.25"x19"x7.9"

3.5"x19"x7.9"

3.5"x19"x7.9"

5.25"x19"x7.9"

3.5"x19"x7.9"

5.25"x19"x7.9"


05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


Dynamics, Blue/Purple Series26

6xs

166x

s

160A

1074

1046

1066

160S

L

162S

L

Crossovers

223s

223x

s

234s

234x

s

Digital Signal Processors

AFS2

24 Direct Boxes

dB10

dB12

TR1616

PMC16

TR16

16

PMC1

6

INPUTS X,T X,T X,T X X,T X,T X,T X,T Connectors:X=XLR,T=TRS¼" • • • • • • • • Type:Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered >40k >50k/>25k >100k/>50k >50k/>25k >40k/>20k >40k/>20k >20k/>10k >50k/>25k Impedance:Balanced/Unbalanced(ohms) >+20dBu >+24dBu >+24dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu +30dBu/+26 +24dBu MaxInputLevel:BalancedorUnbalanced >45 >45 >45 >45 >45 >45 >80 >40 CMRR:Typical@1kHz V1 V1 V1 V2 V2 V2 V8 V8 VCA TYPE T T T T T T X T SIDECHAIN INSERTConnectors:X=XLR,T=TRS¼" OUTPUTS X,T X,T X,T X,T X X,T X X,T Connectors:X=XLR,T=TRS¼" * • • • • • • Type:Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered(*266XLisimpedancebalanced) • • Type:Transformerbalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered >120/>60 >30 >60/>30 >30/>15 >30/>15 >50/>25 >30/>15 Impedance:Balanced/Unbalanced(ohms) >+21 >+21 >+24 >+22 >+22 >+21 >+30 >+24/>+22 MaxOutputLevel:(dBu) SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • • • • • • • • Bandwidth:20Hzto20kHz,+0/-0.5dB(162SL=+0/-0.dB) -90 -90 -90 -94 -94 -94 -94 -93 Noise:<(dBu),unweighted,22kHzmeasurementbandwidth • • • • • • • • StereoCoupling;TrueRMSPowerSumming COMPRESSOR • • • • • • ThresholdRange:-40dButo+20dBu • ThresholdRange:-40dButo+30dBu • • • • • • • Ratio:1:1to∞:1 • • • • • • • ThresholdCharacteristic:SelectableOverEasy®orhardknee • • • • • Attack/Release:Selectablemanualorauto • • Attack/Release:Auto • • • • • • • • OutputGain:-20to+20dB • OutputGain:-25to+25dB LIMITER N/A Peakstop N/A N/A Peakstop Peakstop Peakstop Peakstop Type Plus® Plus® Plus® Plus® (162SLtwo-stage) OPTIONS • 704XDigitalOutputSystem • • • • • • OutputTransformer:Jensen®JT-123-dbxorJT-11-dbx,BCI™RE-123-dbxorRE-11-dbx;Jensenstandardon160SL/162SL DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

INPUTS¼"TRS XLR ¼"TRS XLR Connectors • • • • Type:Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered • • • • Impedance:Balanced>50kΩ,unbalanced>25kΩ • • • • MaxInputLevel:>+21dBubalancedorunbalanced • • • • CMRR:>40dB,typically>55dBat1kHz OUTPUTS¼"TRS XLR ¼"TRS XLR Connectors: • • • • Impedance:Balanced200Ω,unbalanced100Ω • • • • Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered • • • • MaxOutputLevel:>+21dBubalanced/unbalancedinto2kΩorgreater SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • • • • Bandwidth:20Hzto20kHz,+0/-0.5dB • • • • FrequencyResponse: <3Hzto>90kHz,+0/-3dB • • • • Signal-to-Noise:Ref:+4dBu,22kHzmeasurementbandwidth • • LowOutput:>94dB(StereoMode)>94dB(MonoMode) • • LowMidOutput:>94dB(MonoMode) • • High-Mid:>92dB(MonoMode) • • • • MidOutput:>93dB(MonoMode) • • High-MidOutput:>92dB • • • • HighOutput:>92dB(StereoMode)>92dB(MonoMode) • • • • DynamicRange:>114dB,unweighted,anyoutput • • • • THD+Noise:<0.004%at+4dBu,1kHz,<0.04%at+20dBu,1kHz • • • • InterchannelCrosstalk:<-80dB,20Hzto20kHz CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES • • • • StereoMode:Low/High:45to960Hzor450Hzto9.6kHz(x10setting) MonoMode:Low/Mid:45to960Hzor450Hzto9.6kHz(x10setting) Mid/High:45to960Hzor450Hzto9.6kHz(x10setting) FilterType:Linkwitz-Riley,24dB/octave,state-variable POWER • • • • OperatingVoltage:100VAC50/60Hz;120VAC60Hz,230VAC50HZ 15w 15w 15w 15w PowerRequirements(watts) DIMENSIONS H x Wx D 1.75"x19"x6.9"

1.75"x19"x6.9"

1.75"x19"x6.9"

1.75"x19"x6.9"

1.75"x19"x5.75"

1.75"x19"x6.75"

1.75"x19"x6.5"

1.75"x19"x9"

1.75”x19”x9”

1.75”x19”x9”

3.5”x19”x10”

3.5”x19”x10”

3 0


05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


Dynamics, Blue/Purple Series

266x

s

166x

s

160A

1074

1046

1066

160S

L

162S

L

Crossovers

223s

223x

s

234s

234x

s

Digital Signal ProcessorsAF

S224 Direct Boxes

dB10

dB12

TR1616

PMC16

TR16

16

PMC1

6

3 1

INPUTS X,T Connectors:X=XLR,T=TRS¼" • Type:Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered 50k/25k Impedance:Balanced/Unbalanced(ohms)+20dBu MaxInputLevel:balancedorunbalanced • CMRR:>40dBat1kHz,typically>55dB@1kHz OUTPUTS X,T Connectors:X=XLR,T=TRS¼" • Type:Electronicallybalanced/unbalanced,RFfiltered • Balanced:120Ω/Unbalanced:60Ω • MaxOutputLevel:+20dBu A/D SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • A-DConversion:24-BitdbxTypeIV™ConversionSystem • ConverterDynamicRange:>113dBtypical,A-weighted, >110dBtypical,unweighted,22kHzbandwidth TypeIV™DynamicRange:Upto127dBwithtransientmaterial, A-weighted,22kHzbandwidth • Upto125dBwithtransientmaterial,unweighted,22kHzbandwidth Typically119dBwithprogrammaterial,A-weighted,22kHzbandwidth Typically117dBwithprogrammaterial,unweighted, 22kHzbandwidth • FrequencyResponse:20Hzto20kHz,+0/-0.5dB • InterchannelCrosstalk:<-80dBat1kHz,inputgainat0dB D/A SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • D-AConversion:24-Bit • DynamicRange:112dBtypical,A-weighted,22kHzbandwidth, 109dBtypical,unweighted,22kHzbandwidth • THD+Noise:0.003%typicalat+4dBu,1kHz,inputgainat0dB • FrequencyResponse:20Hzto20kHz,+0/-0.5dB • InterchannelCrosstalk:<-80dBat1kHz,inputgainat0dB DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

AUDIO PERFORMANCE • FrequencyResponse:+0/-0.2dB20Hz–20kHz (Measuredat0dBuoutputlevel) • DynamicRange:>108dBunweighted22Hz–22kHzbandwidth >112dBA-weighted • THD+N:<.005%20Hz–20kHz(Measuredat0dBuoutputlevel) • Crosstalk:<97dB20Hz–20kHz BLU LINK DIGITAL AUDIO BUS • BitDepth:24-bit • SampleRate:48kHzor96kHz • Connectors:2xRJ45Ethernetconnectors • MaxCableLength:100m/300ftbetweendevices(Category5ecable) 60 MaxNumberofNodes • LatencyPerNode:4/Fs[0.08ms@48kHz,0.04ms@96kHz] ANALOG OUTPUTS (XLR & 1/4”) 20dBu MaxOutputLevel 40Ω OutputImpedance HEADPHONE OUTPUTS (1/8” & 1/4”) • Power/Impedance:900mWperchannelat50Ω Ω (1/8”and1/4”jacksareinparallel) POWER • Adapter:PS0920DC-01(100-240VAC,50/60Hz) 18W PowerConsumption: • PowerRequirements:9VDC2.0A WEIGHT/DIMENSIONS ProductWeight

PowerSupplyWeight

Dimensions

P A CircuitType:A=Active,P=Passive INPUTS 1 1 NumberofConnectors:Instrument/line/speakerlevel • • 1/4”TSConnection(TipHot,SleeveGND) • • Unbalanced,RFFiltered • • AttenuationPad:Switchable0,20,40dB • • Filter:Switchable,LowPass@6kHz(40dBpadpositiononly) +33dBu +10dBu MaxInputLevel(0dBPad) +33dBu +30dBu MaxInputLevel(20dBPad) +33dBu +33dBu MaxInputLevel(40dBPad) 80kΩ 1MΩ InputImpedance(0dB) 65kΩ 65kΩ InputImpedance(-20dB) 70kΩ 70kΩ InputImpedance(-40dB) OUTPUTS • • MainOutput:MaleXLRBalanced,Pin2Hot • • ThruOutput:1/4”Unbalanced,TS(TipHot,SleeveGND) • • MainOutputImpedance:600ΩTypical,balanced • MainOutputCMRR:128dBtypical@60Hz, 104dBtypical@1kHz,98dBtypical@10Hz • MainOutputCMRR:106dBtypical@60Hz, 123dBtypical@1kHz,108dBtypical@10Hz PERFORMANCE • Bandwidth:20Hzto20kHz+/-0.1dBtypical • Bandwidth:20Hzto20kHz+0/-2typicalwith600Ωload • FrequencyResponse:<10Hzto80kHz,-3dB • FrequencyResponse:10Hzto70kHz,-3dB with2kΩorhigherload • InsertionLoss:21dBtypical • InsertionLoss:1dBtypical • HarmonicDistortion:(THD+N)0.002%typical@1Hz,0dBu • HarmonicDistortion:(THD+N)0.003%typical@1Hz,0dBu • NoiseFloor:-120dBu,22Hzto22kHz,unweighted • NoiseFloor:-112dBu,22Hzto22kHz,unweighted • DynamicRange:153dB,22Hzto22kHz,unweighted • DynamicRange:122dB,22Hzto22kHz,unweighted POWER SUPPLY • Voltage:+48VPhantomPower • Current:<8mA DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

ANALOG INPUTS16NumberofInputs•Connectors:CombinationFemaleXLRand1/4”Jack •Type:Electronicallybalanced,RFFiltered•Impedance:XLRinput:3kΩ,1/4”input:20kΩbalanced, 10kΩunbalanced•MaxInputLevel:XLRInput:+18dBuatminimumgain 1/4”Input:+33dBuatminimumgain•Gain:XLRInput:0to+60dB,1/4”Input:-15to+45dB•EIN:-125dBu,22Hz-22kHz,150Ωsourceimpedance•CMRR:>40dB,typically55dB,22Hz-22kHz•DynamicRange:110dBunweighted,113dBA-weighted•FrequencyResponse:10Hzto40kHz,+/-0.25dBat96kHz, 10Hzto20kHz,+/-0.25dBat48kHz•THD+N:Typically0.002%at1kHz,0dBuXLRinput, gainsettominimum•InterchannelCrosstalk:<100dB,22Hzto22kHz•ADCLatency:37/Fs(0.77msecat48kHz) +48VDCPhantomPower:appliedtoXLRpins2and3through6.81kresistors20dBPad•LowCutFilter:2-poleButterworthfilterat80Hz•Polarity:NormalorReverse ANALOG OUTPUTS16NumberofOutputs•Connectors:MaleXLR•Type:Cross-CoupledElectronicallybalanced,RFFiltered•Impedance:40Ωbalanced,20Ωunbalanced•MaximumOutputLevel:+20dBuinto2kohmloadorgreater•DynamicRange:112dBunweighted,115dBA-weighted•FrequencyResponse:10Hzto40kHz,+/-0.25dBat96kHz 10Hzto20kHz,+/-0.25dBat48kHz•THD+N:Typically0.006%at1kHz,0dBuoutput •InterchannelCrosstalk:<-100dB,22Hzto22kHz•DACLatency:29/Fs(0.60msecat48kHz)

1.75"x19"x5.75"

2.20”x5.44"x5.82”

2.20”x5.44”x5.82”

2.26lb(1.03kg)

0.31lb(0.14kg)

21/8”(H)115/16”(W)413/16”(D)


05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:05

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

IDX 100 is the base system to a family of IDX solutions by Harman Professional, a leading manufacturer of high-quality, high fidelity audio products for the professional market. IDX is a proven and trusted system solution used in over 250 Airports and Transportation Facilities worldwide. Whether your audio needs are small or large, it’s time to put the power of IDX to work in your business.

Digital Paging, Voice Announcement, Background Music, and Audio Content over digital transport, at your control, accessible anywhere, anytime, on your schedule. That’s the power of IDX 100. Leverage existing Ethernet networks and integrate legacy audio systems with scalable hardware components. Add any General Purpose Input/Output device. More than future proof, IDX is the future of networked digital audio systems.

At the core of IDX 100 is a turn-key software interface paired with DSP hardware capable of distributing pre-recorded messages, live paging, and audio content over digital transport to multiple zones without the need to learn a programming language. Controlled by paging stations using the Cobranet digital audio transport protocol, and managed by intuitive software, IDX is a powerfully simple way to provide public address and mass communication systems to a single building or an entire campus of facilities.

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

IDX 100 OverviewDistributed Audio and DSP Over digital transport Create Events and Schedules For Automated System Functions

Uses BLU link and Digital Audio Transports Configure, Control and Monitor Systems Remotely via Client Software

Premium Audio Hardware By BSS®, CROWN®, And AKG® Integrate any General Purpose I/O Devices for Added Functionality

Wizard-Driven Configuration Using IDX 100 Designer Software Application Comprehensive System Logs and Fault Reporting

Simple Zone Assignment and System Control with Easy-to-Use Paing Stations

Optional Automated Amplifier Failover to Backup Amplifier Channels

Store and Play Back Audio Files and Paging Chimes

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

A Completely Scalable SystemStart small and go big. IDX 100 is easy to expand and is decentralized. Need more inputs? Add an additional DSP. Want more zones? Add another output box. Need more paging locations? Drop in a Ethernet line and add more paging stations. IDX 100 is a seamless solution with components designed to work together.

IDX SERVER2 MESSAGE CHANNELS

AUDIO PLAYER

ETHERNET SWITCH

PAGING STATION

EXPANSION STATIONUP TO 10 PER PAGING STATION

AUDIO INPUT 2 MESSAGE CHANNELSUP TO 14 BACKGROUND

MUSIC CHANNELS

AUDIO OUTPUT UP TO 96 CHANNELS

Audio Line Ethernet Connection CobraNet Amplifier Line BLU Link Speaker Line Control

PDP-DSPPROCESSOR

PDP-BOBOUTPUT EXPANDER

12 GPI / 6 GPO PER PDP-DSP

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

AMPLIFIER FAILOVER8:1 OR 1:1 BACKUP

Network RedundancyIDX Paging Stations and Processors include primary and secondary CobraNet based audio ports. Under normal operation the primary port only receives and transmits audio data from and to the network. Should the primary port or connection fail, the device automatically switches to receive and transmit audio from and to the secondary port.

The PDP-DSP and BLU-BOB feature a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio bus transport protocol developed by Harman known as BLU Link. In IDX 100, BLU Link transports 96 channels of audio over Cat 5e up to a distance of 100m between compatible devices. Fiber optic media converters can be used to increase the distance between devices to over 40km. IDX 100 is completely decentralized; system components can be located wherever space allows. Never before has networked audio been so easy to integrate.

Find additional design information at idx.harman.com

PRIMARY AMPLIFIER

PRIMARY AMPLIFIER

CT16S AMPLIFIER SWITCH

CT16S AMPLIFIER SWITCH

ZONE 1

ZONE 17

ZONE 24

ZONE 32

FIRE ALARM SIGNAL

ZONE 8

ZONE 16

BACKUP AMPLIFIER

BACKUP AMPLIFIER

16 GPI / 5 GPO PER

CT16S

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

One Company for the Entire Audio System

For over sixty years AKG Acoustics has been making some of the most respected pro quality microphones in the world. The DTE-715 uses the same components in AKG’s Gooseneck microphones to provide clean, intelligible sound for voice paging. Fifteen soft-touch paging buttons with colored LED feedback provide an easy to use interface for zone assignments. With up to twelve ten-button expansion modules, each paging station can host up to 135 buttons.

Take a deeper look at the specifications of the IDX 100 hardware at idx.harmanpro.com

The digital signal processing, audio and logic I/O of IDX 100 are derived from the BSS Audio Soundweb London platform. The PDP-DSP contains a pre-configured signal path and is controlled by the PDC-100 Controller. PDP-BOB Output Expanders receive eight channels of digital audio from the PDP-DSP Processors via BLU link. BLU link is a device-to-device connection of up to 100m, where no network appliances are required. These devices are backed by the award winning, industry trusted support and quality of BSS Audio.

Since 1974, Crown International has grown to become one of the world’s largest and most respected manufacturers of power amplifiers. Crown amplifiers feature proven technologies and state-of-the-art advancements for high-quality, high-performance systems with the rock-solid reliability that professionals demand. With a broad catalog of two, four, and eight channel amplifiers to choose from, there is an amplifier solution perfect for every installation. The CT16S Amplifier Switcher adds automatic failover to backup amplifier channels for high availability applications.W

Harman’s family of brands invent, design, and manufacturer a complete line of audio products matched perfectly with IDX 100. Guarantee the highest level of audio quality throughout every stage of the signal chain with these legendary Harman brands.

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Every installation requires a different loudspeaker to solve a unique acoustic challenge. The design of good loudspeaker coverage that is matched to the acoustic space is critical to the quality of the IDX 100 system. The loudspeaker is the ambassador to the sound system, represent like a pro with JBL. The engineers at JBL have created a complete range of surface-mount, in-ceiling, in-wall, pendant, and column loudspeakers that give you complete mastery of any architectural, aesthetic or system performance requirement. JBL is the worldwide standard for pro-quality loudspeaker installations.

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Shopping Malls

Automate bell schedules for classes and control morning announcements from the main office. Play pre-recorded messages at the bus pickup/drop off to route students. Create and manage custom emergency/evacuation messages and integrate with existing fire or blue-light systems. Provide music and announcement capabilities to sports and performing arts facilities.

All IDX 100 systems are backed by the warranty and support of Harman International, the parent company of world renowned audio brands including JBL, Crown, AKG, and BSS Audio.

Full Solution ProviderSYSTEM TRAINING, TESTING, SUPPORT, AND EXTENDED WARRANTY

Step-by-Step Setup WizardNever before has it been this easy to set up a networked communication system. Name your project, choose your failover and jump to the next step. The Wizard walks you through every important process, from setting up hardware, adding paging stations, adding music playback, creating logic, adding audio files, and assigning buttons.

Event SchedulingThe heart of automation lies in the Event Scheduler. Create simple playback alerts on a calendar, or create lists of actions that can be triggered manually. The simple, straightforward interface allows you to add delay times between actions, repeat events, add or subtract events, and create a weekly calendar.

Client MonitoringIt’s all in the details, and anything that happens in the IDX 100 system is logged. Complete monitoring of all activities 24/7 with client and server logs. Export data to .csv files for review. Five different queries to choose from: All, Event, Warning, Error and Debug.

So IntuitiveDesigner Software

IDX 100 Designer is the configuration, control and monitoring software application for IDX 100 systems.

The software runs on a Windows 7 PC and provides wizard-driven configuration of the PDC-100 Controller. After completing the 12 steps of the IDX 100 Designer Wizard, the configuration can be saved locally as a file and/or deployed to a PDC-100 Controller.

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Hospitals Convention Centers Warehouses

Route traffic through emergency areas with announcement message loops. Provide television audio or music in multiple waiting areas. Set up security paging for nurses, doctors, and security staff. Integrate patient call buttons in recovery rooms throughout the facility. Provide reception paging to private and public areas.

Automate pre-function space welcome messages, pre/post meeting chimes, and traffic announcements, exhibit floor notifications. Provide back of house support for audio/visual and food services vendors with paging capabilities.

Provide paging capabilities for operators to office cubicle areas and to private offices. Provide background music in lobbies, break areas, fitness facilities, and customer interface areas. Integrate emergency and fire announcements into existing systems. Automate message playback for repeating and essential functions. Integrate fire and safety controls in sensitive equipment areas for quick alert capabilities.

With over 65 years of award winning history in audio design and development, Harman brands have created revolutionary audio system solutions for the world’s most demanding applications where quality, reliability and superb audio performance are required. Harman systems are used throughout the world in a wide range of applications including sports arenas, theme parks, airports, and convention centers. With constant technological advancement, rigorous testing, and 24/7 support, the Harman team stands behind every IDX system installed anywhere in the world.

Full Solution Provider

MISSION CRITICAL TESTINGSystem quality assurance and specified performance validations are achieved through thorough factory and site acceptance testing. Testing of your system will include testing certification of components networks and other devices to ensure that all design goals are met.

Want to see more? Visit idx.harman.com for an even more in-depth look at the IDX 100 Designer Software.

Control essential audio functions of the system in real time through the client software. Make EQ changes by output channel, raise and lower the volume of zones, view the status of paging stations. These are just a few of the powerful features of the IDX 100 software.

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

HotelsCreate unique audio environments in the lobby, recreational areas, and meeting spaces with zoned background music. Integrate paging stations in back of house operations to streamline work processes.

Shopping MallsProvide customized in-store audio and paging capabilities for

tenants. Send audio into common areas, food courts, and even monetize by providing audio advertising services to vendors.

Educational FacilitiesAutomate bell schedules for classes. Create and

manage custom emergency/evacuation messages and integrate with existing fire or blue-light systems.

All IDX 100 systems are backed by the warranty and support of Harman International, the parent company of world renowned audio brands including JBL, Crown, AKG, and BSS Audio.

Full Solution ProviderSYSTEM TRAINING, TESTING, SUPPORT, AND EXTENDED WARRANTY

Designed to ServeWays to Harness the Power of IDX 100

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

HospitalsProvide television audio or music in multiple waiting areas. Set up security paging for nurses, doctors, and security staff. Integrate patient call buttons in recovery rooms throughout the facility.

WarehousesProvide paging capabilities for operators to office cubicle areas

and to private offices. Provide background music in lobbies, break areas, fitness facilities, and customer-facing areas.

Convention CentersAutomate pre-function space welcome messages, pre/post meeting chimes, exhibit floor notifications. Provide back of house support for audio/visual and

food services vendors with paging capabilities.

With over 65 years of award winning history in audio design and development, Harman brands have created revolutionary audio system solutions for the world’s most demanding applications where quality, reliability and superb audio performance are required. Harman systems are used throughout the world in a wide range of applications including sports arenas, theme parks, airports, and convention centers. With constant technological advancement, rigorous testing, and 24/7 support, the Harman team stands behind every IDX system installed anywhere in the world.

Mission Critical TestingSystem quality assurance and specified performance validations are achieved through thorough factory and site acceptance testing. Testing of your system will include testing certification of components networks and other devices to ensure that all design goals are met.

Ways to Harness the Power of IDX 100

06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

8500 Balboa Boulevard. CA 91329 © 2013 Harman International Industries, Incorporated

At Harman Professional we understand and respect that we have a duty to serve our customers and our employees by serving the planet. We accept that responsibility and strive to be energy efficient and environmentally minded in our everyday business. When we design, produce, and deliver our products we look for opportunities to do so more efficiently and sustainably. We’re committed to a healthier planet and healthier life for every living thing.

Harman Professional Mission

At Harman Professional we understand and respect that we have a duty to serve our customers and our employees by serving the planet. We accept that responsibility and strive to be energy efficient and environmentally minded in our everyday business. When we design, produce, and deliver our products we look for opportunities to do so more efficiently and sustainably. We’re committed to a healthier planet and healthier life for every living thing. 06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:06

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

JBL Professional

THE JBL STORY: 60 YEARS OF AUDIO INNOVATIONCelebrating sixty years of success in the speaker industry, this book offers details on the people and products that have made JBL famous. It features full-color photos, historical advertisements, and hundreds of diagrams and images, many taken right from JBL’s archives. Topics include stories behind the development of innovative applications for consumer products, as well as systems installations for stadiums, tour sound, movie theaters, recording studios, and places of worship. In addition to the technical info that explains the innovation, this book covers the brilliant engineers, and colorful record producers, musicians and technicians who had the vision to pursue a “better way.” Available at bookstores and on line.

JBL is the largest brand within Harman. JBL’s home base is part of the Harman International Business Campus, located in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The 44 acre site comprises the offices of JBL Professional, along with Harman Corporate Engineering activities and other corporate functions.

JBL Professional’s transducer design and manufacturing processes including machining, diaphragm forming, wire milling, voice coil winding, finishing, assembly and testing are all carried out by dedicated, quality-oriented personnel.

JBL Professional loudspeaker enclosures are constructed from components produced in JBL’s extensive wood mill. Automated equipment is used extensively for uniformity and efficiency. Innovative techniques in enclosure materials, construction and assembly methods are employed.

JBL Professional has the most rigorous standards for system power rating in the professional loudspeaker industry. Power testing of transducers is an ongoing activity at JBL Professional. Samples from all production lots are tested at full rated power to industry standards to ensure that they meet the rigid performance specifications set for them. This is the professional customer’s assurance that JBL loudspeakers will continue to perform as expected in the most rigorous professional applications.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Portable Products

EON. PRX Series. JRX Series. STX Series. VRX Series.With nearly one million EON’s shipped and millions more passive and powered speakers delivered worldwide, JBL sets the standards for audio quality, ergonomics and reliability in portable PA. From the cost effectiveness of the JRX line, the simplicity of EON, to the groundbreaking line-array designs of the VRX, JBL’s commitment to performance, value and experience are in full force when it comes to portable audio.

From Concerts to Clubs Our passive system solutions like JRX, PRX400, STX and VRX incorporate the cabinet and driver technology developed specifically for Tour Sound, Cinema and Installed Sound markets. VRX900 and STX800 Series speakers deliver the power and performance you should expect from the highest quality, professional speaker systems. JBL’s patented Differential Drive® speaker technology has reduced speaker weight dramatically while still maintaining the highest level of performance available from a portable PA speaker. And taking the lead from VRX900 and STX800 Series speakers, PRX400 delivers extraordinary sound quality, power handling and performance at an affordable price.

The Whole is Greater Than the Sum of the Parts Our powered systems incorporate not only the proprietary JBL driver technologies, but integrate signal processing and amplifier technology from sister companies dbx® and Crown®. PRX600 Series offer stellar performance, tremendous utility and exceptional value in a light-weight, rugged package. VRX powered technology is commonly used in demanding situations where high-output and sonic integrity are critical factors in an audio system. And EON Series is the undisputed leader in portable, light-weight plastic enclosures.

JBL means “Portable Performance.”

PAGE 2

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

P O R T A B L E P R O D U C T S

VersatilityEON’s flexible mounting capability, awesome power and extreme light weight set the new standard as the performance do-it-all system for gigging musicians, entertainers, presenters, touring bands and mobile DJ’s. Main or monitor, pole or stand mounted, and even suspended, EON is right at home regardless of the venue or application. Audience expectations are high, and EON delivers.

Performance RefinedEON offers the highest power-to-weight ratio of anything in its class. Extend the low frequency performance of all EON systems with the EON518S. This subwoofer features an 18" JBL Differential Drive® low frequency driver with a massive 500 Watts of power in a compact package that is nearly half the weight of the competition.

High Quality DriversJBL’s exclusive Differential Drive® technology ensures EON has more power and less weight. These patented low-frequency drivers use neodymium magnets and dual voice coils to perform better than conventional designs with less distortion and at a fraction of the weight. JBL’s next-generation neodymium compression drivers deliver stunningly accurate high frequencies through a new 1" exit design.

Powered by Crown®JBL and Crown® collaboration results in designs of unmatched integration and efficiency. At the heart of the 515XT’s massive output is a Crown Class-D amplifier that delivers high volume, low distortion and continuous performance with superb headroom and power to spare.

Built-in MixersThe innovative built-in 3 channel mixer on the EON515XT all but eliminates the need for an outboard mixer and is one of the keys to the EON’s unmatched popularity. The professional plug-and-play architecture appeals to any artist that has to set up quickly and deliver professional sound. Line level and direct microphone input capability, user selectable EQ, plus a clever mix/loop function for adding additional EONs or sending sub-mixes, ensure EON delivers unmatched simplicity with plenty of expansion capability.

Coverage JBL is constantly advancing waveguide technology to ensure that consistent, balanced sound reaches all of your audience clearly and intelligibly. The Next Generation EON full-range cabinets feature a new 100º H x 60º V asymmetrical design guaranteeing an exceptionally wide coverage pattern and lower distortion.

PortabilityEON is synonymous with portability. One person can easily lift, load, and mount an EON system virtually anywhere. Deep-welled, full-size handles feature ergonomically designed grip points, while balanced weight distribution and

composite enclosures make EON truly one of the lightest and easiest sound reinforcement systems to transport and setup.

Proven ReliabilityJBL has drawn from over 60 years of world-class speaker design to develop the latest durable lightweight technologies. In addition to the legendary performance of JBL transducers, the new EON series incorporates special limiter circuitry that will protect the electronic components when driven hard, rigorously tested by the world-famous 100-hour torture test. Covered by a full metal grille with protective backing fitted to a robust composite shell, you can assure EON will stand up to the rigors of road abuse and deliver the performance you need every time.

For the past 16 years JBL has led the portable PA market with EON, the best selling powered speaker in professional audio history. Since 2008 this new generation continues the class-leading traditions of design, performance, and quality. Featuring three models in the EON500 series and two models in the EON300 series, EON delivers more power, portability, and versatility than any other speaker in its class, raising the bar dramatically for advanced powered loudspeaker systems, while retaining that signature JBL EON® sound.

EON® The Next Generation

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

EON515XTThe EON515XT was engineered for durability, high performance and ease of use. We’ve extended the reach of the current EON technology by improving input sensitivity, lowering the noise floor, adding user selectable EQ control and re-voicing the system for peak performance and enhanced audio precision. The sturdy construction and superior ergonomic design will guarantee a lifetime of reliability and simplicity. Put it all together and the EON515XT is the toughest, smartest and most impressive EON ever.

EON510The EON510 is a 10-inch, two-way, powered, portable speaker system. Capable of reproducing full bandwidth sound at high levels it offers the additional utility of a 3 channel built-in mixer. The EON510 is comprised of a 254 mm (10 in) Differential Drive® woofer, a 25.4 mm (1 in) neodymium high frequency compression driver coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide. Both components are driven by the discrete channels of a 280 watt Class-D integrated power amplifier. The input section contains all crossover functions, protection, and mixer functionality.

EON518SThe EON518S is an 18-inch, direct radiating, high performance powered compact subwoofer system designed to extend low frequency performance of any EON system. It also offers the convenience of an integrated crossover and stereo loop-thru capability. The EON518S is comprised of a 460 mm (18") Differential Drive® woofer driven by a 500 watt Class-D digital amplifier.


key featuresf LIGHT WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY

f COMFORTABLE GRIPS FOR EASY TRANSPORT

f BUILT-IN 3-CHANNEL MIXER (EON 510 & 515)

f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOW FREQUENCY TRANSDUCERS

f EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER TECHNOLOGY

EON® 500 Series

EON515XT

specificationsSYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB)COVERAGE PATTERN

CROSSOVER FREQUENCYSENSITIVITY

MAXIMUM SPLSYSTEM POWER RATING

TRANSDUCERS: LF HF

CONNECTORS: INPUT 3

INPUT 1 & 2 OUTPUT

SUSPENSION/MOUNTING

DIMENSIONS (H x W x D)

NET WEIGHT (each)

EON510Self-powered 10", two-way, bass-reflex design

58 Hz - 18.5 kHz (EQ in ‘Flat’ position)

100º H x 60º V nominal

1.6 kHz

121 dB

280 W continuous, 560 W peak

1 x JBL 261F 254 mm (10 in) 1 x JBL 2414H-1 25.4 mm (1in)

Balanced XLR / 1/4 inch TRS combo jack 1/4 inch TRS jack Balanced male XLR, +20 dBu (peak)

35 mm pole socket with stabilizing screw 3 x M10 suspension points 1 x M10

490 x 315 x 262 mm 19.3 x 12.4 x 10.3 in

7.7 kg (17 lb)

EON515XTSelf-powered 15", two-way, bass-reflex design

39 Hz -20 kHz

100º H x 60º V nominal

1.7 kHz

132 dB

Crown Class-D 625 Watts (525 + 100)

1 x JBL 265F-1 380 mm (15 in) 1 x JBL 2414H 25.4 mm (1 in)

Balanced XLR / 1/4 inch combo jack with XLR loop through Balanced XLR / 1/4 inch TRS jack Balanced male XLR, +20 dBu (peak)

35 mm pole socket with stabilizing screw 4 x M10 suspension points 1 x M10 pull-back point

673 x 406 x 368 mm 26.5 x 16 x 14.5 in

14.8 kg (32.5 lb)

EON518SSelf-powered 18", bass-reflex design

36 Hz -130 Hz

120 Hz (HPF selectable on outputs)

129 dB


1 x JBL 268G 460 mm (18") (4 ohm )

Balanced XLRs with loop through (stereo) to balanced XLR satellite outputs. 1/4 inch speaker level input

35 mm pole socket on top

595 x 569 x 652 mm 23.4 x 22.4 x 25.7 in

29.5 kg (65 lb)

EON518SEON510

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

E O N ® 3 0 0 S E R I E S


FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB)COVERAGE PATTERN

CROSSOVER FREQUENCYSENSITIVITY

MAXIMUM SPLSYSTEM POWER RATING

TRANSDUCERS: LF HF

CONNECTORS: INPUT OUTPUT

SUSPENSION/MOUNTING


NET WEIGHT (each)

EON30515", two-way, bass-reflex design

38 Hz - 20 kHz

100° H x 60° V nominal

1.9 kHz

98 dB (1w/1m)

128 dB

250 W continuous, 500 W program, 1000 W peak

1 x M115-8 380 mm (15 in) woofer 1 x JBL 2414H-1 25.4 mm (1 in)

Parallel Neutrik® NL4 /1/4" combo connectors


685 x 438 x 366 mm 27 x 17.3 x 14.4 in

15 kg (33 lb)

EON315Self-powered 15", two-way, bass-reflex design

38 Hz - 20 kHz (EQ in ‘Flat’ position)

100° H x 60° V nominal

1.8 kHz

127 dB


1 x M115-2 380 mm (15 in) 1 x JBL 2414H-1 25.4 mm (1 in)

Balanced XLR / 1/4 inch TRS combo jack Balanced male XLR, +20 dBu (peak) o/p level


685 x 438 x 366 mm 27 x 17.3 x 14.4 in

15.9 kg (35 lb)

key features f 15" LOW-FREQUENCY DRIVER WITH A 64MM 2-1/2") DIAMETER EDGE WOUND RIBBON VOICE COIL

f LIGHT WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY

f 100° H x 60° V ASYMMETRICAL WAVEGUIDE FOR UNIFORM AUDIENCE COVERAGE

f EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER TECHNOLOGY (EON315)

EON® 300 Series

EON changed the way people looked at portable PA well over ten years ago as the all-purpose solution for instant sound reinforcement no matter where you are. And now, EON300 series speakers puts the next generation of EON systems within reach of an even broader range of users, delivering the fundamental elements that make a speaker system an EON at an even more affordable price.

EON305The EON305 is a 15-inch, two-way, passive, portable speaker system. It is a light weight loudspeaker system capable of fullbandwidth reproduction at high levels. The EON305 is comprised of a 380 mm (15 in) JBL woofer, a 25.4 mm (1 in) neodymium high frequency compression driver coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide. The system will handle 250 watts continuously and 1000 watts peak.

EON315The EON315 is a 15-inch, two-way, powered, portable speaker system. It is a complete self contained sound reinforcement system, capable of full-bandwidth reproduction at high levels with the added benefit of a microphone pre-amp enabling the direct connection of a dynamic microphone. The EON315 is comprised of a 380 mm (15 in) JBL woofer, a 25.4 mm (1 in) neodymium high frequency compression driver coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide. Both components are driven by the discrete channels of a 280 watt Class-D integrated power amplifier. The input section contains all cross-over functions, protection, and system EQ functionality.

EON305 EON315

289

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PRX600 Series

PRX600 Series Self-Powered Loudspeakers - compact, ultra-lightweight systems … performance you can trust.The PRX 600 Series represents an evolutionary step in the efficient use of amplifier power, rugged durability and enhanced versatility in a self-powered loudspeaker. The speakers were designed from the ground up to perform in the real world of sound reinforcement where challenging audio environments, high ambient noise levels and loud volumes are the norm. And we’ve built these speakers to last a lifetime using tour tested technology that’s reliable and trustworthy. Knowing you can rely on your system to deliver everything you need gives you the freedom to deliver your best. That’s performance you can trust. With the PRX600 Series, as always, JBL delivers.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PRX600 Serieskey features

f BUILT-IN MULTI-CHANNEL CROWN® CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER

f FULLY-FEATURED INPUT SECTION WITH PROPRIETARY DSP

f USER SELECTABLE SYSTEM EQ

f EIGHT (8) M10 SUSPENSION POINTS AND ONE (1) PULL-BACK POINT FOR EASY INSTALLATION

f JBL DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS

f NEODYMIUM COMPRESSION DRIVERS

PRX 612M12" 2-WAY MULTIPURPOSE SELF-POWERED SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

PRX612M is the most compact and versatile speaker in the PRX600 Series line. It has been designed to deliver superior performance for its weight and size as both a stage monitor and a front of house main PA. Two user selectable EQ settings are provided to optimize the system for either application. With a dual socket pole mount, the PRX612M is a perfect match with either the PRX618S subwoofer or the PRX618S-XLF subwoofer. Additionally the PRX612M’s microphone input allows for instantaneous use as convenient, single source PA.

PRX615M15" 2-WAY MULTIPURPOSE SELF-POWERED SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

The 2-way 15” is the most recognizable form of a portable PA loudspeaker, the perfect balance between size and performance. Due to the unique shape of the cabinet, the PRX615M can double as a stage monitor or a front of house main speaker and for applications requiring full bandwidth sound reproduction, using only a pair of speakers, the PRX615M delivers the optimum balance. For live music, recorded music playback and speech the user has the option of tailoring the EQ, ‘flat’ for speech intelligibility or use with a sub, and ‘monitor’ for enhanced feedback suppression. As with the PRX612M, a micro-phone can be directly connected to the speaker input for quick on-the-fly PA applications.

PRX625 DUAL 15" 2-WAY SELF-POWERED SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

If a simple set-up is required and full bandwidth output at high levels is a must, then the PRX625 is most likely the optimum solution. Dual 15” drivers, coupled with the Crown class D amplifiers offer tremendous punch and depth at heart stopping volume levels – maximum levels are rated at 139 db! As with the entire PRX full-range models user selectable EQ is provided in addition to a direct microphone input option.

PRX635 15" 3-WAY SELF POWERED SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

The PRX635 offers the highest level of performance in the PRX600 Series that can be mounted on a pole. It is a 3-way configuration and by design, it is the most accurate in the PRX600 Series. With a horn loaded midrange, pattern control is maintained to a much lower frequency resulting in exceptional clarity and uniform sonic projection over the defined coverage area. Ideally suited to applications where the program material, live or pre-recorded, has many subtle nuances that are critical to the success of the performance. As with all the full-range PRX600 Series systems, two EQ selections can be used to optimize the system for the program material and/or environment. The input section also accommodates either Line or Mic/Instrument level inputs.

PRX618S 18" SELF POWERED SUBWOOFER SYSTEM

Compact and powerful, the PRX618S offers the performance of an 18” subwoofer in a package not much larger than a typical 15” sub. With a pole receptacle (that accepts a SS3-BK) on the top panel and integrated stereo pass-thru, with digital cross-over, this is the perfect compliment to the PRX600 full-range systems. Configured with a PRX612M or PRX615m; the result is a highly transportable, high performance sub-satellite system. The addition of a polarity reverse option further enables system optimization.

PRX600S-XLF 18" SELF POWERED EXTENDED LOW FREQUENCY SUBWOOFER SYSTEM

Featuring an extended low frequency response, this high performance 18” subwoofer system utilizes a 700 watt Crown® class D amplifier in addition to JBL’s Dual-Bridge Technology™, an 18” 2268FF dual voice coil Differential Drive® woofer – technology you need when want to move serious air! The PRX618S – XLF also features a DSP driven input section with selectable crossover, polarity reverse and loop-through capability for “smart patching” all housed in a rugged, DuraFlex™ covered plywood enclosure with foam backed steel grille, M20 pole mount and non-skid rubber feet.

PRX600 Series

The PRX 600 Series is a platform technology that allows you to create the system you need from an intelligent range of models. While each model was designed to excel at a specific application, the PRX Series integrate seamlessly with one another offering a multitude of choices when tailoring a system to fit your specific needs.

Whether you need a single speaker on a stand for public address situations, a full-range stereo set up with two top cabinets and a sub-woofer for live performance

or DJ applications, or multiple cabinets for a scalable, highly professional sound reinforcement situation, the PRX600 Series offers the solutions. In fact, you can even suspend any of the top cabinets for use in a commercial installation or House of Worship. If versatility, scalability, portability and affordability are what you’re looking for in a system, PRX 600’s are the intelligent choice.

291

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PRX635

PRX612M

PRX615M

PRX618S PRX618S-XLF

PRX615M

PRX612M

PRX625


MAXIMUM SPL OUTPUT

FREQ. RANGE (-10 dB) FREQ. RESPONSE (±3 dB)

INPUT CONNECTORS

COVERAGE PATTERNAMPLIFIER DESIGN

SYSTEM POWER RATING LF DRIVER

MID DRIVER

HF DRIVER

ENCLOSURESUSPENSION/MOUNTING

FINISHDIMENSIONS

(H x W x D)NET WEIGHT

GROSS WEIGHT

PRX612MSelf Powered 12" Two-way Bass-reflex

134 dB (full range) peak 133 dB (monitor) peak

50 Hz - 19.5 kHz 60 Hz - 17.5 kHz

Balanced XLR / 1⁄4 in combo jack w/ XLR loop through

90° x 50° nominal

Crown Class D 1,000 W (2 x 500)

1 x JBL 262F-1 305 mm (12 in) Differential Drive® 1 x JBL2408H-1 37.5 mm (1.5 in)

Asymmetrical, 18mm plywood

Dual 36 mm pole socket 8 x M10 suspension points 1 x M10 pull-back point

Obsidian DuraFlex™

592 x 353 x 340 mm 25.3 x 13.9 x 13.4 in

15.6 kg (34.5 lb) 19.2 kg (42.5 lb)

PRX615MSelf Powered 15" Two-way Bass-reflex

135 dB (full range) peak 134 dB (monitor) peak

45 Hz - 19 kHz 54 Hz - 18 kHz


90° x 50° nominal



Asymmetrical, 18mm plywood



660 x 429 x 414 mm 26 x 16.9 x 16.3 in

19.7 kg (43.5 lb) 24.2 kg (53.5 lb)

PRX625Self Powered Dual 15" Two-way Bass-reflex

139 dB peak

40 Hz - 19.5 kHz 55 Hz - 17.5 kHz


90° x 50° nominal



Trapezoidal, 18mm plywood



1053 x 430 x 413 mm 41.47 x 16.9 x 16.27 in

27.2 kg (60 lb) 29.2 kg (64.5 lb)

PRX635Self Powered 15" Three-way Bass-reflex

135 dB peak

41 Hz - 19 kHz 53 Hz - 18 kHz


90° x 50° nominal


1 x JBL 265F-1 380 mm (15 in) Differential Drive® 1 x JBL 195H 165 mm (6.5 in) horn loaded transducer 1 x JBL2414H-1 25.4 mm (1 in)

Trapezoidal, 18mm plywood


Obsidian DuraFlex

921 x 429 x 413 mm 36.29 x 16.9 x 16.27 in

27.2 kg (60 lb) 29.2kg (64.5 lb)

PRX618SSelf Powered 18" Bass-reflex

129 dB peak

41 Hz - 130 Hz 50 Hz - 100 Hz

Balanced XLR w/ XLR loop thru, 1⁄4 in speaker level input (mono)

Crown Class D 600 W

1 x JBL 268G 460 mm (18 in) Differential Drive®

Rectangular, 18mm plywood

Obsidian DuraFlex

685.8 x 530.9 x 614.7 mm 27 x 20.9 x 24.2 in

32.2 kg (70.5 lb) 37.2 kg (82 lb)

PRX618S-XLFSelf Powered 18" Bass-reflex

133 dB peak

30 Hz - 105 Hz 39 Hz - 93 Hz

Balanced XLR / 1⁄4 in combo w/ XLR loop through (stereo)


1 x JBL 2268FF 460 mm (18 in) Differential Drive®

Rectangular, 18mm plywood

Obsidian DuraFlex

685.8 x 530.9 x 716.3 mm 27 x 20.9 x 28.2 in

37 kg (81.5 lb) 42.3 kg (93 lb)


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key featuresf PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION™ WAVEGUIDES

FOR WELL-CONTROLLED COVERAGE, LOW DISTORTION, AND SMOOTH RESPONSE

f SONICGUARD™ HIGH FREQUENCY DRIVER PROTECTION

f ACOUSTICALLY SUPERIOR 3⁄4" MDF ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION FOR RUGGEDNESS AND BETTER LOW END PERFORMANCE

f TOUGH, NON-RESONANT HANDLES AND 18 GAUGE STEEL GRILLE

specifications

JRX100 delivers the performance and prestige of JBL at an affordable price point. Everything that makes a speaker perform and sound its best is included and the things that don’t were eliminated. JRX100 delivers unprecedented value.

JRX115, JRX115iThe JRX115 is a trapezoidal, 15" speaker system for use in live sound, dance music, and speech reinforcement. The speaker includes a dual-angle, 35 mm pole mount socket as well as Neutrik® SpeakOn® and 1⁄4" input connectors. Installation version also available with M10 suspension points.

JRX125The JRX125 is a “quasi three-way” design, with the upper woofer covering both lows and mids. The bottom woofer uses a lower crossover frequency and covers only lows, acting as a built-in subwoofer. It offers the extra low-end of a dual 15" speaker while maintaining the superior mid-frequency performance of a single driver system.

JRX112M, JRX112MiThe JRX112M is a compact and low-profile stage monitor with optimized performance in the critical mid-range. It also includes JBL‘s dual-angle pole socket for use as a front-of-house speaker. Installation version also available with M10 suspension points.

JRX118SThe JRX118S subwoofer is driven by a massive JBL 18" woofer with a cast frame and 3" voice coil. We’ve even created settings for the dbx DriveRack® PA Loudspeaker Controller.

JRX118SPThe JRX118SP is a self-powered version of the JRX118S. It includes a specially designed amplifier with 500 watts (peak) and 300 watts (continuous) power output. This subwoofer features dual inputs with balanced XLR connectors, built-in stereo crossover network, and a peak limiter to protect the amplifier and speaker from clipping.

JRX100 Series

Internal Power

Peak: 500 watts Continuous: 300 watts with < 0.2% THD

SYSTEM TYPEFREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB)1

SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 mNOMINAL IMPEDANCE

POWER CAPACITY2

PEAK POWER CAPACITY2

MAXIMUM SPLNOMINAL DISPERSION

COMPONENTS

INPUT CONNECTORS

OUTPUT CONNECTORSDIMENSIONS

(H x W x D)NET WEIGHT (each)

JRX115, JRX115iTwo-Way Speaker

38 Hz - 16 kHz

50 Hz - 12.5 kHz

98 dB SPL

8 ohms

250 watts

1000 watts

128 dB

90° x 50°

LF: JBL M115-8A HF: JBL 2412 1 in exit compression driver on Progressive Transition™ Waveguide

Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4 (x1); 1⁄4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel

699 x 460 x 432 mm 27.5 x 18.1 x 17 in

27.4 kg (61 lb)

JRX125Dual-15" Two-Way Speaker

35 Hz - 16 kHz

45 Hz - 12 kHz

100 dB SPL

4 ohms

500 watts

2000 watts

133 dB

90° x 50°

LF: JBL M115-8A x 2 HF: JBL 2412 1 in exit compression driver on Progressive Transition Waveguide

Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x1); 1⁄4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel

1092 x 464 x 426 mm 43 x 18.3 x 16.8 in

42.6 kg (94 lb)

JRX112M, JRX112MiTwo-Way Stage Monitor

60 Hz - 16 kHz

70 Hz - 12 kHz

99 dB SPL

8 ohms

250 watts

1000 watts

129 dB

90° x 50°

LF: JBL M112-8 HF: JBL 2412 1 in exit compression driver on Progressive Transition Waveguide

Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x1); 1⁄4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel

584 x 399 x 325 mm 23 x 15.7 x 12.8 in

19.5 kg (43 lb)

JRX118S18" Subwoofer

38 Hz - 300 Hz

55 Hz - 300 Hz

96 dB SPL

4 ohms

350 watts

1400 watts

127 dB

LF: JBL 2043-G

Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x 2); 1⁄4 in TS phone jack (x 1); parallel

605 x 508 x 551 mm 23.8 x 20 x 21.7 in

32.2 kg (71 lb)

JRX118SP18 " Powered Subwoofer

38 Hz - 300 Hz

55 Hz - 300 Hz

LF: JBL 2043-G

XLR/M x 2 (line level, balanced); 1⁄4 in TS phone jack x1 (spkr level)

XLR/F x 2 (Selectable, Thru or Hi Pass)

605 x 508 x 592 mm 23.8 x 20 x 23.3 in

40.4 kg (89 lb)1 “Frequency Range” and “Frequency Response” are based on half-space response. 2 “Power Capacity” and “Peak Power Capacity” ratings are based on the average and peak power handling capacity of product

samples subjected to a 100 hour power test of the system design using IEC filtered random noise with a crest factor of 6 dB.

JRX118SJRX118SP

JRX115

JRX125

JRX112M

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PRX400 Series

PRX400 passive speakers were designed to provide the sensitivity, frequency response and power handling needed for almost any professional audio environment while still being reasonably priced. Whether you use a powered mixer or an equipment rack full of amps and signal processing, PRX400 passive speakers deliver the sound power and bandwidth necessary to make loud music sound natural and even quiet speech intelligible.

PRX400 passive speakers are comprised of tour tested JBL components and feature professional connectivity via Neutrik® Speakon combination connectors. PRX400 cabinets are artfully constructed from an 18mm Birch/Poplar multi-laminate hardwood covered in highly resilient DuraFlex™ and feature rugged 16 gauge steel grilles. All full range models utilize twelve M10 suspension points for safe deployment in light duty installations. With three 2-way designs and an 18" sub-woofer, PRX400 passive series tackle tough jobs affordably and professionally.

At Home Anywhere Perfect for musicians, DJ’s, House of Worship, public address, or even suspended in a commercial environment like a school or nightclub, PRX400 speakers were crafted to address a multitude of demanding audio environments.

The PRX412M and PRX415M can be used as mains or monitors and with the addition of the PRX418 subwoofer you’ll have a sub/sat system capable of generating 135 dB of full-range, high quality audio. The PRX425 dual 15" two-way is the perfect choice for DJ’s and bands who need low-frequency extension from the convenience of a stand-alone cabinet. Installation versions of the PRX412M and PRX415M in white (-WH) are also available.


PRX412M

PRX412M

PRX415M

PRX415M

PRX425

PRX418

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

specifications

1 Based on π acoustical loading.2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise

with 6 dB crest factor for specified period.

3 30 Hz to 130 Hz pink noise with 6 dB crest factor for specified period

4 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity

5 Calculated on half space condition

SYSTEM TYPEFREQUENCY RANGE 1

FREQUENCY RESPONSE 1


POWER RATING Continuous/Program/Peak

MAXIMUM SPL @ 1 m COVERAGE PATTERN

TRANSDUCERS: LF HF

FINISHINPUT CONNECTORS


NET WEIGHT (each)

PRX412M, PRX412M-WH12" Two-Way Stage Utility/Monitor

50 Hz - 20 kHz(-10 dB)

62 Hz - 19 kHz (± 3 dB)

95 dB SPL

8 ohms

300 W / 600 W / 1200 W, 2 hrs 2

126 dB SPL peak 4

90° x 50° nominal

1 x JBL MB112-8 305 mm (12 in) 1 x JBL 2414H-C 25 mm (1 in)

DuraFlex™ Black, White available

Parallel Neutrik® Speakon® NL-2 / ¼" phone combo jacks

574 x 353 x 399 mm 22.6 x 13.9 x 15.7 in

16 kg (35.0 lb)

PRX415M, PRX415M-WH15" Two-Way Stage Utility/Monitor

55 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)

66 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)

98 dB SPL

8 ohms

300 W / 600 W / 1200 W, 2 hrs 2

129 dB SPL peak 4

90° x 50° nominal

1 x JBL M115-8A 380 mm (15 in) 1 x JBL 2414H-C 25 mm (1 in)

DuraFlex™ Black, White available

Parallel Neutrik® Speakon® NL-2 / ¼" phone combo jacks (x2)

650 x 429 x 457 mm 25.6 x 16.9 x 18 in

21.0 kg (46 lb)

PRX425Dual 15" High-Power, Two-Way Speaker

48 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)

61 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)

100 dB SPL

4 ohms

600 W / 1200 W / 2400 W, 2 hrs 2

134 dB SPL peak 4

90° x 50° nominal

2 x JBL M115-8A 380 mm (15 in) 1 x JBL 2414H-C 25 mm (1 in)

DuraFlex™ Black

Parallel Neutrik® Speakon® NL-2 / ¼" phone combo jacks (x2)

1044 x 429 x 521 mm 41.1 x 16.9 x 20.5 in

33.5 kg (74 lb)

PRX418S18" High-Power Subwoofer

35 Hz – 250 Hz (-10 dB)

52 Hz – 120 Hz (± 3 dB)

95 dB SPL; 100 dB SPL

8 ohms

800 W/ 1600 W/ 3200 W, 2 hrs 3

130 dB SPL peak 5

90° x 50° nominal

1 x JBL Selenium SWS1000W 457 mm (18 in)

DuraFlex™ Black

Two Neutrik® Speakon® NL-2 / ¼" TS phone combo jacks

678 x 536 x 615 mm 26.7 x 21.1 x 24.2 in

36 kg (79 lb)

Grille | Rugged 16-gauge grilles provide serious protection for the JBL tour tested components. Backed with acoustically transparent cloth the grilles are designed for sonic accuracy, structural strength and professional good looks.

Suspension Points | Permanently mounting the PRX400 is easily managed via twelve built-in M10 suspension points constructed from 14 gauge steel. They have been tested with a yield-strength of 1000 pounds each ensuring a safe and secure mount.

Handles | Ergonomically engineered handles are made from light-weight glass-filled nylon for added strength and durability. Intelligently engineered for both balance and comfort in the hand, they make carrying, mounting and positioning each enclosure easily managed in any situation.

Pole Sockets | Built in dual-angle pole mount sockets allow the PRX412M and PRX415M to be stand mounted at different angles to accommodate the best audience coverage pattern. With a 10º down angle, the speaker can be directed down toward your audience, enhancing sound coverage and clarity.

PRX412M PRX415M PRX425PRX418S

P R X 4 0 0 S E R I E S

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


The STX800 Series embodies the Total Performance principle that drives JBL's development of audio products that make a real difference in the world of professional audio. Their superb sonic performance is based on time tested JBL technology: high power handling transducers that deliver extremely low distortion, precision waveguides for precise pattern control, and intelligent cabinet architecture that is engineered for easy handling, minimal space displacement and rugged transport. And the appearance was sculpted to complement our high end VTX touring systems as well as our current PRX portable PA offerings. But it doesn’t stop there… STX is VTX Series compliant with tunings available in Performance Manager™ and Crown® ITHD power amplifiers.

The STX800 Series was designed to bridge the space between light-duty portable PA speakers and flown full-size line array tour sound systems. Our goals at the inception of this project were simple:

Offer a high performance, high density system solution in a truck-pack friendly format Develop concert-worthy floor monitors and side fills that could affordably complement any touring sound system Deliver an affordable, great sounding subwoofer that could reproduce true low frequency at elevated sound pressure levels

With four full-range systems and two subwoofers, the STX Series can cover just about any professional application. As with all JBL sound reinforcement products, the technology of the STX Series is designed from the ground up employing the best componentry JBL has to offer in products of this class. STX800 speakers feature the latest evolution of our Vented Gap Cooling: Super Vented Gap Technology. Building on the advantages of VGC - low power compression, low distortion, high power handling, lower weight and smoother response - SVG transducers attain higher power handling capabilities due to more effective heat sinking, with minimal dynamic compression and magnet topology enhancements for even lower distortion.

Whether you’re in need of ancillary speakers for a full-blown tour sound system, ground-stacking for a live concert performance, installing speakers in dance clubs or performance venues, touring clubs with your band, or you are a performing mobile DJ, STX800 Series is the smart choice.

STX800® Series

STX812M

STX815M

STX825

STX835

STX815M

STX818S

STX828S

STX812M 07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

STX812MDesigned specifically to be a high performance 12" two-way floor monitor, it can also do double duty as a utility speaker for use on a tripod stand or over a subwoofer, utilizing a single-position pole mount. A 70 degree by 70 degree waveguide is utilized for precise coverage.

STX815MA single 15" lightweight two-way system designed to function as a high-power handling, FOH loudspeaker system or as an extended range floor monitor, it offers an extremely high level of performance either ground, pole or stand mounted. A 70 degree by 70 degree coverage angle for focused directivity control.

STX825A dual 15" two-way speaker designed for maximum impact, portability and ease of use. With a wide frequency range and broad 90 degree by 50 degree coverage angles, this speaker is ideal for bands or DJ’s as their primary PA, use as a side-fill on a concert stage, or as an install speaker

in a dance club or performance venue.

STX835A slot-loaded dual 15" three-way system with horn-loaded mid and high sections, designed for full-range use in stand-alone applications or for use in high performance environments as the premier ground stack passive top box. Designed to be placed over the STX828, this cabinet can be used in multiples in a high density situation; the STX835 can deliver amazing sound clarity at high SPL’s. The STX835’s 60 degree by 40 degree mid- and high-frequency waveguides allows two cabinets to be splayed for wide angle coverage.

STX818SA single 18" compact high power subwoofer system in a front-loaded, vented enclosure designed for minimum frontal area provides 1,000 watts of continuous pink noise power handling, 2 kW program and 4 kW peak. The STX818S also comes equipped with a top-mounted M20 pole-mount and an optional wheel kit.

STX828SA dual 18" high power subwoofer system in a front-loaded, vented enclosure designed for maximum low-frequency performance. The STX828 has an optional wheel kit. Two drivers give 2,000 watts of continuous pink noise power handling, 4kW program and 8 kW peak.

CMCD™ Cone Midrange Compression Driver: The STX835 features JBL’s patented CMCD Cone Midrange Compression Driver technology that provides very low mid-range distortion, increased sensitivity, extended bandwidth and improved phase coherence. Coupled to the CMCD is JBL’s Progressive Transition™ (PT) waveguide providing optimal array ability and predictable acoustic performance in real world applications.

High-Frequency Compression Drivers: High frequencies are handled by JBL 2432H 3" voice-coil or 2453H 4" voice-coil, titanium diaphragm, neodymium compression drivers. In addition to the weight reduction provided by neodymium, the large voice coils and diaphragms in these drivers are capable of handling high power levels with reduced distortion and increased phase coherence resulting in smooth, crystal clear high frequencies.

Patented Progressive Transition (PT) Waveguides: High frequency drivers use JBL’s patented Progressive Transition Waveguides which offer dramatically advanced constant beamwidth and directivity, lower distortion, and overall smooth frequency response free of high-Q peaks. Wide coverage angles are achieved without compromise and harmonic distortion is minimized to allow maximum SPL capability of the compression drivers without harshness.

Bi-Amp or Full-Range Operation: All STX800 two and three-way models may be operated full-range or bi-amplified. The selection is made by means of a high-current, recessed switch mounted on the input plate. The same switch arrangement is used on the subwoofer to select ±1 or ±2 operation.

100 Hour Torture Test: Like all JBL Professional products, the STX Series is brutalized in JBL’s speaker torture test. Unique in the industry, the JBL torture extended life test submits each component and the complete system to 100 hours of continuous, high level input, ensuring that your system will deliver extraordinary sound even after years of tough handling and thousands of hours of performance.

Enclosures: The STX Series multi-ply enclosures are manufactured with precision CNC engineering techniques that allow precise tolerances and consistent production. All STX enclosures are constructed from top quality birch/poplar plywood with extensive use of internal braces and bulkheads reducing acoustically harmful internal resonances. Coated in JBLs rugged DuraFlex™ finish, they will stand up to years of real world abuse. All speakers feature road tough 14-gauge steel grilles lined with acoustically transparent cloth to provide minimal acoustic interference and maximize driver protection.

Suspension: All full range STX800 enclosures (except the STX812M monitor) include multiple M10 rigging points for fast, safe and secure suspension.

Seamless Integration: STX800 Series is compatible with Crown® Audio VRack, with V5 Level processing, ensuring that STX Series enclosures are optimally powered and processed. There is no need for laborious rack building, no chance that a component might be improperly connected, and a dramatically lower chance of connection failure. VRack also ensures compatibility when integrating STX Series enclosures with a VTX Line Array system.

JBL HiQnet® Performance Manager™ Software: The STX Series integrates with JBL HiQnet Performance Manager which guides the system design, configuration and control process in a user friendly fashion much like a simple step-by-step wizard. And since Performance Manager is compatible with VTX Line Array systems, integrating STX enclosures is managed in an efficient and intelligent fashion. All test, tuning and calibration control interfaces are embedded eliminating the need to design control panels and the dedicated “show mode” provides all the monitoring and control needed to run a live performance.

S T X 8 0 0 S E R I E S

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key featuresf BI-AMPLIFIED OR FULL-RANGE PASSIVE

OPERATION

f POLE SOCKET FOR APPLICATIONS REQUIRING POLE OR TRIPOD MOUNTING

f HIGH POWER HANDLING, LOW DISTORTION VGC™ LF DRIVERS

f RUGGED DURAFLEX™ COATED ENCLOSURE SIZED TO BE TRUCK PACK FRIENDLY

f 14-GAUGE STELL GRILLE LINED WITH ACOUSTICALLY TRANSPARENT CLOTH

STX812M12" Two-Way, Bass-Reflex, Stage Monitor/Utility

50 Hz-20 kHz

75 Hz-20 kHz

70˚ × 70˚ nominal

95 dB

800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W

130 dB SPL Peak

8 ohms

Two NL4

Full Range/Bi-Amp

571 x 355 x 264 mm (22.5 x 13.4 x 10.4 in)

19 kg ( 42 lb)

N/A

STX812M-YK Suspension/Mounting Yoke

STX815M15" Two-Way, Bass-Reflex, Stage Monitor/Utility

41 Hz-20 kHz

55 Hz-20 kHz


96 dB

800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W

131 dB SPL Peak

8 ohms

Two NL4

Full Range/Bi-Amp

721 x 436 x 329 mm (28.4 x 17.2 x 13.0 in)

26 kg (58 lb)

Twelve M10 Suspension Points

Eyebolt Kit

STX825Dual 15" Two-Way, Bass-Reflex

34 Hz-20 kHz

42 Hz-19 kHz


98 dB

1600 W / 3200 W / 6400 W

136 dB SPL Peak

4 ohms

Two NL4

Full Range/Bi-Amp

1066 x 568 x 573 mm (42.0 x 22.4 x 22.6 in)

51 kg (112 lb)


Eyebolt Kit

STX835Dual 15" Three-Way with Horn-Loaded MF/HF section, slot-loaded LF

32 Hz-20 kHz

43 Hz-20 kHz


96 dB

1600 W / 3200 W / 6400 W

134 dB SPL Peak

4 ohms

Two NL4

Full Range/Bi-Amp with internal passive mid-high crossover network

1066 x 568 x 573 mm (42.0 x 22.4 x 22.6 in)

57 kg (126 lb)


Eyebolt Kit

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB)

COVERAGE PATTERNSENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

POWER RATING: 2 (Continuous/Program/Peak)

RATED MAXIMUM SPL 3

NOMINAL IMPEDANCEINPUT CONNECTORS

OPERATIONAL MODES


NET WEIGHT (each)SUSPENSION/MOUNTING

ACCESSORIES

STX818SSingle 18" Bass Reflex

35 Hz-250 Hz

40 Hz-120 Hz

N/A

96 dB

1000 W / 2000 W / 4000 W

132 dB SPL Peak

8 ohms

Two NL4

Subwoofer

558 x 568 x 718 mm (22.0 x 22.4 x 28.3 in)

45 kg (100 lb)

N/A

WK-4 Caster Kit; SS4-BK Adjustable heavy-duty pole, M20 thread to 35 mm

STX828SDual 18" Bass Reflex

32 Hz-250 Hz

37 Hz-120 Hz

N/A

99 dB

2000 W / 4000 W / 8000 W

138 dB SPL Peak

4 ohms

Two NL4

Subwoofer

564 x 1137 x 708 mm (22.2 x 44.8 x 27.9 in)

82 kg (180 lb)

N/A

WK-4 Caster Kit

SYSTEM TYPE


COVERAGE PATTERNSENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

POWER RATING: 2 (Continuous/Program/Peak)

RATED MAXIMUM SPL 3

NOMINAL IMPEDANCEINPUT CONNECTORS

OPERATIONAL MODESDIMENSIONS


SUSPENSION/MOUNTINGACCESSORIES

1 Based on 2π acoustic load 2 IEC Filtered Noise with 6 dB Crest Factor, 2 hours duration 3 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity

TRUCK PACK FRIENDLYAll STX800 Series cabinets were sized in an effort to maximize the interior compartments of most standard transport vehicles. Considerations were made to help STX owners exploit the given area in an effort to reduce fuel costs by eliminating additional vehicles or extra trips.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

VERSATILE CONFIGURATIONSFly your VRX900 Array: The VRX Series is equipped with JBL’s exclusive integral rigging hardware that allows the enclosures to be quickly and securely locked to one another by simply swinging a hinged bar into place and securing it with the included quick release pins. VRX900 line arrays and subwoofers may be suspended using the VRX-AF and VRX-SMAF array frame providing an easy to use, elegant suspension system for flown arrays.

Pole Mount: To create a small, compact non-flying system, the VRX may be mounted on a tripod. For greater power and low-frequency extension, one or two VRXs may be pole-mounted over their companion subwoofer.

Single Cabinet: When configured for smaller venues, or musicians working alone, the compact size, portability, light weight and stunning perfor-mance of the VRX allow it to be used as a single cabinet two-way utility speaker system that can be conveniently mounted on a tripod.

Ground Stack: For reaching bleacher and stadium seating from ground level, the VRX’s ingenious cabinet design allows it to be ground stacked in configurations of up to 4 enclosures delivering all of the power, clarity and control of a full flown line array system without the additional labor and expense.

CONSTANT CURVATURE LINE ARRAYThe VRX waveguide mounts three compression drivers on a continuous arc enabling them to work together acoustically as if they were a single source, while dramatically increasing the power handling and acoustic output when compared to a single driver system. Additional enclosures can be added creating an uninterrupted, continuous arc with all of the drivers working together seam-lessly as if they were one driver on a very long waveguide.

AMPLITUDE SHADINGFor a smooth, consistent sound field, the VRX uses JBL’s Array Configuration Selector, a convenient series of switches on each enclosure that controls the output of each high-frequency section in the array so each section of the venue can be fine tuned for a balanced, seamless overall coverage pattern.

ARRAY TOOLThe VRX932LA and VRX928LA array tools provide visual help for the user to better understand and deploy a VRX900 Line Array. Acoustic perfor-mance can be quickly assessed by simply creating a two dimensional view of the environment the VRX900 system would be used in. The effect of adding systems to the array and adjust-ments of the Array Configuration Selector can be quickly analyzed. Information can be found online at: http://www.jblpro.com/vrx/ARRAYTOOL.HTML .

DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERSJBL designed the VRX’s drivers with much less weight than comparable drivers and yet significantly increased power handling and output. Super lightweight neodymium magnets positioned inside the voice coil of each driver, a key feature of JBL’s patented Differential Drive woofer design, reduce the massive steel top plates, back plates and pole pieces found in the ‘magnetic circuits’ of conventional loudspeakers. The VRX’s dual voice coil design delivers greater power handling while maximizing the performance of each driver.

The new VRX Series addresses the growing need for a small format professional sound system for sound rental companies, fixed installations and musicians looking for the ultimate in performance and portability.

Sharing components with the JBL VERTEC® Line Array Series, the worldwide touring industry standard, the VRX Series features the performance of high end line arrays in a

compact format. It’s affordable and flexible and provides outstanding coverage and output coherence, while delivering extraordinary power handling, clarity and flexibility.

The VRX Series features the hallmark of all JBL products – stunning, legendary JBL sound.

VRX900 SeriesVRX928LA and VRX915S are now

available in white (-WH).Three VRX928LA-WH and one

VRX915S-WH are shown.

V R X 9 0 0 S E R I E S

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

VRX900 Series key features

f PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS WITH NEODYMIUM MAGNETS

f MULTIPLE NEODYMIUM, ANNULAR DIAPHRAGM RING DRIVERS PER SPEAKER

f CONSTANT CURVATURE WAVEGUIDE

f DUAL ANGLE POLE SOCKET

f INTEGRAL RIGGING HARDWARE

f ARRAY CONFIGURATION SELECTOR FOR “ARRAY SHADING”

VRX915MThe VRX915M is a dedicated, compact and lightweight 15" two way touring-class floor monitor, with only a 375 mm (14.75 in) stage height and JBL’s latest neodymium-magnet transducers. Bi-amp or full-range passive operation may be selected via a recessed, high-current switch mounted alongside the NL4 input connector in one of the handle cups. An additional NL4 connector is mounted in the other handle cup for a convenient loop-thru connection.

VRX928LAThe VRX928LA is a lightweight (28 lb / 13 kg) compact 8" two-way linearray speaker system designed for use in arrays of up to six units. VRX928LA is the ideal choice when line-array performance is needed but the venue size doesn’t call for the very long-throw characteristics of the larger VRX932LA.

As many as six VRX928LA speaker systems may be suspended in a single array for a nominal vertical coverage of up to 90°. Suspended applications require the JBL VRX928LA-SMAF array frame (available separately). For applications in which the array must be aimed sharply down, a second Array Frame may be installed to the bottom of the array serving as a pull-back.

VRX932LA-1The VRX932LA is designed for use in arrays of up to six units. Each VRX932LA contains three drivers, which results combined power handling and acoustic output far greater than a single driver could achieve.

As many as six VRX932LA speaker systems may be suspended in a single array for a nominal vertical coverage of up to 90°. Suspended applications require the JBL VRX932LA-AF array frame (available separately). For applications in which the array must be aimed sharply down, a second array frame may be installed to the bottom of the array serving as a pull-back.

One or two VRX932LAs may also be used on a tripod or over subwoofers, with the exception of VRX932LA-WH. The integral rigging hardware is used to securely lock the array together while the dual-angle pole socket provides aiming flexibility.

VRX932LAPThe VRX932LA is a powered, lightweight, compact 12" two-way line-array speaker system designed for use in arrays of up to five units. VRX932LAP is the ideal choice when line-array performance is needed but the venue size doesn’t call for the very long-throw characteristics of larger line-arrays and a fast and easy setup is vital.

One or two VRX932LAP’s may also be used on a tripod or over subwoofers. The integrated rigging hardware is used to securely lock the array together while the dual-angle pole socket provides aiming flexibility. As many as five VRX932LAP speaker systems may be suspended in a single array for a nominal vertical coverage of up to 75°. Suspended applications require the JBL VRX-AF array frame or eye bolts (available separately).

VRX915SThe VRX915S is a compact, high power suspendable subwoofer system containing a 2265G-1 neodymium magnet, patented Differential Drive®, 15" woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure.

The VRX915S was designed specifically for use in arrays with the VRX928LA Line Array speaker and VRX-SMAF Array Frame. In addi-tion it may also be used in arrays consisting entirely of VRX915S subwoofers. The system offers complete input connection flexibility for compatibility with a variety of cabling schemes.

VRX918SFor applications requiring the sonic and practical advantages of integrating the subwoofers into the flying array JBL offers the VRX918S, a compact, high power, suspendable subwoofer system using an 18" Differential Drive® woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. The VRX918S was designed specifically for use in arrays with the VRX932LA Line Array speaker and VRX-AF Array Frame. It may also flown in arrays consisting entirely of VRX918S or ground stacked.

The VRX918S, with the exception of the VRX918S-WH, is equipped with a top-mounted, threaded, 20 mm socket that can receive the optional SS4-BK pole. Users who don’t require a suspendable subwoofer can opt for the acoustically identical SRX718S sub.

VRX918SPThe VRX918SP is a powered, suspendable subwoofer system containing a 2268FF neodymium magnet, patented Differential Drive®, 18" woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure.

The VRX918SP was designed specifically for use in arrays with the VRX932LAP Line Array speaker and VRX-AF Array Frame. In addition it may also be used in arrays consisting entirely of VRX918SP subwoofers. Equally at home in ground stacked applications, the VRX918SP is equipped with a top-mounted, threaded, 20 mm socket that can receive the optional SS4-BK pole.

The two most popular VRX900 models are now available in a powered version for a setup that’s even faster and easier. The JBL DrivePack® DPC-2 amplifier module with integrated DSP provides the power and system management. Dual Bridged Technology directly links discrete amplifier channel outputs with each voice-coil in the Differential Drive woofer to deliver the most efficient power match.

VRX932LAP

VRX918SP(Back View)

VRX932LAP(Back View)

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

specifications VRX915M15" Two-way Stage Monitor

60 Hz - 20 kHz

70 Hz - 20 kHz

98 dB SPL

8 ohms

127 dB SPL continuous 133 dB SPL peak 2

800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 2

50º x 90º

1 x JBL 2265H 1 x JBL 2452H (4 in)

15/18 mm birch plywood

Black DuraFlex™ finish

Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4 (x2)

629 x 432 x 324 mm 24.75 x 17 x 12.75 in

21 kg (46 lb)

VRX928LA VRX928LA-WH12" Two-way, Powered Line Array Loudspeaker System

70 Hz - 20 kHz

87 Hz - 19 kHz

Passive: 90 dB SPL, Bi-Amp LF: 90 dB SPL Bi-Amp HF 108 dB SPL3

8 ohms LF: 8 ohms/HF: 16 ohms

Passive: 122 dB SPL 2 Bi-amp LF: 122 dB SPL Bi-amp HF: 128 dB SPL 3

400 W / 800 W / 1600 W LF: 400 W / 800 W / 1600 W 2 HF: 30 W / 60 W / 120W

100º x 15º

1 x JBL 2168H-1 (8 in) 2 x JBL 2414H (1 in)

15 mm - 25 mm multi-ply birch plywood

Black DuraFlex finish

Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x2)

230 x 419 x 267 mm 9.0 x 16.5 x 10.5 in

12.7 kg (28 lb)

VRX932LA-1 VRX932LA-WH12" Two-way, Powered Line Array Loudspeaker System

57 Hz - 20 kHz

75 Hz - 20 kHz


8 ohms LF: 8 ohms/HF: 16 ohms

Passive: 130 dB SPL 2 Bi-amp LF: 130 dB SPL Bi-amp HF: 139 dB SPL 3

800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W LF: 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 2 HF: 75 W / 150 W / 300 W

100º x 15º

1 x JBL 2262H (12 in) 3 x JBL 2408J (1.5 in)

18 mm - 25 mm multi-ply birch plywood



349 x 597 x 381 mm 13.75 x 23.5 x 15.0 in

21.0 kg (46 lb)

VRX932LAP12" Two-way, powered Line Array Loudspeaker System

57 Hz - 20 kHz

75 Hz - 20 kHz


LF: 2 x 2 ohms / HF: 4 ohms

136 dB SPL 2

Internal DPC-2 : 875W Cont. / 1750W Peak LF: 750 W / HF:125 W

100º x 15º

1 x JBL 2262FF (12 in) 3 x JBL 2408J (1.5 in)

15mm - 25 mm multi-ply birch plywood


AC: Neutrik PowerCon (NAC 3MPA)

349 x 597 x 444 mm 13.75 x 23.5 x 17.5 in

24.0 kg (52 lb)

VRX915S VRX915S-WH15" Bass-reflex Subwoofer

35 Hz - 250 Hz

40 Hz - 250 Hz

91 dB SPL

4 ohms

126dB SPL peak 2

800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 4

1 x JBL 2265G-1 (15 in) Differential Drive Woofer

15/18 mm birch plywood



496 x 420 x 597 mm 19.5 x 16.5 x 23.5 in

26 kg (57 lb)

VRX918S VRX918S-WH18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer

31 Hz - 220 Hz

34 Hz - 220 Hz

95 dB SPL

8 ohms

130 dB SPL peak 2

800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W4

1 x JBL 2268H (18 in) Differential Drive Woofer

18 mm, 11- ply birch plywood



508 x 597 x 749 mm 20.0 x 23.5 x 29.5 in

37 kg (81 lb)

VRX918SP18" Bass-reflex Powered Subwoofer

31 Hz - 220 Hz

34 Hz - 220 Hz

2 x 2 ohms

126dB SPL peak 2

Internal DPC-2 : 750W

1 x JBL 2268FF (18 in) Differential Drive Woofer

18 mm, 11- ply birch plywood


AC: Neutrik PowerCon (NAC 3MPA)

508 x 597 x 749 mm 20.0 x 23.5 x 29.5 in

38.5 kg (85 lb)

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQ. RANGE (-10 dB)1

FREQ. RESPONSE (±3dB)1

SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: PASSIVE BI-AMP

MAXIMUM SPL @ 1 m

POWER RATING: PASSIVE BI-AMP

Continuous/Program/Peak

NOMINAL DISPERSIONTRANSDUCERS: LF

HFENCLOSURE



NET WEIGHT (each)1 “Frequency Range” and “Frequency Response”

are based on half-space conditions.2 IEC filtered noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs. 3 HF driver sensitivity is based on measurements

averaged between 1.5 kHz – 16 kHz 4 40 - 120 Hz pink noise, 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs.

VRX932LA-1(3 shown)

VRX932LAP

VRX918SVRX918SP

VRX928LA(2 shown)

The VRX928LA is designed to fit perfectly on top the compact

VRX915S 15" subwoofer. This system is designed to work in even smaller

spaces and to be ultra portable.

VRX915S

VRX915M


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Tour Sound Products

Perhaps more than any other single company in the professional sound industry, JBL Professional, under the guiding wisdom of founder James B. Lansing, has shaped large scale forms of public entertainment we now take for granted. Through Mr. Lansing’s development of revolutionary transducers and the resulting sound reinforcement technologies, concerts and special events of all types can now enjoy exceptional sound quality.

JBL has continued this tradition of revolutionary technology with VERTEC® line arrays – a flexible, high performance product line including subcompact, compact, midsize and fullsize line array elements and companion subwoofers, along with powered options equipped with JBL DrivePack® technology. It’s the ideal solution to a broad range of sound reinforcement challenges for both portable rental inventories, and fixed performance-venues.

JBL VERTEC® Line Array Systems (VT4889, VT4880A) for World’s Largest Music Festival (Rock In Rio, Lisbon and Madrid)

Rental System Contractor: Gabisom

2269H Ultra Long Excursion 18" Woofer

2166H Long-Throw 6.5" Woofer

D2430K Dual Diaphragm Compression Driver

PAGE 18

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

T O U R S O U N D P R O D U C T S

VERTEC® Series

HIGH-PERFORMANCE FEATURESEach model in the VERTEC system family features high performance technologies, engineered to work together to maximize utility and audio performance.

PlyMax® enclosure technology is used for constructing the VT4889-1, VT4888, VT4887A, VT4882, VT4881A and VT4880/80A systems. PlyMax offers rigid enclosure characteristics along with dramatic weight savings.

Advanced Transducers give each VERTEC system its performance edge. All models feature dual voice coil Differential Drive™ technology, providing unparalleled output capability for which VERTEC is legendary, while ensuring pristine, low-distortion audio reproduction.

Precision waveguides are coupled to the advanced-technology compression drivers to create an uninterrupted vertical ‘ribbon’ of high frequency energy in the full-range system.

Radiation Boundary Integrators™ for the midrange section of each system reduce diffrac-tion effects providing smooth high frequency coverage.

TOUR-READY SYSTEMSEach model in the VERTEC line is intended to support the type of rugged use encountered when transported from venue to venue. Care has been given to system design ergonomics, making VERTEC arrays among the simplest and fastest to setup and takedown.

All enclosures feature JBL Professional’s rugged DuraFlex™ exterior finish. Each system features loudspeaker components with weather-resistant cone treatment.

S.A.F.E.™ SUSPENSION HARDWAREAll models in the VERTEC line are fitted with integral side-mounted suspension frames. These load-rated, heat-treated, premium-grade tubular frames couple together using quick-release pins and hinge bars to create arrays that are rigid for maximum strength, yet flexible in design and application.

ARRAY FRAME OPTIONSThe VERTEC suspension system includes several frame options for suspending arrays. “AF”(Array Frames) and “SF”(Short Frames) are available for use with sub compact, compact, midsize and fullsize elements. The Short Frames can also be used as an ‘anchor’ at the bottom of large arrays, providing a separate rear pickup point to tilt the array. These frames are also suitable for ground-stacking up to 6 enclosures (AF models) or 4 enclosures (SF models).

LINE ARRAY CALCULATORThis predictive software provides a wealth of tech-nical information about VERTEC line array system performance expectations for various audience configurations.

VT4889-1Fullsize, lightweight enclosure housing two 15" woofers, four 8" midrange transducers, and three high frequency compression drivers. These advanced components provide the highest power-to-weight ratio of any speaker in the full-size line array class.

VT4888Midsize, lightweight line array element housing two 12" woofers, four 51⁄2" midrange transducers, and two high frequency compression drivers. Designed for use in stand-alone arrays or in combination with other VERTEC system products.

VT4887ACompact, lightweight line array element housing two 8" woofers, four 4" midrange transducers, and two high frequency compression drivers. Offering the best low frequency extension and output in its class, it can be used in stand-alone arrays or in combination with other VERTEC system products.

VT4886Subcompact Passive Three-Way Line Array Element fitted with two 6.5” woofers, four 2.5” midrange transducers, and two high frequency drivers with a highly-refined internal passive network. Designed for stand-alone use or in multi-box arrays, and ideal for use in combination with the VT4883 Subcompact subwoofer.

VT4880/VT4880AFullsize, lightweight, centrally-vented arrayable subwoofers housing two 18" woofers. These advanced components, each fitted with dual voice coils, provide high output capabilities and are fully compatible with VT4889-1 fullrange systems.

VT4882Midsize, lightweight, centrally-vented subwoofer enclosure housing two long-excursion 15" woofers. These advanced components, each with dual voice coils, provide high output capabilities and best-in-class power-to-weight ratio.

VT4881ACompact, lightweight, vented subwoofer enclosure housing a dual voice coil 18" woofer. This advanced component has a compliance capable of nearly 3" (76 mm) peak-to- peak cone excursion, providing unparalleled low frequency extension and output

VT4883 Subcompact Dual 12" Cardioid-Arrayable Subwoofer is a companion low frequency extension for the VT4886 subcompact 3-way enclosure. Fitted with a pair of long-excursion 12” woofers to deliver high quality sound reinforcement of sub-low frequencies for a variety of applications where small enclosure size is key.

JBL’s early research into column-type line arrays nearly 40 years ago provides a solid foundation for VERTEC – line arrays with lineage. Combining JBL’s latest generation of high-powered lightweight transducers with proven line array theory, precisely-adjustable array elements and accurate prediction software, this industry-leading product line enables tour sound system operators, rental companies and performance venues to achieve predictable, consistent results.

All models in the VERTEC product line are engineered to offer sound reinforcement professionals solutions to meet nearly any challenge. Each model is compatible with others in the line, both mechanically and acoustically. With built-in advantages like lightweight construction, high output, and integral suspension hardware, each VERTEC model is designed to deliver premium-quality audio for a wide range of applications including concert touring, corporate A/V, and fixed installation in performance venues.

VERTEC line array elements are available with dolly wheel-boards that double as a protective front plate, and reinforced, padded covers for maximum protection during handling and transport.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

VT4880Fullsize Dual 18" Subwoofer

29 Hz - 120 Hz (± 3 dB)

98 dB

2 x 8 ohms

2 x 1000 W

2 x 2258H Dual-Coil (18 in)

Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex

NL4, 2 each

493 x 1229 x 860 mm 19.42 x 48.38 x 33.85 in

71 kg (157 lb)

VT4880AFullsize Dual 18" Ultra Long Excursion Subwoofer

28 Hz - 120 Hz (-3 dB)

95 dB

2 x 8 ohms

2 x 2000 W


Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex

NL8 and NL4, 2 each

493 x 1229 x 860 mm 19.42 x 48.38 x 33.85 in

83.9 kg (185 lb)

VT4882Midsize Dual 15" Subwoofer

32 Hz - 110 Hz (± 3 dB)

95 dB

2 x 8 ohms

2 x 700 W


Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex

NL8 and NL4, 2 each

457 x 1013 x 858 mm 18 x 39.9 x 33.8 in

53.5 kg (118 lb)

VT4881ACompact 18" Subwoofer

34 Hz - 125 Hz (± 3 dB)

91 dB

8 ohms (Each coil independently wired)

2000 W


Rectangular, PlyMax

DuraFlex

NL8 and NL4, 2 each

569 x 787 x 654 mm 22.4 x 31 x 25.8 in

50.4 kg (111 lb)

VT4883Subcompact Dual 12" Cardioid-Arrayable Subwoofer

40 Hz - 300 Hz (± 3 dB)

95 dB

2 x 8 ohms

2 x 1000 W

2 x 2263H-1 Dual-Coil (12 in)

Rectangular, PlyMax

DuraFlex

NL8 and NL4, 2 each

398 x 579 x 643 mm 15.7 x 22.8 x 25.3 in

29.5 kg (65 lb)

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RESPONSESENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 mNOMINAL IMPEDANCE

INPUT POWER RATING1

TRANSDUCERSENCLOSURE



NET WEIGHT (each)

subwoofers

full range

VERTEC® SYSTEM FEATURES VT4889-1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

PRECISION WAVEGUIDES RBI™: RADIATION BOUNDARY INTEGRATOR

INPUT PANEL WITH PARALLEL CONNECTORS

2255H 15" DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOUDSPEAKER

2250H 8" MIDRANGE CONE

TRANSDUCER

2435H HIGH PERFORMANCE

COMPRESSION DRIVER

VT4889-1Fullsize Three-way Line Array Element

45 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)

90° nominal (250 Hz – 16 kHz)

LF: 99 dB, MF: 102 dB, HF: 116 dB

LF: 2 x 8 ohms, MF: 8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms

2 x 1000 W 1400 W MF/ 225 W HF

LF: 2 x 2255H (15 in) MF: 4 x 2250H (8 in) HF: 3 x 2435H

Wedge Frustrum PlyMax®

DuraFlex™

NL8, 2 each

489 x 1213 x 546 mm 19.25 x 47.75 x 21 in

79.8 kg (176 lb)

VT4888Midsize Three-way Line Array Element

60 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


LF: 98 dB, MF: 102 dB, HF: 114 dB

LF: 2 x 8 ohms, MF: 8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms

2 x 1000 W 600 W MF/ 150 W HF

LF: 2 x 2262H (12 in) MF: 4 x 2106H (5 1⁄2 in) HF: 2 x 2431H

Wedge Frustrum, PlyMax

DuraFlex

NL8, 2 each

355 x 991 x 508 mm 14 x 39 x 20 in

51.3 kg (113 lb)

VT4887ACompact Bi-amped Line Array Element

67 Hz - 20 kHz (± 3 dB)

100° nominal (500 Hz - 16 kHz)

LF: 97 dB, MF/HF: 103 dB

LF: 8 ohms, MF/HF: 8 ohms

1000 W 225 W (MF/HF)

LF: 2 x 2168J-1 (8 in) MF: 4 x 2104H (4 in) HF: 2 x 2408H


DuraFlex

NL8 and NL-4, 2 each

281 x 787 x 415 mm 11 x 31 x 16.3 in

30.4 kg (67 lb)

VT4886Subcompact Passive 3-Way Line Array Element

75 Hz - 18 kHz


101 dB

12 ohms

900 W

LF: 2 x 2166H Dual-Coil (6.5" in) MF: 4 x 2103G (2.5 in) HF:2 x 2414H


DuraFlex

NL8 and NL-4, 2 each

197 x 579 x 261 mm 7.8 x 22.8 x 10.3 in

15.4 kg (34 lb)

SYSTEM TYPEFREQUENCY RESPONSE

COVERAGE (H) -6 dBSENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE

INPUT POWER RATING1: LF MF/HF

TRANSDUCERS

ENCLOSURE



NET WEIGHT (each)

FULLSIZE SUBCOMPACT


VERTEC® Flexible Line Array Solutions

1 AES 2 hour Standard, free air.

VERTEC® VT4889

2001 WINNER

VERTEC® VT4886

2011 WINNER

VERTEC® VT4887

2003 WINNER

COMPACTMIDSIZE

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key featuresf INDUSTRY’S SMALLEST, LIGHTEST, MOST

POWERFUL HIGH FREQUENCY COMPRESSION DRIVERS

f ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY COMPONENTS

f PRECISION WAVEGUIDES PROVIDE VERTICAL LINE SOURCE COUPLING

f RADIATION BOUNDARY INTEGRATOR (RBI™) TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATES OUTPUT OF INDIVIDUAL BANDPASS ELEMENTS

f EXCEPTIONALLY RIGID, LIGHTWEIGHT ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION

f RUGGED DURAFLEX™ EXTERIOR FINISH AND WEATHERIZED COMPONENTS

f INTEGRATED S.A.F.E.™ SUSPENSION SYSTEM

V E R T E C S E R I E S

Separately-ordered accessories for: VT4889-1, VT4880, VT4880A, VT4888, VT4882, VT4887A and VT4881A

ACCESSORY KITS

VT4889-1-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4889-1.

VT4880-ACC Dolly/wheelboard, padded protective cover and suspension hinge bars for one VT4880.

VT4880A-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4880A.

VT4888-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4888.

VT4882-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4882.

VT4887-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4887A.

VT4881-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4881A.

SUSPENSION ACCESSORIES

VT4889-AF Array Frame for suspending or ground stacking VTX-V25, VTX-S28, VT4889-1, VT4880, VT4880A enclosures.

VT4889-SF Short Frame for suspending or ground stacking VTX-V25, VTX-S28, VT4889-1, VT4880, VT4880A enclosures; can also be used on the bottom of arrays for rear pullback suspension.

VT4888-AF Array Frame for suspending or ground stacking VT4888 or VT4882 enclosures.

VT4888-SF Short Frame for suspending or ground stacking VT4888 or VT4882 enclosures; can also be used on the bottom of arrays for rear pullback suspension.

VT4887-AF Array Frame for suspending or ground stacking VT4887A or VT4881A enclosures.

VT4887-SF Short Frame for suspending or ground stacking VT4887A or VT4881A enclosures; can also be used on the bottom of arrays for rear pullback suspension.

VT4800-CA Compact Adaptor, use to suspend VT4887 or VT4887A from VT4888 or VT4882.

VT4800-DA Downfill Adaptor, use to suspend up to 4 VT4887As or VT4887 enclosures from VTX-V25, VTX-S28, VT4889, VT4889-1, VT4880 or VT4880A enclosures.

VT4800-UA Universal Adaptor Frame, use to suspend midsize or compact models from VTX-V25, VTX-S28, VT4889, VT4889-1, VT4880 or VT4880A enclosures.

Accessories available for the VT4886 and VT4883 VT4886-AF Array frame for suspension or ground stacking of VT4883, VT4886, or mixed

VT4883/VT4886 arrays.

VT4886-SF Short Array frame for suspension of smaller VT4886 arrays. Can also be used at the bottom of arrays for rear pull-back suspension.

VT4886-DF88 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 under VT4888 or VT4882.

VT4886-DF89 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 under VTX-V25, VTX-S28, VT4889-1, VT4880, VT4880A.

VT4886-UB Universal Bracket with extension arms for pole mounting, stacking, underbalcony suspension or wall mounting of 1x, 2x, 3x or 4x VT4886 enclosures, respectively.

VT4886-UB1 Basic Universal Bracket for pole mounting, stacking, underbalcony suspension or wall mounting of 1x, 2x or 3x VT4886 enclosures, respectively.

VT4886-HB Horizontal bracket for arraying VT4886 enclosures as a constant curvature horizontal line array. (Suspended or pole mounted.)

SS5-BK Adjustable extension rod with M20 thread for attachment to VT4883 subwoofer. Secure, hand crank height adjustment. Vibration isolation adapter for attachment to optional VT4886-UB, -UB1 or -HB accessories.

VT4886-DF89 (Downfill Adaptor)

SS5-BK (Hand Crank)

VT4886-UB1Universal Bracket

VT4889-SF (Short Frame)

VT4886-DF88 VT4886-HB

VT4886-HB VT4886-UB1

VT4886-HB

VT4886-DF88

VT4886-SF

VT4886-SF

SS5-BK (Hand Crank)

VT4886-UB

VT4889-AF (Array Frame)

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

VT4889ADP-DAFullsize, powered enclosure housing two 15" woofers, four 8" midrange transducers, and three high frequency compression drivers that combine to provide a high power-to-weight ratio. Equipped with a JBL DrivePack DP3 fully integrated power and DSP electronics package featuring BSS OmniDrive HD™ signal processing.

The VT4889ADP-DA is designed to deliver high-quality reinforcement of music and speech in large-scale, maximum-performance applications including concert audio, corporate A/V and theatrical presentations for both portable users and performance venue installations.

VT4888DP-DA Midsize, powered enclosure housing two 12" woofers, four 5.5" midrange transducers and two high frequency compression drivers. Equipped with a JBL DrivePack DP3 fully integrated power and DSP electronics package featuring BSS OmniDrive HD™ signal processing.

The VT4888DP-DA is designed to deliver high-quality reinforcement of music and speech in a variety of general-purpose applications including concert audio and corporate A/V presentations for both portable users and fixed venue installations.

VT4887ADP-DACompact, powered enclosure housing two 8" woofers, four 4" midrange transducers and two high frequency compression drivers. Equipped with a JBL DrivePack DP2 fully integrated power and DSP electronics package featuring BSS OmniDrive HD™ signal processing.

The VT4887ADP-DA is designed to deliver high-quality reinforcement of music and speech in a variety of applications where smaller-sized arrays are appropriate, including concert audio, corporate A/V and theatrical presentations for both portable users and performance installations.

VT4880ADP-DAFullsize, powered sub-woofer housing two 2269G Ultra-Long Excursion 18" woofers and a JBL DrivePack DP-3 fully integrated power and DSP electronics package featuring BSS OmniDrive HD™ signal processing.

The VT4880ADP-DA is designed to deliver high quality reinforcement of VLF (Very Low Frequency) musical information for a broad range of applications. Ideal companion to VT4889ADP-DA fullsize powered three-way systems.

VT4882DP-DA Midsize, powered sub-woofer housing two long excursion 15" woofers and a JBL DrivePack DP3 fully integrated power and DSP electronics package featuring BSS OmniDrive HD™ signal processing.

The VT4882DP-DA is designed to deliver high quality sound reinforcement of sub-low frequencies for concert audio and multi-media presentations of all types. The VT4882DP-DA is an ideal companion to VT4888 or VT4888DP-DA midsize full-range systems.

VT4881ADP-DACompact, powered sub-woofer housing one Ultra-Long Excursion 18" woofer and a JBL DrivePack DP1 fully integrated power and DSP electronics package featuring BSS OmniDrive HD™ signal processing.

The VT4881ADP-DA is designed to deliver high quality sound reinforcement of VLF musical information for a variety of applications including concert audio, corporate A/V and theatrical presentations of all types. Suitable for both portable users and fixed venue instal-lations. Ideal companion to VT4887ADP-DA or VT4887A compact three-way systems.

The JBL VERTEC DP Series couples industry-leading loudspeaker technology to the innovative JBL DrivePack® technology platform delivering superb audio quality and robust power, perfectly matched to the enclosures, with comprehensive internal digital signal processing. Based on JBL’s industry-leading VERTEC line array elements, these systems are lightweight, powerful, and cost-effective.

Designed in cooperation with development partners Crown, dbx and BSS, JBL DrivePack models are designed to exceed all expectations for loudspeaker performance, power handling and audio system control.


VERTEC® DP Series Powered Line Array SystemsVERTEC® VT4888DP

2005 WINNER

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

accessories

subwoofers

full-range

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RESPONSE MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUT

NOMINAL IMPEDANCEDRIVEPACK POWER RATING

TRANSDUCERSENCLOSURE



NET WEIGHT (each)

VT4880ADP–DAPowered Fullsize 2-15" Subwoofer, Integrated Audio System

29 Hz – 120 Hz (± 3 dB)

143 dB SPL, 1m

LF: 4 ohms (Each transducer)

6900 W Peak, 3500 W Continuous

2 x 2269G (18 in) (Dual-Coil)

Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex

Female XLR/Male XLR, EtherCon

1229 x 493 x 1011 mm 48.4 x 19.4 x 39.8 in

99.4 kg (219 lb)

VT4882DP–DAPowered Midsize 2-15" Subwoofer, Integrated Audio System

32 Hz - 110 Hz (± 3 dB)

133 dB SPL, 1m

LF: 8 ohms (Each transducer)

3400W Peak, 1700W Continuous

2 x 2266H (15 in) (Dual-Coil)

Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex


457 x 1013 x 1011 mm 18 x 39.9 x 39.8 in

69.9 kg (154 lb)

VT4881ADP–DA Powered Compact 1-18" Subwoofer, Integrated Audio System

34 Hz - 125 Hz(± 3 dB)

131 dB SPL,1m

VLF:4 ohms


1 x 2269G (18 in) (Dual-Coil)

Rectangular Enclosure

DuraFlex


569 x 787 x 800 mm 22.4 X 31 X 31.5 in

62.2 kg (137 lb)

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RESPONSE HORIZONTAL COVERAGE (-6 dB)

MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUTNOMINAL IMPEDANCE: LF

MF HF

DRIVEPACK POWER RATINGTRANSDUCERS: LF

MF HF

ENCLOSUREFINISH

INPUT CONNECTORSDIMENSIONS


VT4889ADP–DAPowered Fullsize 3-way Line Array, Integrated Audio System

45 Hz – 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


143 dB, 1m

LF:4 ohms MF: 8 ohms HF: 16 ohms (wired in series)


2 x 2265H (15 in) (Dual-Coil) 4 x 2169H (8 in) 3 x 2435H (3" exit compression driver)

Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex™


1215 x 494 x 692 mm 47.8 x 19.4 x 27.2 in

93.1 kg (205 lb)

VT4888DP–DAPowered Midsize 3-way Line Array, Integrated Audio System

60 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


139 dB, 1m

LF:4 ohms MF: 8 ohms HF: 16 ohms


2 x 2262H (12 in) (Dual-Coil) 4 x 2106H (5 1⁄2 in) 2 x 2431H (1.5" exit compression driver)

Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex™


355 x 1013 x 678 mm 14 x 39.9 x 26.7 in

67.2 kg (148 lb)

VT4887ADP–DA Powered Compact 3-way Line Array, Integrated Audio System

67 Hz - 20 kHz (± 3 dB)


136 dB,1m

LF:4 ohms MF, HF: 8 ohms

2200W Peak 1100W Continuous

2 x 2168H-1 (8 in) (Dual-Coil) 4 x 2104H (4 in) 2 x 2408H (1" exit compression driver)

Wedge Frustrum

DuraFlex


279 x 787 x 563 mm 11 x 31 x 22.1 in

39.7 kg (87.5 lb)

key featuresf INTEGRATED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

f JBL DRIVEPACK® ELECTRONICS PACKAGE

f AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF 50 OR 60 Hz WORLDWIDE AC LINE VOLTAGES

f STANDARD NETWORK INPUT MODULES

V E R T E C D P S E R I E S

INPUT MODULE & CONNECTIVITY

JBL DrivePacks are equipped with a modular input bay. The standard HiQnet-compatible DPDA input module offers ethernet connectivity for remote control and monitoring. The DPDA module also provides AES digital audio inputs with analog backup, BSS Audio OmniDrive HD™ signal processing with LevelMax™ multi-stage limiting, high-performance FIR/IIR filters, array/box I.D. mechanism and robust EtherCon® connectors optimized for tour/rental applications.

The optional, non-networked lower-cost DPIP input module from dbx features analog audio inputs. Like the DPDA module, it includes sophisticated DSP technology incorporating digital equalization, time alignment, frequency-dividing networks, classic dbx limiting functionality, and dbx Type IV® analog-to-digital converters. Two operating modes can be selected via rear panel switch (fullrange or subwoofer filter enable).

Separately-ordered accessories for: VT4889ADP-DA, VT4888DP-DA, VT4887ADP-DA

VT4889ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4889ADP-DA

VT4888DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4888DP-DA


Separately-ordered accessories for: VT4880ADP-DA, VT4882DP-DA, VT4881ADP-DA

VT4880ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4880DP-DA

VT4882DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VT4882DP-DA


Standard DPDA Input Module (AES digital audio, BSS Audio OmniDrive

HD processing, EtherCon connectors)

DPIP Optional Non-Networked Input Module

(analog audio only)Software Device Panel Available in Harman Pro’s

HiQnet™ System Architect Software

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Next Generation Line Array System SolutionsOf all the achievements JBL has made over the years, the VTX Series stands

as a milestone in the practical application of creative engineering. The next generation in line arrays, VTX heralds a new era in performance,

system integration and user friendliness.

Supported by multiple patents in driver, waveguide and suspension technology, VTX is also supported by technologies from Harman Professional sister companies for amplification, DSP, control and system management. In addition to high performance components, VTX is backed by JBL’s high performance engineering support - the human factor and technical tools that are key to the proper specification and configuration of the VTX system in any venue, anywhere in the world.

The VTX Series is a result of JBL’s continued effort to deliver more powerful, more compact, lightweight and flexible sound reinforcement systems.

Designed for portable and fixed-venue system operators alike, VTX features JBL’s legendary sound quality coupled with the most advanced sound

reinforcement technology and support available.


D2 Dual Diaphragm: Dual Voice Coil Compression Driver

The revolutionary, patented D2 Dual Driver dramatically improves the sound and performance of high frequencies by overcoming the limitations of conventional compression driver technology. By merging two annular, polymer diaphragms into a single compact transducer, the D2 driver has the same radiating area as a conventional device, however overall output and power handling are dramatically increased due to lower moving mass and enhanced heat transfer obtained by using two separate voice coils. The result is dramatically improved efficiency, power handling and smoother, more extended high frequency response with significantly lower levels of distortion.

Refined RBI Waveguide for Improved Vertical Coupling and Horizontal Coverage

VTX V25 features 3rd generation HF waveguide technology that produces a coherent, time-aligned high frequency wavefront that maximizes the combined output of three D2

Dual Drivers. The waveguide creates a wavefront that is sufficiently flat to couple properly at extreme high frequencies and

the active radiating surface area extends to the edge of the enclosure, ensuring optimized line source coupling from 0-10 degrees. JBL’s patented Radiation Boundary Integrator™ seamlessly combines high- and mid-frequency sections, providing broad, stable 90 degree horizontal coverage.

S.A.F.E™ Suspension

VTX’s patented S.A.F.E. suspension system is streamlined for speed and efficiency with improved hardware for faster setup with fewer pinning operations and greater security. All suspension hardware is integrated into the enclosure and strategically-positioned for fast and secure operation. Front flip hinges and captive rear hinge bars utilizing a unique Angle Stop Mechanism (ASM) allow for efficient assembly that is not only secure, but anti-rattle. Also included is provision for mounting a VTX Laser accessory for greater ease and precision in array focus and system tuning.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

V T X S E R I E S

Crown® Audio VRackA rugged touring rack fitted with three Crown ITech HD Series power amplifiers, power input panel, input / output panels that is available in two config-urations: VRack 12000 or VRack 4x3500 (loaded with three Crown IT12000HD or IT4x3500HD, respectively). The Crown VRack standard ensures that VTX enclosures are optimally powered and processed while ensuring compatibility for cross rental between VTX Network Partners.

JBL Line Array CalculatorAcoustic modeling software accurately predicts performance in the user-defined venue, allowing for determination of the appropriate number of cabinets, required angles and installation parameters along with circuit level gain shading and frequency tapering using the JBL Line Array Control Panel equalization interface.

JBL HiQnet Performance Manager™ Software

Designed specifically for touring, the patented workflow paradigm of the Performance Manager interface makes the complex simple by guiding the system designer through the complete system design, configuration and control process.

V25 G28 S28

VTX-V25-ACC Accessory Kit: dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VTX V25

VTX-V25-ASP Acoustic Spares Kit: (1x 2267H, 3x D2430K diaphragm kit, 2x 2169H)

VTX-V25-MSP Mechanical Spares Kit: (hinges, quick release pins, grills, handles, suspension frames)

VTX-V25-VT Vertical Transporter for 4x VTX V25 including padded protective cover

VTX-V25-AF Array Frame for suspending or ground stacking VTX V25 and/or VTX S28 enclosures

VTX-S28-ACC Accessory Kit: dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VTX S28

VTX-S28-VT Vertical Transporter for 3x S28 including padded protective cover

VTX-G28-ACC Accessory Kit: dolly/wheelboard and padded protective cover for one VTX G28

VTX-LZ-K Laser Kit: (power supply and 2x VTX-LZ lasers)

VTX-LZ Laser only (1 piece)

VTX-LZ-PS Power supply only (1 piece)

accessories


COMPONENTS

HORIZONTAL COVERAGE (-6 dB)FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB)SENSITIVITY (1W/1m)

NOMINAL SECTION IMPEDANCESCONTINUOUS POWER RATING


NET WEIGHT (each)

V25Full Size 3-Way High Directivity Line Array Element with D2 Dual Drivers

2 x 2267H 15" Differential Drive® LF 4 x 2169H 8" Differential Drive® MF 3 x 2430K D2 Dual Driver

90 degrees nominal (250 - 16k Hz)

35 - 20k Hz

41 - 18k Hz

99 dB LF, 103 dB MF, 116 dB HF

2 x 8 ohms LF, 8 ohms MF, 8 ohms HF

2 x 2000W LF, 1400W MF, 600W HF

414 x 1223 x 614 mm (16.3 x 48.2 x 24.2 in)

82.6 kg (182 lb)

G28 Full Size Ground Stack-Only, Cardioid-Arrayable, Dual 18" Subwoofer with Ultra Long Excursion Transducers

2 x 2269H Differential Drive® 18"

22 - 160 Hz

27 - 120 Hz

95 dB

2 x 8 ohms

2 x 2000W

493.3 x 1210.8 x 1211.1 mm (19.4 x 47.7 x 47.7 in)

92.5 kg (204 lb)

S28Full Size Suspendable, Cardioid-Arrayable, Dual 18" Subwoofer with Ultra Long Excursion Transducers

2 x 2269H Differential Drive® 18"

24 - 400 Hz

27 - 300 Hz

96 dB

2 x 8 ohms

2 x 2000W

493.3 x 1222 x 926.5 mm (19.4 x 48.1 x 36.5 in)

83.0 kg (183 lb)

Complete System Integration and SupportWith the VTX Series you are not just using a product, you are gaining access to an expert system. Tools for system design and all the components to analyze, configure, set up and control a VTX system are all part of the JBL commitment to total system integration and support. The goal is maximum efficiency and the highest possible level of performance in any venue, anywhere in the world.

VTX-V25

VTX Series V25 is a fullsize 3-way line array element featuring patented D2 dual diaphragm dual driver technology and patented Differential Drive® LF and MF cone transducers. Includes captive suspension hardware; transportation and handling accessories supplied separately.

VTX-G28

VTX Series G28 is a rectangular ground-stack dual 18" subwoofer featuring ultra long throw, patented Differential Drive® VLF transducers configured in a pseudo-vented-bandpass alignment with inverted woofers (motors out) for improved cooling and large area, laminar-flow, low-turbulence central port. Includes front NL4 connector for use when G28 enclosures are configured in rear-firing mode to create reverse-cardioid subwoofer arrays.

VTX-S28

VTX Series S28 is a suspendable, trapezoidal dual 18" subwoofer featuring ultra long throw, patented Differential Drive® VLF transducers configured in a front-loaded alignment with large area, laminar-flow, low-turbulence central port. Includes front NL4 connector for use when S28 enclosures are configured in rear-firing mode to create reverse-cardioid subwoofer arrays. Transportation and handling accessories supplied separately.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

No matter where you go in this world, you’ll find JBL Installed Sound Speaker Systems at many of the most notable venues.

With that kind of global perspective, JBL has come to respect the one indisputable truth of business: every customer is unique. A speaker system that is perfectly right for one job might be perfectly wrong for another. That’s why JBL Installed Sound products offer a range of options without equal. From the extraordinary value of the Control Contractor Series to the ultimate precision of the JBL Precision Directivity Series, there’s a JBL Installed Sound product with a solid business solution based on equally solid business savvy.

For more than 60 years, JBL has been the professional speaker of choice wherever sound matters. We’d like to believe it should be your choice, too.

Installation ProductsAttractions

A/V Systems

Casinos

Clubs

Concert Venues

Convention Facilites

Corporate

Education

Fitness and Recreation

Government Facilities

Health Facilities

Hotels

Houses of Worship

Museums

Music Cafes

Performance Theaters

Professional Offices

Restaurants

Retail

Sporting Facilities

Sports Bars

Theme Parks

Transit Centers

HSBC Arena, Buffalo, New York

Oriental Art Center, Shanghai, China

Overture Center for the Arts, Madison, Wisconsin

Experience Music Center, Seattle, WA

2nd Baptist Church, Houston, Texas

Harrahs, Chicago, IL

New Meadowlands Stadium East Rutherford, NJ

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

VP7315/95DP

VPSB7118DP

VP7215/95DP VP7215/64DPVP7212/95DP

VP7212/64DP

VP7215/95DPC

VP7212/95DPCVP7210/95DP

VP7212MDP

Venue Performance Series—a family of self-powered loudspeaker systems consisting of ten models, suitable for portable or fixed installation sound reinforcement applications where high-output, low-distortion, and the highest quality sound are required.

I N S T A L L A T I O N P R O D U C T S

VP Series Self-Powered Integrated Audio Systems

FEATURE LOADEDThe VP Series also includes:

• JBL Differential Drive cone transducers

• JBL 2452H-SL 1.5" exit, 4" diaphragm compression driver

• Newly-created stylized, ergonomically designed powder-coated steel handle

• Multiple attachment points for ultimate rigging flexibility with overhead suspension

VP SERIES

2007 WINNER

JBL Dri vePack®A key feature of the VP Series are the highly adaptable JBL DrivePack amplifier and signal processing modules. The two channel DP-2 module provides 1100 watts of total continuous power to each fullsize, full-range system while the DP-1 sub-woofer module provides 1800 watts continuous power to the loudspeaker.

The JBL DP-1 and DP-2 DrivePacks operate on auto-selecting line voltages at 50 or 60 Hz for worldwide operation. The compact three channel DPC-2 module used on the smaller VP Series models uses two of the three amplifier channels to enable JBL’s Dual Bridge Technology™ (DBT) allowing the most efficient power transfer to the JBL Differential Drive® woofers. DP-1 and DP-2 DrivePack models incorporate Crown’s BCA™ (Balanced Current Amplification) Class-I circuitry with temperature-compensated modulation and state of the art feedback circuitry. An extraordinarily efficient passive cooling system eliminates expensive and noisy fans, effecting heat dissipation for optimal cooling.

INPUT MODULES & CONNECTIVITYJBL DrivePacks DP-1 and DP-2 are equipped with a modular input bay. Standard DPIP input modules from dbx feature analog audio inputs and sophisticated DSP technology incorporating digital pre-equalization filters, frequency-dividing networks, and limiter circuitry from one of the industry’s most trusted names in signal processing. Classic dbx Limiting functionality, dbx Type IV® analog-to-digital converters, and full bandpass and crossover configurations are all packed into the standard input module on every JBL DrivePack unit. With JBL DrivePack, dbx’s heritage of unrivaled system/loudspeaker control continues.

The optional DPDA input module allows most JBL VP Series systems to link seamlessly into Harman Professional’s HiQnet system. The modular input design allows for future developments in audio distribution and networking topologies.

DPDA Input Module

The DPDA Input Module can be used as a retrofit sub-assembly with any JBL DrivePack®-equipped loudspeaker system utilizing the DP-1, DP-2, or DP-3 amplifier modules. Upgrading to the DPDA module provides powered loudspeaker system users with AES/EBU digital audio capabilities, the sonic benefits of advanced signal processing features, and a variety of input and connectivity options.

The onboard 100 Mb Ethernet networking switch with daisy-chain capability allows for Remote Control and Monitoring via HiQnet System Architect™ software. Additionally, a rotary mechanical encoder switch provides easy array identification and box positioning, up to 99 different speaker positions and up to 99 different speaker arrays or locations.

Twenty type-selectable input filters (10 System and 10 Guest filters) are available for system equalization along with user-adjustable input delay of up to 2 seconds and many more user features.

DPDA Input Module – HiQnet™ Network Compatible with AES Digital Audio and BSS OMNIDRIVE™ HD Signal Processing

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key featuresf NEW 2452H-SL 4" DAMPED DIAPHRAGM

HIGH-FREQUENCY COMPRESSION DRIVER

f JBL DRIVEPACK® TECHNOLOGY, CO-ENGINEERED WITH CROWN

f COMPREHENSIVE ON-BOARD DSP

f HIQNET™ SYSTEM ARCHITECT™ COMPATIBILITY

f OPTIONAL DPDA INPUT MODULE FOR AES/EBU DIGITAL AUDIO INPUT CONNECTIVITY

f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOW-FREQUENCY DRIVERS

f INTEGRATED RIGGING HARDWARE

f ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNED HANDLES

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RESPONSENOMINAL COVERAGE

DRIVEPACK POWER RATINGSTRANSDUCERS: LF

HF (MF)

HF (MF) HORN

FINISHGRILLE

INPUT CONNECTOR INPUT CONNECTOR OPTION


NET WEIGHT (each)

VP7212/64DP & VP7212/95DPSelf-Powered Two-way Speaker System

60 Hz - 18 kHz (±3 dB)

VP7212/64: 60 x 40 VP7212/95: 90 x 50

2200W Peak (1100W Cont)

12 in Differential Drive 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide

Black Duraflex™

14-gauge perforated steel

Female XLR/Male XLR DPCN (CobraNet compliant) 2 x RJ45 connectors + M/FM XLR

701.8 x 383.8 x 523.5 mm 27.63 x 15.11 x 20.61 in

35.4 kg (78 lb)

VP7215/64DP & VP7215/95DPSelf-Powered Two-way Speaker System

45 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

VP7215/64: 60 x 40 VP7215/95: 90 x 50


15 in Differential Drive 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide

Black Duraflex™



765.3 x 447.6 x 523.5 mm 30.13 x 17.62 x 20.61 in

38.6 kg (85 lb)

VP7315/64DPSelf-Powered Three-way Speaker System

45 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

VP7315/64: 60 x 40


15 in Differential Drive 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver CMCD-82H (8" Midrange) JBL PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition™ Waveguide

Black Duraflex™



914.4 x 528.3 x 624.8 mm 36 x 20.8 x 24.6 in

44 kg (97 lb)

VPSB7118DPSelf-Powered Sub-woofer System

35 Hz - 125 Hz (±3 dB)


18 in Differential Drive

Black Duraflex™



414.4 x 701.8 x 812.8 mm 20.25 x 27.63 x 32 in

58.5 kg (129 lb)



DRIVEPACK POWER RATINGSTRANSDUCERS: LF

HF (MF)

HF (MF) HORNFINISHGRILLE

INPUT CONNECTORDIMENSIONS


VP7210/95DPSelf-Powered Two-way Speaker System

80 Hz – 20 kHz (±3 dB)

90° x 50°


10 in Differential Drive 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver

JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide

Black Duraflex™


M/FM XLR

521 x 293 x 303 mm 20.5 x 11.5 x 11.9 in

18.4 kg (40.5 lb)

VP7212MDPSelf-Powered Two-way Speaker System

80 Hz - 18 kHz (±3 dB)

50° x 90°




Black Duraflex™


M/FM XLR

346 x 565 x 413 mm 13.6 x 22.3 x 16.2 in

20.7 kg (45.5 lb)

VP7212/95DPCSelf-Powered Two-way Speaker System

65 Hz – 18 kHz (±3 dB)

90° x 50°




Black Duraflex™


M/FM XLR

533 x 358 x 334 mm 21.0 x 14.1 x 13.1 in

21.3 kg (47 lbs)

VP7215/95DPCSelf-Powered Two-way Speaker System

60 Hz – 18 kHz (±3 dB)

90° x 50°


15" Differential Drive 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver


Black Duraflex™


M/FM XLR

613 x 434 x 359 mm 24.1 x 17.1 x 14.1 in

24.7 kg (55 lbs)

VP7210/95DPThe VP7210/95DP is a 10" two-way system with the 2452H-SL compression driver. This model features a 90°x 50° rotatable horn. The system is driven by an 875W continuous power three channel DPC-2 JBL DrivePack®.

VP7212MDPThe VP7212MDP is a dedicated 12" two-way floor monitor and features 2452H-SL 4" voice coil compression driver. The VP7212MDP is equipped with the JBL DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W continuous power available.

VP7212/95DPCThe VP7212/95DPC is a 12" two-way compact system with a 2452H-SL compression driver. This model features a 90° x 50° PT waveguide. The system is equipped with the JBL DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W of continuous power.

VP7215/95DPCThe VP7215/95DPC is a 15" two-way compact system with a 2452H-SL compression driver. This model features a 90° x 50° PT waveguide. The system is equipped with the JBL DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W of continuous power.

VP7212/64DP (60° x 40°) VP7212/95DP (90° x 50°) The VP7212/64DP and VP7212/95DP are two-way speaker systems housing one 12" Differential Drive low frequency transducer and the new 2452H-SL compression driver. The VP7212 is available with either a 60° x 40° or 90° x 50° JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide.

VP7215/64DP (60° x 40°) VP7215/95DP (90° x 50°)The VP7215/64DP and VP7215/95DP are two-way speaker systems housing one 15" Differential Drive low frequency transducer and the new 2452H-SL compression driver. The VP7215 is available with either a 60° x 40° or 90° x 50° JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide.

VP7315/64DPThe VP7315/64DP is a three-way system housing one 15" Differential Drive low frequency transducer, the CMCD-82H 8" midrange transducer and the new 2452H-SL compression driver mounted on a JBL PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition Waveguide.

VPSB7118DPThe VPSB7118DP subwoofer system features one 18" Differential Drive low frequency transducer. This model includes an integrated pole mount, and is sized to readily combine into arrays of various configurations using other models in the line.

VP Series

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


Marquis Dance Club Series

Create the Ultimate ExperienceThe goal of every premier dance club designer is to create the ultimate space, outfitted with the best equipment, so gifted DJ’s can express every creative impulse to drive an irresistible experi-ence for everyone - on and off the dance floor. JBL knows what you need in order to accomplish this. JBL led the way in club loudspeaker design, helping to define club sound at the very begin-ning of the industry. During the disco boom of the 70’s nearly all dance club systems utilized JBL loudspeaker components. The massive amount of engineering development since then, combined with JBL’s driving passion and commitment to creating the best, highest performing sound systems in the dance world, make the Marquis Dance Series the premier sound system for the ultimate dance club experience.

Superb Architectural Design and Versatile ConfigurabilityThe Marquis Dance Series features stunning, high design that is fully complementary with premier club environments. Rugged as well as versatile, the Marquis Series is built to the highest professional standards to withstand continuous, demanding professional use. Whether you choose to deploy their stunning architectural features into your overall aesthetic, or configure them into the background, their technical performance is specifically designed for dance clubs to ensure your patrons will be immersed in the soul and depth of the music regardless of where they are in your club. Their wide array of configurability ensures compatibility with the specific design goals, power requirements and coverage needs of any environment you envision.

Stack Security and Precise AdjustmentSecure mounting in any floor configuration is assured by the JBL Marquis Dance Stacking Bracket kit (MDSB-1). Custom designed for the series, the brackets securely fasten multiple boxes to each other and mount into M10 rigging connections for further configurability.

The MDSB bracket adjusts the upper cabinet through 0, 5, 10, and 15 degrees of downward angle to accommodate precise adjustment of the coverage area.

Beautifully DurableThe ruggedized cabinet covering and architectur-ally designed grille pattern bring high-design to the overall look of the Marquis Series while providing superb protection for all components.

As a club designer, your creativity, vision and passion are the heart of an electrifying experience, whether it’s a world-class mega-club or an intimate lounge. Knowing this illuminated our vision in creating the new JBL Marquis Dance Club Series - specifically designed for the extreme requirements of large and mega-size clubs.

The Marquis Series comprises eight powerful multi-way systems and subwoofer models that combine JBL’s extraordinary sound, proven reliability and state-of-the-art technology with striking architectural design and versatile configurability. From thumping mega dance floors to tranquil VIP lounges, from eclectic chill rooms to complex sound booths, the Marquis Series systematic loudspeaker designs are scalable to smaller venues, ultra lounges, and mega clubs alike. Regardless of the application, the Marquis Series is a multi faceted tool for you to achieve your vision.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key featuresf LEGENDARY JBL TECHNOLOGY

f OUTSTANDING PATTERN CONTROL

f VERSATILE CONFIGURATIONS

f SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR PREMIER DANCE CLUBS

SYSTEM TYPE

DRIVER

POWER RATING (2 hrs. Continuous Pink Noise)

SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m



NET WEIGHT (each)

MD52Medium Power 90 x 50 12" 2-way Full-Range Loudspeaker

262H Woofer; 2408H-1 HF Driver

550W

96 dB SPL

39 Hz - 20 kHz

53 Hz - 19 kHz

711.2 x 369.4 x 400.1 mm 28 x 14.5 x 15.8 in

20.6 kg (45.5 lb)

MD55Medium Power 90 x 50 15" 2-way Full-Range Loudspeaker

265H Woofer; 2408H-1 HF Driver

550W

97 dB SPL

39 Hz - 20 kHz

51 Hz - 19 kHz

781.1 x 417.9 x 457.7 mm 30.8 x 16.5 x 18 in

23.8 kg (52.5 lb)

MD46High Power 60 x 40 Dual 15" 4-way Full-Range Loudspeaker System

LF: Dual 2265H; MF: CMCD-82H; HF: 2432H; UHF: Dual ST400 ST

LF: 2000W; MF: 35; HF: 100W; UHF: 100W

LF: 98 dB SPL; MF :108 dB SPL; HF: 113 dB SPL; UHF 107 dB SPL

42 Hz - 20 kHz

48 Hz - 19 kHz

1524 x 559.8 x 655.3 mm 60 x 22.0 x 25.9 in

65.8 kg (145 lb)

MD49High Power 90 x 50 Dual 15" 4-way Full-Range Loudspeaker System

LF: Dual 2265H; MF: CMCD-82H; HF: 2432H; UHF: Dual ST400 ST

LF: 2000W: MF: 350W; HF: 100W; UHF: 100W

LF: 98 dB SPL; MF: 108 dB SPL; HF: 113 dB SPL; UHF: 107 dB SPL

42 Hz - 20 kHz

48 Hz - 19 kHz

1524 x 559.8 x 655.3 mm 60 x 22.0 x 25.9 in

65.8 kg (145 lb)


DRIVER

POWER RATING (2 hrs. Continuous Pink Noise)

SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 mFREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB) DIMENSIONS


MD1Dual JBL Selenium Super Tweeters

Dual ST400

100W

108 dB SPL

5.5 kHz - 20 kHz

6.5 kHz - 20 kHz

184.2 x 421.3 x 305.8 mm 7.2 x 16.6 x 12 in

8.2 kg (18 lb)

MD2High Power Mid-High Loudspeaker System

Dual 2169H 8" MF Drivers; 2453H-SL HF Driver

MF 700W; HF 100W

MF 109 dB SPL: HF 113 dB SPL

270 Hz - 20 kHz

320 Hz - 20 kHz

1142.8 x 844.8 x 508.5 mm 45 x 33.3 x 20 in

52.2 kg (115 lb)

MD3High Power Dual 15" Low-Frequency Loudspeaker

Dual 2265H Woofers

1600W

103 dB SPL

60 Hz - 400 Hz

70 Hz - 350 Hz

1142.8 x 599.8 x 762.5 mm 45 x 22 x 30 in

73.0 kg (161 lb)

MD7Ultra Long Excursion High Power Dual 18" Subwoofer

Dual 2269H Woofers

4000W

100 dB SPL (25 - 150 Hz)

20 Hz - 200 Hz

25 Hz - 150 Hz

762 x 1121.7 x 965.7 mm 30 x 44.2 x 38 in

108.0 kg (238.0 lb)

Marquis Dance Club Series

MD1

MD3 MD52 MD55 MD46 MD49 MD7MD2


JBL Selenium Ultra High Frequency Bullet DriversSuper high frequencies are handled by the MD1 Super Tweeter module, ensuring extremely high sensitivity and low distortion for transparent response, excellent coverage and long throw.

JBL Progressive Transition™ WaveguidesJBL’s patented Progressive Transition™ Waveguides direct the sound of all the Marquis Series compression drivers to provide outstanding pattern control with smooth sound and extremely low distortion even at extraordinarily high dance club volume levels.

JBL Differential Drive® TechnologyThe entire complement of Marquis Series drivers employ JBL’s patented Differential Drive technology which incorporates two voice coils and two magnetic gaps providing higher peak output with less power compression. The MD7 subwoofer also employs JBL’s Vented Gap Cooling™ that provides imme-diate heat transfer for reduced operating temperatures. The result of these technologies is consistent sound quality even at non-stop, mega-club volumes.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

V L A S E R I E S

key features f HORN-LOADED LINE ARRAY

f STANDARD & HIGH-OUTPUT VERSIONS AVAILABLE

f COMBINES PD700 & VT TECHNOLOGIES

VLA Series Variable Line Array Loudspeakers

Variable Line Array Series (VLA Series) is a revolutionary product providing high-impact sound reinforcement at throw distances beyond the reach of traditional loudspeaker designs. The modular design concept provides the system designer the ability to build large line array systems for larger venue applications or to design smaller line array systems for use as distributed clusters in arenas, domed stadiums and larger performance spaces, including large houses of worship.

VLA is designed specifically for permanent installation applications where even coverage, intelligibility, and levels capable of overcoming crowd noise are required.

VLA modules are based on the same advanced engineering used in the highly successful VERTEC® Series line array systems. VLA provides six

large format horn-loaded modules with three horizontal horn coverage patterns (30°, 60°, & 90°). This modular concept provides the designer

the additional flexibility to vary the horizontal pattern within a vertical array by incorporating different modules with wider or narrower coverage

patterns while still maintaining the vertical directivity.

1 With recommended active tuning. (Digital signal processing is required in order to achieve specified performance.)

2 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor

within device’s operational band, free air. Standard AES ratings are specified for low-frequency transducers.

3 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity.

4 Anechoic sensitivity in free field, no additional sensitivity gains from boundary loading.

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RESPONSE1

HORIZONTAL COVERAGESENSITIVITY 4: 1 W, 1 m

LF/MF/HFNOMINAL IMPEDANCE

LF/MF/HFSYSTEM POWER RATING 2: LF

MF HF

MAXIMUM SPL3: LF MF HF

TRANSDUCERS: LF MF HF

ENCLOSUREFINISH

INPUT CONNECTORS


NET WEIGHT (each)

VLA301Three-way Full Range Loudspeaker

58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB)

30°

100/111/120 dB SPL

4 ohms/4 ohms/ 16 ohms

1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 1200 W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 700 W (2800 W peak), 100 hrs. 225 W (900 W peak), 2 hrs.

132 dB SPL continuous average 139 dB SPL continuous average 142 dB SPL continuous average

2 x 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in) 2 x CMCD82H (200 mm/8 in cone) 3 x 2431H (38 mm/ 11⁄2 in)

12-ply birch plywood

DuraFlex™

Neutrik Speakon® NL8 Plus covered barrier strip

533 x 1351 x 1384 mm 21.0 x 53.2 x 54.5 in

140 kg (309 lb)

VLA301HHigh Output Three-Way Full Range Loudspeaker

58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB)

30°

100/111/119 dB SPL






DuraFlex™


533 x 1351 x 1384 mm 21.0 x 53.2 x 54.5 in

155 kg (342 lb)


58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB)

60°

100/109/117 dB SPL






DuraFlex™


533 x 1351 x 772 mm 21.0 x 53.2 x 30.4 in

102 kg (225 lb)


58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB)

60°

100/110/117 dB SPL






DuraFlex™


533 x 1351 x 772 mm 21.0 x 53.2 x 30.4 in

116 kg (256 lb)


58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB)

90°

99/106/115 dB SPL






DuraFlex™


533 x 1351 x 640 mm 21.0 x 53.2 x 25.2 in

96 kg (211 lb)


58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB)

90°

99/108/115 dB SPL






DuraFlex™


533 x 1351 x 640 mm 21.0 x 53.2 x 25.2 in

109 kg (241 lb)

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key features f FSA™ FORWARD STEERED ARRAY ENCLOSURE CONFIGURATIONS

f PATTERN CONTROL MAINTAINED WELL BELOW 400 Hz


FREQUENCY RANGEFREQUENCY RESPONSE

NOMINAL COVERAGESENSITIVITY ( 1 W, 1 m)

NOMINAL IMPEDANCEINPUT POWER RATING

TRANSDUCERS

ENCLOSURE



NET WEIGHT (each)

PD743Mid High Loudspeaker System

150 Hz - 17 kHz (-10 dB)

200 Hz - 15 kHz (± 3 dB)

40° x 30° (H x V)

MF:111 dB, HF: 118 dB

MF:8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms

MF:700 W, AES; 2800 W peak HF:150 W, AES; 600 W peak

2 x 2250J (203 mm/8 in) 2 x 2430H (75 mm/3 in)

Dual Trapezoidal 25° V, 35° H

Black DuraFlex™

1 x NL4 Neutrik® Speakon®

991 x 991 x 1146 mm 39 x 39 x 45.1 in

111.4 kg (245 lb)

PD764Mid High Loudspeaker System

150 Hz - 17 kHz (-10 dB)

200 Hz - 15 kHz (± 3 dB)

60° x 40° (H x V)

MF:109 dB, HF: 116 dB

MF:8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms

MF:700 W, AES; 2800 W peak HF:150 W, AES; 600 W peak

2 x 2250J (203 mm/8 in) 2 x 2430H (75 mm/3 in)

Dual Trapezoidal 35° V, 55° H

Black DuraFlex

1 x NL4 Neutrik Speakon

991 x 991 x 883 mm 39 x 39 x 34.75 in

97.7 kg (215 lb)

PD743 (40° x 30°) AND PD764 (60° x 40°) The PD743 and PD764 mid-high loudspeaker systems provide high-impact sound reinforce-ment at throw distances that are beyond the reach of traditional single-driver designs. A single module produces greater than 104 dB SPL (continuous) at distances of 65 m (215 ft) with a 40° by 30° coverage pattern (PD743) or a 60° by 40° coverage pattern (PD764). These systems may be used in arrays with other PD Series modules or singly as part of a distributed system.

One of the challenges in large arenas, stadiums, houses of worship and performance spaces is to provide quality sound to every seat with the volume and clarity demanded by today’s concert, sporting and special events. JBL Professional’s Precision Directivity® (PD) line of speakers uses a full range, full bandwidth total system approach that allows contractors and consultants to design a fully integrated sound system solving the audio challenges inherent to these types of large installations.


Precision Directivity® PD700

PD743

PD764

Honda Center, Anaheim, California

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PD5200/43 (40° x 30°) PD5200/64 (60° x 40°) PD5200/95 (90° x 50°)The PD5200 Series Precision Directivity mid-high frequency loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output capability with excellent pattern control.

The CMCD-82H cone midrange compression driver consists of a driver/phasing plug assembly providing high output with low distortion. CMCD-82H’s extended response allows for smoother transition to the high frequency driver and the smaller entrance diameter into the waveguide provides for better pattern control. The internal 200 mm (8 inch) CMCD-82H features a high power neodymium Differential Drive® dual voice coil design. The 2431H large format high frequency compression driver utilizes a neodymium magnet and aluminum diaphragm to deliver clear and intelligible high frequency projection, extended frequency response, and low distortion at even the highest drive levels.

PD5212/43 (40° x 30°) PD5212/64 (60° x 40°) PD5212/95 (90° x 50°)The PD5212 Series Precision Directivity full range two-way loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output capability with excellent pattern control. The speakers can be utilized alone in music or speech systems where frequency extension to 80 Hz is adequate or combined with subwoofers to create extended bandwidth full range systems.

The M222-8A 300 mm (12 in) low frequency transducer features high sensitivity and low power compression for high continuous SPL capability. It is horn-loaded for additional sensitivity and improved pattern control. A newly designed low frequency phasing plug extends frequency response, providing smoother transition to the high frequency driver. The 2451H-1 large format high frequency compression driver utilizes a neodymium magnet and pure titanium diaphragm to deliver clear and intelligible high frequency projection, extended frequency response, and low distortion at even the highest drive levels.

PD5322/43 (40° x 30°) PD5322/64 (60° x 40°) PD5322/95 (90° x 50°)The PD5322 Precision Directivity full range, three way loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output sensitivity with excellent pattern control. They can be utilized standalone in demanding music or speech systems where low frequency extension to 40 Hz is required.

The low frequency section features two 2206H 300 mm (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled low frequency transducers featuring high sensitivity and low power compression for high continuous SPL capability. A newly designed loading plate covering the slot loaded low frequency tranducers provides the highest possible sensitivity, low frequency output and system reliability.

The mid and high frequency sections are hornloaded for additional low-mid and midrange sensitivity and improved pattern control. The CMCD-82H cone midrange compression driver consists of a driver/phasing plug assembly providing high output with low distortion. The integral 200 mm (8 in) cone driver features a high power neodymium Differential Drive® dual, voice coil design. The 2431H large format high frequency compression driver utilizes a neodymium magnet and aluminum diaphragm to deliver clear and intelligible high frequency projection, extended frequency response, and low distortion at even the highest drive levels.

PD5122

The PD5122 is intended for use as a flown or ground supported, high power low frequency module used in conjunction with mid/high-only or full range systems of the PD5000 series to construct arrays with extended low frequency pattern control.

Low frequency transducers are the 2206H 300 mm (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They deliver excellent low frequency extension with minimal power compression and low distortion plus high sensitivity and power handling.

PD5125

The PD5125 is a high power low frequency loudspeaker comprised of two 380 mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled low frequency drivers in a front-loaded, vented configuration. Though it is intended for use as a flown or ground supported, high power low frequency module used in conjunction with mid/high or full range systems of the PD5000 and PD700 series, the PD5125 will perform well in any application where high output low bass is required.

Low frequency transducers are the 2226H 380 mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They deliver excellent low frequency extension with minimal power compression and low distortion plus high sensitivity and power handling. Large vent area assures minimal port compression and low distortion at high output levels.

The PD5000 Series joins JBL’s broad lineup of installed sound loudspeakers, complementing the larger PD700 mid-high cabinets with a more compact size and supplementing the smaller AE Series cabinets with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control to a lower frequency.The PD5000 Series loudspeakers deliver high power and constant coverage in a low profile form.

Featured across the PD5000 Series, are 24 by 24 inch PT™ Progressive Transition mid-frequency rotatable waveguides that provide versatility, excellent pattern control with low distortion and extremely natural sound character. This is an evolution of the waveguide technology of the successful JBL Professional Application Engineered™ (AE) install series. Also incorporating sophisticated, steep-slope passive crossover networks minimize band overlap, further enhancing off-axis pattern control. User accessible internal switches allow for a fully active crossover.

P D 5 0 0 0 S E R I E S

Precision Directivity® PD5000 Series

PD5000 Series loudspeaker inputs include both Speakon® and CE-compliant covered barrier strips. The cabinets are fitted with twenty M10 threaded suspension points, supporting a wide variety of installation approaches. All cabinets are constructed with 11 ply birch and finished with black DuraFlex™.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key featuresf CLEAR, INTELLIGIBLE HIGH FREQUENCY

PROJECTION

f LARGE PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION WAVEGUIDES FOR PATTERN CONTROL, LOW DISTORTION AND SMOOTH RESPONSE

f ROTATABLE WAVEGUIDES FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL CABINET ORIENTATION

f INTEGRAL, SOPHISTICATED STEEP-SLOPE PASSIVE CROSSOVER NETWORKS WITH BIAMP/ PASSIVE SWITCHABLE CROSSOVER MODES

f TWO FULLY-COMPATIBLE LOW FREQUENCY LOUDSPEAKERS FOR INSTALLATION VERSATILITY

specifications

PD5200/43, PD5200/64 (shown) PD5200/95

PD5212/43 (shown), PD5212/64 PD5212/95

PD5322/43, PD5322/64 PD5322/95 (shown)


FREQUENCY RESPONSESYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m

NOMINAL COVERAGETRANSDUCER

POWER RATING (AES) 2

LONG-TERM 3 LF POWER RATING (IEC): MF/HF

MAXIMUM SPL: 4 LF Cont. Avg. MF

HF PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF

ENCLOSUREDIMENSIONS


PD5200/43Mid-High Frequency

200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB)

240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)

111 dB SPL (Passive Mode)

40° x 30°

MF: 350 W (1400 W pk), 100 hrs HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs

137 dB SPL (143 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) 136 dB SPL (142 dB peak)

Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles

991 x 673 x 897 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 35.3 in

69.0 kg (152 lb)


200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB)

240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


60° x 40°


300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs



991 x 673 x 706 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in

58.8 kg (130 lb)


200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB)

240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


90° x 50°


300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs



991 x 673 x 706 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in

58.8 kg (130 lb)

PD5212/43Two-Way Full-Range

80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB)

90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


40° x 30°

LF: 400 W (1600 W pk), 2 hrs LF: 300 W (1200 W pk), 100 hrs HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs



991 x 673 x 897 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 35.3 in

75.5 kg (175 lb)


80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB)

90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


60° x 40°


300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs



991 x 673 x 706 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in

69.0 kg (152 lb)


80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB)

90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)


90° x 50°


300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs



991 x 673 x 706 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in

69.0 kg (152 lb)


FREQUENCY RESPONSESYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m

NOMINAL COVERAGETRANSDUCER

POWER RATING (AES) 2

LONG-TERM 3 LF POWER RATING (IEC): MF/HF

MAXIMUM SPL: 4 LF Cont. Avg. MF

HF PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF

ENCLOSUREDIMENSIONS


PD5322/43Three-Way Full-Range

41 Hz - 17 kHz (-10 dB)

49 Hz - 15 kHz (±3 dB)


40° x 30°

LF: 1600 W (6400 W pk), 2 hrs LF: 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs MF: 350 W (1400 W pk), 100 hrs HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs

1200 W (4800 W pk) 300 W (1200 W pk), 100 hrs

128 dB SPL (134 dB peak) 137 dB SPL (143 dB peak) 135 dB SPL 141 dB peak) 136 dB SPL (142 dB peak)

Trapezoidal, 15° side angles

991 x 673 x 897 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 35.3 in

87.3 kg (192 lb)


41 Hz - 17 kHz (-10 dB)

49 Hz - 15 kHz (±3 dB)


60° x 40°


1200 W (4800 W pk) 300 W (1200 W pk), 100 hrs

128 dB SPL (134 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak)


991 x 673 x 706 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in

77 kg (170 lb)


41 Hz - 17 kHz (-10 dB)

49 Hz - 15 kHz (±3 dB)


90° x 50°


1200 W (4800 W pk) 300 W (1200 W pk), 100 hrs

128 dB SPL (134 dB peak) 134 dB SPL (140 dB peak) 133 dB SPL 139 dB peak) 134 dB SPL (140 dB peak)


991 x 673 x 706 mm 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in

77 kg (170 lb)

PD5122Slot-Loaded Low Frequency

41 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

49 Hz - 300 Hz (±3 dB)

96 dB (60 Hz - 250 Hz) 5

1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 2

1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 6

128 dB SPL (134 dB pk) 4


357 x 673 x 706 mm 14.1 x 26.5 x 27.8 in

36.4 kg (80 lb)

PD5125Dual 15" Low Frequency

37 Hz - 2.5 kHz (-10 dB)

42 Hz - 2.1 kHz (±3 dB)

103 dB (50 Hz - 125 Hz) 5

1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 2

1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 6

136 dB SPL (142 pk) (50 Hz - 125 Hz) 4


991 x 476 x 691 mm 39 x 18.75 x 27.2 in

53.4 kg (118 lb)

1 In bi-amp mode, with recommended active tuning.

2AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor within device’s operational band, free air. Standard AES 2 hr rating plus long-term 100 hr rating are specified for low-frequency transducers.

3 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor, 100 hours, passive mode.

4 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity, exclusive of power compression.

5 Anechoic sensitivity in free field, no additional sensitivity gains from boundary loading.

6 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor, in cabinet, long-term 100 hr rating.

PD5000 Series

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

A E S E R I E S

Application Engineered™ Series

AE Series loudspeakers are ideal for a wide variety of fixed installation applications including performing arts facilities, theatrical sound design, auditoriums, houses of worship, live music clubs, dance-clubs/discotheques, sports facilities and themed entertainment venues. The special mid-high frequency models can be used without LF reinforcement in voice-only PA and delay-fill applications. The smaller models are ideal in lecture halls and corporate learning centers as well as in delay-fill locations of larger systems.

There are 9 high-power 2-way full-range models. Four are shown here and five on the following page.

Scaled System Design ApproachAE Series models provide a wide variety of building blocks for your system design, stair-stepped to give you just the right solution for your installation.

Within the AE Series are three power levels. The high output level models are found in the 7000 and 6000 Series, the medium output models are found in the 5000 and 4000 Series, and the lower output power level is found in the 2000 Series.

Waveguide ScalingSometimes you need maximum pattern control. Other times the speaker needs to be as compact as possible. [AM] models are performance-maximized for the greatest pattern control. [AC] models are compact speakers that fit in areas where a smaller frontal profile is required.

Selectable Crossover ModeMany AE Series speakers offer selectable crossover modes: tri-amp/bi-amp or bi-amp/ passive switchable.

Sophisticated Crossover NetworksAE Series models incorporate sophisticated cross-over designs for outstanding sound quality and

consistent coverage. To minimize overlap between adjacent frequency bands, steep slopes are utilized in passive crossovers — most are 4th order (24 dB/octave). This reduces off-axis lobing, providing consistent coverage throughout the crossover region. Conjugate networks are added in some models to fine tune the frequency response for optimum sound quality.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Rotatable WaveguidesThe space often dictates how

a speaker needs to be oriented. All [AM] two-way and three-way models include a rotatable waveguide, allowing the speaker to be installed in either vertical or horizontal orientation.

Versatile Model Options

All AE Series speakers are available in several versions for matching décor or for outdoor use. Any model can be finished in white (-WH) or left unfinished and ready to paint (-UF). Additionally, two degrees of weather resistance are available. For many environments the basic weather resistance option (-WRC) is suitable. An extra thick DuraFlex™ coating, multilayer grille and component treatments provide excellent environmental protection. For extreme environments, with high humidity and/or rapid temperature cycling, a maximum weather treatment (-WRX) adds a full fiberglass covering of the cabinet. AE Series brackets and overhead suspension accessories are also available.

Legendary JBL TransducersAE Series incorporates the legendary reliability of JBL’s VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers, augmented by today’s new generation of JBL compression drivers and neodymium Differential Drive® cone transducers. Where reliability is important, JBL transducers are known as the best, most reliable drivers in the business.

Differential Drive® TechnologyJBL’s exclusive dual voice coil – dual gap Differential Drive technology is at the core of AM5212, AM5215, AM7212, AM7215, AM7315, AM7200

and AL7115 as well as the ASB6112, ASB6115, ASB6125,

ASB7118 and ASB7128 subwoofer models. Patented in 1995, this groundbreaking JBL technology dramatically reduces driver weight while greatly enhancing all critical performance parameters: frequency response, power output, and distortion.

The Differential Drive technology features a unique design with heat sinks integrated into the cast aluminum frame. The dual voice coil and dual gap places the neodymium magnets inside the dual voice coil assembly, completing the magnetic circuit without the heavy surrounding steel structure of conventional drivers.

PT™ Progressive Transition WaveguidesJBL’s new patent pending Progressive Transition Waveguides represent the latest in horn technology.

In addition to providing smooth, low distortion sound, PT Waveguides deliver uniform off-axis frequency response to every point within the intended coverage area — not just in the horizontal and vertical planes — resulting in superior array-ability of multiple loudspeaker systems. PT Waveguides combine outstanding pattern control with undistorted sound for natural music and intelligible speech.

CMCD™ Cone Midrange Compression DriversIncorporated into all cone midrange models — patented CMCD technology is more than a simple displacement plug. In addition to providing increased output and lower distortion, this cone-based true compression driver design extends operational bandwidth (both up and down in frequency) to cover the entire vocal range seamlessly, allows for better waveguide pattern control, and improves phase coherency of the midrange signal for clearer, more intelligible audio quality.


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

A E S E R I E S

key featuresf VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH

f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® CONE TRANSDUCERS

f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT PATTERN CONTROL

SYSTEM TYPEFREQUENCY RANGE


TRANSDUCER LF POWER RATING(AES) MF

HFLONG-TERM LF

POWER RATING(IEC): MF/HFMAXIMUM SPL 1: LF

MF HF

BI-AMP MODE: MF/HFSELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES

SUSPENSION DIMENSIONS


AM7315/95 & /64High-power Three-way

38 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

45 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

AM7315/95 - 90° x 50° AM7315/64 - 60° x 40°

1000W 350W 100W

600W (2400W peak) 200W (800W peak)

126/132 dB 133/139 dB 133/139 dB 133/139 dB

Bi-amp/Tri-amp

13 points

967 x 561 x 657 mm 38.1 x 22.1 x 25.9 in

45.8 kg (101 lb)

AM7200/95 & /64High-power Mid-high

260 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

330 Hz - 20 kHz (± 3 dB)

AM7200/95 - 90° x 50° AM7200/64 - 60° x 40°

350W 100W

200W (800W peak)

133/139 dB 133/139 dB Bi-amp/Passive

13 points

548 x 561 x 657 mm 21.6 x 22.1 x 25.9 in

27.2 kg (60 lb)

AM7200/xxAM7315/xx

AM | Maximized 3-Way

2432H 75mm (3”) voice coil, 1.5” exit compression driver is used all AM7200,

AM7315, AM7212 and AM7215 Models

Large mouth rotatable Progressive Transition™ waveguides for precise directivity control are

used in all AM5212, AM5215, AM7212, and AM7215 models

JBL’s patented dual voice coil – dual gap Differential Drive technology is at the core of all

AM5000 and AM7000 Series loudspeaker systems.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:



LF (2 Hours) TRANSDUCER LF (100 Hours) POWER RATING: HF (2 Hours)

LONG-TERM POWER RATING(IEC)(Continuous/Program/Peak)

MAXIMUM SPL 1: LF (Bi-Amp Mode) HF

SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODESSUSPENSION DIMENSIONS


AM7212/64-66-95-00-26High-power 12" Two-way

36 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

42 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

AM7212/64: 60° x 40° AM7212/66: 60° x 60° AM7212/95: 90° x 50° AM7212/00: 100° x 100° AM7212/26: 120° x 60°

1000 W (4000 W peak) 700 W (2800 W peak) 100 W (400 W peak)

600 / 1200 / 2400 W

126 dB 135 dB

Passive/Bi-Amp

15 points (M10)

713 x 371 x 458 mm 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 in

23.1 kg (51 lb)

AM7215/64-66-95-26 High-power 15" Two-way

34 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

40 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

AM7215/64: 60° x 40° AM7215/66: 60° x 60° AM7215/95: 90° x 50° AM7215/26: 120° x 60°


600 / 1200 / 2400 W

126 dB 135 dB

Passive/Bi-Amp

15 points (M10)

783 x 422 x 504 mm 30.8 x 16.6 x 19.9 in

27.2 kg (60 lb)

AM5212/64-66-95-00-26Medium-power 12" Two-way

37 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

43 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

AM5212/64: 60° x 40° AM5212/66: 60° x 60° AM5212/95: 90° x 50° AM5212/00: 100° x 100° AM5212/26: 120° x 60°


300 / 600 / 1200 W

122 dB 131 dB

Passive/Bi-Amp

15 points (M10)

713 x 371 x 458 mm 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 in

20.2 kg (45 lb)

AM5215/64-66-95-26Medium-power 15" Two-way

35 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

41 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

AM5215/64: 60° x 40° AM5215/66: 60° x 60° AM5215/95: 90° x 50° AM5215/26: 120° x 60°


350 / 700 / 1400 W

125 dB 131 dB

Passive/Bi-Amp

15 points (M10)

783 x 422 x 504 mm 30.8 x 16.6 x 19.9 in

25 kg (55 lb)

AM | Maximized 2-Way

AM7215/xx AM5212/xx AM5215/xxAM7212/xx



TRANSDUCER LF POWER RATING(AES): HF

LONG-TERM POWER RATING (IEC)MAXIMUM SPL 1: LF

HF PASSIVE MODE

SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODESSUSPENSION DIMENSIONS


AC2215/95, /64 & /00Lower-power Two-way

42 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)

50 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB)

AC2215/95: 90° x 50° AC2215/64: 60° x 40° AC2215/00: 100° x 100°

275 W (1100 W peak) 30 W (120 W peak)

250 W (1000 W peak)

121 dB 127 dB 121 dB

Bi-amp, Passive

15 points

637 x 422 x 504 mm 25.1 x 16.6 x 19.9 in

23.6 kg (52 lb)

AC2212/95, /64 & /00Lower-power Two-way

50 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)

55 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB)

AC2212/95: 90° x 50° AC2212/64: 60° x 40° AC2212/00: 100° x 100°

300 W (1100 W peak) 30 W (120 W peak)

250 W (1000 W peak)

120 dB 129 dB 120 dB

Bi-amp, Passive

15 points

548 x 355 x 352 mm 21.6 x 14.0 x 13.9 in

18.1 kg (40 lb)

AC | Compact 2-WaySYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

TRANSDUCER POWER RATING(AES)LONG-TERM SYSTEM

POWER RATINGMAXIMUM SPL1

SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODESENCLOSURE



AL7115High-power Low Freq.

40 Hz - 4.2 kHz

47 Hz - 3.0 kHz

1000W

LF 600W (2400W peak)

LF 126/132 dB

Discrete

Trapizoidal 15° side angles

13 points

548 x 561 x 657 mm 21.6 x 22.1 x 25.9 in

25.9 kg (57 lb)

AL | Low Frequency

1 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. Figure is for highest Q version.

AC2212/xxAC2215/xx

AL7115


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

A E S E R I E S

ASH | Horn Loaded Subwoofer


FREQUENCY RESPONSETRANSDUCER

POWER RATING(AES)LONG-TERM SYSTEM

POWER RATINGMAXIMUM SPL 1




ASB6118High-power Subwoofer

28 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

35 Hz - 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

1200 W (4800 W peak) (2 hrs)

800 W (3200 W peak) 100 hrs

30 Hz –100 Hz: 129 dB 100 Hz - 500 Hz: 129 dB

Discrete

Rectangular

14 points

548 x 561 x 816 mm 21.6 x 22.1 x 32.2 in

44.5 kg (98 lb)

ASB6128High-power Subwoofer

30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

38 Hz - 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

2400 W (9600 W peak) (2 hrs)

1600 W (6400 W peak) 100 hrs

30 Hz –100 Hz: 136 dB 100 Hz - 500 Hz: 136 dB

Parallel, Discrete

Rectangular

12 points

1094 x 561 x 816 mm 43.1 x 22.1 x 32.2 in

73.0 kg (161 lb)

ASB4128Medium-power Subwoofer

30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

40 Hz - 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

1000 W (4000 W peak) (2 hrs)

600 W (2400 W peak) 100 hrs

30 Hz –100 Hz: 133 dB 100 Hz - 500 Hz: 133 dB

Parallel, Discrete

Rectangular

14 points

1094 x 561 x 816 mm 43.1 x 22.1 x 32.2 in

64.9 kg (143 lb)

ASB6128VExtended Response Sub

21 Hz - 300 Hz (-10 dB)

25 Hz - 300 Hz (± 3 dB)

2400 W (9600 W peak) (2 hrs)

1600 W (6400 W peak) 100 hrs

30 Hz –100 Hz: 134 dB 100 Hz - 500 Hz: 135 dB

Parallel, Discrete

Rectangular

13 points

967 x 561 x 1215 mm 38.1 x 22.1 x 47.85 in

89.8 kg (198 lb)

ASH6118Horn-loaded Subwoofer*

25 Hz - 250 Hz (-10 dB)*

30 Hz - 200 Hz (± 3 dB)

1200 W (4800 W peak) (2 hrs)

800 W (3200 W peak) 100 hrs

30 Hz –140 Hz: 133 dB

Discrete

Rectangular

None

564 x 1530 x 1288 mm 22.3 x 56.4 x 50.7 in

159.3 kg (351 lb)

ASB | Subwoofers

* D

esig

ned

to b

e us

ed in

mul

tiple

s (2

min

imum

, 4 o

ptim

um) w

ith

prox

imity

pla

cem

ent o

r with

pro

per b

ound

ary

surf

ace

load

ing.

Sp

ecifi

catio

ns sh

own

are

for o

ne c

abin

et.

ASB6128V

ASB4128ASB6128

ASB6118

ASH6118

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

TRANSDUCER POWER RATING(AES) 1

LONG-TERM SYSTEM POWER RATING 2

MAXIMUM SPL 3 (1m, calculated)




ASB6115Single 15" Subwoofer

32 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

42 Hz - 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

800 W (2 hrs)

100 hrs

35 Hz - 400 Hz: 126 dB SPL cont average (132 dB peal)

Discrete

Rectangular

16 points (M10)

483 x 419 x 597 mm 19.0 x 16.5 x 23.5 in

20.6 kg (45.5 lb)

ASB6125Double 15" Subwoofer

32 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

35 Hz - 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

1600 W, 2 x 800 W (2 hrs)

100 hrs


Parallel, Discrete

Rectangular

16 points (M10)

965 x 419 x 597 mm 38.0 x 16.5 x 23.5 in

36.7 kg (81.0 lb)

ASB7128Double 18" High Output Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer

20 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

25 Hz - 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

4000 W, 2 x 2000 W (2 hrs)

100 hrs


Parallel, Discrete

Rectangular

16 points (M10)

1092 x 560 x 815 mm 43.0 x 22.0 x 32.1 in

71.9 kg (158.5 lb)

ASB7118Single 18" High Output Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer

22 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

34 Hz - 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

2000 W (2 hrs)

100 hrs


Discrete

Rectangular

16 points (M10)

546 x 560 x 815 mm 21.5 x 22.0 x 32.1 in

42.9 kg (94.5 lb)

ASB6112Single 12" Subwoofer

35 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

43 Hz – 1 kHz (± 3 dB)

1000 W (2 hrs)

700 W (2800 W peak), 100 hrs


Discrete

Rectangular

16 points (M10)

406 x 369 x 483 mm 16.0 x 14.5 x 19.0 in

16.3 kg (36.0 lb)

ASB | Subwoofers

1 AES

stan

dard

, one

dec

ade

pink

noi

se w

ith 6

dB

cres

t fac

tor w

ithin

de

vice

’s o

pera

tiona

l ban

d, fr

ee a

ir. S

tand

ard

AES

2 h

r rat

ing

plus

long

-ter

m 1

00 h

r rat

ing

are

spec

ified

for l

ow-f

requ

ency

tr

ansd

ucer

s.2 A

ES st

anda

rd, o

ne d

ecad

e pi

nk n

oise

with

6 d

B cr

est f

acto

r, in

ca

bine

t, lo

ng-t

erm

100

hr r

atin

g.3 C

alcu

late

d ba

sed

on p

ower

ratin

g an

d se

nsiti

vity

, exc

lusi

ve o

f po

wer

com

pres

sion

.

1 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. Figure is for highest Q version. 07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key featuresf ULTRA COMPACT ENCLOSURES

f MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINTS FOR ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY

f VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION

f HIGH PERFORMANCE VS. COST


FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB) SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

POWER RATINGCOVERAGE PATTERN


NET WEIGHT (each)

AC15Ultra Compact 2-way Loudspeaker System with 1 - 5.25" LF

80 Hz -20 kHz 90 Hz -18 kHz

86 dB SPL

150W Continuous, 600W Peak

90° x 90°

241.3 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm 9.5 x 5.9 x 7.0 in

4.7 kg (10.5 lb)


80 Hz -20 kHz 90 Hz -18 kHz

91 dB SPL


90° x 90°

377.8 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm 14.9 x 5.9 x 7.0 in

7.5 kg (16.5 lb)


55 Hz -20 kHz 65 Hz -18 kHz

90 dB SPL

160 W Cont, 640W Peak

90° x 90°

381.0 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 15.0 x 7.8 x 8.9 in

7.2 kg (15.8 lb)

AC26Ultra Compact 2-way Loudspeaker System with 2- 6.5" LF

55 Hz -20 kHz 70 Hz -18 kHz

92 dB SPL

180W Cont, 720W Peak

90° x 90°

539.8 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 21.3 x 7.8 x 8.9 in

11.0 kg (24.3 lb)

AC18/95 & AC 18/26Compact 2-way Loudspeaker System with 1 - 8" LF

47 Hz -20 kHz 60 Hz -18 kHz

92 dB SPL


AC18/95: 90° x 50° AC18/26: 120° x 60°

469.9 x 237.5 x 254.0 mm 18.5 x 9.4 x 10.0 in

12.8 kg (28.2 lb)

AC28/95 & AC 28/26Compact 2-way Loudspeaker System with 2 - 8" LF

47 Hz -20 kHz 60 Hz -18 kHz

94 dB SPL


AC28/95: 90° x 50° AC28/26: 120° x 60°

679.5 x 237.5 x 254.0 mm 26.8 x 9.4 x 10.0 in

18.6 kg (40.9 lb)

JBL continues to support artists worldwide with the introduction of eight new AE Series Compact Loudspeakers. An extension of the industry leading AE Series, the AE Compact family consists of high output, 2-way loudspeaker systems combining flexibility with high fidelity. Ranging from a single 5.25" point-and-shoot box to dual 8" loudspeaker system that are specifi-cally designed for better serving the needs of both designers and artists alike.

The ultra-compact AC15 and AC25 models include a 1" dome tweeter while the AC16, AC26, AC18, and AC28 models feature 1" exit compression drivers providing sonic clarity and crisp detail. The AC18 and AC28 featuring JBL’s Progressive Transition™ Rotatable Waveguides, offer the system designer a choice of coverage patterns in either 90° x 50° or 120° x 60°.

AC15The AC15 is an ultra compact enclosure with one 5.25" LF transducer and 90° x 90° waveguide with 25 mm (1in) dome tweeter. It is equipped with attachment points for a U-bracket and OmniMount® type bracket.

AC25The AC25 has the features of the AC15 with two 5.25" LF transducers.

AC16The AC16 is an ultra compact enclosure with one 6.5" LF transducer and a 90° x 90° Progressive Transition™ Waveguide with a 25 mm (1 in) exit compression driver. It is equipped with attach-ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount® type bracket and stand mount adapter.

AC26The AC26 has the features of the AC16 with two 6.5" LF transducers.

AC18/95 & AC18/26 The AC18/95 & AC18/26 are compact enclo-sures with one 8" LF transducer and a 90° x 50° Progressive Transition Field Rotatable Waveguide with a 1" exit compression driver (AC18/95) or 120° x 60° Progressive Transition™ Field Rotatable Waveguide with a 1" exit compression driver (AC18/26). They are equipped with attachment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount type bracket and stand mount adapter

AC28/95 & AC28/26The AC28/95 & AC28/26 have the features of the AC18/95 & AC18/26 with two 8" LF transducers.

AE Series Compact Models

AC15

AC16

AC26

AC28/95AC 28/26

AC18/95AC 18/26

AC25

For over sixty years JBL engineers have leveraged their mastery of physics to elevate the platform which millions of creative individuals worldwide use to broadcast their personal form of audible art. The engineering team strives to achieve the highest level of sonic quality to ensure the audience will hear every nuance of tonal clarity as intended by the artist.


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

A L L W E A T H E R S E R I E S

AE Series

AW266The AW266 is a high power, lightweight, 2-way, full-range loudspeaker system comprised of the JBL Differential Drive dual voice coil and dual magnetic gap 2262H 300 mm (12 in) low-frequency driver and 2432H high-frequency 38 mm (1.5 in) exit, 75 mm (3 in) voice-coil compression driver. The large format Progressive Transition wave-guide provides excellent 60° x 60° coverage.

AW295The AW295 is a high power, lightweight, 2-way, full-range loudspeaker system comprised of the JBL Differential Drive dual voice coil and dual magnetic gap 2262H 300 mm (12 in) low-frequency driver and 2432H high-frequency 38 mm (1.5 in) exit, 75 mm (3 in) voice-coil compression driver. The large format Progressive Transition wave-guide provides excellent 90° x 50° coverage.

AW526

The AW526 is a high power, lightweight, 2-way, full-range loudspeaker system comprised of the JBL Differential Drive dual voice coil and dual magnetic gap 2265H-1 380 mm (15 in) low-frequency driver and 2432H high-frequency 38 mm (1.5 in) exit, 75 mm (3 in) voice-coil compression driver. The large format Progressive Transition wave-guide provides excellent 120° x 60° coverage. The system is equipped with a 400 W 70/100V transformer.

AW566

The AW566 is a high power, lightweight, 2-way, full-range loudspeaker system comprised of the JBL Differential Drive dual voice coil and dual magnetic gap 2265H-1 380 mm (15 in) low-frequency driver and 2432H high-frequency 38 mm (1.5 in) exit, 75 mm (3 in) voice-coil compression driver. The large format Progressive Transition wave-guide provides excellent 60° x 60° coverage.

AW595

The AW595 is a high power, lightweight, 2-way, full-range loudspeaker system comprised of the JBL Differential Drive dual voice coil and dual magnetic gap 2265H-1 380 mm (15 in) low-frequency driver and 2432H high-frequency 38 mm (1.5 in) exit, 75 mm (3 in) voice-coil compression driver. The large format Progressive Transition wave-guide provides excellent 90° x 50° coverage. The system is equipped with a 400 W 70/100V transformer. A heavy-duty stainless steel U-type mounting bracket is included and allows for easy installation on flat surfaces or in 90° corners.

The enclosures are constructed of multilayer glass composite and are heavily braced to maximize low-frequency performance. The 14-gauge stainless steel grille, backed with open cell foam and stainless steel mesh, provides excellent protection in the harshest environments. The system is equipped with a 400W 70/100V transformer. A heavy-duty stainless steel U-type mounting bracket is included and allows for easy installation on flat surfaces or in 90° corners. The ALL WEATHER Series is part of JBL’s AE Series, a versatile family of loudspeakers intended for a wide variety of applications.

The JBL ALL WEATHER Series is a family of high power, lightweight, 2-way, full-range loudspeaker systems comprised of the JBL Differential Drive® dual voice coil and dual magnetic gap low frequency 12" and 15" woofers and 2432H high-frequency 38mm (1.5 in) exit, 75mm (3 in) voice-coil compression driver. The large format Progressive Transition wave-guides provide excellent high-frequency coverage patterns. The waveguides are rotatable so the loudspeaker system can used in either the vertical or horizontal orientation. 07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

f WEATHER-RESISTANT, ALL FIBERGLASS ENCLOSURE

f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOW FREQUENCY DRIVER

f U-TYPE MOUNTING BRACKET INCLUDED

f VARIETY OF COVERAGE PATTERNS FOR VERSATILE INSTALLATION USEkey features


DRIVERPOWER RATING (2 hrs. Continous Pink Noise)SENSITIVITY (1w / 1m)



NET WEIGHT (each)

AW266High Power 12" 2-way Full Range 60° x 60° All Weather Loudspeaker

LF: 2262H; HF: 2432H

500W

98dB

40Hz - 20kHz

51Hz - 18kHz

28.8 x 16.1 x 17.8 in

55.5 lb


LF 2262H; HF 2432H

500W

98dB

43Hz - 20kHz

53Hz - 18kHz

28.8 x 16.1 x 17.8 in

55.5 lb


LF 2265H; HF 2432H

600W

100dB

35Hz - 20kHz

55Hz - 17kHz

31.9 x 19.1 x 18.8 in

62.5 lb


LF 2265H; HF 2432H

600W

100dB

35Hz - 20kHz

54Hz - 18kHz

31.9 x 19.1 x 18.8 in

62.5 lbs


LF 2265H; HF 2432H

600W

100dB

35Hz - 20kHz

55Hz - 19kHz

31.9 x 19.1 x 18.8 in

62.5 lbs

CBT 50LA

A L L W E A T H E R S E R I E S

AE Series - All Weather

AW266AW295

AW526 AW566 AW595

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

A W C S E R I E S

JBL AWC82 and AWC 129: Compact, coaxial-driver, 2-way, highly weather-resistant full-range loudspeaker systems. The AWC Series is ideal for speech and music in a wide variety of applications, including sports facilities, racetracks, stadiums, fairgrounds, rodeos, skating rinks, themed entertainment venues, cruise ships, water parks, outdoor background music/paging systems, swimming pools, and a wide variety of other outdoor or indoor venue types.

The AWC82 has a high-power coaxial 200 mm (8 in) low frequency driver and 25 mm (1 in) high frequency compression driver, while the AWC129 is comprised of a high-power co-axial 300 mm (12 in) low frequency driver and 25 mm (1 in) high frequency compression driver. Both models feature a unique tapered pole-piece design that transitions to the cone of the low frequency driver to form a large diameter pattern control waveguide for the high frequencies, both eliminating high-frequency beaming, which is common among this category of speaker, and extending pattern control to the lowest possible frequencies. The result is extremely consistent coverage – wide 120° for AWC82 and more focused 90° for AWC129 – on a broadband basis.

The Kevlar-reinforced low frequency cones are designed for reliability, featuring a well-damped surround for smooth frequency response, a high temperature voice coil and a reduced distortion design through saturated-gap magnet geometry. The high frequency compression driver features a new patented design, high temperature polymer diaphragm, and fluid-cooling for high output levels with low distortion. The enclosures are paintable to match color requirements. The corrosion-resistant zinc-rich extra-thick powder coated steel grille is backed with open cell foam and high thread-count mesh, providing protection in harsh environments. The systems are rated IP-56, per IEC529 and have passed ASTM G85 acid-air and salt-spray testing. The systems are equipped with a 200W 70V/100V multi-tap transformer. Outdoor-rated terminals in a recessed terminal cup are protected by a compartment cover and water-tight gland fitting. A heavy-duty weather-capable zinc-rich, thick powder coated U-type mounting bracket is included.

AWC Series Compact All-Weather Loudspeakers

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

f HIGHLY WEATHER RESISTANT IP56 RATING

f CONSISTENT BROADBAND PATTERN CONTROL

f EXTRAORDINARY SPEECH CLARITY

f COMPACT CO-AXIAL DESIGN

key features


FREQUENCY RANGE 1

FREQUENCY RESPONSE 1 COVERAGE PATTERN 2

DIRECTIVITY FACTOR DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI)

LONG TERM SYSTEM POWER RATING (IEC) 3

SENSITIVITY

MAXIMUM SPL

NOMINAL IMPEDANCECOMPONENTS: LF

HF

ENCLOSUREATTACHMENT

GRILLE

TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70V


NET WEIGHT (each)

AWC82All-Weather Compact 2-Way Coaxial Loudspeaker with 8" LF

80 Hz – 20 kHz

100 Hz – 20 kHz

120° x 120°

8.1 (1 k – 16 kHz) 8.4 dB (1 k – 16 kHz)

250 W 2 hrs 200 W 100 hrs

94 dB (Avg 100 Hz – 20 kHz)

Direct 8 ohms: 118 dB (peaks of 124 dB) 200 W Tap: 117 dB

8 ohms

Kevlar-reinforced cone with weather treatment, 50 mm (2 in) voice coil 25 mm (1 in) diaphragm and voice coil diameter, high temperature polymer diaphragm, patented design, fluid-cooling

ABS with glass enclosure

Two M10 (fine-thread) points for included U-bracket; M6 secondary safety attachment point on back panel

Corrosion-resistant zinc-rich extra-thick powder coated steel grille, 3-layer assembly with foam and woven poly mesh backing

70V: 200W, 100W, 50W, 25W 100V: 200W, 100W, 50W

300 x 300 x305 mm (11.8 x 11.8 x 12.0 in)

9.8 kg (21.5 lb) 11.6 kg (25.5 lb) with U-bracket


55 Hz – 20 kHz

80 Hz – 20 kHz

90° x 90°

10.1 (1 k – 16 kHz) 9.5 dB (1k – 16 kHz)

400 W (1600 W peak), 2 hrs. 250 W (1000 W peak), 100 hrs

96 dB (Avg 80 Hz – 20 kHz)


8 ohms





70V: 200W, 100W, 50W, 25W 100V: 200W, 100W, 50W

402 x 402 x 445 mm (15.8 x 15.8 x 17.5 in)

15.9 kg (35.0 lb) 18.9 kg (41.5 lb) with u-bracket

1 Full-space (free-field)2 Average 1 kHz to 10 kHz

3 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor.4 Calculated based on power rating and measured full-space sensitivity.

AWC82AWC129

AWC Series

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C B T S E R I E S

CBT Series Line Array Column Loudspeakers

CBT 50LA-1 The CBT 50LA-1 is the most compact of the models. At 150 Watts, it holds its own against larger competitive columns. Reponse to 80 Hz works well for speech or music. Voicing can be set for music (flat) or speech via a switch.

Applications include audio for video, retail stores, and concourses, fill applications, conference rooms, and spaces wanting minimum visual impact.

CBT 100LA-1 The CBT 100LA-1 contains sixteen 50 mm (2 in) drivers in a slim, compact cabinet, providing excellent pattern control. Vertical coverage is adjustable via a switch and voicing is switchable between music (flat) and speech voicings, making this model a great choice for wide variety of environments. 325 watts and high sensitivity provide high output capability.

Applications include lecture halls, transit centers, conference rooms, cathedrals, and difficult acoustic spaces.

CBT 70J and CBT 70J-1The CBT 70J-1 is a two-way speaker with high fidelity and response down to 60 Hz, 500W power handling, high sensitivity and high SPL capability. This model provides Asymmetrical Progressive Gradient coverage, sending more sound toward the far area of the listening space than toward the near area, resulting in more even coverage from front to back. Vertical coverage is switchable as is the voicing.

Applications include high level A/V, small to medium performance spaces, full fidelity lecture halls, large-scale surround systems, and outdoor systems such as baseball fields, racetracks and theme parks.

CBT 70JE-1The CBT 70JE-1 extension speaker is purpose-built for use with CBT 70J-1, lengthening the line array to extend the pattern control, extending the bass response, and increasing power handling and SPL levels in the LF range.

CBT 70J-1 + 70JE-1The CBT 70J-1 + 70JE-1 array system is twice the height of a CBT 70J-1, which extends the pattern control down to below 400 Hz, to include the voice range and much of the music range. This unobtrusive column array system provides 1000 Watts of continuous power handling (peaks of 4000 Watts), high sensitivity and very high maximum output capability, with a frequency response that extends down to 45 Hz.

Typical applications include: medium perfor-mance spaces that require more bass and/or more pattern control than a 70J-1 by itself, highly reflective small to medium houses of worship requiring more pattern control than a 70J-1, full-fidelity lecture halls with difficult acoustic environments or where full spec-trum sound is desired, transit centers with highly reverberant acoustic environments, and multi-purpose spaces that may require exceptional speech clarity and as well as full bandwidth music.

CBT 200LA-1 With a height of 200 cm (6.6 ft), CBT 200LA-1 is the tallest model, providing useful pattern control down to below 200 Hz. The top and bottom speaker modules allow individual adjustment of music (flat)/speech voicing and vertical pattern settings. Setting in Asymmetrcial Progressive Gradient coverage mode (top narrow; bottom broad) sends more sound toward the far listening area versus close for more even SPL near-to-far in the listening space.

Applications include transit centers, conference centers, cathedrals, multipurpose spaces, gymnasiums, theme parks, long-throw spaces, and highly reverberant facilities requiring narrow vertical pattern control over as wide of a bandwidth as possible.

Accessories

MTC-CBT-SMB1 – Stand Mount Bracket fits all models for portable applications. Note: For stability, CBT 70J+E array system and CBT 200LA-1 requires larger, heavier-duty stand than JBL SS2-BK.

MTC-CBT-FM1 – Low-profile, close-to-wall mounting bracket for use with CBT 50LA-1 and CBT 100LA-1

MTC-CBT-FM2 – Low-profile, close-to-wall mounting bracket for use ith CBT 70J-1 and CBT 70J-1/70JE-1 array.

CBT Calculator Software – For designing CBT speakers into projects. Download from jblpro.com website.

The JBL CBT Series line array columns with Constant Beamwidth Technology break new ground in performance, versatility, and affordability. Designed for venues that would typically use larger point-and-shoot speakers or powered columns, the CBT models incorporate technical advancements that allow them to vastly outperform competitive systems, with a level of user-friendliness that virtually eliminates the challenges of delivering great sound. With a slim compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS enclosures, the CBT Series fits well into virtually any decor.

Constant Beamwidth Technology™ locks in and maintains a specific coverage pattern over a very wide bandwidth. The CBT models deliver smooth, consistent coverage that is similar to — and in some respects, better than—complex and far more expensive line arrays. The CBT Series’ constant directivity coverage delivers consistent frequency response at every distance as well as off-axis. With the CBT Series, every seat in the house experiences the same quality of sound regardless of position.

CBT models are outdoor capable, with an IEC529 rating of IP55 (when used with available MTC-PC2 panel cover). CBT Series column line array loudspeakers are ideal for any application requiring a speaker with discrete appearance, excellent sound and superb pattern control.

CBT 70JE-1

f HIGHLY WEATHER RESISTANT IP56 RATING

f CONSISTENT BROADBAND PATTERN CONTROL

f EXTRAORDINARY SPEECH CLARITY

f COMPACT CO-AXIAL DESIGN

key features


FREQUENCY RANGE 1

FREQUENCY RESPONSE 1 COVERAGE PATTERN 2

DIRECTIVITY FACTOR DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI)

LONG TERM SYSTEM POWER RATING (IEC) 3

SENSITIVITY

MAXIMUM SPL

NOMINAL IMPEDANCECOMPONENTS: LF

HF

ENCLOSUREATTACHMENT

GRILLE



NET WEIGHT (each)


80 Hz – 20 kHz

100 Hz – 20 kHz

120° x 120°

8.1 (1 k – 16 kHz) 8.4 dB (1 k – 16 kHz)

250 W 2 hrs 200 W 100 hrs

94 dB (Avg 100 Hz – 20 kHz)


8 ohms





70V: 200W, 100W, 50W, 25W 100V: 200W, 100W, 50W

300 x 300 x305 mm (11.8 x 11.8 x 12.0 in)



55 Hz – 20 kHz

80 Hz – 20 kHz

90° x 90°

10.1 (1 k – 16 kHz) 9.5 dB (1k – 16 kHz)

400 W (1600 W peak), 2 hrs. 250 W (1000 W peak), 100 hrs

96 dB (Avg 80 Hz – 20 kHz)


8 ohms





70V: 200W, 100W, 50W, 25W 100V: 200W, 100W, 50W

402 x 402 x 445 mm (15.8 x 15.8 x 17.5 in)

15.9 kg (35.0 lb) 18.9 kg (41.5 lb) with u-bracket

1 Full-space (free-field)2 Average 1 kHz to 10 kHz

3 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor.4 Calculated based on power rating and measured full-space sensitivity.

AWC82AWC129

AWC Series

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

f CONSTANT BEAMWIDTH TECHNOLOGY™

f VERTICAL COVERAGE SWITCHABLE BETWEEN NARROW AND BROAD

f FULL FIDELITY BANDWIDTH

f SELECTABLE VOICING PROVIDES FLAT RESPONSE IN MUSIC MODE OR MID-RANGE PRESENCE PEAK IN SPEECH MODE

key features


FREQUENCY RANGE 1 COVERAGE PATTERN: VERTICAL (±10°)

HORIZONTAL (±20°)

SENSITIVITY: SPEECH (2 kHz -14 kHZ) MUSIC MODE (300 Hz - 18 kHZ)

COMPONENTS

IMPEDANCEPOWER CAPACITY:

8 OHM SETTING 2

MAXIMUM SPL 1: SPEECH MODE

MUSIC MODE


MOUNTING


NET WEIGHT (each)

CBT 50LA-1Compact Full-Range Speaker System

80 Hz – 20 kHz

20° (1.5 kHz - 16 kHz) 150° (ave, 1 kHz – 4 kHz)

93 dB 89 dB

Eight 50 mm (2 in) Full-Range

8 ohms

150W (600W peak), 2 hrs 100 W (400W peak), 100 hrs

115 dB cont ave (121 peak) 111 dB cont ave (117 peak)

6O W, 30 W, 15 W 60 W, 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W

Wall bracket included

528 x 99 x 153 mm 20.8 x 3.9 x 6.0 in

4.1 kg (9.0 lb)

CBT 100LA-1Pattern Control Full-Range Speaker System

80 Hz – 20 kHz

Narrow: 15° (2 kHz - 16 kHz) Broad: 40° (1 kHz - 16 kHz) 150° (avg, 1 kHz – 4 kHz)

Narrow: 96 dB / Broad: 93 dB Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 90 dB

Sixteen 50 mm (2 in) Full-Range

8 ohms

325 W (1300W peak), 2 hrs 200 W (800W peak), 100 hrs

Narrow: 121 dB cont ave (127 peak) Broad: 118 dB cont ave (124 peak) Narrow: 118 dB cont ave (124 peak) Broad: 115 dB cont ave (121 peak)

120 W, 60 W, 30 W 120 W, 60 W, 30 W, 15 W


1000 x 99 x 153 mm 39.4 in x 3.9 in x 6.0 in

7.2 kg (15.8 lb)

CBT 70J-1Full-Range J-Shaped Speaker System

60 Hz – 20 kHz

Narrow: 25° (2 kHz - 16 kHz) Broad: 45° (750 Hz - 16 kHz) 150° (500 Hz – 8 kHz)

Narrow: 98 dB / Broad: 96 dB 4 Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 92 dB

Four 130 mm (5 in) LF drivers Sixteen 25 mm (1 in) HF drivers

8 ohms

500 W (2000W peak), 2 hrs 350 W (1400W peak), 100 hrs


N/A


694 x 170 x 237 mm 27.4 x 6.7 x 9.3 in

9.5 kg (21 lb)

CBT 70J-1 + 70JE-1 Array SystemLF & Pattern Extension for CBT70J-1

45 Hz – 20 kHz

Narrow: 25° (2 kHz - 16 kHz) Broad: 45° (350 Hz - 16 kHz) 150° (500 Hz – 8 kHz)

Narrow: 98 dB / Broad: 97 dB 4 Narrow: 94 dB / Broad: 93 dB

Eight 130 mm (5 in) LF drivers Sixteen 25 mm (1 in ) HF drivers

4 ohms

1000 W (4000 W peak), 2 hrs 700 W (2800 W peak), 100 hrs


N/A

Coupler plate to join CBT 70J-1 and 70JE-1

1388 x 170 x 237 mm 54.8 x 6.7 x 9.3 in

20.4 kg (45 lb)

CBT 200LA-1Full-Range Column Speaker System

80 Hz – 20 kHz

Narrow: 15° (500 Hz – 16 kHz) Broad: 30° (400 Hz – 12 kHz) 150° (avg 1 kHz – 4 kHz)

Narrow: 95 dB / Broad: 92 dB Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 90 dB

Thirty-two 50 mm (2 in) Full-Range Drivers

8 ohms per half, 4 ohms total

650W (2600W peak), 2 hrs 400W (1600W peak) 100 hrs


240 W, 120 W, 60 W 5 240 W, 120 W, 60 W 30 W 5

Swivel (pan) / tilt wall bracket, Coupler plate

2000 x 98.5 x 153 mm (78.8 x 3.8 x 6.0 in)

14.6 kg (33 lb)

1 Full space 4 1 kHz - 8 kHz 5 Both modules combined.2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor. 3Calculated based on power rating and measured sensitivity, exclusive of power compression.

CBT 50LA-1

CBT 70J-1

CBT 70J-1 + 70JE-1 Array System

All models include grilles, which are removed in photos to illustrate driver composition.

CBT SeriesCBT200LA-1(Not to scale. Please note

dimensions.)

CBT 100LA-1(shown in white -wh,

with and without grille)

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CONTROL 62P

CONTROL 67P/TCONTROL 67HC/T

C O N T R O L 6 0

key featuresf DESIGNED FOR APPLICATIONS WITH OPEN

ARCHITECTURE AND HIGH CEILINGS

f HANGING HARDWARE WITH GALVANIZED STEEL CABLE AND EASY TO ADJUST CLAMP

f PROPRIETARY RBI RADIATION BOUNDARY INTEGRATOR ™ TECHNOLOGY FOR SEAMLESS INTEGRATION OF COAXIAL DRIVERS AND MORE CONSISTENT COVERAGE

2 Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program power is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle

normal speech and music program material, and is defined as 3 dB above the Continous Pink Noise Rating.

3 Half-space (in ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)


FREQUENCY RESPONSE (-10 dB) 1 FREQUENCY RANGE (±3 dB)

POWER CAPACITY 2: PROGRAM PINK

NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 3

NOMINAL COVERAGE ANGLE 3

RATED IMPEDANCETRANSFORMER TAPS

TRANSDUCERS

ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS

(DIAMETER x DEPTH)NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 65P/TCompact Full-Range Pendant Loudspeaker with RBI

55 Hz – 20 kHz 78 Hz – 18 kHz

150 W 75 W

86 dB

120°

8 ohms

70V: 60 W, 30 W, 15 W & 7.5 W 100V: 60 W, 30 W, 15 W

LF: 130 mm (5 ¼ in) polypropylene-coated paper with pure butyl rubber surround HF: 20 mm (¾ in) textile soft-dome with neodymium magnet assembly

High impact polystyrene

234 x 259 mm 9.3 x 10.2 in

3.7 kg (8 lb)

CONTROL 67P/TFull-Range Pendant Loudspeaker with RBI

58 Hz – 18 kHz 78 Hz – 16 kHz

150 W 75 W

90 dB

120°

8 ohms

70V: 60 W, 30 W, 15 W & 7.5 W 100V: 60 W, 30 W, 15 W

LF: 165 mm (6 1⁄2 in) polypropylene-coated paper with pure butyl rubber surround HF: 25 mm (1.0 in) textile soft-dome, neodymium magnet assembly


312 x 330 mm 12.3 x 13 in

5.2 kg (11.5 lb)

CONTROL67HC/TNarrow-Coverage, High Ceiling Pendant Loudspeaker with RBI

75 Hz – 17 kHz 110 Hz – 16 kHz

150 W 75 W

93 dB

75°

8 ohms

70V: 60 W, 30 W, 15 W & 7.5 W 100V: 60 W, 30 W, 15 W

LF: 165 mm (6 1⁄2 in) polypropylene-coated paper with pure butyl rubber surround HF: 25 mm (1 in) textile soft-dome, neodymium magnet assembly


333 x 344 mm 13.1 x 13.6 in

5.9 kg (13 lb)

CONTROL62PUltra-Compact, Mid-High Satellite Pendant Speaker

150 Hz – 20 kHz 200 Hz – 17 kHz

50 W 15 W

87 dB (4.0 V, 1 W); 84 dB (2.83 V)

140°

16 ohms

(no transformer taps)

60 mm (2 1⁄2 in), polypropylene-coated paper with pure butyl rubber surround


128 x 121 mm 5.1 x 4.8 in

.7 kg (1.5 lb)

CONTROL 65P/T The Control 65P/T incorporates JBL’s exclusive RBI Radiation Boundary Integration technology to provide very consistent, wide coverage throughout the listening space.

CONTROL 67P/T The Control 67P/T incorporates a large enclosure and high-power 6.5” (165 mm) transducer for extended bass and high-fidelity. The extra-large RBI Radiation Boundary Integrator™ provides outstanding pattern control, which can allow fewer speakers to cover a venue.

CONTROL 67HC/T The Control 67HC/T has well-controlled narrow coverage, ideal for improved voice intelligibility and musical clarity in high-ceiling venues or in rooms with difficult acoustics–convention centers, transit centers, exhibit venues and hotel atriums.

CONTROL 62P The Control 62P, with its 2.5" driver, is great for speech and mid-high music applications (external high-pass required) in visually sensitive applications. For full-range, wide bandwidth performance, up to 4 pieces can be driven from a Control 50S/T or 40CS/T subwoofer.

JBL Control Contractor 60 Series Pendant loudspeakers bring renowned JBL sound and outstanding coverage to rooms and venues with open architecture or high-ceilings, while providing superior voice and musical clarity for rooms with difficult acoustics. The diverse line-up, coupled with stylish design, is suitable for a wide variety of applications and decors–convention and exhibit spaces, atriums, restaurants, retail stores and more. Easy-to-install hanging hardware is included, featuring redundant suspension cables and UL listed adjustable-height hangers.

JBL’s proprietary conical RBI Radiation Boundary Integrator is adapted from the groundbreaking VERTEC® Series of line array loudspeakers. This unique JBL patent-pending innovation combines a large diameter high-frequency waveguide with low-frequency projection apertures that work in tandem to provide a seamless integration of coverage between the two coaxially-mounted drivers. The result is extremely even pattern control and coverage, where all listeners hear a consistent flat, frequency response. This often allows the use of fewer speakers.

Control® 60 Series Pendant Loudspeakers

CONTROL 65P/T

1 Full-space (suspended)2 Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB peak-to-average crest

factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program power is a conservative expression

of the system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating.

3 Full-space (suspend in free air), average 1.5 kHz to 10 kHz.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key features f SELECTABLE 70V/100V OR LOW IMPEDANCE

f WALL-MOUNT BRACKETS INCLUDED

f MIX AND MATCH WITH CONTROL CONTRACTOR 40 SERIES

f USE EITHER TWO OR FOUR SATELLITE SPEAKERS PER SYSTEM

Control® 50 Series Surface-Mount Subwoofer-Satellite System


FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1

POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 2 PINK

NOMINAL COVERAGE 3

SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1mNOMINAL IMPEDANCE


COMPONENTS:

TERMINATIONDIMENSIONS


Control 52Wall-Mountable Satellite Speaker

140 Hz – 20 kHz

30 W (100 hours) 15 W (100 hours)

150° x 150° omindirectional

85 dB

16 ohms

60 mm (2.5 in) with polypropylene cone, butyl rubber surround, 19 mm (0.75 in) copper-clad coil, copper sleeved magnet

Screw-down removable locking connector

115 x 84 x 96 mm 4.5 x 3.3 x 3.75 in)

.7 kg (1.5 lb)

Control 50S/T150 W Subwoofer

32 Hz – 200 Hz

200 W (100 hours) 100 W (100 hours)

95 dB (near corner), 89dB (center of wall)

8 ohms

80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W 8 ohm bypass/thru

200 mm (8 in) with polypropylene cone, butyl rubber surround, 38 mm (1.5 in) 4-layer copper-clad coil, vented aluminum former

6 Screw-down removable locking connectors

356 x 391 x 203 mm 14.0 x 15.4 x 8.0 in)

9.0 kg (20 lb)

Control 50PACKControl 50S/T and 4 pcs Control 52

32 Hz – 20 kHz

200 W (100 hours) 100 W (100 hours)

87 dB

4 ohms

80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W 8 ohm bypass/thru

6 Screw-down removable locking connectors

11.8 k (26 lb)

1 Half-space (mounted on wall).2 Continuous Pink noise rating is IEC-

shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program Power is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material, and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating.

3 Half-space, average 1 kHz – 4 kHz

CONTROL 52 SATELLITE SPEAKERThe Control 52 satellite loudspeaker produces superb high fidelity sound via a low distortion 60 mm (2½ in) driver. The included wall bracket allows each speaker to be angled up to 45° off-axis.

CONTROL 50S/T SUBWOOFERThe Control 50S/T subwoofer contains a high-power, long-excursion, 200 mm (8 inch) driver which provides extended low frequency response. The Control 50S/T installs quickly with its included two-piece easy-mount wall-bracket.

The built-in crossover network provides proper signal routing and output connectors for four Control 52 satellite loudspeakers. A Loop Out connector provides a full-range input signal to other loudspeakers or to other subwoofer/satellite systems.

CONTROL 50

CONTROL 52

The Control 50 Series subwoofer-satellite loudspeaker system provides high fidelity sound in any location where full-range high fidelity foreground/background music is required from a surface-mount system.

The Control 50S/T subwoofer can be utilized with either two of four Control 52 satellite speakers. The Control 50 system is mono. Both the Control 50S/T and Control 52 can be intermixed in systems along with the Control 40 Series in-ceiling models – Control 40CS/T subwoofer and Control 42 satellite speaker – to match the form factor requirements of a wide variety of applications.

The C50PACK includes 4) Control 52 satellite speakers and 1) Control 50 subwoofer as shown. The Control 50 Series is also available individually.


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C O N T R O L ® C O N T R A C T O R

CONTROL 23/CONTROL 23TThe most compact of the JBL Control Contractor Series speakers, the Control 23, has a 31⁄2" woofer and horn-loaded titanium-coated tweeter ideal for mid/high operation in limited space environments. The optional Control 23T has a pre-installed trans-former for line distribution systems. Augmenting the bass with a JBL subwoofer results in an extremely full-fidelity subwoofer-satellite system.

CONTROL 25/CONTROL 25TThe Control 25 incorporates a 5 1⁄4" low frequen-cy loudspeaker with a horn-loaded 1" titanium-coated tweeter. Its full-range frequency response makes it an excellent choice for moderately large venues, providing superior dynamic performance. The optional Control 25T includes a multitap transformer for line distribution systems.

CONTROL 25AVThe Control 25AV is an especially wide band-width, smooth response speaker. It features a top-quality 60 W multitap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems. The transformer may be bypassed allowing the Control 25AV to be used as an 8 ohm impedance speaker. Stainless steel grille and MTC-PC2 panel cover included for additional weather resistance.

CONTROL 25AV-LSThe Control 25AV-LS is UL1480 UUMW listed for use in fire alarm and/or emergency communica-tion systems. It is also EN54-24 certified.

CONTROL 28/CONTROL 28T-60The Control 28 offers high power, performance, bandwidth and sensitivity in a compact, full-range speaker. Incorporating an 8" low-frequency woof-er and 1" titanium- coated tweeter, the Control 28 provides vivid sound reproduction for large-space applications. The optional Control 28T-60 contains a multitap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems.

CONTROL 29AV-1The Control 29AV-1 utilizes high power compo-nents and a complex network to achieve smooth high fidelity performance, extended bandwidth and well-controlled defined coverage from a compact loudspeaker. A rotatable 110° x 85° high-frequency horn allows use of the speaker in either vertical or horizontal orientation. Smooth frequency response and even coverage ensures excellent sound character throughout the listening area. Contains 10 inserts for suspending. Optional MTC-29UB U-bracket available.

CONTROL 30The Control 30 is a three-way high output speaker designed for multiple uses. Weather resistance has been maximized, making the Control 30 suitable for outdoor applications. It features a top-quality 150 W multitap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems with a bypass for use as an 8 ohm speaker. Contains 10 inserts for suspending. Optional MTC-30UB U-bracket available.

The Control Contractor Surface speakers are compact systems with rugged, molded high impact polystyrene shells. Designed for wide-ranging indoor and outdoor (except SB-2) applications, the Control Contractor Series offers versatility, ease-of-installation and paintability. JBL’s Invisiball® mounting technology revolutionizes ease-of-installation with built-in hardware easily secured with a standard hex wrench from a front channel (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included.

Control® Contractor Surface-Mount Speakers

CONTROL 29AV-1

CONTROL 30-WH

CONTROL 28/28T-60

CONTROL 25AV

CONTROL 25/25TCONTROL 23/23T CONTROL CRV

CONTROL 25AV-LS

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key features f INVISIBALL® MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY

f WEATHEREDGE™ FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION

f PAINTABLE TEXTURED ENCLOSURES

f SELECTION OF VERSATILE MOUNTING HARDWARE

CONTROL SB-2CONTROL SB210

CONTROL CRVThe Control CRV brings high design and ver-satility to both indoor and outdoor commercial applications. The Control CRV incorporates dual 4" woofers with Polyplas™ cones for durability and a ¾" titanium-laminate tweeter.

CONTROL SB-2The SB-2 functions as the subwoofer section of left/right music systems, preserving the stereo separation. The dual voice coil 10" bass trans-ducer has been optimized to complement four Control 23 as satellite speakers. (Not outdoor capable.)

CONTROL SB210The Control SB210 subwoofer contains two high power 10" woofers suitable for a variety of applications both indoors and out. Its compact size, durable enclosure, insert points, and stacking options make it one of the most versatile subwoofers in the installation market. Optional input modules are available to provide passive subwoofer/satellite crossover (MTC-210-SAT), 70 V/100V subwoofer-band transformer (MTC-210T) or both (MTC-210T-SAT for use with low impedance satellite speakers.)

ACCESSORIESMTC-PC2: The MTC-PC2 Panel Cover provides sealed entrance protection for input terminals and strain relief for incoming speaker wire.

MTC-xxSSG and MTC-xxWMG: SSG stainless steel retrofit grilles for Control 23, 25, and 28. WMG WeatherMax™ grilles add a foam and tight-weave backing to break up driving rain.

MOUNTING BRACKETS

MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets for installing Control 29AV, 30 and SB210. Available in black or white.

MTC-xxH* Horizontal Array Brackets: Allows horizontal arraying of two Control 23, 25 or 28 speakers. MTC-H brackets can be interconnected to form a suspended ring for mounting 6 or 3 speakers in a 360˚ cluster module.

MTC-xxV* Vertical Array Brackets: Allows vertical end- to-end mounting of up to three Control 23, 25, or 28 speakers.

MTC-xxCM* Ceiling Brackets: The curved arm allows installation of Control 23, 25, 28, 29AV or 30 speakers down from a ceiling.

MTC-30MK-WH: Marine grille kit for Control 30 (white only).

SB-2 Installation Brackets: The MTC-SB2W wall/corner bracket allows mounting of the subwoofer onto a wall surface or into a corner. The MTC-SB2C ceiling bracket enables suspension of the SB-2 from above, projecting down-ward into the listening area.

PMB-BK and PMB-WH: Control CRV pole-mount bracket for 4-speaker 360º hanging pendant cluster.Various adaptors for installing via threaded pipe or rod available from third party. Contact JBL for information.

* These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when ordering.

MTC-xxV* VERTICAL ARRAY BRACKETS

MTC-xxCM* CEILING BRACKETS

SB-2 BRACKETS

MTC-xxUB*U-BRACKET

MTC-xxH* HORIZONTAL ARRAY BRACKETS

3) MTC-xxH* AS CLUSTER MODULE BRACKET(SHOWN PARTIAL)

The unique curved shape of the CRV provides innovative installation solutions. When placed at

the junction of the ceiling and wall or two walls, the speaker couples well with both boundary surfaces,

forming a dual ground plane configuration.

JBL’s exclusive, patented InvisiBall Mounting System (most models) allows for quick, easy,

theft-resistant installation with the built-in mount secured by a few turns of a standard hex wrench.

JBL's Control Contractor systems provide incredible design flexibility. All speakers are

constructed with a similar sonic signature allowing mixing and matching of any of the various models. For décor considerations, all models (except SB-2)are available in black or white and are paintable.


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C O N T R O L C O N T R A C T O R S E R I E S

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1

POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 2 PINK 3

NOMINAL COVERAGESENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

NOMINAL IMPEDANCECOMPONENTS: LOW FREQ.

MID FREQ. HIGH FREQ.

TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70.7V

ENCLOSURE

FINISHDIMENSIONS


CONTROL 29AV-137 Hz - 18 kHz

300 W 150 W

110˚ x 85˚ (rotatable)

90 dB SPL

8 ohms

8 in (200 mm) 1 in (25 mm) comp. driver

110, 55, 28 W 110, 55, 28, 14 W

HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene)

Black or white (-WH)

520 x 306 x 277 mm 20.5 x 12.0 x 10.9 in

12.2 kg (27 lb)

CONTROL 3038 Hz - 17 kHz

500 W 250 W

120˚ x 110˚93 dB SPL

4 ohms

10 in (250 mm) 5 in (125 mm) 1 in (25 mm) comp. driver

150, 75, 38 W 150, 75, 38, 19 W



593 x 372 x 345 mm 23.3 x 14.6 x 13.5 in

18.9 kg (42 lb)

CONTROL SB-238 Hz - 160 Hz

340 W (both inputs) 170 W (both inputs)

N/A

94 dB SPL (on wall) 100 dB SPL (near corner)

8 ohms per input

10 in (250 mm) long-throw with dual voice coils

Particle Board

Black

394 x 585 x 343 mm 15.5 x 23.0 x 13.5 in

19.1 kg (42 lb)

CONTROL SB21042 Hz - 200 Hz

800 W 400 W

N/A

96 dB SPL (on wall) 102 dB SPL (near corner)

8 ohms

2 x 10 in (250 mm)



335 x 590 x 570 mm 14 x 23.3 x 22.5 in

17.1 kg (38 lb)

1 Half-space (on wall). 2 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal

speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously).

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

specificationsCONTROL 23/23T85 Hz - 22 kHz (23) 100 Hz - 21 kHz (23T)

50 W (23) 25 W (23)

90˚ x 90˚86 dB SPL (23)

8 ohms (23)

3 1⁄2 in (88 mm) 1⁄2 in (13 mm)

10 W (23T) 5 W (23T)



193 x 140 x 111 mm 7.6 x 5.5 x 4.4 in

1.8 kg (4 lb) (23) 2.2 kg (5 lb) (23T)

CONTROL 25/25T80 Hz - 16 kHz (25) 80 Hz - 15 kHz (25T)

150 W (25) 75 W (25)

90˚ x 90˚88 dB SPL (25)

8 ohms (25)

5 1⁄4 in (135 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm)

30, 15, 7.5 W (25T) 30, 15, 7.5, 3.7 W (25T)



236 x 188 x 149 mm 9.3 x 7.4 x 5.8 in

2.3 kg (5 lb) (25) 3.6 kg (8 lb) (25T)

CONTROL 25AV70 Hz - 23 kHz

200 W 100 W

100˚ x 100˚87 dB SPL

8 ohms

5 1⁄4 in (130 mm) 3⁄4 in (20 mm)

60, 30, 15 W 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W



236 x 186 x 159 mm 9.3 x 7.4 x 6.3 in

4.0 kg (9 lb)

CONTROL 25AV-LS90 Hz - 23 kHz

200 W 100 W

110˚ x 85˚87 dB SPL

8 ohms

5 1⁄4 in (130 mm) 3⁄4 in (20 mm)

60, 30, 15 W 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W



236 x 186 x 159 mm 9.3 x 7.4 x 6.3 in

3.8 kg (9 lb)

CONTROL 28/28T-6060 Hz - 16 kHz (28) 55 Hz - 15 kHz (28T-60)

175 W (28) 87 W (28)

90˚ x 90˚92 dB SPL (28)

8 ohms (28)

8 in (200 mm) 1 in (25 mm)

60, 30, 15 W (28T-60) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (28T-60)



380 x 280 x 220 mm 15.0 x 11.0 x 8.6 in

5.5 kg (12 lb) (28) 6.3 kg (14 lb) (28T-60)

CONTROL CRV80 Hz - 20 kHz

150 W 60 W

105˚ x 80˚89 dB SPL

4 ohms

2 x 4 in (100 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm)

30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W, 3.8 W

ABS


127 x 364 x 262 mm 5 x 14.4 x 10.3 in

3.2 kg (7 lb)



NOMINAL COVERAGESENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 mNOMINAL IMPEDANCE

COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. HIGH FREQ.


ENCLOSURE

FINISHDIMENSIONS


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

128W/WT126W/WT

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)2 Continuous Program Power, which is a

conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously).

3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

specificationsFREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1



TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70.7 V


TERMINATIONOPTIMUM AIR CAVITY

BEHIND SPEAKERROUGH-IN FRAME


NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 126W/WT38 Hz - 20 kHz

100 W 50 W

88 dB SPL

8 ohms

30, 15, 7.5 W (126WT) 30, 15, 7.5, 3.7 W (126WT)

6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) 1 in (25 mm)

Screw-down Euroblock type

20 -40 liters (0.7 to 1.4 cu. ft.)

MTC-126RIF

280 x 215 x 105 mm 11 x 8.5 x 4.1 in

126W: 2.1 kg (4.5 lb) 126WT: 2.7 kg (5.9 lb)

CONTROL 128W/WT30 Hz - 20 kHz

120 W 60 W

90 dB SPL

8 ohms

50, 25, 12 W (128WT) 50, 25, 12, 6 W (128WT)

8 in (200 mm) 1 (25 mm)

Screw-down Euroblock type

40 -80 liters (1.4 to 2.8 cu. ft.)

MTC-128RIF

334 x 257 x 110 mm 13.1 x 10.1 x 4.3 in

128W: 2.6 kg (5.5 lb) 128WT: 3.3 kg (7.2 lb)

JBL Control 126W/WT and 128W/WT are premium in-wall speakers designed for applications where top performance from a loudspeaker with minimal visual impact is required. The Control 100 Series speakers are voiced similarly to other JBL Control Contractor models, allowing mixing with surface-mount and in-ceiling speakers within a single listening space. The premium sound quality makes these loudspeakers ideal for critical listening environments, yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring high-SPL, heavy duty-cycle music.

CONTROL 126 W/WT and CONTROL 128W/WTThe Control 126 W and Control 128 W feature high performance woofers with a polymer coated aluminum cone, pure butyl rubber surround for long life and high reliability, and extended polepiece magnet design for long excursion and high reliability. The pure titanium dome high frequency driver is loaded with a built-in EOS™ (Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide for low distortion and a smooth frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting system enables the user to direct high frequencies where required without the diffraction distortion inherent in other aimable tweeter designs. A high-slope crossover network maintains natural midrange sound and produces more even coverage throughout the listening area.

The speakers fit into the wall space of ordinary stud-wall construction. An optional rough-in frame is available for installing the speakers into standard stud walls in new construction projects. As is the case with all Control Contractor speakers, the baffles and grilles are paintable to match any décor.

The optional Control 126WT and Control 128WT include 70V/100V transformers for use on distributed loudspeaker lines.

f MINIMAL VISUAL IMPACT

f HIGH POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

f EASY TO INSTALL IN STANDARD STUD-WALL CONSTRUCTION

f 70V/100V VERSIONS AVAILABLEkey featuresControl® Contractor In-Wall Speakers


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

C O N T R O L C O N T R A C T O R C E I L I N G S P E A K E R S

key features f VERY HIGH OUTPUT LEVELS WITH HIGH FIDELITY PERFORMANCE

f PRECISION COVERAGE

f EASY TO DESIGN AND INSTALL

f PREMIUM ACCESSORIES

ACCESSORIES: Premium accessories include best-in-class back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined with 1⁄2" MDF, as well as contemporary grilles and an optional higher power transformer. Accessories include:

Control® 300 Series Large Format Ceiling Speakers

MTC- 300BB8Premium 1 cu ft (28 cu l) Cylindrical Backbox

Control 328C/CT and 227C/CT

15 dia x 10.6 in deep (380 x 270 mm)

MTC-300BB12Premium 3 cu ft (28 cu l) Rectangular Backbox

Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT and 312CS

23.1 x 18.2 x 12.6 in (587 x 461 x 324 mm)

MTC-RG6/8Round Grille for 6 in (152 mm) and 8 in (200 mm) systems


13.6 in dia x 0.64 in deep (345 x 16.3 mm)

MTC-SG6/8Sq. Grille for 6 in (152 mm) and 8 in (200 mm) systems


13.4 x 13.4 x 0.4 in deep (340 x 340 x 10 mm)

MTC-300SG12Square Grille for 12 in (300 mm) systems

Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT and 312CS

16.3 x 16.3 x 0.4 in deep (415 x 415 x 10 mm)

MTC-TB6/8Tile bridge for 6 in (152 mm) and 8 in (200 mm) systems


25.4 x 16.25 in (646 x 413 mm)

MTC-300T150150 W Accessory Transformer

Mounting studs included on MTC-300BB12

3.4 x 3.4 x 3.1 in (86 x 86 x 78 mm)

DESCRIPTION

FITS:

DIMENSIONS:




NOMINAL COVERAGESENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m

NOMINAL IMPEDANCETRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V

70V

COMPONENTS: LF HF

TERMINATIONDIMENSIONS (W)

(D)

NET WEIGHT (each)

Control 328C/CT8" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker with HF Compression Driver

45 Hz – 18 kHz

500 W 250 W

120° conical

93 dB

8 ohms

60, 30 15 W 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W

8 in (200 mm) 1" diaphragm compression driver


12 in (305 mm) diameter round baffle 6.3 in (160 mm) for C328C 8.6 in (218 mm) for C328CT

4.5 kg (10 lb) for C328C 5.4 kg (12 lb) for C328CT

Control 321C/CT12" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker with HF Compression Driver

34 Hz – 18 kHz

500 W 250 W

90° conical

94 dB

8 ohms

60, 30 15 W 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W Optional 150W with MTC-300T150

12 in (300 mm) 1" diaphragm compression driver


14.4 x 14.4 in (366 x 366 mm) square baffle 8.8 in (223 mm) for C321C 9.5 in (240 mm) for C321CT

7.3 kg (16 lb) for C321C 8.2 kg (18 lb ) for C321CT

Control 322 C/CTHigh-output 12" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker

32 Hz – 20 kHz

800 W 400 W

90° conical

95 dB

8 ohms

100, 50, 25 W 100, 50, 25, 12.5 W Optional 150W with MTC-300T150

12 in (300 mm) 1.5" diaphragm compression driver


14.4 x 14.4 in (366 x 366) square baffle 8.8 in (223 mm) for C322C 9.5 in (240 mm) for C322CT

9.1 kg (20 lb) for C322C 10.0 kg (22 lb) for C322CT

Control 312CS12" In-Ceiling Subwoofer Loudspeaker

30 Hz – 4.5 kHz

800 W 400 W

93 dB

8 ohms

n/a n/a

12 in (300 mm)


14.4 x 14.4 in (366 x 366 mm) square baffle 6.3 in (160 mm)

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB

2 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor).

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 2 hours.

Control 300 Series represents the state of the art in large-format ceiling loudspeaker systems. True point-source coax designs, multiple power levels and transformer choices, plus an in-ceiling subwoofer, make it easy to fulfill any system performance requirements. Premium components include Kevlar-reinforced cones, low-saturation transformers and legendary JBL compression drivers. Advanced high-slope crossover networks, combined with low system distortion and smooth frequency response provides full, natural music along with exceptional speech intelligibility. In these Control 300 coax models, the throat and cone combine to form a Constant Coverage waveguide which provides extraordinary broadband control, ensuring even coverage and consistent sound throughout the listening space. And Control 328 goes a step further with a 12" diameter waveguide, providing the pattern control of a 12" horn

from an 8" driver. The EZ-Rail™ feature (on 12" models) provides a “helping hand” to hold one side of the loudspeaker in place while fastening it to a pre-installed back box. A multi-pin locking connector allows for easy pre-wiring and quick clip-in during installation.

CONTROL 328C/CT

CONTROL 322 C/CTCONTROL 321C/CT

CONTROL 312CS

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

f 6.5" KEVLAR-REINFORCED LF

f 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER HF

f INTEGRATED & INDEPENDENT BACKCAN VERSIONS

f HIGH OUTPUT, PREMIUM SOUND QUALITYkey featuresControl® 200 Series Medium Format Ceiling Speakers

specificationsFREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1

POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM PINK (2 hr) 2

(100 hr) 2

SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 mNOMINAL IMPEDANCENOMINAL COVERAGE 3



DIMENSIONS (DIA. X DEPTH)

NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 226C/T47 Hz – 19 kHz

300 W 150 W 100 W

90 dB

8 ohms

120°

6.5 in (165 mm) 1 in (25 mm) diaphragm compression driver

60W, 30W, 15W 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5W

13 x 9.7 in (330 x 246 mm)

9.1 kg (20 lb)

CONTROL 227C & 227CT43 Hz – 19 kHz

300 W 150 W 100 W

90 dB

8 ohms (227C)

120°

6.5 in (165 mm) 1 in (25 mm) diaphragm compression driver

60W, 30W, 15W (227CT) 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5W (227CT)

12.0 x 5.8 in (305 x 147 mm)

4.1 kg (9 lb) 227C 5.2 kg (11.5 lb) 227CT

1 Half-space (in ceiling) 2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

3 Average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

Control 226C/T, 227C and 227CT are premium in-ceiling speakers designed to meet the increasing market demand for premium quality sound in ceiling-mount applications. The Control 200 Series loudspeakers incorporate breakthrough performance features such as best-in-class pattern control to provides a consistent sound throughout the listening area. Especially wide coverage allows fewer speakers to cover the space, reducing both the material and labor cost for the installation.

The high-power kevlar-reinforced 6.5 in (165 mm) low-frequency driver along with the titanium-diaphragm compression driver and the advanced-technology steep-slope crossover network provide superb, wide-bandwidth sound quality.

CONTROL 227CT

CONTROL 226C/T

CONTROL 227C

CONTROL 226C/TControl 226C/T is a compact, easy-to-install speaker with integrated backcan for blind-mounting into ceilings. It features a top-quality 60 W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems. The transformer may be bypassed, allowing the Control 226C/T to be used as a low-impedance 8 ohm speaker.

C-ring, tile rails and grille are included. This model is designed to be able to utilize the optional MTC-19NC new construction ring and MTC-19MR plaster-ring for new construction projects requiring pre-installation rings.

CONTROL 227CControl 227C is a high-output, low-impedance 8 ohm speaker assembly for installation with the separate MTC-200BB8 backcan and MTC-RG6/8 grille (both sold separately). Optional accessories include MTC-19NC new construction ring, MTC-19MR plaster-ring, and MTC-TB6/8 tile bridge.

CONTROL 227CTControl 227CT is a 70V/100V version of Control 227C, featuring a top-quality 60 W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems.

PREMIUM ACCESSORIESMTC-200BB6: Backcan for Control 227C and 227CT. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter x 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep.

MTC-RG6/8: Round grille for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.6 inches (345 mm) in diameter

MTC-SG6/8: Square grille for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.4 inches (340 mm) x 13.4 inches (340 mm).

MTC-TB6/8: Tile bridge for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT.

MTC-19NC & MTC-19MR: New-construction and mud rings fit Control 226 for new construction applications requiring pre-installation rings.

Control 200 models are available both in an independent backcan design (Control 227C & 227CT) and in an integrated backcan version (Control 226C/T).

CONTROL 226C/T

CONTROL 227C & 227CT Assembly with Backcan and Grille.


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


key featuresf DESIGNED FOR HIGH-DEMAND

PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS

f THREE COAXIAL MODELS PLUS AN ULTRA-COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER AND IN-CEILING SUBWOOFER

f INTEGRATED BACKCANS FOR EASE-OF-USE IN THE FIELD

f SWITCHABLE FOR USE AS AN 8 OHMS SPEAKER OR AS PART OF A 70V/100V DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM (EXCEPT 42C)

2 Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program power is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle

normal speech and music program material, and is defined as 3 dB above the Continous Pink Noise Rating.

3 Half-space (in ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)


FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 1

POWER CAPACITY 2: PROGRAM PINK

NOMINAL DISPERSION3

NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m

RATED IMPEDANCETRANSFORMER TAPS

COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. HIGH FREQ.ENCLOSURE

DIMENSIONS (DIAMETER x DEPTH)

NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 47C/TTwo-Way 6.5" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker w/ Extended Bass

55 Hz - 20 kHz

150 W 75 W

120° conical

91 dB

8 ohms

60 W, 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V)

6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) 1 in (25 mm)

Formed steel backcan

305 x 259 mm 12 x 10.2 in

5 kg (11 lb)

CONTROL 47LPTwo-Way 6.5" Coaxial Ceiling Low Profile Loudspeaker

68 Hz - 20 kHz

150 W 75 W

120° conical

91 dB

8 ohms

60 W, 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V)

6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) 1 in (25 mm)


305 x 142 mm 12 x 5.6 in

4.3 kg (9.5 lb)

CONTROL 47HCTwo-Way 6.5" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker for High Ceilings

55 Hz - 17 kHz

150 W 75 W

75° conical

93 dB

8 ohms

60 W, 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V)

6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) 1 in (25 mm)


332 x 351 mm 13.1 x 13.8 in

6.4 kg (14 lb)

CONTROL 42C2.5" Ultra-Compact In-Ceiling Satellite Loudspeaker

140 Hz - 20 kHz

30 W 15 W

160° conical

82 dB

16 ohms

N/A

2 1⁄2 in (60 mm)


127 x 94 mm 5.0 x 4.2 in

.7 kg (1.6 lb)

CONTROL 40CS/T8" In-Ceiling Subwoofer with Crossover

32 Hz - 300 Hz

200 W 100 W

Omnidirectional

95 dB (ceiling, near corner) 89 dB (center of ceiling)

8 ohms

80, 40, 20 (&10W @ 70V)

8 in (200 mm)


332 x 338 mm 13.1 x 13.3 in

8.1 kg (17.9 lb)

CONTROL 47C/T The Control 47C/T and Control 47LP are designed for applications that require extremely wide bandwidth and very consistent coverage. JBL’s RBI™ (Radiation Boundary Integrator®) allows for a seamless integration between the coaxially mounted tweeter and LF driver, resulting in consistent sound quality with little variation in the listening area.

CONTROL 47LP (Low Profile Backcan) The Control 47LP is identical to the Control 47 but equipped with a shallow backcan for use in areas with restricted mounting depths.

CONTROL 47HC The Control 47HC is designed for applications that require a narrow focused beamwidth pattern and very consistent coverage. The large backcan in combination with the LF driver design, provides extended bass response.

CONTROL 42C The Control 42C is an ultra-compact in-ceiling satellite loudspeaker designed for use with the Control 40CS/T subwoofer. It offers an unob-strusive design which is ideal for a wide range of installations.

CONTROL 40CS/T The Control 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high impact 8" subwoofer designed for powerful bass response in an in-ceiling loudspeaker. It features a built-in passive crossover network and 4 high-passed satellite outputs enabling it to be used as part of a subwoofer/satellite system.

The Control 40 Series Ceiling Speakers are designed to work perfectly in environments that require a premium, in-ceiling speaker with an extremely wide bandwith and consistent coverage. Consisting of three 6.5" coaxial models, a 2.5"

ultra-compact satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in many different ways to accomodate a full range of applications in the field. JBL focused on ease-of-installation by including an

integrated backcan, grille and tile rails (except Control 42C), locking 2-pin connectors and two knockouts. The Control 40 Series ceiling speakers are designed for use in air handling spaces.

Control® 40 Series Extended Performance Small Format Ceiling Speakers

CONTROL 42C

CONTROL 47LP

CONTROL 47C/TCONTROL 47HC CONTROL 40CS/T

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

specifications

key featuresf ALL-IN-ONE CONVENIENCE FOR FAST

INSTALLATION AND EASY STOCKING

f PREMIUM PERFORMANCE

f AGENCY APPROVED FOR USE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES

f SONICGUARD™ OVERLOAD PROTECTION

CONTROL 24C/CT MICRO AND CONTROL 24CT MICROPLUS The Control 24C/CT Micro and Control 24CT MicroPlus are compact, easy-to-install in-ceiling speakers, providing full, high quality sound for background music and music-plus-paging systems and include multi-tap transformers.

CONTROL 24C/CT The Control 24C contains a coaxially mounted 4" woofer and 3⁄4" titanium-coated tweeter, providing high-fidelity sound over a wide coverage area. The Control 24CT is available in black (C24CT-BK).

CONTROL 26C/CT and CONTROL 26CT-LSThe Control 26C contains a coaxially mounted 6 1⁄2" woofer and 3⁄4" titanium-coated tweeter, able to deliver maximum sound level over a defined area. The Control 26CT-LS is UL1480/UUMW certified for use in fire alarm and voice evacuation systems.

CONTROL 26-DT The Control 26-DT is an 8" driver assembly designed for sound systems requiring a higher fidelity sound and easy installation into standard backcans. A high quality, low insertion-loss transformer is supplied for use on 70V/100V distributed lines.

CONTROL 19CS/CSTThe unique Nested-Chamber design and Linear Dynamic™ port of the JBL Control 19CS subwoofer allows powerful low-frequency reinforcement from a compact in-ceiling enclosure. The Control 19CS is an ideal addition to any system, resulting in full-fidelity, high level sound. The optional Control 19CST has a special subwoofer-band transformer for use on 70V or 100V line distribution systems.

ACCESSORIESNew Construction Bracket: MTC-xxNC* Plaster Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR*

Trim Rings: Allow for installation into existing ceiling speaker cutouts that are larger than the speaker’s normal cutout size. MTC-xxTR*.

MTC-48TRx12: Tile Rails for 4’ x 4’ ceiling tiles (pack of 12 rails) * These models are available in different sizes.

Specify speaker model when ordering.

Control® Contractor 20 Series Premium Small Format Ceiling

26-DT

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 1


NOMINAL DISPERSIONNOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m


70.7 V

COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. HIGH FREQ.ENCLOSURE

DIMENSIONS (H x DIA.)

NET WEIGHT (each)

24C/CT MICRO 24CT MICROPLUS85 Hz - 25 kHz

30 W 15 W

150° conical

86 dB

8 ohms (24C Micro)

8, 4, 2, 1 W (24CT Micro) 25, 12 W (24 CT MicroPlus) 8, 4, 2, 1, .5 W (24CT Micro) 25, 12, 6 W (24CT MicroPlus)

4 1⁄2 in (115 mm) 1⁄2 in (12 mm)


106 x 195 mm 4.2 x 7.7 in

24C Micro: 1.6 kg (3.6 lb) 24CT Micro: 2.0 kg (4.4 lb) 24CT MicroPlus: 2.5 kg (5.5 lb)

24C/CT & 24 CT-BK80 Hz - 20 kHz

80 W 40 W

130° conical

86 dB

16 ohms (24C)

30, 15, 7.5 W (24CT) 30, 15, 7.5, 3.7 W (24CT)

4 in (100 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm)


200 x 195 mm 7.9 x 7.7 in

24C: 2.7 kg (6 lb) 24CT: 3.5 kg (8 lb)

26C/CT & 26CT-LS75 Hz – 20 kHz (26C/CT) 80 Hz – 20 kHz (26CT-LS)

150 W 75 W

110° conical

89 dB

16 ohms (26C)

60, 30, 15 W (26CT) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (26CT)

6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm)


210 x 252 mm 8.3 x 9.9 in

26C: 3.4 kg (7.5 lb) 26CT: 4.2 kg (10 lb)

26-DT70 Hz - 20 kHz

90°

89 dB (60 W tap)

60, 30, 15 W 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W

6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) * 3⁄4 in (19 mm)

120 x 200 mm 4.72 x 7.87 in

1.9 kg (4.2 lb)

19CS/CST42 Hz - 200 Hz

200 W 100 W

Omnidirectional

95 dB (ceiling, near corner) 89 dB (center of ceiling)

8 ohms (19CS)

60, 30, 15 W (19CST) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (19CST)

8 in (200 mm)


345 x 345 mm 13.6 x 13.6 in

19CS: 5.5 kg (12 lb) 19CST: 6.3 kg (14 lb)

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)2 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the

system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material

and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously).

3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

* 8” compatible mounting

24C/CT MICRO 24CT MICROPLUS


JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers deliver high power handling, overload protection and exceptional sound level capability and are packaged as complete assemblies, including integral backcan, front grille and tile bridge support hardware. Innovative design features such as titanium-coated tweeters and JBL’s unique diffraction-horn loading provide broad, even coverage throughout the listening area.Installation of JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers is quick and easy and can be accomplished without requiring access above the ceiling. Bracketry for suspended ceilings is included. The speaker is held securely in place via mounting ears which rotate into position and lock into place. Inputs are attached to a removable locking connector (included) which can be prewired before installing for ultra-fast snap-on installation. All models (except 26-DT) contain formed steel backcans and are suitable for use in air handling spaces per UL1480 and UL2043. Specific models (noted below) feature top quality transformers pre-installed inside the speaker assembly for use on 70V/100V distributed lines. Tap selection is conveniently located on the front of the speaker (except Micro).

24C/CT

26C/CT26CT-LS

19CS/CST

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


key featuresf HIGH SENSITIVITY FOR MAXIMUM POWER

EFFICIENCY

f 6W TRANSFORMER FOR USE ON 70V / 100V DISTRIBUTED LINES

f 8124 & 8128—OPEN-BACK DESIGN FOR APPLICATIONS NOT REQUIRING AN IN-CEILING BACKCAN

f 8128—PRE-INSTALL BACKCAN DESIGN


FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB)DRIVER POWER CAPACITY

NOMINAL DISPERSIONNOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m


70.7 V DIMENSIONS (DIA. x DEPTH

BACKCAN

CUTOUT DIMENSION

NET WEIGHT (each)

8124100 mm (4 in) Full-Range

60 Hz – 18 kHz

20 W

130° conical

93 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz)

8 ohms

6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W, 0.75 W

206 mm (8.1 in) diameter round baffle x 89 mm (3.5 in) depth from back of baffle

Open-back, no backcan

175 mm diameter (6.9 in)

1.2 kg (2.5 lb)


50 Hz – 16 kHz

25 W

90° conical

97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz)

8 ohms

6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W, 0.75 W


Open-back, no backcan

256 mm diameter (10.1 in)

1.4 kg (3.0 lb)


95 Hz – 18 kHz

25 W

90° conical

97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz)

8 ohms

6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W, 0.75 W


MTC-81BB8 backcan with MTC-81TB8 tile bridge

300 mm diameter (11.75 in) with tile bridge & backbox

1.4 kg (3.0 lb)

High sensitivity at a cost-effective price point, the 8100 Series is an easy to install loudspeaker solution for a wide variety of commercial sound applications. With its contemporary grill design, the 8100 Series loudspeakers are ideal for a variety of settings ranging from restaurant and retail settings to professional offices and reception areas. All models feature 70V/100V taps.

8100 Series Sculpted Grille Dual-Cone Ceiling Speakers

The 8124 and 8128 Ceiling Speakers are designed for fast and easy installation with built-in

dog-ears for easy installations, light weight and open-back design for applications not requiring

an in-ceiling backcan.

The 8124 (4-inch (100 mm) full-range loudspeaker) and the 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loudspeakers

feature high sensitivity drivers that deliver maximum sound levels using minimal amplifier

power. (8128/8130 shown)

70V/100V taps for ease-of-use in the field. For additional installation help, accessories such

as the MTC-RAIL tile rail sets and C-Rings are available separately.

The 8100 Series is equipped with a

contemporary grille, allowing

the speakers to blend with a variety of interiors.

The 8138 fits the MTC-81BB8 backcan and MTC-81TB8 tile bridge, or can be used with most in-ceiling backcan/tile bridge systems designed with four mounting points on a 286 mm (11¼ in) diameter mounting circle.

8128

8138

81248124 The 8124 is a 4-inch (100 mm) full-range loudspeaker, featuring a high sensitivity driver that provides 130° conical coverage in a lightweight (2.5 lb) package.

8128 The 8128 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loudspeaker, featuring a high sensitivity driver that provides 90° conical coverage in a lightweight (3.0 lb) package.

8138 The 8138 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loudspeaker designed for use with a pre-install in-ceiling backcan, resulting in high sensitivity performance at a cost effective price point.

ACCESSORIESBecause of the very light weight of 8124 and 8128, tile rails may not be required for some in-ceiling applications. They are not packaged with these models, however MTC-RAIL tile rail sets and MTC-8124C and MTC-8128C C-Rings are available separately. The 8138 is designed for use with MTC-81BB8 backcan and MTC-81TB8 tile bridge.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key features

The JBL Commercial Series provides affordable performance for paging and background music applications in retail stores, restaurants, schools and other facilities. For information on integrating these speakers with other products in the JBL Commercial CS Series, please see page 373.

CSS8004, CSS8008 and CSS8018High sensitivity provides maximum sound level even at low tap settings. Triple voltage transformers (100V, 70V and 25V) ensure compatibility with any distributed system. Large diameter voice coil, Kapton™ coil-former, and high-temperature wire for superior power dissipation and long-term reli-ability. The driver, grille and transformer come pre-assembled for ease of installation. Accessories include matching pre-install back cans (required for proper installation) and tile rails. UL1480, UL2043.

CSS8004, CSS8008 and CSS8018 ACCESSORIESMTC-BB4x6: Pre-install backcan for CSS8004. Pack of 6pcs; MTC-BB8x6: Pre-install backcan for CSS8008 and CSS8018. Pack of 6 pcs; MTC-TR4/8x12: Tile rails for CSS-BR4 and CSS-BR8 backcans. Pack of 12 pcs. for 6 speakers.

CSS-1S/TCSS-1S/T is a versatile, compact two-way loudspeaker designed for use on 100V or 70V distributed speaker lines, or in 8 ohm direct mode. The 135 mm (5.25 inch) low frequency loudspeaker and 19 mm (.75 inch) tweeter reproduce full-range sound quality for foreground or background music. Aimable wall-mount bracket included.

f INTEGRATES WITH OTHER PRODUCTS IN THE JBL CS COMMERCIAL SOLUTIONS SERIES

f SURFACE-MOUNT SPEAKER HANDLES 100V, 70V AND LOW-IMPEDANCE

f CEILING SPEAKERS COME PRE-ASSEMBLED WITH GRILLE, SPEAKER AND TRANSFORMER AND HANDLE 100V, 70V AND 25V DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS

Commercial Series CSS Ceiling and Surface-Mount Speakers


1Continuous Pink Noise Rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hrs continuously).

specificationsCSS8004100 mm (4 in)

90 dB

85 Hz – 18 kHz 130 Hz – 18 kHz

175°

15 W

5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W 5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W, 0.7 W 5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W, 0.7 W

CSS-BB4

125 mm (5.0 in) 170 mm (6.7 in) 94 mm (3.7 in) 198 mm (7.8 in)

0.90 kg (1.0 lb)

CSS8008200 mm (8 in)

96 dB

55 Hz – 16 kHz 100 Hz – 16 kHz

120°

15 W

5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W 5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W, 0.7 W 5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W, 0.7 W

CSS-BB8 (0.15 cu ft)


1.27 kg (2.8 lb)

CSS8018200 mm (8 in)

97 dB

50 Hz – 17 kHz 90 Hz – 17 kHz

110°

20 W

10 W, 5 W, 2.5 W 10 W, 5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W 10 W, 5 W, 2.5 W, 1.3 W

CSS-BB8 (0.15 cu ft)


1.58 kg (5 lb)

CSS-1S/T135 mm (5.25 in) plus 19 mm (.75 in)

86 dB

n/a

120° x 120°

60W

10 W, 5 W and 8 ohms 10 W, 5 W, 2.5 W and 8 ohms n/a

2.0 kg (4.5 lb)

DRIVER SIZE (DUAL CONE)DRIVER SENSITIVITY (MID-RANGE)

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) DRIVER /GRILLE ASSEMBLY

INSTALLED IN CSS-BB BACKCANCOVERAGE

DRIVER POWER HANDLING 1

TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70.7 V

25 VMATCHING CSS BACKCAN

CUTOUT DIAMETER: OPEN BACK CUTOUT DIAMETER: IN CSS-BB BACKCAN

DEPTH (BEHIND GRILLE) GRILLE DIAMETER

NET WEIGHT (each)

DIMENSIONS 229 x 159 x 143 mm (9.0 x 6.3 x 5.6 in)

CSS-1S/T

CSS8004

CSS8008

CSS8018

Introducing JBL CS Series:

COMMERCIAL SOLUTIONS SERIES Sound SystemsThe JBL Commercial CS (Commercial Solutions) Series consists of mixers (CSM), wall plate remotes (CSR), paging microphones (CSPM), amplifiers (CSA), transformers (CST) and speakers (CSS) –all designed to work optimally with one another as a commercial sound system solution. See the JBL Commercial CS Series section of this catalog for detailed information about these products and systems.Technical support related to these systems is provided by Harman Signal Processing Group. CSM mixers, CSR wall plate remotes and CSPM paging micro-phones are made, sold and supported by Harman Signal Processing. CSA and CST amplifier and transformer modules are made, sold and supported by Crown. Loudspeakers are from JBL Professional.

342

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

JBL has more experience designing and building transducers

for professional studio monitors than any other company. We

not only use the latest engineering and design equipment, but

also the most important test device of all, the human ear. We

believe in physics, not fads, so while other companies pick parts

off somebody else’s shelf, we utilize our 65 years of experience

in transducer design to create the perfect transducer for each

system.

In the great tradition of JBL Studio Monitors, we proudly

introduce the M2 Master Reference Monitor, which for the first

time, makes large-format monitoring viable for a very broad

range of facilities. The M2 joins our family of LSR Series Studio

Monitors, leveraging the latest JBL transducer and system

technologies to provide a most accurate studio reference.

The Linear Spatial Reference (LSR) philosophy is based on a set

of design goals that carefully control the overall performance

of the system in a variety of acoustic spaces. Instead of focusing

solely on a simple measurement such as on-axis frequency

response, JBL measures systems in a field 360 degrees around

the speaker and engineers the entire system to ensure the off-

axis response reflected to the mix position is neutral.

Then JBL goes a step further to overcome problems caused by

low frequency room modes which plague mix engineers. A JBL

first, the RMC™ Room Mode Correction system is included in the

LSR6300 and LSR4300 Series monitors and the MSC1 Monitor

System Controller. The RMC system includes everything needed

to analyze LF problems and restore accuracy at the mix position.

Our broad studio monitor line incorporates models to meet the

most demanding performance and budgetary requirements. No

matter which model you chose, your mixes will hit their mark.

Studio Monitors

JBL PROFESSIONAL IS THE PROUD RECIPIENT OF THE 2005 TECHNICAL GRAMMY® The National Academy Of Recording Arts and Sciences Presented the 2005 Technical GRAMMY® Award to JBL Professional for Continual Mastery and Innovation in Concert, Studio, Cinema and Broadcast Sound and Monitors to Ensure Exacting Standards for the Most Accurate Sonic Experience.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Until now, the impressive large-format monitoring experience has been unattainable in small and medium-size rooms. With the introduction of the M2 Master Reference Monitor, JBL brings world-class large-formatmonitoring to a broad range of production spaces. Leveraging a new generation of high-output, ultra-low distortion JBL transducers, the M2 provides an in-room response of 20 Hz to 40 kHz, with the high SPL and dynamic range required for demanding music and film production. The M2’s revolutionary Image Control ™ waveguide ensures stunning imaging across a wide listening area. With a footprint of only 14 inches deep and 20 inches wide, the M2 two-way system outperforms many larger and more costly 3-way and 4-way systems, making big, detailed sound an option for artist studios, mastering facilities, small mix stages and screening rooms.

ENABLING TECHNOLOGIESThe D2 Dual-Diaphragm, Dual Voice Coil High-Frequency Compression Driver provides smooth extended high frequency response to 40 kHz, with extraordinary output and ultra-low distortion.

The advanced Image Control™ waveguide produces remarkable imaging, neutral broad-band in-room response and enhanced high-frequency coverage.

The 2216ND Differential Drive® Low Frequency Transducer is made with two neodymium magnets and dual voice coils employing patented low thermal coefficient of resistance wire. This allows very high output with minimal power compression, resulting in deep distortion-free bass even at very high SPL.

M2 Master Reference Monitor

f DUAL DIAPHRAGM, DUAL VOICE COIL COMPRESSION DRIVER

f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE LOW FREQUENCY TRANSDUCER WITH DUAL VOICE COILS

f IMAGE CONTROL™ WAVEGUIDE PROVIDES EXCEPTIONAL IMAGING AND DETAIL

f COMPACT FOOTPRINT ALLOWS PLACEMENT FLEXIBILITY AND USE IN BEHIND-SCREEN APPLICATIONS

f VERY HIGH SPL AND DYNAMIC RANGE FOR DEMANDING MUSIC AND FILM PRODUCTION APPLICATIONS

M2 (shown with removable grille)

The new standard of accuracy and performance for today's production rooms.

specificationsM22-Way Floor Free Standing or Soffit Mountable

20 Hz – 40 kHz 40 Hz – 22 kHz (±1 dB)

120° (H) x 100° (V)

92 dB

117 dB/123 dB; 108 dB peak SPL @ 25 ft

2216ND 15" Differential Drive Woofer D2430K Dual Diaphragm, Dual Voice Coil Compression Driver

Spring terminals

25 mm (1 in) MDF Satin black laquer

1220 x 510 x 360 mm (48 x 20 x 14 in)

58.5 kg (129 lb)

SYSTEM FORMATFREQUENCY RANGE: IN-ROOM

ANECHOICWAVE GUIDE DISPERSION

SENSITIVITY (1 W/1 m) CONTINUOUS/PEAK SPL (1 m)

DRIVERS: LF HF

INPUTSENCLOSURE


NET WEIGHT (each)

CROWN POWER

The M2 System is bi-amplified and tuned with Crown iTech 5000HD amplifiers for unmatched power and transient response. Multiple systems can be networked and centrally controlled using Harman System Architect™ Software. System configurations include BSS Soundweb™ London signal processing and I/O options.* Each speaker can be calibrated and optimized for room placement and acoustics.

*The system requires one Crown iTech 5000HD power amp for each speaker, or BSS Soundweb London Processor with Crown MA5000i power amp.

2216ND

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

f LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN

f RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION

f BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUTS THAT ACCOMODATE A WIDE RANGE OF INPUT SIGNAL LEVELS

f MOUNTING POINTS FOR INDUSTRY-STANDARD MOUNTING HARDWARE

f EXCELLENT ON- AND OFF-AXIS PERFORMANCE

f HIGH SPL CAPABILITY

It takes more than an accurate speaker system to have accurate response at the mix position. Problems in the room dramatically color what you hear at the mix position. Walls and corners can affect response. And standing waves at the mix position can lead you to misjudge bass content. As a result, a speaker which measures flat in an anechoic chamber may “tell you a different story” in the room. The key to accuracy is tackling the effect of boundaries, standing waves and reflections. In developing the LSR Series, JBL examined each problem in the environment and created the perfect solu-tion. Even if you work in a small control room, an LSR system will provide smooth accurate response at the mixer’s chair.

LSR (Linear Spatial Reference Technology)Much of what you hear at the mix position is reflected—not direct sound. Linear Spatial Reference Technology ensures mid and high frequency response of our speakers is neutral at the mix position. The exact geometry of the wave-guide, the interaction of the woofer and tweeter, and the network are designed to provide an accu-rate listening window of ± 30 degree horizontal, ± 15 degree vertical. As a result, the reflected sound that reaches the mix position is smooth and accurate.

RMC™ (Room Mode Correction)Room modes or standing waves can mislead you give you a false impression of low frequency content in the mix. JBL is first to supply a complete solution for identifying and overcoming the negative effect of room modes. The LSR6328P, LSR6312SP, all LSR4300 models and the MSC1 Monitor System Controller are equipped with RMC™, JBL’s ingenious Room Mode Correction System. The LSR6300 RMC Calibration kit includes everything needed to identify room modes and set the LSR6300 series on-board parametric equalizer. JBL engineers took the RMC solution one step further by equipping the LSR4300 Series speakers with an automated analyzer and correc-tive filter. Both systems dramatically improve low frequency performance at the mix position. The LSR2300 Series owner can enjoy the benefits of JBL RMC Technology by adding the optional MSC1 Monitor System Controller with RMC that, in addition to controlling the system, tunes it for perfect mixes in any room.

Built-in Boundary Compensation With the advent of multi-channel production, space limitations may compromise the posi-tioning of the speakers. JBL’s powered LSR6300 models include boundary compensation switches, while the RMC™ Systems in the LSR4300 and the MSC1 Monitor System Controller include filters to offset the increase in bass response that occurs when the speaker is placed near a wall, in a corner or on a work surface.

Stunning SoundStarting with application-designed and built transducers engineered for extremely accurate response and superb power handling, the stun-ning sound of the LSR Series Studio Monitors make long mix sessions a pleasure. The LSR6300 line* incorporates the single most significant advance in monitor history: JBL’s patented Differential Drive® Technology. Providing unpar-alleled performance, the woofer permanently dispels the notion that better linearity, higher power handling and greater dynamic accuracy are somehow unobtainable. JBL’s Differential Drive uses two drive coils with twice the thermal surface area of traditional speakers. As a result, LSR6300 systems provide higher peak output with less spectral shift that causes monitors to sound different when driven at different power levels. All LSR Series speakers withstand the JBL loudspeaker torture test driven at full rated power for over 100 hours. Meeting higher standards than any other loudspeaker manufacturer, JBL’s demanding test ensures that the LSR Studio Monitors give you accurate mixes year after year.

* (LSR6328P, LSR6332, LSR6312SP)

The JBL LSR6300, LSR4300 and the LSR2300 Series go “beyond accurate”all the way to “stunning”by incorporating features which reduce the effect of problems in the room. We start with JBL transducer and network technologies that provide ultra-flat response and exceptional dynamic range. Then we incorporate features that help to overcome the contributions of the room. So even if you work in a small home studio, you’ll have clear sound at the mix position. All LSR models are engineered for use in the most demanding production environments. With JBL’s LSR6300 Series, LSR4300 Series, and the New LSR2300 Series, mixing is a pleasure.

The LSR Series

Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal (EOS) WaveguideDesigned for a targeted listening window of ± 30 degrees horizontally and ±15 degrees vertically, the EOS provides smooth response through the entire listening window within 1.5 dB of the on-axis response. The result: The listener, even far off-axis, can hear an accurate representation of the on-axis response.

Composite High Frequency DeviceThe 1" magnetically shielded dome high frequency device incorporates titanium and composite materials to improve transient response and reduce distortion. The result: By reducing distortion in the lower operating range where the human ear is most sensitive, listener fatigue is dramatically reduced.

500G Midrange TransducerThe midrange is a 2" neodymium motor with a 5-inch woven Kevlar™ cone. The powerful motor structure was chosen to support the low crossover point to the woofer. In order to achieve the goal of accurate spatial response, the crossover points match the directivity characteristics of the three transducers for optimum spatial response. The result: Absolute pinpoint accuracy.

Dynamic BrakingLSR6300 low frequency transducers are equipped with an electromagnetic braking coil that reduces the effects of extreme excursion with high transient material. This causes more linear compliance resulting in lower distortion, more accurate reproduction and increased reliability.

LSR6332

Reinforced mounting points on LSR speakers allow convenient positioning and installation of multi-channel surround systems for any mixing

application, in any studio environment.

Carbon Fiber Composite Cone

Dual Magnetic Gaps

Dynamic Brake Coil

Neodymium Magnet

Aluminum Diecast Heatsink

Dual Drive Coils

Diecast Frame

Differential Drive® Technology

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

LSR6325P-1The compact LSR6325P-1 provides exceptional performance for use in applications where accu-racy is a must, but space is limited. With a 5.25" high-excursion woofer, 1" damped titanium composite tweeter, and 150 watts of amplifica-tion, it outperforms many larger systems. A boundary compensation setting adjusts response when used on workstation surfaces. When used with the LSR6312SP Subwoofer, the LSR6325P-1 is the heart of an exceptionally accurate yet space efficient full-range system.

LSR6328PThe LSR6328P is THE choice for stereo and multi-channel music and post audio applica-tions where accuracy and high SPL are required. With ruler-flat +1 dB/-1.5 dB response from 50 Hz to 20 kHz, low frequency extension to 36 Hz, boundary compensation and JBL’s new RMC™ system, the LSR6328P gives you exceptional low frequency performance in any room. The system is bi-amplified with a 250 Watt LF ampli-fier and a 120 Watt HF amplifier. Based around JBL’s patented 8" Differential Drive® carbon-fiber woofer and a 1" titanium composite tweeter, the system produces smooth response and extraor-dinary SPL. Wall mounting provisions make the LSR6328P perfect for installation in multichannel editorial rooms.

LSR6332If you need a larger monitor with high SPL, for mid-field, soffit or behind the screen applications, the LSR6332 is your choice. This three-way non-powered system can handle 200 watts continuous pink noise/800 watts peak and will generate 112 dB SPL at 1 meter. The LSR6332 incorporates a 12" neodymium Differential Drive dual coil woofer, 5" Kevlar™ midrange speaker and 1" titanium composite tweeter. The system is exceptionally flat, +1 dB/ –1.5 dB from 60 Hz to 22 kHz with LF extension to 35 Hz. User features include a –1 dB HF level setting, and dual 5-way binding posts for bi-wire capability.

LSR6312SPThe LSR6312SP powered subwoofer is based on a 12" woofer with JBL’s patented neodymium Differential Drive and 260 watts of power. An integral bass-management system provides all the features you need for today’s multi-format surround production including: LCR and Direct LFE inputs, summed output for chaining multiple subwoofers, -4 dB alignment setting, and JBL’s new RMC Room Mode Correction system. RMC Calibration Kit included.

LSR6300 Series


f RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION SYSTEM

f THX pm3® APPROVED

f INTEGRATED MOUNTING POINTS

f PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® TECHNOLOGY

RMC™ (Room Mode Correction) Calibration KitThe LSR6328P and LSR6312SP Subwoofer are equipped with RMC–JBL’s ingenious method of zeroing-out bass problems at the mix position caused by room modes. A built-in 1/10th octave parametric equalizer allows you to correct problems below 100 Hz. The RMC Calibration Kit gives you everything you need to identify problematic room modes and tune your system. The LSR6325P-1 and LSR6332 enjoy the benefits of RMC when used in a system with the LSR6312SP Subwoofer.

LSR6300 SERIES

2004 WINNER

specificationsFREQUENCY RESPONSE

LOW FREQUENCY EXTENSIONAMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF)SPL (CONTINUOUS/PEAK 1)

LONG-TERM MAXIMUM POWERDRIVERS (LF, MF, HF)

SENSITIVITYSYSTEM IMPEDANCE

CROSSOVER FREQUENCIESHF ADJUSTMENT

INPUTSMAGNETIC SHIELDING

MOUNTING CAPABILITYFINISH


NET WEIGHT (each

LSR6325P-170 Hz - 20 kHz (+1, -2 dB)

-10 dB : 48 Hz

100 W/50 W

106 dB/109 dB

5.25 in/1 in

96 dB/1m

2.3 kHz

+1.5 dB/-1.5 dB

XLR, RCA

Yes

Yes

Dark Graphite

269 x 173 x 241 mm (10.6 x 6.8 x 9.5 in)

7.7 kg (17 lb)

LSR6328P50 Hz - 20 kHz (+1, -1.5 dB)

-10 dB : 36 Hz

250 W/120 W

108 dB/111 dB

8 in/1 in

96 dB/1m

1.7 kHz

+1 dB/-1 dB

XLR, 1⁄4 in

Yes

Yes

Dark Graphite

406 x 330 x 325 mm (16 x 13 x 12.5 in)

17.7 kg (39 lb)

LSR633260 Hz - 22 kHz (+1, -1.5 dB)

-10 dB : 35 Hz

200 W cont/800 W peak

12 in/5 in/1 in

93 dB/2.83V/1 m (90 dB/1 W/1 m)

4 ohms

250 Hz/2.2 kHz

-1 dB

Dual 5-Way Binding

Yes

Yes

Dark Graphite

635 x 394 x 292 mm (25 x 15.5 x 11.5 in)

20.4 kg (45 lb)

LSR6312SP28 Hz - 80 Hz (-6 dB)

-10 dB : 26 Hz

260 W

112 dB/115 dB

200 W cont/800 W peak

12 in

96 dB/1 W/1 m

80 Hz

XLR, 1⁄4 in

Yes

Yes

Dark Graphite

394 x 635 x 292 mm (15.5 x 25 x 11.5 in)

22.7 kg (50 lb)1 Calculated using average 1 watt/ 1 meter sensitivity and peak amplifier output.

RMC Calibration Kit included with

LSR6312SP

RMC Calibration Kit included

with purchase of two or more

LSR6325P-1 LSR6328P LSR6332 LSR6312SP

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

S T U D I O M O N I T O R S

ACCURACYJBL’s next generation automated RMC™ Room Mode Correction system incorporates a powerful analyzer into each speaker that measures and automatically compensates for problems caused by low frequency standing waves and proximity to boundaries. This creates a stunningly clear and articulate sound stage enabling reliable mixes that translate faithfully to the outside world.

CALIBRATION & CONFIGURATIONTruly putting technology to work, system calibration is accomplished by simply plugging the LSR4300 calibration microphone into the speaker and pushing a button. The results are a revolution in professional mixing: a calibrated listening environment where the monitors truly work in harmony with the room. LSR4300 System with Harman HiQnet™ Network allows centralized control of all system settings using the LSR4300 elegant front panel controls, supplied infrared remote control or computer software.

The LSR4300 Series systems can be configured with up to eight main speakers in any desired mix of 6" and 8" models and two subwoofers. The system is automatically aligned so the sound arriving at the mix position from all speakers is balanced even in rooms with space limitations.

LSR4326P The LSR4326P is a bi-amplified system with 6" woofer and 1" silk-dome tweeter.

LSR4328P The LSR4328P is a bi-amplified system with 8" woofer and 1" silk-dome tweeter.

LSR4312SP The LSR4312SP is a 450 watt, powered 12" subwoofer with automated RMC* and powerful features for stereo and surround sound production including bass management of the L, C, R, LS, RS channels with adjustable crossover points* plus a dedicated LFE (Low Frequency Effects) inputs. *When used in a system with LSR4326P or LSR4328P

LSR4300 Series


f AUTOMATED RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION

f SUPPLIED WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL AND LSR4300 CONTROL CENTER SOFTWARE

f HARMAN HIQNET™ NETWORK FOR SYSTEM CONTROL

f MOUNTING POINTS FOR INDUSTRY- STANDARD MOUNTING HARDWARE

f EXCEPTIONALLY ACCURATE IN ANY MIX ENVIRONMENT

LSR4326P LSR4328P LSR4312SP

The first “self-aware” monitoring system, the JBL LSR4300 Studio Monitors incorporate powerful network intelligence and RMC™ Room Mode Correction in the speaker, to deliver superb sound and accurate mixes in any room. With digital inputs, and computer connectivity, the LSR4300s are the ultimate monitor for the modern production environment. The LSR4300 series have become THE choice of facilities engaged in music, post, broadcast, stereo and surround-sound production.

System calibration is accomplished by simply plugging the LSR4300 calibration microphone

into the speaker and pushing a button.

specificationsLSR4326P± 1.5 dB: 55 Hz – 20 kHz -3 dB: 47 Hz – 22 kHz -10 dB: 39 Hz – 32 kHz

150W/ 70W

106 dB / 112 dB

6.25" 436H / 1" 431 G; Self-Shielded Neodymium Motor Structures

94 dB/1m

XLR, 1⁄4" Balanced, +4 dBU, -10 dBV AES/EBU XLR, S/PDIF RCA

24 Bit, 96 kHz

Harman HiQnet™ Network, USB, RMC Mic

Yes Yes

Gray Soft Touch/Gray

387 x 236 x 262 mm (15.25 x 9.3 x 10.3 in)

12.7 kg (28 lb)

LSR4328P± 1.5 dB: 50 Hz – 20 kHz -3 dB: 43 Hz – 22 kHz -10 dB: 35 Hz – 32 kHz

150W/ 70W

106 dB / 112 dB

8" 438H / 1" 431G; Self-Shielded Neodymium Motor Structures

94 dB/1m

XLR, 1⁄4" Balanced, +4 dBU, -10 dBV AES/EBU XLR, S/PDIF RCA

24 Bit, 96 kHz

Harman HiQnet Network, USB, RMC Mic

Yes Yes


438 x 267 x 269 mm (17.25 x 10.5 x 10.6 in)

14.1 kg (31 lb)

LSR4312SP27 Hz - 250 Hz (-6 dB) -3dB: 29 Hz -10 dB: 24 Hz

450W

116 dB / 125 dB

12" 432G; Self-Shielded

94 dB/1m

XLR, 1⁄4" Balanced, +4 dBU, -10 dBV, LFE +10 dB Gain AES/EBU XLR IN, OUT; S/PDIF RCA IN, OUT

24 Bit, 96 kHz

Harman HiQnet Network, USB, RMC Mic

Yes No


501 x 406 x 495 mm (19.75 x 16 x 19.25 in)

29.5 kg (66 lb)

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF)SPL (CONTINUOUS/PEAK 1)

DRIVERS (LF/HF)

SENSITIVITY (+4 dBU, -10 dBV)INPUTS:ANALOG

DIGITAL

DIGITAL PROCESSINGDATA CONNECTIONS

MAGNETIC SHIELDING MOUNTING CAPABILITY

FINISH: BAFFLE/ENCLOSUREDIMENSIONS


LSR4300 Accessory Kit Includes:

• LSR4300CalibrationMicrophoneand mic clip

• RemoteControl

• LSR4300ControlCenterSoftware

• USBCable

1 Measured using 6dB crest factor pink noise in free space at 1 Meter C weighted

Included in the LSR4326P/PAK and LSR4328P/PAK

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

SONIC ACCURACYMeeting LSR Linear Spatial Reference criteria produces superior imaging and ensures, what you hear

at the mix position is neutral in a broad range of environments. The precision wave guide and crossover design, and a newly developed Elliptical Tweeter Aperture result in superior accuracy and imaging at the mix position.

EXTENDED LOW FREQUENCY RESPONSEJBL developed long-excursion low frequency transducers, and custom tuned ports that work in concert to produce deep accurate Low Frequency Response.

HIGH OUTPUTJBL-engineered high-sensitivity transducers, high-output amplifiers and paid careful atten-tion to the thermal properties of the system, allowing each model in the LSR2300 line to produce exceptional sound pressure level (SPL). All three LSR2300 models have survived the JBL torture-test in which each system must play at full rated power for 100 hours before becoming a production-ready design.

MSCI MONITOR SYSTEM CONTROLLERThe new MSC1 Monitor System Controller is a desk-top unit that allows monitoring of a range of input sources and connection of two sets of speakers and a subwoofer. Since the bulk of today’s work is carried out in acoustically less-than perfect rooms, he MSC1 incorporates JBL's

highly-acclaimed RMC ™ Room Mode Correction that measures and tunes your monitor system for better mixes. MSC1 main “A” speaker outputs include monitor EQ and RMC. The subwoofer output has its own level and crossover controls, and RMC to perfectly blend the sub with the “A” speakers. The very affordable MSC1 works with any speaker system.

f LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN FOR SUPERIOR ACCURACY AND IMAGING

f EXCEPTIONAL LOW FREQUENCY PERFORMANCE

f HIGH OUTPUT

f INTEGRATED MOUNTING POINTS

f OPTIONAL MSC1 MONITOR SYSTEM CONTROLLER WITH RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION

JBL Professional proudly introduces the new LSR2300 Series and The MSC1 Monitor System Controller delivering professional performance at a price within reach of any studio. The LSR2300 models incorporate the same Linear Spatial Reference design that have made the LSR6300 and LSR4300 Series the choice of top professionals and facilities world-wide. To produce an extraordinary monitor system at these price points, our award-winning engineers pushed the limits in every aspect of the design. With the understanding that today’s audio mixing and recording is carried out in a broad range of environments, JBL designed a system that delivers perfect mixes in any room.

specificationsLSR2328P44 Hz - 18 kHz

37 Hz

95W / 70W

> 103 dB / >109 dB

> 117 dB / >123 dB

8" 238G / 1" 231H; Silk Substrate Neodymium

96 dB SPL / 1m

XLR,1⁄4" Balanced, RCA Unbalanced N/A

Input Level; HF Trim, LF Trim

Yes

Yes

Metallic Anthracite Paint Matte Black PVC

395 x 254 x 310 mm 15.5 x 10 x 12.5 in

12.3 kg (27 lb)

LSR2325P52 Hz - 18 kHz

43 Hz

50W / 35W

> 99 dB / >105 dB

>112 dB / >118 dB

5" 235G / 1" 231H; Silk Substrate Neodymium

96 dB SPL / 1m

XLR,1⁄4" Balanced, RCA Unbalanced N/A

Input Level; HF Trim, LF Trim

Yes

Yes

Metallic Anthracite Paint Matte Black PVC

298 x 187 x 248 mm 11.75 x 7.38 x 9.63 in

6.8 kg (15 lb)

LSR2310SP31 Hz - 150 Hz (-6dB)

29 Hz

180W

> 103 dB

>113 dB

10" 230H; Self-Shielded

96 dB SPL / 1m (80 Hz cross over)

(L&R) XLR,1⁄4" Balanced, RCA Unbalanced (L&R) XLR,1⁄4" Balanced

Input Level; Crossover 80 Hz, 120 Hz, External; Polarity

Yes

No

Metallic Anthracite Paint Matte Black PVC; Black Metal Grille

415 x 381 x 438 mm 16.12 x 15 x 17.25 in

20.2 kg (44.5 lb)

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB)LOW FREQUENCY EXTENSION (-10dB)

AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF)MAX SPL CONTINUOUS (EACH / PAIR )

MAX SPL PEAK (EACH/ PAIR )DRIVERS (LF/HF)

INPUT SENSITIVITY: XLR, 1/4" -10dBV; RCA -20 dBV

INPUTS

OUTPUTSUSER CONTROLS

MAGNETIC SHIELDINGMOUNTING CAPABILITY

FINISH: BAFFLE ENCLOSURE


NET WEIGHT (each)

MSC1 Features & Specifications: • MasterVolumeControl

• A/BSpeakerSelect

• A/B/CInputSourceSelect

• SubwooferOutputwithLevelControland Selectable Crossover Frequencies

• AdjustableLowandHighFrequencySpeaker EQ

• HeadphoneOutputwithVolumeControl

• MonitorMuteControl

• RMCOn/BypassControl

• BalancedOutputs,Balanced&Unbalanced Inputs

• Included:CalibrationMicrophone and MSC1 Control Center Software

• FrequencyResponse:+0/-0.5dB, 20 Hz - 20 kHz

• S/N,DynamicRange:110dBtypical,A-weighted, 20 Hz - 20 kHz

• DimensionsWxDxH: 198 x 165 x 83 mm (7.8 x 6.5 x 3.25 in)

MSC1 Rear Panel

NO

MINEE

NO

MINEE

LSR2328P LSR2325P LSR2310SPMSC1

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key features

The JBL Control Series speakers offer well balanced sound and exceptional power handling , making these speakers ideal for any installation requiring professional control monitor performance from a compact source.

CONTROL® 1 PROThe Control 1 Pro is a high-performance compact loudspeaker system incorporating monitor-grade, magnetically shielded transducers, a professional crossover network and full-range SonicGuard™ overload protection resulting in a loudspeaker system that is perfect for a wide variety of near-field audio applications, audio-visual applications, computer workstations, recording and broadcast studios, mobile audio-video control rooms and foreground and background music. Includes wall-mounting brackets.

CONTROL 5™The Control 5 is a high-performance, wide range control monitor suitable for use as the primary sound source in a variety of applications. The 165 mm (6 1⁄2 in) low-frequency driver and 25 mm (1 in) pure titanium dome tweeter are magnetically shielded for use in close proximity to video monitors.

CONTROL 2PThe Control 2P Compact Powered Reference Monitor System combines JBL’s legendary loud-speaker design with powerful amplification to deliver rich, accurate performance for the most demanding audio applications. The compact design, rugged enclosure, and professional feature-set make the Control 2P Compact Powered Reference Monitor ideal for desk-top recording and video production, audio visual presentations, professional broadcast applications, and moni-toring of electronic musical instruments.

Model C2PS - Control 2P Stereo Pair includes one C2PM powered master, one passive extension speaker, one power supply and two snap-on angle pedestals.

Model C2PM: One Control 2P Powered Master speaker without passive extension speaker.

MTC-2P: Wall mounting kit for Control 2P. Includes two wall mounts, one power supply holder.

Control® Monitors

specificationsFREQUENCY RESPONSE

POWER CAPACITY 1


COMPONENTS: LF HF

ENCLOSURE

FINISHDIMENSIONS


CONTROL 1 PRO100 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

150 W

87 dB SPL

4 ohms

135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) 19 mm ( 3⁄4 in)

Polypropylene structural foam

Black (C1Pro) or white (C1Pro-WH)

235 x 159 x 143 mm 9.25 x 6.25 x 5.6 in

1.8 kg (4 lb)

CONTROL 575 Hz - 20 kHz (± 3 dB)

175 W

89 dB SPL

4 ohms

165 mm (6 1⁄2 in) 25 mm (1 in)



387 x 251 x 229 mm 15.25 x 9.8 x 9 in

4.5 kg (10 lb)

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

FREQUENCY RANGE MAX. SPL

INPUT SENSITIVITYAMPLIFIER POWER

COMPONENTS: LF/HFENCLOSURE

INPUT CONNECTORS

POWER REQUIREMENTS

AC INPUT VOLTAGEDIMENSIONS

(H x W x D)NET WEIGHT: MASTER

EXTENSION

CONTROL 2P80Hz - 20 kHz

115 dB (pair); 111 dB (master only)

+4 dBu XLR 1⁄4 in; 0 dBu RCA

35 Watts continuous per-channel

135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) / 19 mm ( 3⁄4 in)


Balanced Neutrik®*; Combo XLR / 1⁄4 " TRS; Unbal. RCA

19 VDC / 3.42 Amps (use only supplied power supply)

100 - 240 V +/- 10% 50/60 Hz

235 x 159 x 143 mm 9.25 x 6.25 x 5.6 in

2.6 kg (5.5 lb) 2.2 kg (4.5 lb)

* Neutrik and the names of Neutrik products referenced herein are either trademarks and/or service marks of Neutrik.

CONTROL 5

CONTROL 1 PRO-WHCONTROL 1 PRO CONTROL 2P

f MOLDED ENCLOSURES WITH SHIELDED MAGNETIC STRUCTURES

f HIGH SENSITIVITY AND POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

CONTROL 2P KEY FEATURES

f INTERNAL 35W/CHANNEL POWER AMP

f BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUT CONNECTORS

f WALL MOUNT READY

S T U D I O M O N I T O R S

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The history of JBL Cinema Speakers is the history of cinema itself. When a company has a legacy nearly eight decades long, there’s little doubt that its ear is planted firmly to the ground.

For most of the 20th Century, JBL has been the most trusted name in Cinema sound. In fact, its namesake and founder James B. Lansing began his company building the world’s first cinema speakers. That commitment to the core components of cinema speaker design is why, today, JBL Cinema speakers are found in 6 out of 10 movie theaters around the world.

Ever since James B. Lansing developed cinema speakers at the very beginning of talking movies, JBL has consistently set the bar on just how good the movies can sound. That’s why the majority of Dolby® equipped cinemas worldwide use JBL loudspeakers. It’s also why Lucasfilm engineers chose JBL speakers as the standard with which the first THX® licensed commercial theaters were developed.

Unparalleled in experience, technical leadership and customer support: a few reasons why, today, JBL speakers also grace the stages of the most coveted theatrical venues, such as The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater, The Directors Guild of America and The Academy of Television Arts and Sciences.

Cinema Loudspeaker Systems

Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater: Hollywood, California

“Academy Award” and “Oscar” image © AMPAS®. THX® Lucasfilm, LTD.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

specificationsFREQUENCY RANGE

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB)COVERAGE ANGLES

DIRECTIVITY FACTORDIRECTIVITY INDEX

MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUTCROSSOVER FREQUENCIES:SENSITIVITY: 2.83V @ 1 m

SYSTEM INPUT POWER RATINGDRIVERS: LF

MF HF

SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LF MF/HF


NET WEIGHT

574225 Hz - 20 kHz

30 Hz - 19 kHz

90° horizontal x 20° up 30° down

10.0

10

136 dB @ 1 m

220 Hz, 550 Hz, 1.3 kHz

115 dB

LF:1600 W, MF:1400 W, HF:150 W

2 x 2242 HPL 4 x 2169H 2452H-SL

5749 5742-M/HF

2763 x 762 x 610mm 108.8 x 30.0 x 24 in

128.1 kg (282 lb)

573230 Hz - 20 kHz

40 Hz - 19 kHz

90° horizontal x 20° up 30° down

10.0

10

128 dB @ 1m

250 Hz, 1.3 kHz

115 dB

LF:1200 W, MF:700 W, HF:150 W

2 x 2226 HPL 2 x 2169H 2452H-SL

5739 5732-M/HF

1937 x 762 x 450 mm 76.3 x 30.0 x 17.8 in

86 kg (190 lb)

The 5742 four-way and 5732 three-way Ultra High Power ScreenArray speakers provide extreme power for large format cinemas and are designed as the ideal loudspeaker system to enhance the 3-D visual experience. Both systems feature a 150 watt, 4” titanium diaphragm high frequency driver on JBL’s patented Optimized Aperture waveguide.

5742The 5742 Quad-Amplified System features true 4 way design with a quad midrange array of four 8" Differential Drive® cone midrange drivers providing 1400 Watts of smooth coverage coupled with a dual 18” low frequency section providing 1600 Watts of high impact power.

5732The 5732 Tri-Amplified System is ideal for premier cinemas and post production facilities requiring enhanced power and headroom. The 5732 features a powerful 700 watt midrange section with dual 8" Differential Drive transducers. The low frequency section provides 1200 watts of power from dual 15" Vented Gap Cooled low frequency drivers.

C I N E M A L O U D S P E A K E R S Y S T E M S

Ultra High Power Large Format ScreenArray®

5732(SideView)

5742(Rear View)

key features f THX® APPROVED

f ULTRA HIGH POWER FOR LARGE CINEMAS

f BOTH 3-WAY AND 4-WAY SPEAKERS

5742

5732 07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


FREQUENCY RESPONSECOVERAGE ANGLES

RATED MAXIMUM SPL:

CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES:

SENSITIVITY: 2.83V @ 1 m NOMINAL IMPEDANCE:

DRIVERS: LF HF



NET WEIGHT

3722/3722N30 Hz - 18 kHz

40 Hz - 16 kHz

90° horizontal, -30°, +20° vertical

127 dB, @ 1 m 133 dB peak

1.3 kHz

104 dB

3722: 4ohm 3722N/HF: 8 ohm 3722 N/LF: 4 ohm

2 x M115-8A 2418H-1

3739 3722-HF [3722N-HF]

1265 x 762 x 450 mm 49.8 x 30 x 17.75 in

62.2 kg (137 lb)

4722/4722N30 Hz - 20 kHz

40 Hz - 19 kHz

90° horizontal, -30°, +20° vertical

130 dB, @ 1 m 136 dB peak

4722: 630 Hz 4722N: 800 Hz

104 dB

4722: 4 ohms 4722N: HF 8 ohms 4722N: LF 4 ohms

2 x 2035HPL 2432H

4739 4722-HF [4722N-HF]

1289 x 762 x 450 mm 49.9 x 30 x 17.75 in

48.6 kg (123 lb)

JBL offers two ScreenArray systems to meet the challenges posed by lower cost installations. All systems products provide ultra smooth and accurate sound reproduction in a compact and highly cost effective system. The 3722N Passive system and 3722 Bi-amplified system, the 4722N Passive system and the 4722 Bi-amplified system feature feature the ultra-low distortion ScreenArray high frequency horn with SSC and dual 15" low-frequency sections.

3722/3722NThe 3722 and 3722N provide smooth and accurate reproduction of cinema soundtracks in a compact and very cost effective passive system.

The system is comprised of two parts: the 3722-HF high-frequency pack and the 3739 low-frequency system.

The ScreenArray horn features a patented design that compensates for high frequency spread-ing caused by perforated screens for greatly improved audience coverage. Together, these elements provide clear, accurate reproduction of the mid/high frequency information. All of these components come pre-assembled to reduce field assembly time thus reducing installation costs.

4722/4722NThe 4722 and 4722N provide smooth and accurate reproduction of cinema soundtracks in a compact and very cost effective system.

The system is comprised of two parts: the 4722-HF high-frequency pack and the 4739 low-frequency system. The 4722N passive system utilizes a sophisticated crossover network. Developed using computer opti-mization technology, it provides seamless transition resulting in excellent power response and controlled directivity.

With the advent of digital cinema, today’s cinema patron is even more demanding of perfect coverage in every seat of the auditorium, wide dynamic range and extended bandwidth and inaudible levels of distortion. Continuing to provide cinema exhibition venues and post production facilities with unprecedented audio performance and advanced technology, JBL introduced the “Next Generation” of its award winning ScreenArray® digital cinema loudspeakers.

The “Next Generation” ScreenArray 4722/4722N systems feature a new large format 3", neodymium, titanium diaphragm, high-frequency driver for ultra-high performance. The new high-frequency driver is coupled with a new patented high-frequency horn featuring Screen Spreading Compensation™ to correct for high frequency dispersion through perforated screens. Each of the new systems have improved, patented, crossover design and new Optimized Aperture Waveguides.

Since their introduction, JBL ScreenArray systems have become the choice for premium cinemas throughout the world. with significant improvements in performance and design, the new ScreenArray systems will continue to be the most popular cinema loudspeakers throughout the world.


ScreenArray® Series

4722 & 4722N3722/3722N

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key features

f DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM OUTPUT, OPTIMAL COVERAGE, AND MINIMUM DISTORTION

f THX® APPROVED (4732-T, 3732-T and 3731-T)

f SHIPS FULLY ASSEMBLED

f ULTRA-LOW DISTORTION AND EXTREMELY UNIFORM FREQUENCY RESPONSE

f FLAT-FRONT DESIGN FOR EASY BAFFLEWALL INSTALLATION

f SHALLOW PROFILE FOR MINIMUM DEPTH BEHIND SCREEN (17 3⁄4")

The ScreenArray Series features true three-way system design enhanced by advanced engineering. JBL Professional’s best technical innovations are integrated in a system design that provides superior coverage, maximum power handling, and uniform acoustic power output, along with extremely low distortion.

The 3731, 3732 and 4732 ScreenArray Series systems are available for bi-amplified or tri-amplified operation. The 3730 is bi-amplified or passive switchable.

Academy of Television Arts and Sciences North Hollywood, California

3732 [T]

4732 [T]


FREQ RESPONSE (± 3 dB)COVERAGE ANGLES

DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q)DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI)

MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUT:CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES:SENSITIVITY: 2.83V @ 1 m

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE:DRIVERS: LF

MF HF



NET WEIGHT (EACH)

4732 [T]

30 Hz - 20 kHz

40 Hz - 19 kHz

90° x 20° up, 30° down

10.0

10 dB

130 dB @ 1 m

250 Hz [1.2 kHz]

107 dB

4 ohms

2 x 2035HPL 4 x 165H 2432H

4739 4732-M/HF

2427 x 762 x 450 mm 95.6 x 30 x 17.75 in

84.4 kg (186 lb)

3732 [T]

30 Hz - 20 kHz

40 Hz - 19 kHz

90° x 20° up, 30° down

10.0

10 dB

125 dB @ 1 m

350 Hz [1.2 kHz]

103 dB

4 ohms

2 x M115H-1 2 x 165H 2432H

3739 [3732T:4739] 3732-M/HF

1937 x 762 x 450 mm 76.3 x 30 x 17.75 in

79.9 kg (172 lb)

3731 [T]

30 Hz - 20 kHz

40 Hz - 19 kHz

90° x 20° up, 30° down

10.0

10 dB

125 dB @ 1 m

350 Hz [1.2 kHz]

103 dB

8 ohms

1 x 2226H 2 x 165H 2432H

5641 3732-M/HF

1600 x 762 x 450 mm 63 x 30 x 17.75 in

51.8 kg (114 lb)

373030 Hz - 18 kHz

40 Hz - 18 kHz

90° x 20° up, 30° down

10.0

10 dB

120 dB @ 1 m

450 Hz [2 kHz]

105 dB

4 ohms

2 x M115H-1 1 x 195H 2414H

3739 3730-M/HF

1734 x 762 x 450 mm 68.25 x 30 x 17.75 in

67.1 kg (147 lb)

4732T 3732T 3731T

3731 [T]

3730

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

5674

JBL Standard Cinema Systems


FREQUENCY RESPONSECOVERAGE ANGLES (H x V)

DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q)DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI)

MAX. PEAK OUTPUT: (LF/MF/HF)

CROSSOVER FREQ.SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: (LF/MF/HF)

LF DRIVER(S) MF DRIVER/MF HORN HF DRIVER/HF HORN

SYSTEM ELEMENTSDIMENSIONS

(H x W x D)NET WEIGHT (EACH)

567435 Hz - 16 kHz (-10 dB)

45 Hz - 12.5 kHz (± 3 dB)

80° x 45° (300 Hz - 16 kHz)

10.4

11

143/140/137 dB @ 1 m

LF/MF: 297 Hz; MF/HF: 2.5 kHz

LF:103; MF: 114; HF: 112 dB

4 (per driver pair) /8/8 ohms

4 x 2226H (2 pair in parallel) 2490H/2392 2451H/2352

LF: 5644; MF/HF: 5674-M/HF

2895.6 x 1118 x 863.6 mm 114 x 44 x 34 in

171.69 kg (378.5 lb)


Large Format Three-Way5674

The 5674 features four JBL 2226H 380 mm (15 in) low-frequency transducers in a unique DiamondQuad™ array. This array orientation allows the four drivers to create maximum output, while minimizing destructive inter-ference effects caused by the use of multiple drivers operating in the same bandpass region.

The 5674 requires tri-amplification and includes one 5644 Quad LF System and one 5674-M/HF System. The 5674 has earned THX Approval and is the same system used in The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater and The Directors Guild Theater in Los Angeles. The JBL 5674, truly the world’s finest three-way loudspeaker.

Two-Way Systems3252NThe JBL 3252N Screen Channel system provides smooth and accurate reproduction of cinema stoundtracks in a compact and cost effective 400 watt system. The convenient single enclosure, featuring dual 15" low frequency frivers and a Teonex diaphragm high frequency driver, requires no field assembly which simplifies installation.

3677The 3677 combines classic JBL performance with a natural sound quality for both music and dialog. The ideal small system when minimum depth behind the screen is required. For extraordinary convenience, the all-in-one enclosure requires no field assembly.


POWER CAPACITYCOVERAGE ANGLES (H x V)

CROSSOVER FREQUENCY


LF DRIVER(S)HF DRIVER


NET WEIGHT (EACH)

3252N37 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

53 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

400 W 1

100° x 50°

2 kHz

103 dB SPL

4 ohms

2 x 381 mm (15 in)

1 x 2414H-C

1100 x 640 x 450 mm 43.5 x 25.2 x 17.75 in

46 kg (101 lb)

367740 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

45 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB)

250 W

90° x 40°

1.2 kHz

99 dB SPL

8 ohms

2035H

2416-1

765 x 651 x 292 mm 30.125 x 25.625 x 11.5 in

39 kg (85 lb)

3252N

3677

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

354

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

SCS 8SCS 12

specifications

Spatially Cued Surrounds


POWER CAPACITY 1

COVERAGE PATTERNCROSSOVER FREQUENCY


DRIVER: LF HF


NET WEIGHT (EACH)

SCS 870 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

90 Hz - 20 kHz (± 3 dB)

250 W

120° x 120°

2.1 kHz

91 dB SPL

8 ohms

203 mm (8 in) 25 mm (1 in)

300 x 300 x 305 mm 11.8 x 11.8 x 12 in (enclosure) 359 mm (14.2 in) depth with bracket


SCS 1255 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

70 Hz - 20 kHz (± 3 dB)

400 W

90° x 90°

1.8 kHz

94 dB SPL

8 ohms

305 mm (12 in) 25 mm (1 in)

402 x 402 x 445 mm 15.8 x 15.8 x 17.5 in (enclosure) 542 mm (21.4 in) depth with bracket

15.9 kg (35 lb) 18.9 kg (41.5 lb) with U-bracket

1 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink nowise with a 6 dB crest factor.

SCS 8f 250 WATT POWER HANDLING

f 120° x 120° CONSISTENT BROADBAND PATTERN CONTROL

f OVERLOAD PROTECTION

SCS 12f 400 WATT POWER HANDLING

f EXTRAORDINARY CLARITY SURROUND WITH EXTENDED FREQUENCY RESPONSE

f HIGH POWER PASSIVE CROSSOVER NETWORK

SCS 8The SCS 8 is a two-way, full range cinema surround loudspeaker ideal for multi channel surround formats for medium sized auditoriums. The SCS 8 is comprised of a high-power coaxial 203 mm (8 in) low frequency driver and a 25 mm (1 in) high frequency compression driver.

SCS 12The SCS 12 is a two-way, full range, high power cinema surround loudspeaker ideal for multi channel surround formats and is designed for overhead installation as well as for the standard on-wall installations. The SCS 12 is comprised of a high power coaxial 305 mm (12 in) low frequency driver and a 25 mm (1 in) high frequency compression driver.


key features

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

S U R R O U N D S Y S T E M S

f DESIGNED FOR SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE AND VERY LARGE VENUES

f SMOOTH, EVEN COVERAGE

f THX® APPROVED

specifications

8320The 8320 features a 200 mm (8 in) low frequency driver and a 25 mm (1 inch) soft dome driver combined with internal Thermomaster® technology allowing for 150 watts of power. The two-way 8320 reliability and performance postion this surround as the ideal low cost, compact choice for today’s digital theatre.

8340AThe 8340A Surround speaker is an unbeatable choice when very high power handling, high sensitivity, extended bass response and a remarkably compact cabinet are the requirements. The two-way 8340A’s proven reliability and performance have positioned it as the industry standard for the extended dynamic range required by today’s digital sound formats. At 19 pounds, installation is quick and painless.

8350The 8350 Surround offers very high power handling, high sensitivity, and extended bass response required for the extended dynamic range required by today’s digital cinemas. The 8350 features a high power long-throw 250 mm (10 in) low frequency driver and a high frequency 38 mm (1.5 in) coil diameter compression driver.

Surround Systems


POWER CAPACITY 1

COVERAGE ANGLES (H x V)CROSSOVER FREQUENCY:


DRIVERS: LF HF


NET WEIGHT (EACH)

832050 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB)

65 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB)

150 W

100° x 90°

3 kHz

94 dB

8 ohms

203 mm (8 in) 25 mm (1 in)

406 x 343 x 224 mm 16 x 13.5 x 8.8 in

5 kg (11 lb)

8340A45 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB)

70 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB)

250 W

100° x 80°

2.2 kHz

96 dB

8 ohms

254 mm (10 in) 25 mm (1 in) exit

457 x 457 x 260 mm 18 x 18 x 10.25 in

8.6 kg (19 lb)

835060 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)

75 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB)

350 W

100° x 80°

1.4 kHz

99 dB

8 ohms

254 mm (10 in) 25 mm (1 in) exit

457 x 457 x 260 mm 18 x 18 x 10.25 in

9.5 kg (21 lb)

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB. Mann Grauman’s Chinese Theatre; Hollywood, California

83208350

8340A

key features

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

key features f EXCEPTIONAL LOW FREQUENCY AUGMENTATION

f APPROVED FOR THX® INSTALLATIONS


3635When a small cinema and an equally small budget are the orders of the day, the JBL 3635 is the perfect choice. It features one 460 mm (18 in) transducer, an unobtrusive shallow enclosure (141⁄2"), true JBL performance and a surprising price.

4181The JBL 4181 system is a cost effective, 500 watt subwoofer system featuring an advanced technology 460 mm (18 in) low frequency transducer mounted in a direct radiator, bass-reflex enclosure. It's Ideal for low frequency augmentation of digital sountracks.

4641When a 600 Watt cinema system is what you need, the 4641 is the perfect choice for cost effective, low frequency augmentation. The 4641 features one 460 mm (18 in) JBL 2241 VGC™ (Vented Gap Cooling) low-frequency transducer. The 4641 is THX® approved.

4642AThe 4642A is a dual 460 mm (18 in) subwoofer system featuring two VGC (Vented Gap Cooling) 2241H low-frequency transducers. This high-performance, cost effective 1200 Watt system is ideal for low-frequency augmentation when smooth response down to the lowest audible frequencies is required. An outstanding performer! The 4642A is THX® approved. Also available with grilles.

4645CApproved by THX®, the 4645C is the industry standard. The 4645C is a single 460 mm (18 in) direct radiator bass reflex subwoofer system featuring the 2242 SVG™ (Super Vented Gap) low-frequency transducer for highest output with lowest distortion. The 4645C is the choice whenever a premium performance single 460 mm (18 in) 800 Watt system is required for low-frequency augmentation.

specificationsFREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (± 3 dB)POWER CAPACITY

CROSSOVER FREQUENCYSENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 mNOMINAL IMPEDANCE

LF DRIVER(S)DIMENSIONS

(H x W x D)NET WEIGHT (EACH)

363528 Hz - 500 Hz

38 Hz - 100 Hz

300 W

100 Hz

100 dB

8 ohms

2042H (18 in)

1168 x 651 x 368 mm 46 x 25.625 x 14.5 in

51 kg (113 lb)

418128 Hz - 500 Hz (no EQ)

40 Hz - 100 Hz (no EQ)

500 W

80 to 150 Hz

99 dB (40 - 100 Hz)

8 ohms

457 mm (18 in)

1100 x 640 x 450 mm 43.3 x 25.2 x 17.75 in

50 kg (109 lb)

464125 Hz - 500 Hz

See individual spec sheet

600 W

80 to 150 Hz

97 dB (40 - 100 Hz)

8 ohms

2241H (18 in)

990.6 x 647.7 x 450 mm 39 x 25.5 x 17.75 in

60 kg (131 lb)

4642A22 Hz - 500 Hz


1200 W

80 to 100 Hz

101 dB SPL

4 ohms

2 x 2241H (18 in)

762 x 1219 x 610 mm 30 x 48 x 24 in

98 kg (216 lb)

4645CTo 22 Hz (no EQ)


800 W

80 to 100 Hz

97 dB (40 - 100 Hz)

8 ohms

2242H (18 in)

990.6 x 647.7 x 450 mm 39 x 25.5 x 17.75 in

63 kg (138 lb)

Subwoofers

4645C

4642A

4641

4181

3635

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE

POWER CAPACITY 1

SENSITIVITY, 1 W, 1 m (Averaged)

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)RECOMMENDED CROSSOVER

DIAPHRAGM: SIZE MATERIAL

VOICE COIL MATERIALFLUX DENSITY

DIMENSIONS: DIAMETER DEPTH

NET WEIGHT (each)

2426H/J8 ohms (H) 16 ohms (J)

70 W above 800 Hz 100 W above 1.2 kHz

110 dB 2 (1 kHz - 4 kHz)

500 Hz - 20 kHz

800 Hz or higher

44 mm (1 3⁄4 i n ) Pure titanium

Aluminum ribbon

1.8 T (18,000 gauss)

149 mm (5.875 in) 104 mm (4.125 in)

4.3 kg (9.5 lb)


100 W above 500 Hz 150 W above 1 kHz

111 dB 2 (500 Hz - 2.5 kHz)

500 Hz - 20 kHz

500 Hz or higher

102 mm (4 in) Pure titanium

Aluminum ribbon

1.9 T (19,000 gauss)

167 mm (6.6 in) 76 mm (3 in)

4.5 kg (10 lb)


100 W above 500 Hz 150 W above 1 kHz

111 dB 2 (2 kHz octave band)

500 Hz - 20 kHz

500 Hz or higher

102 mm (4 in) Pure titanium

Aluminum ribbon

1.9 T (19,000 gauss)

167 mm (6.6 in) 139 mm (5.5 in)

4.8 kg (10.5 lb)

specifications

1 Continuous program power is defined as 3 dB greater than continuous pink noise and is a conservative expression of the transducer’s ability to handle typical speech and music program material.

2 Sensitivity measured on a horn with a Q of 6.3.

NOMINAL DIAMETERRATED IMPEDANCE

POWER CAPACITYSENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)HIGHEST CROSSOVER

VOICE COIL DIAMETERVOICE COIL MATERIAL

HALF SPACE REFERENCE EFFICIENCYNET WEIGHT (each)

2206H300 mm (12 in)

8 ohms

600 W 1

95 dB SPL 2

45 Hz - 3.5 kHz

1500 Hz

102 mm (4 in)

Edgewound aluminum ribbon

2.5%

7.8 kg (17.1 lb)

2226H/J380 mm (15 in)

8 ohms (H); 16 ohms (J)

600 W 1

97 dB SPL 2

30 Hz - 2.5 kHz

1200 Hz

102 mm (4 in)


3.3%

8.7 kg (19.25 lb)

2241H460 mm (18 in)

8 ohms

600 W 1

98 dB SPL 2

30 Hz - 3 kHz

800 Hz

102 mm (4 in)


2.9%

10.7 kg (23.5 lb)

2242H460 mm (18 in)

8 ohms

800 W 1

99 dB SPL 2

25 Hz - 1.6 kHz

1.0 kHz

102 mm (4 in)


4%

13.2 kg (29 lb)

1 AES standard (50 - 500 Hz)2 Based on a swept 100 to 500 Hz signal.

1 W is 2.83 V @ 8 ohms, 4.0V @ 16 ohms.3 Based on standard IEC 268-14 Based on a swept 500 Hz to 2.5 kHz signal.

L O U D S P E A K E R C O M P O N E N T S

2242H

2451H/J

Cone Transducers & Compression Drivers

2426H/J

VGC™ SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS MODELS: 2206H, 2226H/J, 2241HThese low-frequency transducers incorporate JBL’s patented Vented Gap Cooling technology in an improved Symmetrical Field Geometry (SFG) magnet structure. JBL engineers optimized both magnet weight, flux density and field saturation resulting in a reduction of overall driver weight and a significant reduction in harmonic distortion.

SVG™ SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS Low-frequency Maximum Output Transducers MODEL: 2242HThe 2242H low-frequency transducer incorporates JBL’s patented Super Vented Gap™ technology for improvement in power handling capability while minimizing power compression.

25 mm - 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER(44 mm - 1 3⁄4" Diaphragm)The JBL 2426H/J incorporates JBL’s titanium diamond diaphragm for ruggedness and outstanding frequency response.

38 mm - 11⁄2" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER(100 mm - 4" Diaphragm)The 38 mm exit on the 2451H/J compression driver allows the Coherent Wave™ phasing plug to directly couple with Optimized Aperture™ Bi-Radial® horns for lower distortion and better coverage control. The large format 100 mm (4 in) diaphragm design includes JBL’s exclu-sive three dimensional diamond pattern which increases the driver’s output in the 5 kHz to 20 kHz range when combined with the Coherent Wave phasing plug.

49 mm - 2" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER(100 mm - 4" Diaphragm)The 2450H/J uses the optimized configuration of the Coherent Wave phasing plug design, offering coherent summation of acoustical power up to much higher frequencies than previous designs.

It also incorporates a neodymium rare-earth magnet assembly that provides the equivalent electromechanical conversion efficiency at two-thirds the size and one-third the weight required by previous large format compression driver designs.

Note: H version is 8 ohms impedance and J version is 16 ohms impedance.

Manufacturing our own component transducers has historically set JBL apart from most other loudspeaker system manufacturers, and some of our numerous component transducers are available as sales models. All low-frequency units and compression drivers have been pre-qualified during the design phase with JBL's rigorous 100-hour 'torture test'. Units shown are legendary workhorses, often purchased in quantity for use in custom system designs.

2206H

2226H/J

2241H

2450H/J

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

specificationsTHROAT SIZE

ACCEPTS JBL DRIVERSNOMINAL DISPERSION

DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q) (Averaged)

DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI) (Averaged)

USABLE LOW FREQ. LIMITMIN. RECOMMENDED

CROSSOVERAXIAL PRESSURE SENSITIVITY 1

CONSTRUCTION

MOUTH: HEIGHT WIDTH

LENGTHNET WEIGHT (each)

235238 mm (1 1⁄2 in)

2447H/J, 2451H/J

90° H x 40° V

13 (630 Hz - 20 kHz)

11 (630 Hz - 20 kHz)

500 Hz

500 Hz @ 18 dB/oct min.

112 dB

Fiberglass reinforced plastic

457 mm (18 in) 559 mm (22 in)

254 mm (10 in)

2.2 kg (6 lb)

OPTIMIZED APERTURE™ MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL® HORN MODEL: 2352The Optimized Aperture Mid-Size Bi-Radial Horn are designed to provide high sound pressure level at low distortion over the bandwidth of 630 Hz to beyond 18 kHz with very uniform horizontal and vertical coverage from an optimum size horn. Extensive modeling was used to optimize the coverage pattern, reducing both distortion and size.

Constant horizontal and vertical coverage patterns provide easily predictable performance at any frequency or orientation. Cluster design is simplified and typical problems such as lobing and size are greatly reduced.

FLAT-FRONT BI-RADIAL® HORNS MODELS: 2370A, 2380A, 2382A, 2385AThe Flat-Front Bi-Radial Horns are designed for flush cabinet mounting or compact cluster applications. The horns provide uniform on and off axis frequency response at the rated frequencies.

The horn’s small vertical mouth dimension (just slightly larger than the compression driver used to drive the horn) allows very compact single and multiple horn/driver systems to be put together. Should vertical pattern control be required below 2 kHz, two or more horns may be stacked vertically to restore full Bi-Radial™ performance.

HORN/DRIVER MOUNTING SYSTEM MODELS: 2509AThe 2509 Professional Mounting Bracket is designed to facilitate easy installations and quick adjustability in a variety of applications. It is manufactured of rugged 1⁄8" steel and finished in black matte. The 2509 Professional Mounting Bracket is not intended for suspension applications.

The 2509A is a two piece system that allows aiming and rotation in three planes—vertical, horizontal and rotation around axis. The width of the mounting slots and an included adaptor gasket allow use with the 2350 Series and the 2380 Series.

L O U D S P E A K E R C O M P O N E N T S

OPTIMIZED APERTURE™ MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL® HORN

MODEL 2352

2370A

THROAT SIZEACCEPTS JBL DRIVERSNOMINAL DISPERSION

DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q) (Averaged)

DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI) (Averaged)

USABLE LOW FREQ. LIMITMIN. RECOM. CROSSOVER

AXIAL PRESSURE SENSITIVITY 1

CONSTRUCTION

MOUTH: HEIGHT WIDTH

LENGTHNET WEIGHT (each)

2370A25 mm (1 in)

2426H/J

90° H x 40° V

12.2 (1 kHz - 16 kHz)

10.9 (1 kHz - 16 kHz)

500 Hz

630 Hz

110 dB

High density solid polyurethane

173 mm (6.81 in) 445 mm (17.5 in)

174 mm (6.84 in)

1.4 kg (3 lb)

2380A49 mm (2 in)

2446H/J, 2450H/J, 2485J

90° H x 40° V

10.7 (1 kHz - 16 kHz)

10.3 (1 kHz - 16 kHz)

400 Hz

500 Hz

112 dB

Molded structural foam

279 mm (11 in) 445 mm (17.5 in)

236 mm (9.28 in)

2.2 kg (6 lb)

2382A49 mm (2 in)

2446H/J, 2450H/J, 2485J

120° H x 40° V

9 (630 Hz - 20 kHz)

7.9 (500 Hz - 16 kHz)

400 Hz

500 Hz

110 dB


279 mm (11 in) 445 mm (17.5 in)

236 mm (9.28 in)

1.62 kg (3.5 lb)

2385A49 mm (2 in)

2446H/J, 2450H/J, 2485J

60° H x 40° V

19 (1 kHz - 16 kHz)

12.8 (1 kHz - 16 kHz)

400 Hz

500 Hz

114 dB


279 mm (11 in) 445 mm (17.5 in)

236 mm (9.28 in)

2.2 kg (6 lb)

1 Measured on axis in the far field with 1 watt input and referred to 1 meter distance calculated by inverse square law. Listed sound pressure level represents an average from 1 kHz to 4 kHz.

Horns

2382A 2509A

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

424_CATALOGO_HPRO_02.indd 1 30/11/2012 16:58:50

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

SUBWOOFERS

MIDBASS

WOOFERS

COMPRESSION DRIVERS

HORNS

SUPER TWEETERS

PROFESSIONAL LINE


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MODEL 15SWS1100 15SWS1000 15SWS800 18SWS1100 18SWS1000 18SWS800 Diameter 15” 15” 15” 18” 18” 18”

Impedance (Ω) 8 8 8 8 8 8

RMS (W) 1,100 1,000 800 1,100 1,000 800

Musical Program (W) 2,200 2,000 1,600 2,200 2,000 1,600

SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 95 95 93 97 96 95

Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 35 to 3,500 38 to 2,000 35 to 1,500 30 to 3,000 37 to 2,000 30 to 1,500

Resonance (Hz) 37 36 37 34 37 32

Voice Coil diameter in. (mm) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) (4) 100 (4) 100Voice Coil Edge wound Al 4 Layer Al 4 Layer Cu Edge wound Al 4 Layer Al 4 Layer Cu

Magnet Weight oz. (g) 120 (3,400)

Basket Die cast aluminum with epoxy finish

FEATURES•Recommended for use as a subwoofer in a bass reflex or horn loaded cabinets.Capabilities: High power handling, Large linear excursion.•Bandpass extension into the very low frequency zone.•High power output with low distortion.•Magnetic assembly was designed with Finite Element Analysis (FEA) for precise utilization and distribution of the magnetic field.•Double poly-cotton spider for precise centering and increased linear displacement of the cone & coil.•4” diameter spun laced fiberglass former withstands high temperatures and is mechanically strong.•Cone is reinforced with non pressed synthetic fibers that greatly improve mechanical stability during large excursions.•Fabric surround treated with rubberized materials for greater durability, better damping, and reduced standing waves.•Exclusive MCS™ - Multi Cooling System for high SPL with less power compression.•Die-cast Aluminum frame is durable and made to perform.•High strength structural adhesives combined with materials that have good thermal resistance increase durability and reliability.

18SWS1000

COOLING SYSTEMDETAIL

SUSPENSIONDETAIL

SUBWOOFER LINE


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

12MB3P

10MB3P

6W4P

8W4P

MODEL 8MB4P 10MB3P 12MB3P 6W4P 8W4PDiameter 8” 10” 12” 6” 8”Impedance (Ω) 8 8 8 8 8RMS (W) 250 300 500 100 150Musical Program (W) 500 600 1,000 200 300SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 97 100 101 91 96Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 80 to 5,000 150 to 12,000 90 to 4,000 80 to 9,000 100 to 6,500Resonance (Hz) 105 80 61 76 107Voice Coil Diameter in.(mm) 1.8 (47) 3 (75) 2.4 (61) 1.3 (32) 1.8 (47)Voice Coil Kapton®/Aluminum Kapton®/CopperMagnet weight oz.(g) 45 (1,280) 91 (2,570) 93 (2,640) 20 (560) 44 (1,240)Frame Material Die cast aluminum with epoxy finish Stamped steel epoxy finish

MIDBASSLINE

W4P•Recommended for use in systems that require flat frequency response with extended range from the midbass to the upper midrange.•An excellent choice when small unobtrusive speakers are called for in houses of worship, hotels, schools, clubs, restaurants and retail localizations. •Durable copper voice coil on Kapton® is large enough to handle a lot of power but light enough for extended frequency response. •Special resins are used to treat the long fiber paper cone increasing strength and improving sound quality.•Cloth (8”) and foam (6”) half roll surrounds are treated to improve stability during high excursions, increase acoustic coupling and help dampen standing waves. •Stamped steel epoxy coated frame is resistant to oxidation and won’t bend even under harsh conditions.

MB•For midbass boxes that require high power handling, efficiency, high fidelity, and low distortion.•Extremely versatile these speakers can be used in two-way, three-way and line array systems. •Magnet structure was designed with Finite Element Software (FEA) so that the magnetic field was optimized and evenly distributed. The 12” model has a copper shorted turn on the pole piece to lower distortion and extended the upper frequency response. •Specially treated paper cone is reinforced with special fibers making it lighter, stronger and better sounding in the midbass. •Edge treated surrounds are either accordion or m-roll style to increase linearity during large excursions. Added advantages include the reduction of standing waves and improved acoustic coupling.•Efficient venting cools the voice coil which reduces power compression, increases reliability and raises maximum SPL. •Low profile die cast aluminum frame is easer to install in smaller, shallower and horn loaded enclosures. •High temperature structural adhesives form a material bond with high sheer strength greatly improving the durability and reliability of the product.

Kap

ton®

- Tr

adem

ark

Du

Pon

t


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MODEL 12WS600 15WS600 18WS600Diameter 12” 15” 18”

Impedance (Ω) 8 8 8

RMS (W) 600 600 600

Musical Program (W) 1,200 1,200 1,200

SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 95 97 98

Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 45 to 3,000 40 to 3,500 35 to 3,000

Resonance (Hz) 46 35 33

Voice Coil Diameter in. (mm) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100)

Magnet Weight oz.(g) 94 (2,700) 94 (2,700) 94 (2,700)

Frame Material Die cast aluminum with epoxy finish

WS 600•Recommended for smaller low frequency cabinets where high power handling, seamless linearity and low distortion sound is required.•Ideal for touring and fixed installations. Recommended for use in sidefill and stage monitor speakers.•Magnet assembly design optimized by finite element software (FEA) to improve the control of the flux in the gap.•Double spiders control the alignment of the cone during high excursions.•4” diameter Copper voice coil on a high temperature Kapton® former for increased power handling and structural durability.•Composite cellulose cone that is reinforced with long synthetic fibers improves mechanical stiffness, damping, and reduces standing waves.•Efficient vented cooling system reduces power compression and improves efficiency.•High temperature structural adhesives permanently bonds components increasing durability and reliability.

WOOFERLINE

18WS600

12WS600

15WS600

Kap

ton®

- Tr

adem

ark

Du

Pon

t


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MODEL 8PW7 10PW7 12PW7 15PW7 15PW6Diameter 8” 10” 12” 15” 15”Impedance (Ω) 8 8 8 8 8RMS (W) 140 150 250 300 400Musical Program (W) 300 300 500 600 800SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 93 95 95 97 97Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 70 to 8,000 60 to 4,000 40 to 4,500 40 to 4,500 60 to 4,000Resonance (Hz) 79 67 42 43 37Voice coil Diameter in.(mm) 1.3 (32) 1.8 (46) 2.4 (60) 2.4 (60) 3 (75)Magnet Weight oz. (g) 20 (560) 32 (920) 46 (1300) 46 (1300) 86 (2,440)Frame Material Stamped steel with epoxy finish

PW•Recommended for use in small and medium-size venues where high performance reproduction of the critical midrange frequencies are desired.•The right choice for two way loudspeakers that are used for sound reinforcement in auditoriums, ballrooms, nightclubs, and live music stages.•Precision wound copper voice coil is bonded to a Kapton® former and coated so that it holds it’s structural shape under high power conditions. •Paper cone reinforced with long fibers is specially treated to ensure faithful reproduction and tone in the voice band. •Accordion edge fabric surround is specially treated to reduce fatigue and lower distortion.•Aluminum dust cap dissipates heat from the voice coil improving power handling and reducing power compression. No aluminum dust cap on (8PW7, 10PW7, 12PW7, and 15PW7).•Mechanically strong and weather resistant epoxy coated stamped steel frame.

8PW7

15PW6

15PW7

Kap

ton®

- Tr

adem

ark

Du

Pon

t


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

(1)Xover 1.200Hz 12dB/oct (2)Xover 2.000Hz 12dB/oct

D250-X D405 D200

D305

COMPRESSION DRIVERLINE

PHENOLIC

•Recommended for midrange applications in multi-way PA’s, stage monitors, side fills and high SPL car audio systems.•High sensitivity, low distortion and smooth response.•Precisely formed phenolic diaphragm produces high fidelity sound through out the midrange. •Diaphragm voice coil is bonded to Kapton™ with high temperature adhesives to increase durability and raise power handling.•”Phase Plug” is an acoustic transformer with optimized geometry to reduce phase cancellations. •Magnetic Fluid in the gap (models D305 and D405) helps center the coil, improves heat dissipation, and reduces distortion.•Quick change drop in diaphragm for easy repair.

MODEL D200 D250-X D305 D405Throat diameter 1” 2” impedance (Ω) 8 8RMS (W) 50(1) 100(2) 75(2) 100(2)

Musical Program (W) 100 200 150 200SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 107 107 110 110Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 500 to 7.000 400 to 9.000 400 to 9.000 300 to 7.000Rec. a 12 dB/8ª (Hz) 500 500 500Voice coil diameter in(mm) 51 51 75 100Magnet weight oz.(g) 290 332 1.600 2.640Housing material Plastic Aluminum PlasticHorn connection Screw on Bolt on


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

D3305Ti D408Ti

D220Ti

COMPRESSION DRIVERLINE

TITANIUM

•Recommended for use in high performance compact, two-way, multi-way and line array systems.•For use in sound reinforcement, side fill and stage monitor loudspeakers. •World class drivers with excellent performance.•High sensitivity and linear frequency response.•Pure TITANIUM Diaphragm is accurately shaped to produce high frequencies with clarity.•Innovative IPF® - Impregnated Polymer Fiber (models D3300Ti, D3305Ti) diaphragm surround reduces ringing and makes the high frequencies more linear.•DPD® - Driver Protection Device protection circuit (models D3300Ti, D3305Ti), protects the compression driver by reducing the input power during clipping and overload conditions. Precisely designed “Phase Plug” is an acoustic transformer that helps prevent phase cancellations. •Copper shorting ring on the pole piece reduces the modulation of the magnetic field, lowers distortion and increases high frequency output.•Magnetic Fluid in the gap (models D408Ti, D3300Ti, and D3305Ti) lowers distortion, helps to center the voice coil and wicks away heat. •Repair of the driver is easy because the quick change diaphragm indexes to center and has a unique gold-plated contact system (models D3300Ti and D3305Ti).

D202Ti

Kap

ton®

- Tr

adem

ark

Du

Pon

t

(1) Xover 2,000Hz 12dB/oct (2) Xover 800Hz 12dB/oct (3) Xover 1,200Hz 12dB/oct

MODEL D202Ti D220Ti D220Ti OMF D3305Ti DPD D408TiThroat diameter 1” 2”Impedance (Ω) 8RMS (W) 60¹ 80¹ 75² 125³Musical Program (W) 120 160 150 250SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 106 109 108 111Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 1,000 to 20,000 1,000 to 21,000 500 to 20,000 400 to 20,000Rec. X-over, 12dB/oct min. (Hz) 1,500 800Voice coil diameter in (mm) 1.7 (44) 3(75) 4 (100)Voice coil Kapton®/CCAW Kapton®/CCAW edgewoundMagnet Weight oz.(g) 8 (210) 24 (675) 57(1,600) 93 (2,640)Housing material Plastic Horn connection Screw on Screw on Bolt on


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Heat sinkcover detail

D2500Ti-Nd

DT150

NEODYMIUM / TITANIUM

•High performance drivers recommended for use in stage wedges, side fills, high output compact systems, multi-way PA’s and line arrays.•World class NEO driver, excellent performance.•High sensitivity, extended top end output and linear frequency response.•Neodymium magnet and the low carbon steel return structure optimally designed using finite element software (FEA). The rare-earth “NEO” magnet generates high force levels (BL) so the size and weight of the driver can be greatly reduced.•Copper shorted turn on the pole piece reduces the modulation of the magnetic field and lowers the inductance of the voice coil improving the high frequency output. •Pure titanium diaphragm is accurately formed with a sophisticated surface pattern that greatly improves the high frequency sound qualities. •Optimized geometry of the ¨Phase Plug¨ acoustically loads the diaphragm, reduces resonances and improves phase response. •Aluminum rear cover has heat sink fins to increase thermal dissipation.

TWEETER/ HORN DRIVER

NEODYMIUM / TITANIUM

MODEL DT150Throat diameter 1”Impedance (Ω) 8RMS (W) 75¹Musical Program (W) 150SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 108Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 1,500 to 15,000Min. X-over Freq. 12dB/oct. (Hz) 4,000Voice coil Diameter in. (mm) 1” (25)Magnet weight oz. (g) 10 (290)Housing material PlasticHorn connection Screw on

MODEL D2500Ti-NdThroat diameter 1”Impedance (Ω) 8 and 16RMS (W) 80(1)

Musical Program (W) 160SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 111Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 1,000 to 22,000Min. X-over Freq. 12dB/oct. (Hz) 1,500Voice Coil Diameter in. (mm) 1.7 (44)Voice Coil Kapton®/CCAWMagnet weight oz. (g) 4 (115)Housing material AluminumHorn connection Screw on

Kap

ton®

- Tr

adem

ark

Du

Pon

t

1)Xover 4,000Hz 12dB/oct

(1) Xover 2,000Hz 12dB/oct (2) Xover 800Hz 12dB/oct

DRIVER TWEETER

•Recommended for use in the upper midband and higher in systems that require extended frequency response. A good choice for use in compact multi-purpose speakers.•Compact device with reliable performance and high efficiency.•1” (25mm) convex dome phenolic diaphragm.•CCAW - copper clad aluminum - Voice coil.•60º H x 60º V coverage angle with included HM11-25 screw on horn.•Repair is simple and easy.


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MODEL HL 14-25 HL 14-50N HL 4750-SLFThroat 1” 2” 2”Material Plastic Aluminum FiberglassSound Dispersion HxV 45° x 45° 45° x 45° 40° x 20°Low Frequency Limit. (Hz) 600 600 400Driver Connection Screw on Bolt on Bolt onWidth in. (mm) 6.1 (156) 6.1 (176) 17.5 (445)Height in. (mm) 6.1 (156) 6.1 (165) 11 (280)Length in (mm) 10.1 (258) 5.1 (134) 13.8 (352)

FEATURES•Ideal for sound reproduction in small, medium and large-size environments.•Several models available with different sound dispersion designed to fit almost any application.•Optimized to increase directivity which raises max SPL, and to improve loading of the driver which magnifies efficiency.•Designed to couple with Selenium drivers to produce high clarity sounds.

HORNLINE

HL 14-25

HL 14-50N

HL 4750-SLF

Sound dispersion

LONG THROW


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Sound dispersion

HM25-25

HM17-25

HM3950-SLF

HC23-25

Sound dispersion

MODEL HM11-25 HM17-25 HM25-25 HM3950-SLF HM4750-SLFThroat 1” 1” 1” 2” 2”Material Plastic Plastic Aluminum FiberglassSound Dispersion HxV 60° x 60° 60° x 40° 90° x 60° 60° x 30° 90° x 40°Low Frequency Limit (Hz) 1,200 1,500 1,200 400 400Driver Connection Screw on Screw on Screw on Bolt on Bolt onWidth in (mm) 4.5 (115) 6.3 (160) 10.8 (274) 15.3 (390) 17.5 (445)Height in (mm) 4.5 (115) 5.7 (145) 6.5 (164) 8.1 (206) 11.4 (290)Length in (mm) 3 (75) 4.1 (103) 5.9 (151) 9.2 (234) 8.3 (210)

MODEL HC23-25Throat 1” Material PlasticSound Dispersion H x V 100° x 40° Low Frequency Limit. (Hz) 600 Driver Connection Screw onWidth in. (mm) 10 (254) Height in. (mm) 5 (128) Length in. (mm) 5.7 (145)

MEDIUM THROW

SHORT THROW


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

FEATURES•Ideal super tweeter when the reproduction of high frequencies must define the instruments.•Recommended for PA systems, stage monitors and most sound reinforcement systems in general.•Extremely high sensitivity and lower distortion.•The geometry of the magnetic circuit was optimized with Finite Element Analysis (FEA) in order to efficiently utilize and distribute the magnetic field in the gap. •The Phenolic diaphragms ability to hold it’s shape is key to the production of high fidelity, high frequency sound. •Durability of the super tweeter is increased by using a high temperature voice coil that’s bonded to a Kapton® former.•Components are bonded with high temperature structural adhesives to increase durability and improve reliability.•Easy diaphragm replacement for faster repairs.

SUPER TWEETERLINE

ST350

ST304 ST400BLK


FEATURES•Ideal super tweeter when the reproduction of high frequencies must define the instruments.•Recommended for PA systems, stage monitors and most sound reinforcement systems in general.•Extremely high sensitivity and lower distortion.•The geometry of the magnetic circuit was optimized with Finite Element Analysis (FEA) in order to efficiently utilize and distribute the magnetic field in the gap. •The Phenolic diaphragms ability to hold it’s shape is key to the production of high fidelity, high frequency sound. •Durability of the super tweeter is increased by using a high temperature voice coil that’s bonded to a Kapton® former.•Components are bonded with high temperature structural adhesives to increase durability and improve reliability.•Easy diaphragm replacement for faster repairs.

SUPER TWEETERLINE

ST350

ST304 ST400BLK


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MODEL ST200 ST304 ST350 ST400 BLKImpedance (Ω) 8 8 8 8 RMS (W) 70(1) 40(2) 100(2) 150(2)

Musical Program (W) 140 80 100(2) 150(2)

SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 105 106 111 111Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 2,000 to 20,000 3,500 to 18,000 2,500 to 20,000 3,000 to 20,000Voice Coil Diameter 1.8 (46) 1.7 (42)Sound Dispersion HxV 40° x 40° 120° x 40° 40° x 40°Magnet weight 8 (220) 11 (320) 17 (470) 15 (430)Diaphragm PhenolicHousing material Plastic

(1) Xover 5,000Hz 12dB/oct (2) Xover 8,000Hz 12dB/oct

SOUND DISPERSION


07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CSM-32& CSM-21

CS SERIES PUBLIC ADDRESS MIXERS

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Sophisticated digital processing made accessible through a simple analog-style control interface

EQUAL IZAT IONBass and Treble controls are available for the paging microphone and each Zone Output. These controls

allow the sound of the microphone to be tailored independently from the sound in each of the zones.

This helps ensure crystal clear intelligibility of paging announcements, without impacting the fidelity of

the music in the output zones.

AUTOWARMTH™AutoWarmth helps maintain musical warmth at all operating levels by automatically adjusting the

tonal balance within a zone based upon the zone output level. This helps prevent music from

sounding thin at lower levels or excessively resonant at higher levels.

LEVELGUARD™LevelGuard helps maintain optimum levels through the system by automatically applying the correct amount

of compression to the source signals based upon the incoming level. Even with source material of different

levels, customers experience consistency from the system.

SOURCE PR IOR ITYThere are cases where it is desirable for particular sources to have priority over other sources. Examples of

such sources are jukeboxes, message repeaters or live DJ. After some simple configuration on the CSM, the

sources will play into the zones as specified until a signal is present on the priority source. The CSM device

will automatically fade over to the priority source until a signal is no longer present on the priority source.

This means that, for an application with a background music source and a jukebox, no switching from the

background music source is required as customers put money in the jukebox. The CSM device automatically

fades over to the jukebox immediately as the song starts to play. After the jukebox playlist has finished, the

CSM device automatically fades back over to the background music source.

SECURITY PANELOnce everything is set up exactly the way you like it, the included security plate can be placed over the

controls in the center of the CSM device to avoid uninvited changes. This means that the system will

consistently deliver the same high performance as the day it was commissioned.

The CS Series CSM Public Address Mixers do not require a computer for configuration and make

sophisticated digital processing available through simple controls on the devices themselves.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Enhance your business music systemand transform your customer’s experience…

1) SOURCE SELECT CONTROLAllows selection among sources within a zone or assignment of source selection to a remote wall controller with source selection capability

2) VOLUME LEVEL CONTROLAllows control of volume level within a zone or volume level limiting, when used in conjunction with a remote wall controller with volume level capability

6) MIC MIN IMUMAllows a minimum microphone level to be configured within a zone to avoid paging messages being turned down completely

3) MIC LEVEL CONTROLAllows control of microphone level within a zone

8) MIC CONTROLSBASS and TREBLE controls allow adjustment of microphone tonal balance

7) ZONE CONTROLSBASS and TREBLE controls allow adjustment of tonal balance to meet the requirements of a physical space

STEREO/MONO switch allows zone to be run in stereo or mono

SOURCE 1 PRIORITY switch enables/disables the priority of Source 1

4)LEVELGUARD TM LEDIndicates the application of LevelGuardTM on a source

9) DUCK ING CONTROLSTRIGGER SENSITIVITY control allows adjustment of when music level is reduced during paging

DUCKING DEPTH control allows adjustment of when music level is reduced during paging

10) POWER SWITCHAllows CSM device to be turned on and off from the front panel

5) LEVELGUARD TM THRESHOLD CONTROLAllows adjustment of how much LevelGuardTM is applied to sources

CSM-32 FRONT

CSM-21 FRONT

1 23

45

78

910

6

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CSM-32 REAR

CSM-21 REAR

1 2 3 4 56

12 13 7

8 9 13 10 11

1) POWER CONNECTORFor use with included CSM power supply

2) F IRMWARE UPDATE PORTUSB port for firmware updates

7) D IRECT INPUTAn input routed to all zones for ‘all-call’ purposes

GAIN contol allows adjustment for DIRECT INPUT

3) ZONE OUTPUTSStereo or mono operation

Connect to CS Series CSA Amplifiers and CSS Loudspeakers.

Active crossover for subwoofer with dedicated output

8) PR IOR ITY HOLDAdjusts the time taken to fade back to the normal input source after the priority source stops

10) L INK PORTSAllow multiple CSM devices to be linked to increase the number of output zones, Linking CSM devices shares sources from the main device and eliminates the requirement for Y-cables

9) INPUT SECT IONLeft and Right RCA inputs GAIN control allows adjustment of source levels for consistency among sources

SIGNAL / CLIP LED provides guidance for GAIN contol adjustment and general monitoring

4) AUTOWARMTH TM CONTROLSEnsures full fidelity at all volume levels LED provides guidance for setup

11) MICROPHONE INPUT SECT IONBalanced microphone input

GAIN control allows adjustment of microphone levelSIGNAL / CLIP LED provides guidance for GAIN control adjustment and general monitoring

5) ZONE REMOTE PORTSAllow connection of remote wall plates via inexpensive Cat. 5 cable for source selection and/or volume control within zones

13) PAGE ASS IGNRoutes pages to the desired zone(s) by contact closures

12) ISO AUX OUTTransformer-isolated output for music-on-hold systems or additional music-only mono output

AUX LEVEL control allows adjustment of transformer-isolated output

6) MUSIC MUTEAllows source inputs to be muted by a contact closure 07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The CS Series CSM Public Address Mixers represent affordable, professional business music processing

solutions for simple background music and paging applications. The mixers can be configured for a range

of uses such as paging, background music, and security applications, do not require a computer for

configuration and are designed with simple analog-style controls. An included security plate can be placed

over the controls to avoid uninvited changes to a commissioned system. Three wall controllers are available

for the CSM devices, which offer volume control and source selection from convenient remote locations.

Further information about the CS Series family of products, including the CSA Amplifiers and the CSS

Loudspeakers, can be found at www.jblcommercialproducts.com

ACCESSORIES

STEREOSOURCE INPUTS

PAGINGMICROPHONE

INPUTDIRECTINPUT

STEREO ZONEOUTPUTS

CSM-21

CSM-32

2 Q 1

3 Q

Q

Q 2

Q

Q Q

Q

Q

MUSIC-ON-HOLDOUTPUT

Q

Q

DEDICATEDSUBWOOFER

OUTPUT

STEREO / MONOOPERATION MUSIC MUTE

Q

Q

PAGE ASSIGN

JBL Commercial CS Series Public Address Mixers

CSPM-4• 4-Zone Paging Microphone• 4 Zone Select Buttons• Push to Talk Button

CSR-V• Available in US or EU Form Factor• Available in Black or White Color• Volume Control• RJ-45 / Cat. 5 Connection• Up to 1000’ (305m) from CSM device

CSR-2SV• Available in US or EU Form Factor• Available in Black or White Color• Volume Control• Source Selection (2 Sources)• RJ-45 / Cat. 5 Connection• Up to 1000’ (305m) from CSM device

CSR-3SV• Available in US or EU Form Factor• Available in Black or White Color• Volume Control• Source Selection (3 Sources)• RJ-45 / Cat. 5 Connection• Up to 1000’ (305m) from CSM device

CSPM-1• 1-Zone Paging Microphone• Push to Talk Button

CSPM-2• 2-Zone Paging Microphone• 2 Zone Select Buttons• Push to Talk Button

UN

ITE

D S

TATE

SE

UR

OP

EA

N

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Product Index 10MB3P 363

10PW7 364

12MB3P 363

12PW7 365

12WS600 364

15PW6 365

15PW7 365

15SWS1000 362

15SWS1100 362

15SWS800 362

15WS600 364

18SWS1000 362

18SWS1100 362

18SWS800 362

18WS600 364

2166H 302

2206H 358

2226H/J 358

2241H 358

2242H 358

2250H 304

2255H 304

2269H 302

2352 359

2370A 359

2380A 359

2382A 359

2385A 359

2426H/J 358

2435H 304

2450H/J 358

2451H/J 358

2452H-SL 312

2509A 359

3252N 354

3635 357

3677 354

3722/3722N 352

3730 353

3731[T] 353

3732[T] 353

3739 353

4181 357

4641 357

4642A 357

4645C 357

4722/4722N 352

4732[T] 353

4739 353

5641 353

5674 354

5732 351

5742 351

6W4P 363

8124 341

8128 341

8138 341

8320 356

8340A 356

8350 356

8MB4P 363

8PW7 365

8W4P 363

AC15 324

AC16 324

AC18/26 324

AC18/95 324

AC2212/00, 64 & 95 322

AC2215/00, 64 & 95 322

AC25 324

AC26 324

AC28/26 324

AC28/95 324

AL7115 322

AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 322

AM5215/64-66-95-26 322

AM7200/64-95 321

AM7212/64-66-95-00-26 322

AM7215/64-66-95-26 322

AM7315/64-95 321

ASB4128 323

ASB6112 323

ASB6115 323

ASB6118 323

ASB6125 323

ASB6128 323

ASB6128V 323

ASB7118 323

ASB7128 323

ASH6118 323

AW266 325

AW295 325

AW526 325

AW566 325

AW595 325

AWC129 327

AWC82 327

C2PM 349

C2PS 349

CBT 100LA-1 329

CBT 50LA-1 329

CBT 70J-1 329

CBT 70JE-1 329

CBT Software 329

CBT200LA-1 329

Control 1 Pro 349

Control 126W/126WT 336


Control 19CS/19CST 340

Control 226C/T 338

Control 227C 338

Control 227CT 338

Control 23/23T 333

Control 24C/24CT 340

Control 24C/24CT Micro 340

Control 24CT Micro Plus 340

Control 25/25T 333

Control 25AV 333

Control 25AV-LS 333

Control 26-DT 340

Control 26C/26CT/26CT-LS 340

Control 28/28T-60 333

Control 29AV-1 333

Control 2P 349

Control 30 333

Control 312CS 337

Control 321C/CT 337

Control 322 C/CT 337

Control 328C/CT 337

Control 40CS/T 339

Control 42C 339

Control 47C/T 339

Control 47HC 339

Control 47LP 339

Control 5 349

Control 50PACK 332

Control 50S/T 332

Control 52 332

Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page

379

8760 South Sandy Parkway

Sandy, Utah 84070

801.566.8800

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Product Index 10MB3P 363

10PW7 364

12MB3P 363

12PW7 365

12WS600 364

15PW6 365

15PW7 365

15SWS1000 362

15SWS1100 362

15SWS800 362

15WS600 364

18SWS1000 362

18SWS1100 362

18SWS800 362

18WS600 364

2166H 302

2206H 358

2226H/J 358

2241H 358

2242H 358

2250H 304

2255H 304

2269H 302

2352 359

2370A 359

2380A 359

2382A 359

2385A 359

2426H/J 358

2435H 304

2450H/J 358

2451H/J 358

2452H-SL 312

2509A 359

3252N 354

3635 357

3677 354

3722/3722N 352

3730 353

3731[T] 353

3732[T] 353

3739 353

4181 357

4641 357

4642A 357

4645C 357

4722/4722N 352

4732[T] 353

4739 353

5641 353

5674 354

5732 351

5742 351

6W4P 363

8124 341

8128 341

8138 341

8320 356

8340A 356

8350 356

8MB4P 363

8PW7 365

8W4P 363

AC15 324

AC16 324

AC18/26 324

AC18/95 324

AC2212/00, 64 & 95 322

AC2215/00, 64 & 95 322

AC25 324

AC26 324

AC28/26 324

AC28/95 324

AL7115 322

AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 322

AM5215/64-66-95-26 322

AM7200/64-95 321

AM7212/64-66-95-00-26 322

AM7215/64-66-95-26 322

AM7315/64-95 321

ASB4128 323

ASB6112 323

ASB6115 323

ASB6118 323

ASB6125 323

ASB6128 323

ASB6128V 323

ASB7118 323

ASB7128 323

ASH6118 323

AW266 325

AW295 325

AW526 325

AW566 325

AW595 325

AWC129 327

AWC82 327

C2PM 349

C2PS 349

CBT 100LA-1 329

CBT 50LA-1 329

CBT 70J-1 329

CBT 70JE-1 329

CBT Software 329

CBT200LA-1 329

Control 1 Pro 349



Control 19CS/19CST 340

Control 226C/T 338

Control 227C 338

Control 227CT 338

Control 23/23T 333

Control 24C/24CT 340

Control 24C/24CT Micro 340

Control 24CT Micro Plus 340

Control 25/25T 333

Control 25AV 333

Control 25AV-LS 333

Control 26-DT 340

Control 26C/26CT/26CT-LS 340

Control 28/28T-60 333

Control 29AV-1 333

Control 2P 349

Control 30 333

Control 312CS 337

Control 321C/CT 337

Control 322 C/CT 337

Control 328C/CT 337

Control 40CS/T 339

Control 42C 339

Control 47C/T 339

Control 47HC 339

Control 47LP 339

Control 5 349

Control 50PACK 332

Control 50S/T 332

Control 52 332


379

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Product Index Control 62P 331

Control 65P/T 331

Control 67HC/T 331

Control 67P/T 331

Control CRV 334

Control SB-2 334

Control SB210 334

CSM-21 373

CSM-32 373

CSPM-1 377

CSPM-2 377

CSPM-4 377

CSR–25V 377

CSR–35V 377

CSR-V 377

CSS Accessories 342

CSS-1S/T 342

CSS8004 342

CSS8008 342

CSS8018 342

D200 366

D202Ti 367

D220Ti 367

D220Ti OMF 367

D2430K 302, 308, 350

D250-X 366

D2500Ti-Nd 368

D305 366

D3305Ti DPD 367

D405 366

D408Ti 367

DPDA Input Module 311

DT150 368

EON305 289

EON315 289

EON510 288

EON515XT 288

EON518S 288

G28 309

HC23-25 370

HL 14-25 369

HL 14-50N 369

HL 4750-SLF 369

HM11-25 370

HM17-25 370

HM25-25 370

HM3950-SLF 370

HM4750-SLF 370

JRX112M 293

JRX115 293

JRX118S/118SP 293

JRX125 293

LSR2310SP 348

LSR2325P 348

LSR2328P 348

LSR4300 Accessories 347

LSR4312SP 347

LSR4326P 347

LSR4328P 347

LSR6312SP 346

LSR6325P-1 346

LSR6328P 346

LSR6332 346

M2 344

MD1 314

MD2 314

MD3 314

MD46 314

MD49 314

MD52 314

MD55 314

MD7 314

MSCI 348

MTC-19MR 338

MTC-19NC 338

MTC-200BB6 338

MTC-200BB8 338

MTC-2P 349

MTC-300BB12 337

MTC-300BB8 337

MTC-300SG12 337

MTC-300T150 337

MTC-30MK-WH 334

MTC-48TRx12 340

MTC-8124C 341

MTC-8128C 341

MTC-81BB8 341

MTC-81TB8 341

MTC-81TB8 341

MTC-BB4x6: 342

MTC-BB8x6 342

MTC-CBT-FM1 329

MTC-CBT-FM2 329

MTC-CBT-SMB1 329

MTC-CM Series 334

MTC-H Series 334

MTC-PC2 334

MTC-RAIL 341

MTC-RG6/8 338

MTC-SB2 Series 334

MTC-SG6/8 337

MTC-SSG 334

MTC-TB6/8 337

MTC-TR4/8x12 342

MTC-UB 334

MTC-V Series 334

MTC-WMG 334

MTC-xxMR 340

MTC-xxNC 340

MTC-xxTR 340

PD5122 317

PD5125 317

PD5200/43, 64 & 95 317

PD5212/43, 64 & 95 317

PD5322/43, 64 & 95 317

PD743 316

PD764 316

PMB-BK/-WH 334

PRX412M 295

PRX415M 295

PRX418 295

PRX425 295

PRX612M 291

PRX615M 291

PRX618S 291

PRX618S-XLF 291

PRX625 291

PRX635 291

S28 309

SCS 12 355

SCS 8 355

SS3-BK 291

SS4-BK 298

ST200 372

ST304 372

ST350 372

ST400 BLK 372

STX812M 297


380 381

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

JBL AUDIO ENGINEERING FOR SOUND REINFORCEMENTby John Eargle and Chris Foreman

This book comprehensively covers all aspects of speech and music sound reinforcement.

It is divided into four sections: Section 1 provides the tutorial fundamentals that all

audio engineers will need, discussing subjects such as fundamentals of acoustics,

psychoacoustics, basic electrical theory and digital processing. Section 2 deals with

the fundamental classes of hardware that the modern engineer will use, such as

loudspeaker systems and components, microphones, mixers, amplifiers and signal

processors. Special attention is given to digital techniques for system control

and to audio signal analysis. Section 3 deals with the basics of system design, from

concept to final realization. It covers topics such as basic system type and speech

intelligibility, site survey, user needs analysis and project management. Section 4

discusses individual design areas, such as sports facilities, large-scale tour sound

systems, high-level music playback, systems for the theater, religious facilities, and

other meeting spaces. The book is written in an accessible style, but does not lack

for ample amounts of technical information. JBL and HPro brand products are prominently

featured as examples to illustrate the principles and applications. Available at bookstores and on line.

Product Index STX815M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

STX818S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

STX825 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

STX828S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

STX835 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

V25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

VLA301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

VLA301H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

VLA601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

VLA601H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

VLA901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

VLA901H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

VP7210/95DP . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7212/64DP . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7212/95DP . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7212/95DPC . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7212MDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7215/64DP . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7215/95DP . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7215/95DPC . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VP7315/64DP . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VPSB7118DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

VRX915M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX915S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX915S-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX918S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX918S-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX918SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX928LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX928LA-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX932LA-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX932LA-1/WH . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VRX932LAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

VT Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

VT4880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4880A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4880ADP-DA . . . . . . . . . . . 307

VT4881A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4881ADP-DA . . . . . . . . . . . 307

VT4882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4882DP-DA . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

VT4883 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4886 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4887A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4887ADP-DA . . . . . . . . . . . 307

VT4888 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4888ADP-DA . . . . . . . . . . . 307

VT4889-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

VT4889ADP-DA . . . . . . . . . . . 307


381

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Telephone (818) 894-8850 Domestic Sales Fax (818) 830-7801 International Sales Fax (818) 830-7802 Customer Service Fax (818) 830-7881

JBL Professional 8500 Balboa Boulevard Northridge, CA 91329 USA Visit us online at www.jblpro.com

JBL continually engages in research related to product improvement. New materials, production methods and design refinements are introduced into existing products without notice as a routine expression of that philosophy. For this reason, any current JBL product may differ in some respect from its published description but will always equal or exceed the original design specifications unless otherwise stated.

JBL LIMITED WARRANTYThe JBL Warranty on professional loudspeaker products (except for enclosures) remains in effect for five years from the date of the first consumer purchase. JBL amplifiers are warranted for three years from the date of the original purchase. Enclosures and all other JBL products are warranted for two years from the date of the original purchase.

Your JBL Warranty protects the original owner and all subsequent owners as long as: A.) Your JBL product has been purchased in the Continental United States, Hawaii or Alaska. (This Warranty does not apply to JBL products purchased elsewhere except for purchases by military outlets. Other purchasers should contact the local JBL distributor for warranty information.) and B.) The original dated bill of sale is presented whenever warranty service is required.

Except as specified below, your JBL Warranty covers all defects in material and workmanship. The following are not covered: Damage caused by accident, misuse, abuse, product modification or neglect; damage occurring during shipment; damage resulting from failure to follow instructions contained in your Instruction Manual; damage resulting from the performance of repairs by someone not authorized by JBL; claims based upon any misrepresentations by the seller; any JBL product on which the serial number has been defaced, modified or removed. JBL will pay all labor and material expenses for all repairs covered by this warranty.

07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:07

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

RECORDING INTERFACES REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

PRODUCT GUIDE2013

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Lexicon® occupies a unique position as a leading innovator in both professional and consumer audio industries. Since the release of the first digital reverb in 1971, Lexicon has stood at the forefront of digital audio with a reputation as a manufacturer of exceptional professional audio and home theater products and an inventor of new technologies. Years of research, development, and experience allow us to continue expanding the boundaries of the listening experience. Our professional products are prominent in the creation of worldwide music, television and film productions. These products have won numerous awards, including an Emmy® and numerous TEC awards, most recently a TEC Hall of Fame award for the Lexicon Delta T-101, the world’s first digital delay. Lexicon processors have been embraced as the standard in professional signal processing since the introduction of the 480L Digital Effects Processor, which has retained tremendous popularity for the past 22 years. It has since been replaced as the standard in professional signal processing by the 960L Multi-channel Digital Effects System, which has itself garnered an impressive following of producers, artists, and engineers. Growing demand for proprietary Lexicon technologies has led to its appearance in numerous applications – with dramatic results. Our processing is relied upon to enhance the sound of prestigious live halls and venues. Our critically acclaimed LOGIC7® technologies have been successfully incorporated in several world-renowned automobiles, including select

Touchstone Heritage

models from BMW® and Mercedes®. LOGIC7 technologies have also been licensed to other audio companies such as harman/kardon® and AKG®. Knowingly or unknowingly – you experience Lexicon products and technologies on a daily basis. Chances are that Lexicon processing was involved in the television program you watch at home, the film you see at the cinema, or the song you listen to on the radio. From the initial tracks to your listening room or automobile, Lexicon is part of the process that brings these recordings to life. Our commitment to the audio professional and content delivery ensures an unbroken chain between the artist and the audience. Now hear this…

L E X I C O N P R O D U C T G U I D E

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

RECORDING INTERFACES

I•O USB 2.0

DESKTOP USB

I•O FIREWIRE

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

MX SERIES

PCM SERIES

MPX NATIVE PLUG-IN

LXP NATIVE PLUG-INS

PCM NATIVE PLUG-INS

P R O D U C T G U I D E L E X I C O N

Content

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

04 R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S S U S B U S B 2 . 0 R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S

Take Your Recording Studio. To The Next Level.

A complete recording solution in a small, streamlined package. Each recording interface is a hardware mixer that connects to your DAW via FireWire or USB, each with it’s own I/O configuration to fit your personal needs. Front panel controls let you adjust Direct/Playback mix and input levels, toggle monitoring between stereo and mono, plug in an instrument directly and monitor with headphones. Also included is a software suite that has all the tools necessary to complete your mix and compete with the major labels.

RECORDING INTERFACE STUDIOS

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S S U S B 05R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S S U S B 2 . 0

Take Your Recording Studio. To The Next Level.

I•O 42Brilliantly designed to fit between your keyboard and monitor, the I·O U42S features dbx® 60V high-voltage

ultra-low noise microphone preamps on every channel to provide professional recordings that keep your music

sounding its best. The preamps run on a 60V supply to guarantee stability and provide you optimal headroom

and extremely low distortion. Ultra high-definition converters ensure pristine 24-bit/96kHz audio to capture

every subtle detail of your performance. Bundled with Lexicon’s own Pantheon™ II VST/AU reverb plug-in,

Cubase® LE recording software, and Toontrack® EZDrummer™ Lite, XILS3 SE, the I·O 42 provides all the tools

you need to create professional quality recordings without sacrificing your desktop.

22 42 82

Pro Tools® 9 & 10 Compatible Yes Yes Yes

Combi-jack Analog Inputs 2 4 8

Simult. Recording Sources 2 6 10

dbx® 60V Mic Preamps 2 4 8

Hi-Z Instrument Inputs 1 2 2

S/PDIF No Yes Yes

MIDI I/O Yes Yes Yes

Headphone Connections 1 2 2

¼” TRS Analog Outputs 2 2 2

Headphone level control knobs

Stereo monitor selector switch

Input gain level control knobs

Main Output level control knob

Input level LEDs

Monitor mix level control knob

MIDI In/Out

S/PDIF In/Out

USB to your computer

4 XLR and ¼” combi-jack balanced mic/line inputs

Stereo main outputs

2 separate +48V Phantom Power switches

High output headphone jacks

Hi-Z Instrument Inputs

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

U S B 2 . 0 R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S

I•O 22With the I·O 22 we’ve made no compromise in quality, it simply takes up less room between your keyboard and

monitor, which is typically unused dead space. Equipped with one side panel instrument input and two dbx® 60V

high-voltage, ultra-low noise microphone preamps that are accessed via rear panel combi-jacks. The I·O 22 is a great

fit for songwriting and home recording so compact you’ll want to take it everywhere you go. If you get a moment of

inspiration and want to capture something new, or you’re a producer on the run, then the I·O 22 has all the tools you

need for high-quality recording without all the hassle.

I•O 82Say hello to the big brother of the I·O Desktop Series. In addition to all the features found on the I·O 42 we’ve

added just a few inches to the sides and doubled your inputs! Now you’ve got eight ¼" TRS or XLR combi-jacks,

all equipped with dbx® 60V high-voltage, ultra-low noise mic preamp’s. You still have S/PDIF digital I/O to sync

up some of your other high-end gear, plus MIDI capabilities, 2 seperate headphone amps and all the front panel

controls to stay on top of your mix. The I·O 82 has all the I/O you need to record drums or your band without

sacrificing any more of your desktop.

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

I•O™ 82 Specifications I•O™ 22 SpecificationsI•O™ 42 Specifications

All specifications subject to change

MICROPHONE INPUTSConnectors (2) Female XLR Pin 2 HotImpedance 3k Ohms balancedPhantom Power +48 Volts Max Gain +58 dBEIN (150Ω source) -125 dB @ 58 dB gain typical -128 dB @ 58 dB gain typical A-weightedMax Input Level +20 dBuFrequency Response +/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.01%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu output (mic input to main output) <0.008%, 1kHz, +4 dBu (mic input to main output)

LINE INPUTSConnectors (2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalancedMax Input Level +32 dBuFrequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu INSTRUMENT INPUTConnectors (1) ¼" TS unbalancedImpedance 1M Ohms Max Input Level +13 dBuFrequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHzTHD+N <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu (instrument in to main out) <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu LINE OUTPUTSConnectors (2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedLevel >+18 dBu maximumImpedance 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal.Headphone Output (1) ¼" stereo jack 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors N/AFormat N/A D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz-20kHzA/D (24-Bit) 102 dB typical, A-weightedD/A (24 Bit) 106 dB typical, A-weightedA/D/A (24 Bit) 101 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROL INTERFACEUSB Version 2.0, Type B socket; MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERALPower Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 12 WattsSize (W/H/D) 12” W x 4.25” H x 4” D (31cm x 11cm x 10cm)Weight Packaged approx. 3.5 lbs. Unit alone approx. 2.5 lbs.


LINE INPUTSConnectors (4) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalancedMax Input Level +32 dBuFrequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu INSTRUMENT INPUTConnectors (2) ¼" TS unbalancedImpedance 1M Ohms Max Input Level +13 dBuFrequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHzTHD+N <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu (instrument in to main out) <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu LINE OUTPUTSConnectors (2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedLevel >+18 dBu maximumImpedance 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal.Headphone Output (2) ¼" stereo jack 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors Dual RCA phonoFormat S/PDIF 24-bit D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz-20kHzA/D (24-Bit) 102 dB typical, A-weightedD/A (24 Bit) 106 dB typical, A-weightedA/D/A (24 Bit) 101 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROL INTERFACEUSB Version 2.0, Type B socket; MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERALPower Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 18 WattsSize (W/H/D) 15” W x 4.25” H x 4” D (38cm x 11cm x 10cm)Weight Packaged approx. 5 lbs. Unit alone approx. 3.1 lbs.


LINE INPUTSConnectors (8) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalancedMax Input Level +32 dBuFrequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu INSTRUMENT INPUTConnectors (2) ¼" TS unbalancedImpedance 1M Ohms Max Input Level +13 dBuFrequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHzTHD+N <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu (instrument in to main out) <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu LINE OUTPUTSConnectors (2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedLevel >+18 dBu maximumImpedance 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal.Headphone Output (2) ¼" stereo jack 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors Dual RCA phonoFormat S/PDIF 24-bit D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz-20kHzA/D (24-Bit) 102 dB typical, A-weightedD/A (24 Bit) 106 dB typical, A-weightedA/D/A (24 Bit) 101 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROL INTERFACEUSB Version 2.0, Type B socket; MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERALPower Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 Watts Size (W/H/D) 18" W x 4.25" H x 4" D (46cm x 11cm x 10cm)Weight Packaged approx. 6 lbs. Unit alone approx. 4 lbs.

R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S S U S B 2 . 0

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Now you can record

high quality audio with your

iPadTM and the Lexicon Omega.

U S B R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S

AlphaThe smallest and simplest of the three, the Alpha

Studio™ is perfect for solo artists. The Alpha is USB-

powered so you can record anywhere you take your

laptop. Alpha also features a ¹⁄8” headphone monitoring

jack and two unbalanced RCA line level outputs (in

addition to its ¼” balanced/unbalanced outputs). Alpha,

Lambda and Omega all come packaged with a software

suite that includes Lexicon’s own Pantheon™ VST reverb

plug-in and Cubase® LE.

LambdaWith four inputs and two outputs, Lambda is

the perfect medium. The Lambda Studio™ can

record two tracks at once, and features phantom

power for condenser mics, MIDI In/Out, and

a ¹⁄8” headphone monitoring jack. Lambda is

USB-powered, so it works wherever you and your

computer happen to go.

OmegaThe heavy hitter of the three, the Omega Studio™

features eight inputs and can record up to four

tracks at once. Omega is also the only unit in the

family that includes S/PDIF digital I/O as well as the

standard TRS and XLR. Phantom power is available

for condenser mics and Omega is powered with an

included AC power adaptor.

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MICROPHONE INPUTSConnectors Two female XLR Pin 2 HotImpedance 600 Ohms balancedPhantom Power +48 Volt DC Gain +50 dBEIN (150Ω source) -120 dB A-weighted @ 50 dB gainFrequency Response +0, –0.2 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz INSERT INPUTS Connectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Send Level (tip) +19 dBu maximumMax Rtrn Level (ring) +19 dBu maximum

LINE INPUTSConnectors Four ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 20k Ohms balanced 10k Ohms unbalancedMax Input Level +22 dBuFrequency Response +0, –0.2 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz INSTRUMENT INPUTConnectors One ¼" mono jackImpedance 1 MΩ unbalanced Max Input Level +19 dBuFrequency Response +0, –0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHzTHD+N <.0125% A/DCrosstalk <–74dB any input or output to any recording channel, 20Hz- 20kHz <–95dB at 1kHz typical LINE OUTPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedLevel +19 dBu maximumImpedance 110 OhmsHeadphone Output One ¼" stereo jack 100mW per channel @ 50 Ohms DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors Dual RCA phonoFormat S/PDIF 24-bitD/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz-20kHzA/D (24 Bit) 104 dB typical, A-weightedD/A (24 Bit) 105 dB typical, A-weightedA/D/A (24 Bit) 103 dB typical, A-weightedAnalog Path 118 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROL INTERFACEUSB Version 1.1, Type B socket; 1.1 hubs are not supportedMIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERALPower PS0913-B 9VAC adapter requires 18 Watts @ 120VSize (W/H/D) 4.625" W x 7.25" H x 7.75" D (118mm x 184mm x 197mm) Weight 2 .65 lbs. (1.2 kg)

Omega Studio™ Specifications Alpha Studio™ SpecificationsLambda Studio™ Specifications


MICROPHONE INPUTSConnectors Two female XLR Pin 2 HotImpedance 600 Ohms balancedPhantom Power +48 Volt DC Gain +44 dBEIN (150Ω source) -120 dB A-weighted @ 44 dB gainFrequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz INSERT INPUTS Connectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Send Level (tip) +19 dBu maximumMax Rtrn Level (ring) +19 dBu maximum

LINE INPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 20k Ohms balanced 10k Ohms unbalancedMax Input Level +13 dBuFrequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz INSTRUMENT INPUTConnectors One ¼" mono jackImpedance 1 MΩ unbalanced Max Input Level +8.5 dBuFrequency Response +0, –0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHzTHD+N <.0125% A/DCrosstalk <–74dB any input or output to any recording channel, 20Hz- 20kHz <–95dB at 1kHz typical LINE OUTPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedLevel +16 dBu maximumImpedance 1k Ohms bal, 500 Ohms unbal.Headphone Output One 1/8" stereo jack 25mW per channel @ 50 Ohms DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors N/AFormat N/AD/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz-20kHzA/D (24 Bit) 96 dB typical, A-weightedD/A (24 Bit) 100 dB typical, A-weightedA/D/A (24 Bit) 95 dB typical, A-weightedAnalog Path 109 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROL INTERFACEUSB Version 1.1, Type B socket; 1.1 hubs are not supportedMIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERALPower USB Bus-powered

Size (W/H/D) 3.4" W x 6.5" H x 6.5" D (86mm x 165mm x 165mm) Weight 1.92 lbs. (0.86 kg)

MICROPHONE INPUTSConnectors One female XLR Pin 2 HotImpedance 600 Ohms balancedPhantom Power N/A Gain +44 dBEIN (150Ω source) -115 dB A-weighted @ 50 dB gainFrequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz INSERT INPUTS Connectors N/A Send Level (tip) N/AMax Rtrn Level (ring) N/A

LINE INPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 20k Ohms balanced 10k Ohms unbalancedMax Input Level +12 dBuFrequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz INSTRUMENT INPUTConnectors One ¼" mono jackImpedance 1 MΩ unbalanced Max Input Level +8.5 dBuFrequency Response +0, –0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHzTHD+N <.0125% A/DCrosstalk <–74dB any input or output to any recording channel, 20Hz- 20kHz <–95dB at 1kHz typical LINE OUTPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced, Two RCA jacksLevel +16 dBu maximumImpedance 1k Ohms bal, 500 Ohms unbal.Headphone Output One 1/8" stereo jack 20mW per channel @ 50 Ohms DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors N/AFormat N/A D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz-20kHzA/D (24 Bit) 96 dB typical, A-weightedD/A (24 Bit) 100 dB typical, A-weightedA/D/A (24 Bit) 95 dB typical, A-weightedAnalog Path 109 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROL INTERFACEUSB Version 1.1, Type B socket; 1.1 hubs are not supportedMIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERALPower USB Bus-powered Size (W/H/D) 6.75" W x 1.6" H x 6.5" D (171mm x 40mm x 165mm) Weight 1.1 lbs. (0.49 kg)

R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S S U S B

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

F I R E W I R E R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S

I•O FW810SWith a wealth of features – including dbx® 63V high-voltage, ultra-low noise mic preamp’s, PantheonTM II reverbs,

and a powerful hardware mixing console with integrated dbx dynamics (compressor, gate, limiter) – the Lexicon®

I·O FW810S is more than just an 8-in, 10-out FireWireTM audio interface. It’s a pro recording studio contained in a

single rack unit. With built-in dbx Type IVTM conversion, your digital recordings will preserve their dynamic range even

when levels get too high. Select one of nine hardware monitor reverb types to dial in the sound of your sub-mix. You

can even save and load up to five monitor mixes – one for the main control mix, and up to four for individual band

members. This FW810S does all the processing, so when you’re finished recording you can mix and fine tune your

productions in real time with zero latency.

You also get the benefit of Lexicon’s world-class

reverbs with the Pantheon II VST/AU reverb

plug-in. Featuring many of the same algo-

rithms that can be found on legendary record-

ed music and movie soundtracks, Pantheon II

delivers mega-studio quality signal process-

ing to your home, with 6 reverb types and

35 factory presets. Each reverb type has 16

editable parameters to let you create your own

variations on the legendary “Lexicon Sound.”

0 FireWire 400 connection to DAW

0 44.1 to 96kHz sample rates, 24-bit resolution

0 6 analog combi-jack inputs on the rear panel for mic/line inputs

0 2 front panel combi-jacks accept mic, line, or instrument signals

0 8 analog TRS outputs (7.1 surround capable) and stereo main (control room) outs

0 dbx® Type IV™ conversion feature emulates tape saturation at high levels

0 Zero latency hardware mixer

0 5 unique stereo monitor mixes using all 10 analog channels

0 9 monitor reverb types with up to 4 adjustable parameters

0 dbx 63V high-voltage, ultra-low noise mic pre’s on all 8 channels

0 dbx dynamics (compressor, limiter, gate) and EQ on all 8 channels

0 Software suite includes Steinberg® Cubase® LE, Toontrack® EZdrummer® Lite, XILS3 SE Software and Lexicon Pantheon II VST/AU reverb plug-in

0 Supports Windows® and Mac® platforms

0 Pro Tools® 9 & 10 Compatible

I•O FW810S KEY FEATURES

S/PDIF In/Out

6 XLR and ¼" combi-jack balanced mic/line inputsMIDI In/Out FireWire® 400 portsStandard IECline cord 8 analog TRS outputs

Stereo main (control room) outputs

Front panel level control

Channel Input LEDs with integrated dbx® Type IV™ Conversion

High output headphone jack

2 XLR and ¼" combi-jacks accept mic, line, or instrument inputs dbx® Dynamics indicator LEDs

8 gain control knobs with +48V phantom power indicator LEDs

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

R E C O R D I N G I N T E R F A C E S S F I R E W I R E

I•O™ FW810S Specifications


MICROPHONE INPUTSConnectors Female XLR Pin 2 HotImpedance 3k Ohms balancedPhantom Power +48 Volt Gain +55 dBEIN (150Ω source) -127 dB @ 55 dB gain typical -130 dB @ 55 dB gain typical A-weightedMax Input Level +8 dBuFrequency Response +/−1.5 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.02%, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.002%, 1kHz, -6 dBu LINE INPUTSConnectors ¼” TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalancedMax Input Level +22 dBuFrequency Response +/−1.5 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.02%, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.002%, 1kHz, +18 dBu INSTRUMENT INPUTConnectors ¼” TS unbalancedImpedance 500k OhmsMax Input Level +10 dBuFrequency Response +/−2.5 dB, 20Hz - 20kHzTHD+N <0.08%, 1kHz, +4 dBu LINE OUTPUTSConnectors ¼” TRS balanced or unbalancedLevel +20 dBu maximumImpedance 32 Ohms balanced 16 Ohms unbalancedHeadphone Output ¼” stereo jack, 250mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors Dual RCA phonoFormat S/PDIF 24-bitD/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz-20kHzA/D (24-Bit) 110 dB typical, A-weightedD/A (24-Bit) 110 dB typical, A-weightedA/D/A (24-Bit) 108 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROL INTERFACEFireWire 2 IEEE 1394 FireWire 400 portsMIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERALPower Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 15 Watts Size (W/H/D) 19” W x 1.7” H x 10.5” D Weight 7.7 lbs.

Steinberg® is a world leader

in computer-based recording.

From the first idea to complete

compositions, Cubase® is the

production suite of choice

for musicians and producers

looking for a creative way

to realize their projects.

Steinberg’s intuituve cross-platform Cubase LE features 48 audio

and 64 MIDI tracks with full automation, 2 inserts and 4 aux sends

per channel, up to 8 VST instruments, and supports VST System

Link and ReWire 2.

Cubase LE communicates seamlessly with the Lexicon USB

I/O mixers through our custom-written ASIO drivers to achieve

a completely integrated, easy-to-use recording solution that

includes all of the modules that you need to track, edit and mix

your masterpiece.

The powerful hardware mixer lets you easily route signal paths

and apply real-time dynamics (compressor, limiter, gate) and EQ

adjustments. Create your sub-mixes, choose your monitor reverb

type, and start tracking.

Mixer Window

EQ WindowDynamics Window

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

M X R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S

MX SERIES PROCESSORS

The MX series adds world-renowned Lexicon reverbs and effects to your studio recordings and your live performance. Multiple processors let you combine different reverbs and effects to suit your needs. Multiple effects routing options (easily configured on the front panel) and MIDI In and Thru make each MX unit a very versatile addition to any rack. All parameters of every reverb, delay and dynamic effect are available inside any VST

®

or AU compatible DAW program via USB. The included MX-Edit™ Librarian software lets you store and manage your presets from your computer as well.

You Don’t Follow The Crowd. You Play To Them.

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S M X

The MX300 features two processors, so you can apply two effects simultaneously or combine different effects in

one of five routing options. The MX300 also includes stereo XLR inputs and outputs as well as ¼" TRS inputs and

outputs for greater versatility. Dedicated parameter knobs and an LCD screen make preset selecting and editing

extremely easy, on a dark stage or in the recording studio.

MX300

Four processors let you add dual stereo or true surround effects to your recordings. The built-in LCD display and

front-panel parameter adjustment knobs make selecting and editing presets extremely easy. The MX400 features

two ¼" output pairs, two ¼" input pairs, and dual S/PDIF I/O; the MX400XL features two XLR input pairs, two

XLR output pairs, and dual S/PDIF I/O. Both models include seven effects routing options and 24-bit 44.1/48kHz

digital sample rates.

You Don’t Follow The Crowd. You Play To Them.

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced outputs and XLR balanced outputs

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced inputs and XLR balanced inputs

Footswitch jack

USB to your computer MIDI In and ThruStandard IECline cord

S/PDIF digital input and output

Input gain level control

Configuration LEDs Main LCD screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects, parameters, and system settings

Page Select knob for effect and system menu selection

Program Bypass

Program/Load selects f actory or user presets

Dual stereo gain LEDs Program indicatorThree parameter adjustment knobs

Effect Bypass

Store user presetsTempo button manually sets delay times

MX400/MX400XL

Input gain level controls Configuration LEDs Main LCD screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects, parameters, and system settings

Page Select knob for effect and system menu selection

Program Bypass

Program/Load selects f actory or user presets

Dual stereo Gain LED ladders

Program indicatorThree parameter adjustment knobs

Effect Bypass

Store User presetsTempo button manually sets delay times

MIDI In and ThruDual S/PDIF digital inputs and outputs

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced outputs(MX400XL) XLR balanced outputs

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced inputs(MX400XL) XLR balanced inputs

Standard IECline cord

Footswitch jack

USB to your computer

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

M X R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S

REVERBS MX200 MX300 MX400

Small Hall 9 9 9

Large Hall 9 9 9

Surround Hall 9

Small Plate 9 9 9

Large Plate 9 9 9

Room 9 9

Chamber 9 9 9

Gated 9 9 9

Reverse 9 9 9

Vocal Hall 9 9 9

Vocal Plate 9 9

Drum Hall 9 9 9

Drum Plate 9 9 9

Ambience 9 9 9

Studio 9 9 9

Arena 9 9 9

Spring 9 9 9

DELAYS MX200 MX300 MX400

Studio Delay 9 9 9

Mono Delay 9

Digital Delay 9 9

Tape Delay 9 9 9

Pong Delay 9 9 9

Mod Delay 9 9 9

Reverse Delay 9 9 9

2-Tap Delay 9 9

MX processors include dbx® Dynamics such as Compressor and De-Esser tools.They also share a suite of modulated effects that includes Chorus, Flanger, Phaser, Tremolo/Pan, Rotary, Vibrato, Pitch Shift, and Detune.

MX200With two processors, the MX200 lets you apply or combine two reverbs or effects to your recording at the same

time, in one of four routing options. The front panel Matrix displays which reverbs and effects are active, and all

editing functions require only a single button push or turn of a knob. Independent controls for each processor/

effect provide instant access and control over parameters for the selected effect. The Audition button plays one

of five digitally recorded audio samples through the selected effects to audition their settings without the need

for an external audio source.

Footswitch jack USB to your computerMIDI In and Thru9V AC PowerSupply

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced outputsS/PDIF digital input and output

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced inputs

Input gain level control

Effect Select allows you to select from 32 reverbs and effects

Program/Load selects factory or user presetsReverb Wet/Dry mix knobs

Program indicator

Routing allows you to select one of four routing configurations

Tempo button manually sets delay times

Effect Bypass

Store User presets

Active Reverb/Effect LED matrix

Audition previews effect

Parameter adjustment knobs allow you to refine each of your selected reverbs/effects

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S M X

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTSConnectors Four ¼" TRS or XLR balanced or unbalancedImpedance 50k Ohms bal., 25k Ohms unbal.Input Level +4 dBu nominal, +24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHzA/D Conversion 24-bit, 48kHz 128 x oversampling ANALOG AUDIO OUTPUTSConnectors Four ¼" TRS or XLR balanced or unbalancedImpedance 2k Ohms balanced 1k Ohms unbalancedOutput Level +4 dBu or –10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), 24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHzD/A Conversion 24-bit, 48kHz 128 x oversampling ANALOG AUDIO PERFORMANCEFrequency Response 10 Hz – 20kHz +0 dB/–0.5 dB THD+N <0.0019% 10Hz – 20kHzDynamic Range >109 dB (A-weighted) A/ACrosstalk typical <–80 dB 20Hz – 20kHz DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors Dual RCA phono (S/PDIF)Format S/PDIF 24-bitSample Rate 44.1 or 48kHzProcessing Delay 3.7 ms @ 48 kHzFrequency Response 10Hz to 22kHz ±0.5 dB @ 48kHz CONTROL INTERFACEUSB USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT™

Editor/Librarian and VST™/Audio Units plug-insMIDI In/Out 5-pin DINFoot Pedal ¼" phone jack GENERALPower 117 VAC or 230 VAC, 18 WattsSize (W/H/D) 19" x 1.75" x 7.25" (483 x 44 x 185mm)Weight 5.8 lbs (2.6 kg)

MX400/XL Specifications

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 20k Ohms balanced, 10k Ohms unbalancedInput Level +4 dBu nominal, +20 dBu max 48kHz or 44.1kHzA/D Conversion 24-bit, 48kHz 128 x oversampling

ANALOG AUDIO OUTPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalancedImpedance 2k Ohms balanced, 1k Ohms unbalanced ¼" onlyOutput Level +4 dBu or –10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), 20 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHzD/A Conversion 24-bit, 44.1/48kHz 128x oversampling ANALOG AUDIO PERFORMANCEFrequency Response 20 Hz – 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +/–1 dB THD+N <0.007% 20Hz – 20kHzDynamic Range >107 dB (A-weighted) A/ACrosstalk <-80 dB 20Hz – 20kHz DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors RCA phono (S/PDIF)Format S/PDIF 24-bitSample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHzProcessing Delay 3.7 ms @ 48 kHzFrequency Response 10Hz to 22kHz ±0.5 dB @ 48kHz CONTROL INTERFACEUSB USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT™ Editor/Librarian and VST™/Audio Units plug-insMIDI In and Out/Thru 5-pin DINFootswitch ¼" phone jack

GENERALPower 9 VAC 1.3A 50/60Hz, 18 WattsSize (W/H/D) 19" x 1.75" x 7.25" (483 x 44 x 185mm)Weight 5.8 lbs (2.63kg)

MX200 Specifications

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS, Two XLR femaleImpedance 50k Ohms bal., 25k Ohms unbal.Input Level +4 dBu nominal, +24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHzA/D Conversion 24-bit, 48kHz 128 x oversampling ANALOG AUDIO OUTPUTSConnectors Two ¼" TRS bal. or unbal. Two XLR maleImpedance 2k Ohms balanced, 1k Ohms unbalanced ¼" onlyOutput Level +4 dBu or –10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), 24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHzD/A Conversion 24-bit, 44.1/48kHz 128x oversampling ANALOG AUDIO PERFORMANCEFrequency Response 10 Hz – 20kHz +0 dB/–0.5 dB THD+N <0.0019% 10Hz – 20kHzDynamic Range >109 dB (A-weighted) A/ACrosstalk typical <–80 dB 20Hz – 20kHz DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors RCA phono (S/PDIF)Format S/PDIF 24-bitSample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHzProcessing Delay 3.7 ms @ 48 kHzFrequency Response 10Hz to 22kHz ±0.5 dB @ 48kHz CONTROL INTERFACEUSB USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT™ Editor/Librarian and VST™/Audio Units plug-insMIDI In/Thru 5-pin DINFootswitch ¼" phone jack GENERALPower 100–120 VAC 50/60Hz, 18 Watts 220–240 VAC 50/60Hz, 18 WattsSize (W/H/D) 19" x 1.75" x 7.25" (483 x 44 x 185mm)Weight 5.8 lbs (2.63kg)

MX300 Specifications

ReverbReverb

Reverb

Reverb

Reverb ReverbReverb

Reverb

Reverb

Reverb

Reverb

MX Routing Configurations


* *

*Configurations only available with MX400/MX400XL

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

P C M R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S

New and Legendary Reverbs.

Seamless Studio Integration.

The PCM92, PCM96 and the PCM96 Surround provide the professional quality mono, stereo and surround reverbs and effects that are respected and admired by pros and hobbyists alike. The PCM series features hundreds of presets based on the best algorithms in the business. You can also customize them all with pre-selected parameters near the surface, or go deep and modify elements at a microscopic level to realize your sonic vision.

PCM SERIES PROCESSORS

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S P C M

New and Legendary Reverbs.

Seamless Studio Integration.

PCM SERIES PROCESSORS

PCM96The PCM96 powerhouse boasts a comprehensive selection of legendary Lexicon reverbs and effects, including the

return of Lexicon’s prized Concert Hall reverb. Appearing for the first time are new Room and Hall algorithms, plus

an assortment of new mono reverbs and effects. And selectable, reversible reflection patterns, multimode filters, and

“infinity switches” provide additional new capabilities.

Compare button

Stereo gain LED ladders

Main OLED screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects and parameters, system settings

Large navigation knob Three parameter adjustment knobs

Store button Compact flash preset storage

Tap Tempo button

Load buttonStandard IECline cord

FireWire® 400 ports Word clock input

XLR analog balanced inputs/outputsAES input/outputEthernet connections MIDI in, thru and out

PCM96 KEY FEATURES

9 28 legendary Lexicon® reverbs, room models, modulation, delay, and pitch effects

9 DAW automation through plug-in format

9 Quick softrow keys for fast navigation through complex algorithms

9 “Hardware Plug-In” feature with Mac VST® and Audio Units plug-in software

9 MIDI In, Out, and Thru

9 Compact Flash preset storage

9 compatible

9 32-bit floating point processing

9 Multiple sample rates: 44.1, 48, 88.2, and 96 kHz

9 +4 dBu or –10 dBV selectable input and output levels

9 External BNC Wordclock input

MULTIPLE EFFECTS ROUTING OPTIONS

The PCM96 can be divided into four virtual machines and includes

standard I/O and streaming plug-in configurations, providing

arbitrary routing capability.

PLUG-IN MODE ROUTING (FireWire)

1 1

1

2 4

3 1 1 2 1 2

2 3

2

42 3121 1 21 321

Dual SuperMono

Super Stereo Dual Stereo Super Mono Quad Mono Mono+Stereo

Super Stereo CascadeMono

CascadeStereo

Mono toStereo

Mono In/Combined Stereo Out

1 1

1

2 4

3 1 1 2 1 2

2 3

2

42 3121 1 21 321

Dual SuperMono



CascadeStereo

Mono toStereo


STANDALONE MODE ROUTING (Analog, Digital)

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


MONO REVERBS AND EFFECTS

ChamberHallPlateRoom

Chorus/FlangeDual Delay

Random DelayRandom Hall

Resonant ChordsSignal Generator

VSO PitchMultivoice Pitch

STEREO AND SURROUND REVERBS

AND EFFECTS

RoomHall

ChamberRandom Delay

Classic (Random Hall) Plate

Dual DelayAmbience

Resonant ChordsChorus/FlangeConcert Hall

Signal GeneratorVSO Pitch

Multivoice Pitch

The PCM96 and

PCM96 Surround

come equipped with

a software plug-in

user interface that

integrates seamlessly

with your DAW,

allowing you access

to all adjustable

parameters at

the click of a mouse. All preset changes and

corresponding parameter adjustments made in

your DAW are instantaneously reflected in your

hardware, and vice versa.

PCM96 SurroundBuilding on the success of the PCM96, the new PCM96 Surround offers more presets, more configuration

options, and more inputs and outputs. The PCM96 Surround gives you industry standard reverbs and effects, with

tremendous flexibility. Use the PCM96 Surround as a plug-in with your DAW, or keep it connected to your mixer.

Either way, you have a multitude of configuration options to choose from, without having to move any cables. The

PCM96 Surround is available with either 6 channels of XLR/AES inputs and outputs, or 2 DB25 6-channel analog I/O

and 1 DB25 6-channel digital I/O. Both versions also feature MIDI, Wordclock, Ethernet, and FireWire®.

Compare button

Surround gain LED ladders



Store button Compact flash preset storage

Tap Tempo button

Load buttonStandard IECline cord

FireWire® 400 ports Word clock input

Ethernet connections MIDI in, thru and out AES/EBU digital XLR balanced inputs/outputs

2 DB25 6-channel Analog I/O1 DB25 6-channel Digital AES I/O

PCM

96SU

R-D

PCM

96SU

R-A

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


The PCM96 Surround can be divided into four virtual machines, each of which can run its own algorithm. This allows the signal from each input to be routed through a variety of algorithm combinations.


In FireWire® mode or standalone mode, the PCM96 Surround can process up to six inputs and six outputs in the following configurations:

PLUG-IN MODE ROUTING (FireWire)

1 221

Dual SuperMono

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

321

Dual Mono /Single Stereo

1

Super Stereo

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

1

Six In/Six Out

1 221

Dual SuperMono

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

321


1

Super Stereo

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

1

Six In/Six Out

1 221

Dual SuperMono

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

321


1

Super Stereo

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

1

Six In/Six Out

1 221

Dual SuperMono

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

321


1

Super Stereo

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

1

Six In/Six Out

1

Super Stereo

21

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

1

2

CascadeStereo

1 2

3

Mono toStereo

1 2

Dual SuperMono

1

Super StereoMono In

1 2

Dual Mono / Single Stereo

3

1

2 4

3

CascadeMono

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

21

Dual StereoMono In

1

Six In/Six Out

1

Super Stereo

21

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

1

2

CascadeStereo

1 2

3

Mono toStereo

1 2

Dual SuperMono

1

Super StereoMono In

1 2


3

1

2 4

3

CascadeMono

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

21

Dual StereoMono In

1

Six In/Six Out

1

Super Stereo

21

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

1

2

CascadeStereo

1 2

3

Mono toStereo

1 2

Dual SuperMono

1

Super StereoMono In

1 2


3

1

2 4

3

CascadeMono

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

21

Dual StereoMono In

1

Six In/Six Out

1

Super Stereo

21

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

1

2

CascadeStereo

1 2

3

Mono toStereo

1 2

Dual SuperMono

1

Super StereoMono In

1 2


3

1

2 4

3

CascadeMono

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

21

Dual StereoMono In

1

Six In/Six Out

STANDALONE MODE ROUTING (Analog, Digital)

9 Available in two models:

5 6 channels of XLR/AES inputs and outputs

5 2 DB25 6-channel analog I/O and 1 DB25 6-channel digital I/O

9 New Parallel Stereo and Surround configurations

9 Lexicon’s new Surround Room algorithm, used to generate a vast array of room-related effects for music and post

9 Over 2200 factory presets, including recognizable classics from Lexicon's immense library of sounds

PCM96 SURROUND KEY FEATURES

9 Available in two models:

5 6 channels of XLR/AES inputs and outputs

5 2 DB25 6-channel analog I/O and 1 DB25 6-channel digital I/O

9 New Parallel Stereo and Surround configurations

9 50 legendary Lexicon reverbs, delays, and modulation effects

9 Lexicon’s new Surround Room algorithm, used to generate a vast array of room-related effects for music and post

9 New Pitch algorithms

9 Seamless automation and control via Ethernet

9 Over 2200 factory presets, including recognizable classics from Lexicon's immense library of sounds

9 Hardware Plug-In capability inside Mac® VST®, Audio Units, or RTAS software


9 Sample rates up to 96kHz

9 External BNC Wordclock

9 MIDI in, out, and thru

9 1024 user presets

9 Compact Flash for additional storage

PCM96 SURROUND KEY FEATURES

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


PCM92The PCM92 utilizes the latest DSP technology and the finest collection of classic Lexicon algorithms to offer the

ultimate processor for live performances and the recording studio. This powerhouse processor delivers 28 mono and

stereo reverbs, delays, and modulation effects; flexible routing configurations; and a comprehensive library of

over 1200 finely-crafted presets. The PCM92 also features 24-bit A/D-D/A conversion and 44.1 to 96 kHz sample

rates to complement any console.

Stereo gain LED ladders



Compare button

Store button

Load button

Tap Tempo button

Standard IECline cord

Foot control and foot switch inputsXLR and ¼” TRS analog balanced outputs

XLR and ¼” combi-jackbalanced inputsMIDI thru, in and outEthernet connections

Word clock input

AES input/output

PCM92 KEY FEATURES

9 28 Signature Lexicon reverbs, delays and modulatioin effects

9 Comprehensive library of over 1200 finely-crafted studio presets

9 Full system configuration and control with System Architect

9 44.1 to 96 kHz sample rate

9 Ethernet connectivity

9 MIDI In, Out, and Thru

9 Foot controller inputs make it easy to change presets and adjust parameters during live performances.


9 High-resolution OLED display

1 1

1

2 4

3 1 1 2 1 2

2 3

2

42 3121 1 21 321

Dual SuperMono



CascadeStereo

Mono toStereo


ROUTING OPTIONS (Analog, Digital)

1 1

1

2 4

3 1 1 2 1 2

2 3

2

42 3121 1 21 321

Dual SuperMono



CascadeStereo

Mono toStereo


1

Super Stereo

21

Dual Stereo

42 31

Quad Mono

1

2

CascadeStereo

1 2

3

Mono toStereo

1 2

Dual SuperMono

1

Super StereoMono In

1 2


3

1

2 4

3

CascadeMono

1

Two In/Four Out

1

Four In/Four Out

1

Two In/Five Out

1

Five In/Five Out

21

Dual StereoMono In

1

Six In/Six Out


The PCM92 can be divided into three virtual machines which allow the signal from each input to be routed through a variety of algorithm combinations

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:


PCM92 Specifications PCM96 Surround SpecificationsPCM96 Specifications


ANALOG AUDIO INPUTSConnectors Two XLR / ¼" TRS combi-jack balanced inputs Impedance 20k Ohms balanced Input Level +4 dBu mode; +20dBu max -10 dBv mode; +8.2dBu max Type IV mode; +26dBu max ANALOG AUDIO OUTPUTSConnectors Two male XLR and two female ¼" TRS Impedance 30 Ohms balanced (elec.) Output Level +20 dBu DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors One female XLR input and one male XLR outputFormat AES/EBU balancedSample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHzConversion 24-bit A/D; 24-bit D/A AUDIO PERFORMANCEFrequency Response (96kHz) 20Hz - 20kHz ±.25dB 20kHz to 40kHz, +0/-3dBTHD <0.003%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ 4dBuDynamic Range >112 dB unweighted, 115 dB A-weighted Crosstalk (1kHz) <-90dB, 20Hz to 20kHz @+20dBu input Internal Audio DSP 32/64-bit floating point SYNCHRONIZATIONTTL Word Clock Input 75 Ohms, BNC CONTROL INTERFACE MIDI In/Thru/Out 5-pin DIN’sFootswitch ¼" TRS connector for independent momentary footswitchesFoot Controller ¼" TRS connector for foot pedal 100 Ohms – 10k Ohms (Impedance) GENERALPower 100–240 VAC 50/60Hz, <14 Watts Automatic switching, (3-pin IEC connector)Size (W/H/D) 19" W x 1.75" H x 9.5" D (483 x 45 x 241.3 mm) rack mount standardWeight 8 lbs (3.63 kg)Operating Temp. 59° to 95°F (15° to 35°C)Maximum Humidity 75% relative humidity max.

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTS [PCM96SUR-A]Connectors 25-pin Dsub female connector Impedance 20k Ohms balancedInput Level +4 dBu mode; 20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max. ANALOG AUDIO OUTPUTS [PCM96SUR-A]Connectors 25-pin Dsub female connectorImpedance 30 Ohms balanced Output Level +4 dBu mode; +20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max. DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors XLR 3/3 I/O [PCM96SUR-D] 25-pin Dsub female connector [PCM96SUR-A]Format AES/EBU balancedSample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz Conversion 24-bit A/D; 24-bit D/A AUDIO PERFORMANCEFrequency Response 20Hz - 20kHz ± .15dB 20Hz - 40kHz ± .5dBTHD <0.002%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ +4dBuDynamic Range D/A: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/D: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/A: >111dB typical, 20Hz - 40kHz 112 dB unweighted, 115 dB A-weighted Crosstalk -75dB, with a +20 dBu signal Internal Audio DSP 32/64-bit floating point CONTROL INTERFACEMemory Cards Compact Flash Type I Format Supports all size memory cardsMIDI In/Thru/Out 5-pin DIN’sFootswitch N/A Foot Controller N/A GENERALPower 100–240 VAC 50/60Hz, 26 Watts Automatic switching, (3-pin IEC connector)Size (W/H/D) 19” W x 1.75” H x 16” D (483 x 45 x 406 mm) rack mount standardWeight 14.25 lbs (4.48 kg)Operating Temp. 59° to 95°F (15° to 35°C)Maximum Humidity 75% relative humidity max.

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTSConnectors Two XLR balanced Impedance 20k Ohms balancedInput Level +4 dBu mode; 20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max. Type IV mode; +26 dBu max. ANALOG AUDIO OUTPUTSConnectors Two XLR balanced (elec.)Impedance 30 Ohms balanced Output Level +4 dBu mode; +20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max. DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUTConnectors XLR I/OFormat AES/EBU balancedSample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz Conversion 24-bit A/D; 24-bit D/A AUDIO PERFORMANCEFrequency Response 20Hz - 20kHz ± .25dB 20Hz - 40kHz +0/-3dB THD <0.002%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ +4dBuDynamic Range D/A: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/D: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/A: >111dB typical, 20Hz - 40kHz Crosstalk -90dB, 20Hz to 40kHz Internal Audio DSP 32/64-bit floating point CONTROL INTERFACEMemory Cards Compact Flash Type I Format Supports all size memory cardsMIDI In/Thru/Out 5-pin DIN’sFootswitch N/A Foot Controller N/A GENERALPower 100–240 VAC 50/60Hz, 20 Watts Automatic switching, (3-pin IEC connector)Size (W/H/D) 19" W x 1.75" H x 12.5" D (483 x 45 x 318 mm) rack mount standardWeight 8.65 lbs (3.93 kg)Operating Temp. 59° to 95°F (15° to 35°C)Maximum Humidity 75% relative humidity max.

XLR and ¼” combi-jackbalanced inputs

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

N AT I V E P L U G - I N S R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S

A Generation Redefined. The Legacy Continues.

NATIVE PLUG-IN PROCESSORS

Hearing is believing. Select one of the superb reverb plug-ins and turn off the lights. You’ll hear Lexicon’s proprietary modeling create an unbelievable acoustic environment. Hear for yourself how large and enveloping the sweet spot is, how stable the imaging, and how realistic the sound. You’ll immediately understand how the PCM Total Bundle and the LXP Native Reverb Bundle have set a new standard for the next generation of sound professionals.

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S N AT I V E P L U G - I N S

A Generation Redefined. The Legacy Continues.

MPX NATIVE REVERB PLUG-INThe MPX Native Reverb Plug-In brings the classic Lexicon sound to aspiring

producers and engineers that are ready to elevate their mix. For over 40 years

Lexicon has been the reverb of choice for the top studios, and now it can be

yours. With 7 different reverb types and over 100 studio-quality presets, the

MPX Native Reverb Plug-In will undoubtedly take your mix to the next level.

REVERB TYPESRoom

Large PlateSmall Plate

Large ChamberSmall Chamber

Large HallSmall Hall

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

N AT I V E P L U G - I N S R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S

LXP NATIVE REVERB BUNDLERefreshingly remarkable. The LXP Native Reverb Bundle brings an inspiring

quality to your mixes. These reverbs are not trying to imitate the real thing, they

are the real thing. All four plug-ins are based on uniquely complex algorithms,

and each comes with an array of presets to suit your needs. You can tailor each

plug-in to your preference or let Lexicon’s trained-ear professionals do the work

for you. Place just one instance of the LXP Native Reverbs into your mix, and you

will soon appreciate what distinguishes Lexicon from all others.

REVERB BUNDLERoomPlate

ChamberHall

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

R E V E R B / E F F E C T S P R O C E S S O R S N AT I V E P L U G - I N S

PCM TOTAL PLUG-IN BUNDLEFor the first time in over 40 years, Lexicon is offering that same

distinctive, smooth, rich “Lexicon Sound” as a collection of native

plug-ins. The PCM Total Bundle includes everything in both our award

winning Native Reverb Bundle as well as all of the newly released

Native Effects Bundle. The PCM Total Bundle delivers an artful blend

of 14 legendary Lexicon reverb and effects plug-ins with hundreds of

the most versatile and finely-crafted studio presets. A powerhouse

bundle of heritage and innovation, the PCM Total Bundle is the

ultimate studio plug-in package for creating professional, inspirational

mixes within popular DAWs such as Pro Tools®, Logic®, Nuendo® or any

other RTAS®, AudioUnit™, or VST® compatible host. Designed to bring

unsurpassed sonic quality to all of your audio applications, the PCM

Total Bundle will take center stage in your DAW.

REVERB BUNDLEVintage Plate

PlateHall

RoomRandom HallConcert Hall

Chamber

EFFECTS BUNDLEPitch Shift

MultiVoice PitchChorus

Resonant ChordsRandom Delay

Dual DelayStringbox

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Lexicon8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, UT 84070, USA • Tel: (801) 566-8800 • Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com

www.lexiconpro.com

©2011 Harman. All Rights Reserved. Specifications subject to change. Lexicon, MX-Edit, dbx Professional Products, harman/kardon, AKG, LOGIC7, HiQnet, I•ONIX, Alpha Studio, Lambda Studio and Omega Studio are all trademarks of Harman International Industries, Inc. Cubase LE4, ASIO and VST are trademarks of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH. FireWire and Mac are trademarks of Apple Computer Corporation. Windows is a trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.

0810

©2013

08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:08

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

SOUNDCRAFT MIXING CONSOLES RANGE CATALOGUE 2013

Digital Live

Live

Multi-Purpose

#31833 - HPro Catalogue 2013_Layout 1 29/11/2012 16:41 Page 1

09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The Soundcraft RangeFrom analogue to digital live sound, Soundcraft mixingconsoles are built to perform. With professional features,intuitive operation and uncompromised sound quality,Soundcraft consoles are relied upon throughout theprofessional audio industry, delivering optimum performancetime after time.

Drawing on almost 40 years’ mixing console design and

manufacturing expertise, Soundcraft has developed a unique

insight into

professional audio

requirements. World-

class production

techniques, combined

with extensive testing

procedures, ensure that

every mixing console is

built to the same exacting standards.

A unique collaboration between Soundcraft and our sister company

Studer, with processing supplied by Lexicon and BSS Audio, the

remarkable Soundcraft Vi Series™ Digital Live consoles continue

to set the standard for intuitive operator control on tours and

installations.

Meanwhile,

Soundcraft® Si+ Series

Digital Live consoles

offer a ‘one box’ digital

mixing solution that

simply plugs in where

the analogue console

used to be, to deliver all the power and operational benefits of

digital mixing with minimal upheaval.

When it comes to compact Digital Live sound mixing,

Soundcraft’s Si Compact packs poweful features into a small

format console

with inuitive

operational control,

while the new Si

Performer extends

those audio

facilities yet further

and, for the first

time, integrates

DMX lighting

control. And for

bands and venues

on a budget, the

new Si Expression

sets new standards of affordability for versatile, professional

compact digital live sound mixing

From the highly-specified, value-for-money GB Series to the LX7ii,Soundcraft analogue Live consoles combine superb sonicperformance with uncompromising build quality, offering exceptionalreliability, great flexibility and unprecedented mixing control. In thiscatalogue, a comparison chart provides an at-a-glance guide to therange’s features, simplifying the choice of console for any liveapplication. Soundcraft’s Multi-Purpose console rangecombines professional facilities and sound quality withexceptional value. Suitable for stage and studio use, theseconsoles are ergonomically designed, achieving optimumperformance from compact frames. With a choice of 6, 8, 12and 20 mono input frame sizes – each with 2 stereo channels asstandard, the EPM, EFX, MPMi and MFXi Series mixers encompassa massive range of applications. The M Series offers a choice of4, 8 and 12 mono input frame sizes, each with 4 stereo inputs.

This catalogue contains features and specifications and onindividual Soundcraft consoles. For further information, pleasecontact Soundcraft for an individual product brochure, or visit theSoundcraft website at www.soundcraft.com

The inclusion of artists in this publication does not imply endorsement.

The new Si Performer digital live sound mixer is the first to includeDMX lighting control

Gert Sanner wraps up a successful Deep Purple tour withSoundcraft® Vi6

Camp Digital’s Journey HD Truck rolls on With Soundcraft® Vi4

Deep Purple keyboardist Don Airey tours with an Si Compactdigital mixer

Soundcraft has received ISO 9001:2000 certification, following a major investment in ourprocesses and manufacturing facilities


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Also available from SoundcraftAdditional information about the wide range of Soundcraft productscan be found by visiting our website at www.soundcraft.com or byrequesting an individual product brochure.

MIXING GUIDESTo help you get the most out of your Soundcraft console, we have produced a mixing guide - The Soundcraft Guide to Mixing - available in booklet, PDF and iPad App formats.The guide contains information on choosing and using your mixer and sound equipment, together with connection andsetup guides, mixing techniques, sample applications andtroubleshooting.

SOUNDCRAFT WEBSITEOur website www.soundcraft.com is updated regularly and providesa great source for all the latest news from Soundcraft. Here you can find useful information in the form of downloadablebrochures, user guides, technical data sheets, mark-up sheets,application guides, software updates, logos, images andadvertisements. The website also contains contact information for allsales, technical support and service enquiries.

For further information, please contact our MarketingDepartment on +44 (0)1707 665000 or via email at [email protected]


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundcraft Vi Series™

· Digital live sound consoles with highly intuitive operation· Vistonics™ II touchscreen interface relieves the burden of complex

mental mapping· FaderGlow™ illumination of fader tracks for at a glance status display· Vi6 offers simultaneous mixing of up to 96 inputs on 32 faders in 3 banksinto 35 outputs, with 24 insert send/return pairs assignable to any of theinput or output channels

· Vi4 offers simultaneous mixing of up to 96 inputs on 24 faders in 3 banksinto 35 outputs, with 24 insert send/return pairs assignable to any of the

input or output channels• Vi2 uses standard stagebox/local rack hardware to handle as many

inputs as Vi4 and Vi6 on compact control surface with 8 input faders· 32 Group/Aux/Matrix busses· 40-bit floating point digital audio processing· Cat5 or Cat7 connection to remote stagebox· Optional Fibre Optic interface· Lexicon / BSS Audio processing

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response Stagebox Mic input to Line output . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-1dB, 20Hz-20kHz

AES/EBU In to AES/EBU Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-0.2dB, 20Hz-20kHz

T.H.D. & Noise Stagebox Mic In (min gain) to Local Line Out . . . . . . . . .<0.003% @ 1kHz

22Hz-22kHz Stagebox Mic In (max gain) to Local Line Out . . . . . . . .<0.020% @ 1kHz

Local Line In to Line Out (max gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<0.003% @ 1kHz

Mic Input E.I.N. 22Hz-22kHz bandwidth, unweighted . . . . . . . . .<-126dBu (150Ω source)

Residual Noise Stagebox line output; no inputs routed, Mix fader @0dB . . . . . . . . -95dBu

CMRR Stagebox Mic input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80dB @ 1kHz

Sampling Frequency . . . . . . . . . . 44.1kHz, 48kHz (96kHz with DSP upgrade, when available)

Latency Stagebox Mic Input to Local Line output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 2ms @48kHz

AES/EBU Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32–108kHz (with SRC enabled)

Sample Rate

DSP resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-bit floating point

Internal clock Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-50ppm

Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-5ns

External Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Wordclock, AES/EBU sync in, Video sync in

Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz to 20kHz/Pink/White Noise, variable level

Stagebox HP Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz fixed, 12dB per octave

Channel HP filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-600Hz, 18dB per octave

Channel LP filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1kHz-20kHz, 18dB per octave

EQ (Inputs and HF: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB

bus Outputs) Hi-Mid: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB

Lo-Mid: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB

LF: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3-8.7

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height Control Surface (Vi6/Vi4/Vi2 – uncased) . . . . . . . 326.4mm (12.9")

Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780mm (30.7")

Stagebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780mm (30.7")

Width Control Surface (Vi6 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757mm (69.2")

Control Surface (Vi4 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447mm (57.0")

Control Surface (Vi2 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846mm (33.3")

Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568mm (22.3")

Stagebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568mm (22.3")

Depth Control Surface (Vi6/Vi4/Vi2 - uncased) . . . . . . . 725.1mm (28.5")

Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754mm (29.6")

Stagebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754mm (29.6")

Weight Control Surface (Vi6 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63kg (140lbs)

Control Surface (Vi4 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52kg (115lbs)

Control Surface (Vi2 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5kg (70lbs)

Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50kg (110lbs)

Stagebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50kg (110lbs)

* Standard Flightcase

Metering Internal 20-segment LED bargraphs plus 9-segment gain reduction

meters for all inputs and Outputs. Peak hold variable from 0-2s.

Mains Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-264V, 47-63Hz, autoranging

operating range

Mains Power Control Surface: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155W (165W redundant option)

Consumption Local Rack: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140W (150W redundant option)

Stagebox*: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140W (150W redundant option)

Pictured : Vi6

RemoteControl Appnow available


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundcraft Vi1™

• 64 inputs to mix• 32 mono mic inputs• 4 AES inputs and 2 S/PDIF inputs• 2 x D21m option slots for additional I/O formats• 4 dedicated FX returns• 24 Group/Aux/Matrix busses, plus LRC• 8 VCA Groups and 4 independent Mute Groups

• 4-band fully parametric EQ on every input and output, with HPF onevery input

• 27 full 30-band BSS Audio graphic equalisers• 4 independent stereo Lexicon FX processors• Compressor and gate on every input, compressor on every output• Delay adjustable on every input and output• Optional Redundant PSU


Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394mm (15.5")

Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034mm (40.7")

Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711mm (28")

Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37kg (82lb)

Frequency Response Mic input to Line output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-1dB, 20Hz-20kHz

AES/EBU In to AES/EBU Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-0.2dB, 20Hz-20kHz

T.H.D. & Noise Mic In (min gain) to Line Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<0.003% @ 1kHz

22Hz-22kHz Mic In (max gain) to Line Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<0.020% @ 1kHz

Mic Input E.I.N. 22Hz-22kHz bandwidth, unweighted . . . . . . . . .<-126dBu (150Ω source)

Residual Noise Line output; no inputs routed, Mix fader @0dB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -91dBu

CMRR Mic input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80dB @ 1kHz

Sampling Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48kHz

Latency Mic Input to Line output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 2ms @48kHz



Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-5ns

External Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Wordclock, AES/EBU sync in, Video sync in

Input & Output Levels Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +25dBu max

Line Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +22dBu max

Line Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +22dBu max

Nominal Operating Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu (-18dBFS)

Input & Output Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >6 kOhms

Impedances Line Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <75 Ohms

AES/EBU Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Ohms

Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz to 20kHz/Pink/White Noise, variable level

Channel HP filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-600Hz, 18dB per octave

Channel LP filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1kHz-20kHz, 18dB per octave

EQ (Inputs and HF: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB, Q= 0.3-8.7 or shelving

bus Outputs) Hi-Mid: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB, Q= 0.3-8.7

Lo-Mid: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB, Q= 0.3-8.7

LF: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB, Q= 0.3-8.7 or shelving

Metering Internal 11-segment LED bargraphs plus 4-segment gain reduction

meters for all Inputs and Outputs. Peak hold variable from 0-2s.

Mains Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-264V, 47-63Hz, autoranging

operating range

Mains Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100W

Consumption

Temperature/ Operating Temperature Range . . . . . . . 0ºC – 45ºC (32ºF – 113ºF)

Humidity Range Relative Humidity . . . 0% – 90%, non-condensing Ta=40ºC (104ºF)

Storage Temperature Range . . . . . . . -20ºC – 60ºC (-4ºF – 140ºF)

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT



09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundcraft® Si+ Series


Stereo input to master output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-0.5dB, 20Hz-20kHz

T.H.D. & Noise Mic In (min gain) to Bus output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.006% @ 1kHz

10Hz-22kHz Mic In (max gain) to Bus output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.008% @ 1kHz

Stereo input to master output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.005% @ 1kHz

Mic Input E.I.N. 22Hz-22kHz bandwidth, unweighted . . . . .<-126dBu (150 Ohms source)

Residual Noise Master output; no inputs routed, Mix fader @0dB . . . . . . . . . . . <-88dBu

CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80dB @ 1kHz Mic input


Convertor Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 bit

Latency Mic Input to Bus output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 1ms @48kHz

AES/EBU Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32–108kHz (with SRC enabled)

Sample Rate



Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-5ns


Stereo Inputs / Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +28dBu max

Bus Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +22dBu max


Input & Output Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 kOhms

Impedances All other analogue Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 kOhms

Line Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <75 Ohms

Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz to 20kHz Sine/Pink Noise, variable level

Pictured : Si2+

• 80 inputs to mix (Si3+ and Si2+) /72 inputs to mix (Si1+)• 64 mono mic inputs (Si3+) /48 mono mic inputs (Si2+) /32 mono micinputs (Si1+)

• 4 stereo inputs and 4 dedicated FX returns, plus 8 assignableexternal inserts

• 24 Group/Aux/FX busses• 8 Matrix busses with sends from all Group, Aux, FX and Main L/R/C busses

• 12 VCA Groups and 8 independent Mute Groups• 4-band fully parametric EQ on every input and output, with HPF on every input• 35 full 30-band BSS Audio graphic equalisers• 4 independent stereo Lexicon FX processors• Compressor and gate on every input, compressor on every output• Delay adjustable on every input and output• Metering for every Group/Aux/FX, Masters and Monitors/Solo• Full DSP horsepower to handle all functions at any time.


Filters Channel HP Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, 18dB per octave

Channel LP Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500Hz-20kHz, 18dB per octave

EQ (Inputs and HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0 or Shelving

Bus Outputs) Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0

Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0 or Shelving

Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal 14-segment LED bargraphs

12-section plus 9-section gain reduction OLED meters for all Inputs


operating range

Mains Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400W

Consumption




DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height Si1+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340mm (13.4")

Si2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340mm (13.4")

Si3+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340mm (13.4")

Width Si1+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202mm (47.3")

Si2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1414.8mm (55.7")

Si3+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684.6mm (66.3")

Depth Si1+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791mm (31.1")

Si2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791mm (31.1")

Si3+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791mm (31.1")

Weight Si1+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38kg (84lb)

Si2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48kg (106lb)

Si3+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61kg (134lbs)


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundcraft® Si Performer

• 24 and 32 mono input frame sizes• Up to 80 inputs to mix (with external stagebox)• 8 stereo channels• 20 Aux busses to 14 mixes• User-assignable fader layers • 4 assignable insert loops• 4 FX busses• 4 mono or stereo Matrix mixes

• LR, Mono and LCR Pan modes• 4 stereo Lexicon effects engines· 8 VCA groups• 8 Mute groups• Option cards available for MADI, CobraNet®, AES/EBU, Aviom A-Net®,Riedel RockNet. BLU link, Dante and AVB planned for later 2013.

• Harman HiQnet integration• DMX lighting control















Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-5ns











EQ (Inputs and HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0 or Shelving


Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Shelving

Metering 7 x 8 segment meters for selected channel/bus, masters & monitors

. . . . . . . Each fader strip offers 4 segment level plus gain reduction

& Gate Closed status


operating range

Mains Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200W

Consumption




DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height Si Performer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170mm (6.7")

Si Performer 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170mm (6.7")

Width Si Performer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730mm (28.75")

Si Performer 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940mm (37")

Depth Si Performer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536mm (21.2")

Si Performer 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536mm (21.2")

Weight Si Performer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17kg (37lb)

Si Performer 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.5kg (47.5lb)

80 Inputs to Mix

t


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundcraft® Si Compact














Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-5ns









• 16, 24 and 32 mono input frame sizes• Up to 40 inputs (with external stagebox)• 4 stereo channels• 14 mono Aux busses• User-assignable fader layers • 4 external inserts (24,32 only)• 4 FX busses

• 4 Matrix busses• L/R and Mono busses• 4 stereo Lexicon effects engines• 4 Mute groups• Option cards available for MADI, CobraNet®, AES/EBU, Aviom A-Net®,Riedel RockNet. BLU link, Dante and AVB planned for later 2013.

• Harman HiQnet integration



EQ (Inputs and HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Shelving


Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, +/-15dB, Shelving





operating range

Mains Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200W

Consumption




DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height Si Compact 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168mm (6.6")

Si Compact 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168mm (6.6")

Si Compact 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168mm (6.6")

Width Si Compact 16 . . . . . . 445mm (17.5") (482mm/19" with rack kit)

Si Compact 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716mm (28.2")

Si Compact 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928mm (36.5")

Depth Si Compact 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520mm (20.5")

Si Compact 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520mm (20.5")

Si Compact 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520mm (20.5")

Weight Si Compact 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8kg (26lb)

Si Compact 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5kg (34lb)

Si Compact 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2kg (42lbs)

RemoteControl Appnow available40 Inputs to Mix


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundcraft® Si Expression














Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-5ns









• 16, 24 and 32 mono input frame sizes• Up to 66 inputs (with external stagebox)• 6 stereo channels• 20 Aux busses to 14 mixes• User-assignable fader layers • 4 assignable input loops• 4 FX busses

• 4 mono or stereo matrix busses• L/R and Mono busses• 4 stereo Lexicon effects engines• 4 Mute groups• Option cards available for MADI, CobraNet®, AES/EBU, Aviom A-Net®,Riedel RockNet. BLU link, Dante and AVB planned for later 2013.

• Harman HiQnet integration



EQ (Inputs and HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Shelving


Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-20kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, +/-15dB, Shelving





operating range

Mains Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200W

Consumption




DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height Si Expression 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168mm (6.6")

Si Expression 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168mm (6.6")

Si Expression 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168mm (6.6")

Width Si Expression 1 . . . . . . 445mm (17.5") (482mm/19" with rack kit)

Si Expression 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716mm (28.2")

Si Expression 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928mm (36.5")

Depth Si Expression 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520mm (20.5")

Si Expression 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520mm (20.5")

Si Expression 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520mm (20.5")

Weight Si Expression 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8kg (26lb)

Si Expression 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5kg (34lb)

Si Expression 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2kg (42lbs)

RemoteControl Appnow available66 Inputs to Mix


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Soundcraft® ViSi Connect

A range of remote stageboxes and I/O card options enable Soundcraft Vi Series,Si+, Si Compact, Si Performer and Si Expression consoles to be configured for arange of live sound mixing applcations. Connecting over MADI via Cat5 or fibre, Vi,Compact and Mini stageboxes offer users a choice of I/O capacity.

StageboxesThe standard Vi stagebox houses 64 analogue mic/line inputs and 32 analogueline outputs, with 48V phantom power and a 100Hz HPF before the A-Dconverters. Optional AES/EBU inputs and outputs are available for the stagebox insections of 8.

Alongside the Vi stagebox, the Compact Stagebox adds a cost-effective expansionoption, offering a high density of I/O connections in only 4U of rack space. Themodular unit is fully configurable but is offered with a standard configuration of32 mic/line inputs, 8 line outputs, 8 channels of AES/EBU outputs and 2expansion slots for optional I/O cards.

It is possible to equip the Compact Stagebox with an additional 16 mic/line inputXLR module instead of the output module, providing 48 inputs. In this case,analogue or AES outputs could still be obtained on D-Type connectors via D21mcards fitted to the expansion slots.

The Mini Stagebox range provides a simple solution to stage connectivity offeringa lower-cost option for many systems where the modularity and configurability ofthe larger systems are not required. The Mini Stagebox 32 (3U) provides 32analogue inputs and 8 analogue line outputs, with 4 pairs of AES inputs andoutputs, providing a total I/O capacity of 32 inputs and 16 outputs, with the MiniStagebox 16 (2U) providing 16 analogue inputs and 8 line outputs, making a 16x 8 matrix. They connect to any of the Soundcraft Si Expression, Si Compact, SiPerformer, Si Series and Vi Series consoles via either a Cat5 or Optical MADI cardfitted to the option card slot.

The Mini Stagebox models contain an integral PSU so are completely self-contained and sit comfortably stage-side.

Vi Stagebox

Compact Stagebox

Mini Stagebox 32

Mini Stagebox 16

ViSi Remote control app· Optimise the front of house mix from anywhere in the room

• Adjust monitor levels while standing next to the artist

• Control input, aux and output levels and graphic EQ settings

• Use in standalone mode for familiarisation with console functions (includes ViSeries)

• Control a network of Soundcraft digital consoles from Vi Series and Si Series*from one iPad app (*excludes Si1, 2, and 3, and + versions of these). Requiresupdated console software.

• Use multiple iPads on the same console, so several artists can control their ownmonitor mixes

• Console and audio unaffected by wireless dropouts or interference

• Auto discovery of consoles on network - no manual address entry needed

• Connects to consoles via Harman’s HiQnet® network

#32097 - HPro Catalogue 2013 V2_Layout 1 14/12/2012 13:36 Page 10

09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Vi Series Optional I/O Cards

Si+ Series / Si Compact / Si Performer / Si Expression Optional I/O Cards

ut

g

ni

The DigigramEtherSound card allowsup to 128 channels ofaudio (64 inputs/64outputs) to be connectedto the rack via a singleCat5 connection.A second Cat5connection allows daisychaining or fullredundancy capability,ensuring the networkremains uninterruptedshould a cable bebroken.

Available in bothstagebox and local rackversions. This card is onlyavailable via Digigram'sdistribution network.

The Soundcraft A-NET® 16Vcard provides direct digitalconnection on a singleCat5e cable from the Aux orGroup outputs into anAviom® A-NET® Pro16™Series Personal Mixer(compatible with A-16II andA-16R).The Pro16 System enablesmusicians on stage to befed with up to 16 subgroupsof instruments or vocalswhich they can then mix totheir own taste using theirown on-stage controller. Thecard includes a switchabletest tone and stereo pairlinking via DIP switches.

Available in both stageboxand local rack versions.

The CobraNet™ cardallows up to 32 channelsof input or output signals(or a combination ofboth) to be received byor sent from consoleonto a CobraNet™network. The card mustbe used as theConductor for thenetwork. By default, thecard is configured for 32outputs.

Available in bothstagebox and local rackversions.

In addition to theoptional card choices,an optical MADIinterface is fitted asstandard, allowing directconnection to a ProTools HD™ recordingsystem via a third partyconverter box or anyMADI compatible device(eg SSL XLogic Delta-Link). Along with theADAT card, the MADIcard offers a simplerecording solution forthe Vi Series. AdditionalMADI cards may befitted by exchanging withother I/O cards, in orderto connect additionalstageboxes or otherMADI equipment.

MADI

The ADAT card provides twooptical eight-channel ADAT inputsand outputs, with selectable44.1/48/88.2/96 kHzoperation. Optical inputs andoutputs are provided on Toslinkconnectors and can be used torecord to, for example, an AlesisHD-24 hard disk recorder orother device with ADAT inputsand outputs, and receiveplayback audio.In 96kHz operation, the numberof channels is limited to eight,i.e. four per I/O.

ADAT

The Dolby E carddecodes the audiochannels from aDolby E or DolbyDigital stream andallows them to bepatched into separateinputs on the consolefor mixing. Each cardprovides two fulldecoder sections, andcan dramatically saveexternal hardwarecost, space andweight.

DOLBY E

The 3G SDI card cande-embed up to 16audio channels froman SDI (Serial DigitalInterface) stream,and re-embed themback on to thestream for onwardtransmission in abroadcastenvironment, savinghigh costs of externalunits and, of course,weight. Thesechannels may bepatched in to anyinput as usual.

3G SDI AES/EBU OUT

LOCK

LOCK

LOCK

LOCK

1/2

3/4

5/6

7/8

LOCK

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

Each stageboxanalogue input card (8inputs) can bereplaced by anoptional AES/EBUinput card which holds4 pairs of AES/EBUinputs, with built-inSample RateConvertors.

Similarly, eachanalogue output card(8 outputs) can bereplaced by anoptional AES/EBUoutput card whichholds 4 pairs ofAES/EBU outputs.

AES/EBU

The MADI I/O card can establisha 64-channel MADI input andoutput link to a remote devicesuch as stage rack, anotherconsole or Broadcast feed to anOB.

Optical inputs and outputs areprovided on SC connectorsavailable in multi-mode or singlemode, with the auxiliary interfaceavailable as a redundant link. ACat5 version of the card is alsoavailable.

The AES/EBU - Option 2 is anXLR-based card with 2 pairs ofAES/EBU inputs and outputs (4-in/4-out).

The AES/EBU - Option 1 is a D-Type connector based AES/EBUinput/output card with 4 pairs ofinputs outputs (8-in/8-out). Aseparate BNC connector forwordclock output is provided.

The AVIOM A-NET® 16 cardallows the desk to digitally feedan Aviom A-Net® Pro-16 chain.

With this standard, 16 monosignals can be fed to anynumber of Aviom personal mixers(such as the A-16 II), connectedin a daisy chain configuration.The A-Net® card will be the startof the chain and provide theaudio and synchronization datato the chain. DIP switches on thefront panel allow grouping twoadjacent channels to one stereochannel, and generating a testtone.

The CobraNet®card allowssending and receiving of up to32 audio channels to/from aCobraNet® network. DIPswitches on the card allowsetting the number of input oroutput channels seen by theconsole.

The card must be used as theConductor for the network. Bydefault, the card is configuredfor 32 outputs.

MADI AES/EBU Option 1 AES/EBU Option 2The Si RockNet card supports32 inputs and 32 outputs to theRockNet system. The cardenables the respectiveSoundcraft Si console tobecome a part of the RockNetdigital audio network andenables remote control of anyRockNet microphone pre-amplifier.

This card is only available viathe Riedel’s distribution network.

RockNet

Soundcraft® ViSi Connect

AVB, BLU link and Dante cards planned for mid 2013.

RockNet

The Vi RockNetcard supports 64inputs and 64outputs to theRockNet system,and enables a Viconsole to becomea part of a RockNetdigital audionetwork, providingremote control ofany RockNetmicrophonepreamplifier.

This card is onlyavailable via theRiedel’s distributionnetwork.

TDIF

This card provides twoeight-channel TDIF I/Ointerfaces with 48 kHzoperation withwordclock sync outputson BNC connectors.Inputs and outputs areprovided on standard25-pin D-typeconnectors (female).

AES/EBU IN

LOCK

LOCK

LOCK

LOCK

1/2

3/4

5/6

7/8

LOCK

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

s

n


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GB8 Live• 24, 32, 40 and 48 channel frame sizes• GB30 mic preamp and precision equalisation circuitry • 4 full feature stereo channels • 4 stereo returns • Direct outputs on every channel (pre/post selectable)• 4 segment input meters on every channel• 100mm faders • Switchable 48V phantom powering on every channel • 8 Aux sends • 18dB/octave high pass filter • 8 sub groups • 4 mute groups • 11x4 output matrix • 12-segment LED metering • Record output with limiter and alternate output• VU meterpod• Integral power supply, with an external power supply link option

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26")*

Width 24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208mm (47.56")32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442mm (56.77")40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1666mm (65.59")48 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1889mm (74.37")

Depth All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656mm (25.83")

Weight 24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 kg (66.1 lbs)32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 kg (77.2 lbs)40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 kg (88.2 lbs)48 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 kg (99.2 lbs)

* Height with meterpod = 235mm (9.23")

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Input & Output Mono & Stereo Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . +15dBu max.Levels Mono & Stereo Line Inputs . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max.

Stereo Inputs & Insert Returns . . . . . . . . +20dBu max.All Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max.Nominal operating level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu max.Headphone power . . . . . 2 x 250mW into 200Ω phones

Input & Output Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩImpedances Line Inputs and Stereo Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10kΩ

Input Channel Insert Return . . . . . . . . 5k (with EQ in, otherwise worst case 3kΩ

Mix, Group, Aux, Matrix & Direct outputs . . . . . . . 150ΩInsert Sends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75ΩRecommended headphone impedance . . . . . 50-600Ω

Frequency Response Mic/Line Input to any output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz – 20kHz, < 1dB

T.H.D. Mic sens. -30dBu, +20dBu at all outputs . . . . . . . . . . < 0.006% @ 1kHz

Noise Measured RMS, 22Hz to 22kHz Bandwidth

Mic Input E.I.N. @ unity gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -128dBu (150Ω source)

Mix Output, 40 inputs routed to mix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -82dBu

Group Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -83dBu

Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -80dBu

Matrix Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -89dBu

Crosstalk Input channel muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -97dB

(@ 1kHz) Input fader cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -95dB

Input pan pot isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -75dB

Mix routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -97dB

Group routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -97dB

Adjacent channel isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -99dB

Group-Mix crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB

Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB

Matrix send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB

Typical CMRR at max gain @ 1kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80dB

Filter HP (mono input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB

(Mono Input) Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550Hz – 13kHz, +/-15dB

Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz – 1.9kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Metering Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 4-segment LED bargraph

Output channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs

Power AC mains supply (internal PSU) 85V-270V AC, 50/60Hz universal input

Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 150W

Operating Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C

Conditions Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GB4 Live• 16, 24, 32 and 40 channel frame sizes• GB30 mic preamp and precision equalisation circuitry • 2 full feature stereo channels • 2 stereo returns • Direct outputs on every channel (pre/post selectable)• 4 segment input meters on every channel• 100mm faders• Switchable 48V phantom powering on every channel • 8 Aux sends • 18dB/octave high pass filter • 4 sub groups • 4 mute groups • 7x4 output matrix • 12-segment LED metering • Record output with limiter• Integral power supply, with an external power supply link option













Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -80dBu









Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB




EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB


Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz – 1.9kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Metering Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 4-segment LED bargraph

Output channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs





DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26")

Width 16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .842mm (33.13")24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065mm (41.93")32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300mm (51.17")40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1523mm (59.96")


Weight 16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 kg (48.5 lbs)24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 kg (59.5 lbs)32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 kg (70.5 lbs)40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 kg (81.6 lbs)


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GB2 Live• 16, 24 and 32 channel frame sizes• Switchable 48V phantom powering on every channel • 6 Aux sends • 4 Sub groups (paired) • 6 x 2 Output matrix• GB30 mic preamps• 4-band GB30 EQ • Integral power supply, with an external power supply linkoption

• All metal TRS jacks and Neutrik XLRs • Direct outputs on all mono input channels













Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -80dBu









Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB




EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB


Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz – 1.9kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Metering Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal present and peak LEDs

Left and right output channels . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs





DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26")

Width 16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790mm (31.10")24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013mm (39.88")32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247mm (49.09")


Weight 16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 kg (48.5 lbs)24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 kg (55.1 lbs)32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 kg (66.1 lbs)


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

GB2R Live• Rotatable rear connector panel for rack or desktop use• 12/2 channel version with 12 mono inputs and 2 stereoinputs, stereo Sub Group Output, Mix and Mono Sum Outputs– total inputs to mix 26

• 16 channel version with 16 mono inputs, Stereo Mix andMono Sum outputs – total inputs to mix 22

• 8 (GB2R 16) or 10 (GB2R 12/2) busses• 2 stereo inputs (GB2R 12/2 only)• GB30 mic preamp and precision equalisation circuitry • 6 Aux Outputs• Direct Outputs on every mono channel • 100mm faders • Switchable +48V phantom power on every mic input • 100Hz high pass filter • Internal switched mode power supply • Record output



Stereo Returns & Insert Returns . . . . . . . +20dBu max.Any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max.Nominal operating level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu max.Headphone power . . . . 2 x 250mW into 200Ω phones



Mix, Group, Aux, & Direct outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . 150ΩInsert Sends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75ΩRecommended headphone impedance . . . . . 50-600Ω







Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -86dBu








Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB



EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving


Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz – 1.9kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving

(Stereo Input) Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kHz, +/-15dB

(GB2R 12/2 only) Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450Hz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8

Metering Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single LEDs, Signal Present and Peak

Left and right output channels . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs





DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Depth (at deepest point)

Rearcon rotated to rack mount Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26") Rearcon rotated for desktop use Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190mm (7.48")

WidthWith rack ears Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483mm (19")Without rack ears Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440mm (17.32")

Height Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445mm (17.52")

Weight GB2R 12/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.2 kg (27 lbs)GB2R 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 kg (27 lbs)

Pictured : GB2R 16


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

LX7ii Live

• 16, 24 and 32 channel frame sizes• GB30 mic preamp and 4-band GB30 EQ• 48V phantom power• True 7-bus architecture• Channel direct outputs• Talkback facility• Full-size 100mm faders• Integral universal voltage, switched-mode PSU for light weight


Input & Output Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +15dBu max.Levels Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max.

Stereo Inputs & Insert Returns . . . . . . . . +20dBu max.All Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max.Nominal operating level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu max.Headphone power . . . . . . 2 x 250mW into 200 phones

Input & Output Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩImpedances Line Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ

Input Channel Insert Return . 5k (with EQ in, otherwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .worst case 1.8kΩ

Mix, Group, Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150ΩInsert Sends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75ΩRecommended headphone impedance . . . . 50-600Ω

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164mm (6.5")

Width 16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653mm (25.7")24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856mm (33.7")32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059mm (41.7")

Depth All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503mm (19.8")

Weight (packed) 16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2 kg (40.0 lbs)24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.8 kg (48.0 lbs)32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4 kg (56.0 lbs)

Frequency Response XLR input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz – 20kHz, +0/-1dB

T.H.D. All measurements at +10dBu output, 30dB gain

XLR input to Direct output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.007% @ 1kHz

XLR input to Mix output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.008% @ 1kHz

Noise Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . <-128dBu (150Ω source)

Mix (32 ch. routed to mix, faders down, 22Hz – 22kHz) . . . . . . < -85dBu

Group (32 ch. routed to mix, faders down, 22Hz – 22kHz) . . . . < -85dBu

Aux (32 ch. routed to mix, faders down, 22Hz – 22kHz) . . . . . . < -88dBu

Crosstalk Input channel muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB

(@ 1kHz) Input fader cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB

Input pan pot isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 82dB

Mix routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB

Group routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB

Adjacent channel isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 100dB


Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -94dB



EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB


Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz – 1.9kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Metering Output channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs


Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 50W




09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

FX16ii Multi-Purpose• 26 inputs as standard• 16 mono channels with UltraMic™ preamps• 4 stereo returns• 4-bus architecture with sub-group routable to mix• 24-bit Lexicon effects processor• Direct ouputs individually switchable pre/post fade• 100mm faders• Inserts on all mono channels• Inserts on stereo mix bus• 3-band EQ with swept mid band on mono inputs• 100Hz high-pass filter• +48V phantom power• 2 sub-group outputs• Rack mountable with rotating rear panel


INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS


Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max.Mix Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max.Headphones (@150Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300mW

Input & Output Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩImpedances Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10kΩ

Stereo Input . . . . . . . . 65kΩ (stereo), 35kΩ (mono)Outputs . . . . . 150Ω (balanced), 75Ω (unbalanced)

Frequency Response Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/1dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

T.H.D. Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . < 0.009% @ 1kHz

Noise Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -127dBu (150Ω source)

Aux, Mix and Masters (@ 0dB, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dBu

Crosstalk Channel Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 96dB

(@ 1kHz) Fader Cut-off (rel +10 mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 90dB

Aux Send Pots Offness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 86dB

EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB,

(Mono inputs) MF (swept) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hz – 3.5kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Power Consumption Less than 40W

Operating Conditions Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C to +30°C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height 148mm (5.8")

Width Without rack brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442mm (17.4")With rack brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481mm (19.0")

Depth 442mm (17.4")

Weight 8.5kg (19lbs)

For more than 35 years, Lexicon has been synonymouswith the best reverb and processing in the business,continuously introducing ground-breaking technology tothe audio industry. Today, Lexicon processing is heard onover 80% of all recordings - broadcast and filmsoundtracks. Now Soundcraft empowers the FX16ii(along with the EFX/MFX – see pages 40 and 44) withstunning 24-bit digital effects processing using the sameAudioDNA® processor used in the highly-acclaimedLexicon MX500 processor.

A total of 32 preset effects including reverbs, delays andchoruses are available along with 3 effects parametercontrols and a tap tempo button.

The versatility of the effects section is further enhancedby the facility to store user-defined effects settingsallowing the user to return to their favourite settings timeafter time.

Effects can be switched on and off using a footswitch.

Note: FX section pictured here is from EFX. Functions andfeatures are the same for FX16ii, EFX and MFX.


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

• 4, 8 or 12 mono inputs with 3-band EQ (swept mid)• 4 stereo inputs• Rugged chassis design, with integral rackmount capability• 4 dedicated level-controlled FX returns with master level control• 4 auxiliary sends – 2 pre-fade, 2 post-fade• Pre- /post-fade switchable direct output on every mono input channel

• Signal detect and peak LEDs on all input channels• S/PDIF digital output• Global 48V phantom power• 100mm faders throughout


Input & Output Microphone Input Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . +12dBuLevels Mono Channel Line Input Maximum Level . . . . +38dBu

Stereo Input Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . +21dBuHeadphones Output (into 200Ω) . . . . . . . . . . 150mWAll Other Audio Outputs . . . . . . . . . +21dBu into 10kΩ

Input & Output Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 2kΩImpedances Mono Channel Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 40kΩ

Stereo Input (Stereo Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 30kΩStereo Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩHeadphone Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 40ΩAll Other Audio Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT


Width 4 channel, with sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397mm (15.6")4 channel, without sides . . . . . . . . . . 373mm (14.7")8 / 12 channel, with sides . . . . . . . . . 506mm (19.9")8 / 12 channel, without sides (rackmount) . . . . . . . . . 483mm (19.0")

Depth All frame sizes, with sides . . . . . . . . . 523mm (20.6")All frame sizes, without sides (rackmount) . . . . . . . . . 490mm (19.3"), . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fits into 11U

Weight (incl. 4 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.75 kg (14.8 lbs)power supply) 8 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 kg (18.1 lbs)

12 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55 kg (18.8 lbs)

Frequency Response Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/-1dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

T.H.D. Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +20dBu @ all outputs . . . . . . < 0.008% @ 1kHz

Noise Mic Input E.I.N. (max. gain, 22Hz – 22kHz, unweighted) . . . . . . -128dBu

Aux and Mix Outputs (8 ch. routed, faders down,

22Hz – 22kHz, unweighted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dBu

Crosstalk Channel Mute . . . . . . . . < 90dB 20Hz – 10kHz, < 80dB 10kHz – 20kHzFader Cut-Off (ref. Fader 0dB) . < 90dB 20Hz – 10kHz, < 80dB 10kHz – 20kHzRouting Isolation . . . . . . < 90dB 20Hz – 10kHz, < 80dB 10kHz – 20kHz

Filter HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB

(Mono Input) MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Hz – 6kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Hz, +/-15dB



Soundcraft M Series Multi-Purpose


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

EPM Series Multi-Purpose• Frame sizes 6 mono + 2 stereo, 8 mono + 2 stereo and 12 mono + 2 stereo

• Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power • 2 configurable auxiliary buses • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Aux send globally switchable pre or post fade • 3- band EQ with swept mid band (mono inputs) • 2- band EQ on stereo inputs • Inserts on all mono inputs • 10-segment LED output metering • Headphone output • Simple rack mounting options




Input & Output Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4kΩImpedances Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11kΩ

Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100kΩOutputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω

Frequency Response Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/-0.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

T.H.D. Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . < 0.007% @ 1kHz


Aux, Mix and Masters (@ max, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -85dBu




EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB,

(Mono inputs) MF (swept) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Hz – 3kHz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5


Operating Conditions Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C

Pictured : EPM12

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91mm (3.6")

Width EPM6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280mm (11.0")EPM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330mm (13.0")EPM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432mm (17.0")


Weight EPM6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 kg (8.8 lbs)EPM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs)EPM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)

ol


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

EFX Series Multi-Purpose• Frame sizes 8 mono + 2 stereo and 12 mono + 2 stereo • Built- in Lexicon 24-bit effects • Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power• 1 configurable auxiliary bus • 1 dedicated FX send • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Aux send globally switchable pre or post fade • 3- band EQ with swept mid band (mono inputs) • 3- band EQ on stereo inputs • Inserts on all mono inputs • 10-segment LED output metering • Headphone output • Simple rack mounting options

See Soundcraft FX16ii for Lexicon Effects Information







T.H.D. Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . . < 0.02% @ 1kHz






EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB,


LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB,

(Stereo inputs) MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720Hz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB


Operating Conditions Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C to 40°C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Height All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91mm (3.6")

Width EFX8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330mm (13.0")EFX12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432mm (17.0")


Weight EFX8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs)EFX12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)

Pictured : EFX8


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MPMi Series Multi-Purpose• Frame sizes 12 mono + 2 stereo and 20 mono + 2 stereo• Individual channel modules with nutted pots fixed to compact and rugged steel chassis for increased strength and rigidity

• Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power • 2 group busses • 3 Aux sends, 2 switchable pre or post fade, 1 post fade • 3-band EQ with swept mid band on mono inputs • 3-band EQ on stereo inputs • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Stereo Mix, Monitor and Headphone outputs • Optional rack ears available for 20 channel, included with 12 channel




Input & Output Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4kΩImpedances Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11kΩ

Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100kΩOutputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω


T.H.D. + Noise Mic gain 30dB, -20dBu input

Mix out, fader max @ 1kHz, i/p fader @ 0dB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.004 %

Noise (22Hz-22kHz Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -128dBu (150Ω source)measurement bandwidth) Aux, Mix and Masters (@ max, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -83dBu




EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8kHz, +/-15dB


LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Power Consumption MPMi20/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Watts

MPMi12/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Watts

Operating Conditions Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to +40°C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT


Width MPMi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585mm (23.0")MPMi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790mm (31.0")


Weight MPMi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 kg (18.9 lbs)MPMi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 kg (25.3 lbs)

Pictured : MPMi20


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

MFXi Series Multi-Purpose• Frame sizes 8 mono + 2 stereo, 12 mono + 2 stereoand 20 mono + 2 stereo

• Individual channel modules with nutted pots fixed to compact andrugged steel chassis for increased strength and rigidity

• Built- in Lexicon 24-bit effects • Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power• 2 group busses• 2 Aux sends, globally switchable pre or post fade • Dedicated FX send • 3-band EQ with swept mid band on mono inputs • 3-band EQ on stereo inputs • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Stereo Mix, Monitor and Headphone outputs • Optional rack ears available for 8 and 20 channel, included with12 channel

See Soundcraft FX16ii for Lexicon Effects Information

Pictured : MFXi12/2







T.H.D. Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . . < 0.02% @ 1kHz






EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB,


LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

EQ HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB,

(Stereo inputs) MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720Hz, +/-15dB

LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB


Operating Conditions Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C to 40°C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT


Width MFXi8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487mm (19.2")MFXi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585mm (23.0")MFXi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790mm (31.1")


Weight MFXi8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)MFXi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 kg (18.9 lbs)MFXi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 kg (25.3 lbs)


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Multi-Purpose Comparison Chart FX16ii M Series EPM EFX MPMi MFXi

Rack Mount Rack ears supplied 4,8 & 12 Integral Optional Optional Optional for 20 ch Optional for 8/20 ch( 4 uses rack Standard on 12 ch Standard on 12 ch

extender )

Frame Sizes 16 4, 8, 12 6, 8, 12 8, 12 12, 20 8, 12, 20

Mono Channels 16 4, 8, 12 6, 8, 12 8, 12 12, 20 8, 12, 20(mic or line)

Integral FX 32 Lexicon FX 32 Lexicon FX 100+ FX

Inserts Mono inputs, Mono inputs, Mono inputs, Mono inputs Mono inputs Mono inputsSub-mix, Mix Mix Mix

Stereo Channels 4 stereo 4 stereo 2 stereo 2 stereo 2 stereo 2 stereoreturns inputs inputs inputs inputs inputs

Groups 2 - - - 2 2

Direct Outs All mono All mono - - - -channels channels

EQ Bands 3 (swept 3 (swept 3 (swept 3 (swept 3 (swept 3 (swept(mono inputs) mid) mid) mid) mid) mid) mid)

EQ Bands - 2 band 2 band 3 band 3 band 3 band(stereo inputs) fixed on fixed on fixed on fixed on fixed on

stereo inputs stereo inputs stereo inputs stereo inputs stereo inputs

Filters 100Hz HPF 100Hz HPF - - 100Hz HPF 100Hz HPFmono inputs mono inputs mono inputs mono inputs

Auxiliary Sends 3 + Lexicon FX 4 ( 2 pre, 2 post) 2 1 + Lexicon FX 3 2 + Lexicon FX

Returns 5 stereo 4 stereo 1 stereo 2 stereo 1 stereo 2 stereoreturns returns return returns return returns

Phantom Power Switchable 1-8, 9-16 Global Global Global Global Global

Typical Applications:

Band/PA Setups

Small Venues,

Conferences

Installed Sound

Schools, Houses

of Worship

Studio Recording

Video Pre/

Post-Production

Sub/Location

Mixing

Multimedia

(Stereo returns include2-track input)


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Front of House GB8 GB4 GB2 GB2R 16 - GB2R 12/2 LX7ii

Mono Inputs 24-48ch 16-40ch 16-32ch 16ch / 12ch 16-32ch

Sub Groups 4 4 8 - / 2 4(paired (paired (paired (pairedsends) sends) sends) sends)

Master Outputs L/R L/R L/R L/R L/R+ Mono + Mono + mono + Mono + Mono

Matrix 11 x 4 7 x 4 6 x 2 - -standard standard standard

VCA Groups - - - - -

Stereo Inputs 4 standard 2 standard 2 standard - / 2 2more optional

EQ 2 fixed, 2 fixed, 2 fixed, 2 fixed, 2 fixed2 swept 2 swept 2 swept 2 swept 2 swept

Filters 100Hz HPF 100Hz HPF 100Hz HPF 100Hz HPF 100Hz HPF

Aux Sends 8 8 6 6 6 (4 Pre/Post)

Mute Groups 4 4 - - -

FX Returns 4 2 2 3 stereo returns (GB2R 16) 2+ 2 stereo inputs stereo inputs stereo inputs Up to 5 stereo returns + 2 stereo inputs

(GB2R 12/2)

Linking - - - - -

Other Features Integral PSU Integral PSU, Integral PSU Integral PSU Integral PSU12-segment output 12-segment output 12 segment output 12-segment output metering meterbridge

metering metering meteringStereo modules available

Live Comparison Chart COMPARISON CHARTS


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

S Small Format Digital Live Comparison Chart

Si Compact Si Expression Si Performer

Mono Inputs 16, 24, 32 16, 24, 32 24, 32

Line Inputs 4 mono (2 stereo) 4 mono (2 stereo) 8 mono (4 stereo)

AES/EBU Inputs 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair

Max Inputs to Mix 40 66 80

Stereo Returns 4 6 8

Inserts 4 Send/Return Jacks 4 assignable insert loops 4 assignable insert loops

Input EQ 4 bands, 2 parametric, 2 sweep shelving 4 bands, 2 parametric, 2 sweep shelving 4 full parametric bands

Input Dynamics Gate / Compressor Gate / Compressor Gate / Compressor

Input Delays Yes Yes Yes

Pan Modes LR LR LR, LCR

Channel Name Display No No Yes

Assignable Fader Layers Yes Yes Yes

VCA Groups 0 0 8

Mute Groups 4 4 8

Total Mix Busses 25 35 35

Bus Output Connectors 16 16 16

AES/EBU Outputs 2 2 2

Matrix Outputs 4 mono 4 mono or stereo 4 mono or stereo

Lexicon FX Engines 4 4 4

Graphic EQs (Bus) 21 31 31

Output EQ 4 bands, 2 parametric, 2 sweep shelving 4 bands, 2 parametric, 2 sweep shelving 4 full parametric bands

Output Dynamics Compressor Compressor Compressor

Output Delays Yes Yes Yes

Option card Slots 1 1 2

COMPARISON CHARTS


09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

NOTES:

09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:09

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Products and SolutionsAn Overview

®

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Service and Support

We at Studer know that reliability is of paramount importance to our customers. Therefore Studer offers worldwide service and support for its products. Studer also offers operator training and service courses on-site or at our production facilities and Customer Experience Centre in the UK.

Pioneering the future of the audio industry

We aim to provide our customers in Radio and TV broadcasting and the live installed sound industries with new and feature-enriched products and training. We believe this offers the ultimate mixing console for your production of programmes and shows.

Studer’s long and successful history is founded on customer service. We have never lost sight of this fact and realise that it is an important part of the Studer package when choosing to buy a Studer product. As such we are committed to continuing our traditions of combining excellent Swiss craftsmanship, well-engineered innovation and intuitive ideas, while always keeping the customer benefits as our main objective.The constant evolution of ergonomic user-interface technologies,

combined with leading edge digital signal processing, has resulted in the most efficient and groundbreaking innovation, namely the “Vista” series of digital mixing desks. By focussing

on the human aspects of operation, a product has been created that is not only intuitive, efficient and reliable but also a pleasure to use.In broadcasting, the digital mixing console is no longer seen as a standalone product but as an ergonomic point of access to digital

At Studer, our philosophy is to continually strive for perfection through innovative design, Swiss engineering and in-built quality. The Studer name is synonymous with providing solutions – in Radio, Television, Live applications and Post Production – in the form of dedicated products or complete tailor-made systems

Studer Excellence is a habit

audio data in a fully integrated digital audio system. Today consoles provide the basis for the most flexible and networkable systems to provide a fully digital broadcast chain.

65 Years of Innovation

Studer celebrates its 65th anniversary in 2013, having worked with and supplied virtually all of the world's leading broadcasters and recording studios in that time. Studer is perfectly placed today to continue, and accelerate, the pioneering product developments that have made it the leader it is today.

You can depend on Studer to pioneer technologies and market-leading products to the quality and reliability standards for which we are renowned.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Vistonics™Free your mind to mix

Vistonics allows the colour and shape of controls to be varied according to good ergonomic practice. A given audio function is always associated with the same colour and a parameter is always associated with the same icon displaying values graphically, just as intuitive as an analogue console, or even more so.

Every channel displays its settings of dynamics (green), equaliser (red) and panorama (pan-yellow) in the Vistonics touch area allowing instant overview of the entire console.

By pressing one button on the Global View area, the four Vistonics rotary controls on each channel change their function throughout the console, displaying the four most important parameters of the chosen audio function. Global View buttons can be found on each Fader Bay, permitting access from wherever the operator is sitting.

A simple touch on the desired function of the chosen channel opens up the complete function onto Vistonics. By simply turning the rotary control, the chosen value can be adjusted and the changing value is immediately displayed, graphically and numerically.

Vistonics has icons which have been carefully designed to represent a logical readout for each individual function: levels are displayed as bar graphs, time settings as clocks, frequencies as radio dials, to mention but a few. This allows easy recognition of the function itself as well as its state and approximate value — without the need to actually read the word and numerical values display.

The operation of Vistonics resembles that of an analogue console but is even more intuitive.

Future-proof functionalityNew functionality and features can be easily added to the Vistonics screen without needing physical surface changes, meaning your console is a secure investment for the future.

In high stress live situations, sound engineers depend on a mixing console which allows fluent and straight forward operation.

Furthermore, a broadcast production facility with numerous engineers and freelancers (or one which is open to external production teams) must provide an easy-to-learn mixing console.

This is where the unique Vistonics user interface of the Studer Vista Series comes in. It includes the patented technology for integrating rotary controls and buttons within a flat screen display, bringing visualization and operation into immediate proximity. The same Vistonics system is employed on all Studer Vista consoles, so operators can move easily and quickly between different Vista models.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Broadcast, Production and Live Consoles

Building on the acclaimed and proven Vista digital mixing platform, the Vista 9 combines advanced ergonomic design with complete system flexibility, pristine audio quality and groundbreaking new features to create a console fit for a new age of broadcast and live production.

The Vista 9 takes the operator experience to a higher level, supplementing the Vistonics™ interface with radical and innovative ‘wide screen’ based TFT metering, FaderGlow™ and numerous other innovations.

The new metering really does give precision feedback on signal status. The channel meters are able to show mono – right through to 7.1 channel signals, stereo correlation meter, along with bus assignment or surround vector display, providing a clear and easily understandable display of the surround signal levels.

Additionally, a unique HISTORY mode records events such as overloads in the audio path of each channel, and highlights them in red on the channel waveform. The operator can then review which channel had such an event, up to 30 seconds after the event has occurred.

Adding to this is the new integral RTW loudness metering, fitted as standard to all Vista 9 consoles and available as a retrofit to existing consoles. The RTW TM7 meter was chosen as it perfectly complements Vistonics™, the simple and elegant touchscreen user interface that Vista customers know and love.

See the RTW metering section on page 9

DIGITAL CONSOLES

Studer is famous for its large-frame broadcast and production consoles delivering the finest audio quality. By introducing the most advanced user-interface architectures and the most modern DSP technology Studer continues to take quantum leaps forward in this sector of the audio industry.

Vista 9: Room for Creativity

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Studer’s patented Vistonics has won many friends worldwide thanks to its speed and ease of use and similarity to an analogue channel-strip style of working. During a complex live production, the context-oriented FaderGlow™ provides the operator with an instant overview of the console status by illuminating each fader with freely-assignable colours.

The new Vista 9 gives you absolute freedom to place input, bus and master channels, anywhere across the surface. You decide how you want your mixing session laid out. From surround input channels with an intuitive input balance section to stereo input channels with a 5.1 up-mixing panner to automatic down-mixer processes for outputs, the Vista 9 has all the practical tools for today’s and tomorrow’s surround productions built-in. This includes both analogue and digital 7.1 control room monitoring integrated into the desk.

The Vista 9 seamlessly integrates with other Studer Vista and OnAir consoles and Routers by making use of the RELINK network technology. Communication to third party control systems is provided, making the Vista 9 a complete part of your greater studio system.

Brochure BD10.949300

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DSP with local I/O and flight case

The Vista 5 M2 is a highly flexible, compact digital mixer, with a well-conceived control surface for use in broadcast production, live sound and

performance venues. The console’s small size and simple connectivity make it suitable for use in small to midsize studios and OB trucks. As a "fly-away" the Vista 5 M2 can easily be moved from one location to

another and set up within minutes.

The Vista 5 M2 may be fitted wit Studer’s TFT meterscreen technology which was introduced with the Vista 9. Meter strips can display signals from mono to 5.1. Surround and history views are available.

The Vista 5 M2 is available with 42, 32 or 22 physical faders. DSP power and I/O may be specified by the customer and fit in an external 6U rack which may be fixed installed or fitted in a flight case with remote stageboxes. The total I/O capacity, comprising various cards including Mic/Line, ADAT, TDIF, AES/EBU, SDI and MADI, may exceed 1700 inputs and outputs.

The 42 fader desk is suitable for two man operation as the bays may be isolated to avoid global changes to the surface layout affecting the "other" operator.

Full broadcast facilities are included, such as N-1 outputs (IFBs), off-air conferencing, GPIO and extensive monitoring including 5.1-to-stereo down-mixes. The console’s internal matrix may be controlled from a variety of third-party controllers and video routers, removing the requirement for external audio routers in many installations.

The Vista 5 also includes Studer’s unique ‘Virtual Surround Panning’ (VSPII™) system for extra creativity.


Vista 5 M2 32-faderwith optional meterbridge

Vista 5 M2 42-fader

Vista 5 M2 22-fader with optional meterbridge

Vista 5 M2: Compact, Versatile, Transportable

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Long famed for its range of digital consoles in the Broadcast sector, Studer has joined the top end tour sound sector with the Vista 5SR desk, a road-ready version of the established Vista 5 console already in use in prestigious theatres, studios and performing arts centres around the world.

The Vista 5 SR is a direct response from Studer to suggestions from leading tour sound companies and engineers who saw the Vista 5 and realised its potential as a true live sound desk. This feedback has led to Studer ruggedizing the mechanics of both the console and racks for touring use.

The Vista 5 SR comes with preset configurations for Front-of-House and Monitor use.

The standalone Config Editor tool allows the channel/bus structure to be customised, all of which can be saved for each particular show setup and instantly recalled from memory or a USB stick at a later date.

Also a key feature of the Vista 5 SR is its expandable I/O system – where the whole range of available Studer D21m series I/O cards (including Cobranet and Aviom A-Net) can be added to the system. The MADI standard is used as optical snake link from stagebox to FOH rack – with the possibility to add a redundant snake for increased security.

The Vista 5 SR can also utilise VST plug-ins using a dedicated plugin engine that enables effects to be used either on channel inserts or on effects sends. Control and storage of the plug-ins is achieved via a dedicated page on the Vista’s Graphical Controller screen, and effect configurations are then recalled via the Vista’s Cuelist function. The VST host allows the sound engineer to now make use of his/her favourite plug-in collection not only in the studio but also on the road.

Stage BoxBrochure BD10.265951

Vista Compact Remote

The Vista Compact Remote Bay has been designed for users seeking a slave or secondary desk to work in parallel with their Vista console. Typical applications are theatre or live sound installations where it is desired to control the sound balance from the auditorium. It provides full control and monitoring functionality and can be used with all types of Vista consoles, including the brand-new, all-in-one Vista 1. In addition it may also be used as a completely stand-alone controller for the Vista's DSP and I/O should the control surface not be available.

The Vista Compact Remote has a 19" touch screen which can be folded down, thus protecting both screen and control hardware during transport similar to a laptop computer, and a control surface

section with 12 high-quality, motorised Penny & Giles faders, 40 channel rotary controls, a touch pad and a slide-in keyboard.

Applications • Remote bay with minimal footprint for theatres • Redundant VCA-style fader box in theatres • Redundant fader box for OB Trucks.

Users of HARMAN's Studer Vista consoles can add up to 24 channels of Lexicon Effects to their console with the VISTA FX engine. The VISTA FX unit contains 8 channels of FX, and three units may be cascaded to allow up to 24 different mono channels per console.

Each 2U VISTA FX unit provides two Lexicon PCM96 devices, with control and assignment of the effects and their parameters all accomplished via the Vistonics™ user interface. Both real-time operation and snapshot-based control can be achieved through the touch-screen based system. The unit can be configured to provide 8 mono, 4 stereo or 2 surround signals; with hundreds of different presets available to the operator.

Vista FX

Vista 5 SR: Ready for the Road

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Brochure 5025106

The Studer Vista 1 is a transportable digital mixing console for broadcast, live and production use.

For the first time with a Vista, all you need is contained within a single box – the control surface, I/O system, DSP and power supplies are all in one unit.

This makes Vista 1 the ideal choice when space is restricted, such as in OB and ENG vans, small studios, or for applications where the console needs to be moved with ease.

Thanks to the patented Vistonics™ user interface with 40 on-screen rotary knobs, its look and feel is identical to that of its larger sisters. Anyone who is already used to the intuitive Vista surface will immediately be familiar with the Vista 1.

Vista 1 – Quality you can afford and rely onThe console is available in 22 and 32-fader versions.

The Vista 1 offers all the surround capabilities a user can dream of. Formats include 2CH stereo, LCR, LCRS and 5.1. The internal 5.1-to-stereo down mix function allows for simultaneous

live productions in both formats. The Vista 1 also includes Studer’s ‘Virtual Surround Panning’ (VSP™), using not only amplitude, but also time delay and frequency response panning.

• 32 or 22 motorized faders, with Studer

FaderGlow™

• More than 96 DSP channels, including 5.1

surround channels.

• True broadcast monitoring, talkback, red

light control and eight general-purpose

control inputs/outputs (GPIO).

• Input level and gain reduction LED bargraph

meter in every fader strip.

• 6 high-resolution VFD master level meters.

• Full mix-minus (n–x) system for live two

way operations.

• Vista data format compatibility for easy

transfer of console snapshots between

different Vista consoles.

• Integrated jingle player for immediate

playback of eight different station identifier

clips, background FX or other audio files

from a jingle stick/USB memory device.

• Studer Virtual Vista Online/offline editor.

• Snapshot automation.

• Support for the new Studer® Vista

Compact Remote Bay over Ethernet or

even WLAN.

• Harman HiQnet® support for controlling

other devices such as power amplifiers or

wireless microphone receivers from the

Harman Professional family of brands.

• Ember and Pro-Bel protocol support for

use with broadcast/ newsroom automation

systems.

• Redundant PSU.

• Standard I/O comprises:

• 32 high-quality mic/line inputs with

phantom power and low cut filter.

• 32 analogue line outputs.

• 8 AES/EBU pairs input (with sample rate

converters), 8 AES/EBU pairs output.

• Desk operator headphone.

• USB jingle player socket.

• Integral 64x64 optical MADI port.

• Slots for additional D21m I/O cards

(one double-width or two single-

width cards), such as AoIP (Axia

Livewire™), MADI, AES/EBU, ADAT, TDIF,

CobraNet®, Aviom A-Net®, Dolby® E/

Digital, SDI, etc.

• The system can be extended by using

additional Studer D21m I/O frames

accepting cards from the comprehensive

D21m I/O system programme.

• Studer’s RELINK input/output sharing

system allows sharing inputs and outputs

with other Studer Vista and OnAir

consoles.

• Support for the whole Studer stagebox

range via a MADI link, such as the 4U

Studer Compact Stagebox.

The Vista 1 console comes in a standard configuration comprising:

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

DESK opTIonS

VistaMix

Studer VistaMix automatic microphone

mixing removes the need for an operator

to manually adjust all the faders all the

time, leaving the microphones of talking

participants open, while closing the

microphones of silent participants in order

to reduce spill and background noise.

Without VistaMix, the reaction time of

a human operator will often result in

audible fade-ins of people who start talking

rather unexpectedly. Also, changes in fader

positions can quickly lead to disturbing

changes of the total ambience/noise level

in the mix.

VistaMix offers the solution by mimicking

the action of a human operator: increasing

gain for 'talking' mics and reducing gain for

all others, but quickly, keeping the amount

of total gain constant, so a clean live mix

can be created.

VistaMix also offers the ideal solution

for news operations when multiple mics

are installed in the studio but the desk

operator is not sure which ones will be

used. VistaMix switches on only those mics

that are in use. VistaMix source channels

may also be mix minus (N–X) owners.

VistaMix is available to all existing Vista

systems with SCore Live DSP engines, by

simply upgrading to software version 4.8

and adding the special VistaMix channels

to the DSP configuration. No additional

hardware is required to the Vista surface,

the new controls are fully implemented

within the standard Vistonics™ screens and

controls.

Ember support provides seamless integration of Studer consoles with third-party studio controllers or newsroom automation systems. Ember is an industry standard control protocol which allows many console settings, such as fader levels, mutes, PFL, signal labels, snapshots and much else, to be controlled over TCP/IP.

Ember supports multi-connection setups so is suitable for installations requiring redundancy.

EMBER

The TM7 meter perfectly complements Vistonics™, the simple and elegant touchscreen user interface that Vista customers know and love. The TM7 meter includes custom meter presets which provides not only Loudness Metering to EBU R 128 and ITU BS1770 but also traditional bar graph and moving needle metering to many international standards.

Loudness Metering

The Loudness Meter may also be retrofitted to all Vista 9 consoles.

Loudness Metering is now available for the Vista 9 console, via a special version of the RTW TM7 touchscreen meter built into the meterbridge.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

BBC, New Broadcasting House, London

The Studer OnAir 3000 Modulo version uses the same modules as the fixed frame unit but instead of fitting them in a conventional surface the individual modules may be fitted into custom furniture to suit the specific layout needs of the user.


OnAir 3000 Modulo in custom table

OnAir consolesWith the OnAir series, Studer offers one of the widest ranges of digital on-air and production consoles on the market. The experience of thousands of Radio and TV installations throughout the world and Studer’s expertise and craftsmanship offer the most flexible and easy to operate live on-air desks.

The control surface of this third generation Studer digital on-air mixing console, the OnAir 3000, is a logical evolutionary step based on extensive experience gained over more than 14 years producing digital consoles. The Studer OnAir 3000 is ideally suited for medium to large and complex radio and TV broadcast and production applications and includes a modern audio networking architecture. Desks may be fitted with from 3 to 54 faders.

With the Studer RELINK I/O sharing system, OnAir (and Vista) consoles can form an open and networked infrastructure within a broadcast centre.

By interconnecting several Studer On-Air desks with Re-link the local and decentralised audio resources in each desk – be they sources or output busses – can be available to any desk in the network.

This means that a user working in, for example, Studio A can easily access the microphone, which may be physically in another location and connected to Studio Bs hardware, route it on a fader on his desk surface and use it as if it was connected to his studio hardware.

The OnAir 3000 also now includes the ability to control 5.1 sources and busses on a single fader.

onAir 3000: Ultimate Flexibility in Specification

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Part of the desk may also be detached and mounted, for example in a news studio, either as a tabletop

unit or in the Modulo version as a drop-in module in studio furniture.

Touch’n’Action

The user interface of the Studer OnAir 3000 incorporates the patented ‘Touch’n’Action’ phil-osophy using colour screens. ‘Touch’n’Action’ offers immediate access to parameter settings, vital in all live situations, and an instant overview of all channel parameters at a glance permitting a clean and uncluttered surface design.

The Studer OnAir 3000 is also available in a fixed frame floor standing control room version. The frame incorporates the same hardware modules as the Studer OnAir 3000 Modulo version, allowing

users to choose any required combinations according to their individual

applications.

The Studer OnAir 3000 uses either the Compact SCore or the SCore Live DSP engines developed by Studer. The more powerful SCoreLive DSP engine is used for larger systems with surround channels or more than 512 inputs

and those that require DSP card redundancy. They use the same digital audio algorithms as the Studer Vista family, thus guaranteeing the very best Studer sound quality. On both core types audio interfacing is provided by the D21m I/O system also used in the Vista large frame console.

DSP Technology

RMC, Paris

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Fader Screen module

The 12" colour touch screens display an array of information including: input settings, equaliser and dynamics values, AUX send levels, N-X contribution, input, output and insert routings, bus and group assigns, Pan/Bal and channel label, all in real time and all with real values.

The Fader Screen is also available in multi-functional format with additional DVI input and is switchable between standard channel display and any external video source (800x600). for example the Studer Call Management System (CMS) or other studio control systems.

Editor Module

This module comprises an extended three fader unit including a small set of monitoring and talk-back buttons and level controls. This provides a

particularly useful unit for an editor or journalist to use either in a small booth or at their office desk.

opTIonS AnD EXTEnSIonS

Motor Fader ModuleThe motor fader module (A943.061000) also extends the great variety of modules for the OnAir 3000. The module contains 6 full motorised 100mm faders, 4 large illuminated and configurable pushbuttons with replaceable label and 12 small illuminated pushbuttons per channel. Two LEDs in each fader strip indicate channel overload (red) and active fader start (blue). Level and gain reduction meter are shown in an OLED display in every channel. Additionally, channel label and parameters of channel processes are indicated in the OLED as well. A touch sensitive rotary encoder below every display allows you to change the indicated channel parameters without losing focus on the fader strip. The OLED display provides outstanding readability of condensed content, even when exposed to bright surroundings.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

onAir 2500: Mobile broadcasting has never been this easy

The OnAir 2500 fulfils a clear role in the market. The simple design of a digital all-in-one console combined with well-established software technology derived from the OnAir 3000 ensures a new standard in ease-of-use for radio Broadcast.

Studer’s OnAir 2500 is designed as an integrated system – control surface, I/O breakout, DSP and power supply, in a single frame. No additional core is needed to operate the console. The OnAir 2500 is available in 12, 18, and 24 fader frames, with optional motorised faders.The OnAir 2500 provides a variety of inputs and outputs in both analogue and digital formats on XLR and sub-D connectors. Optical MADI and ADAT inputs and outputs are provided plus an 8 channel Firewire interface for direct connection to PC or MAC recording and playout systems.

Channel Display

With the OnAir 2500, you can easily go mobile – wherever and whenever you want. Every signal you need is connected directly to the rear panel, simply plug and play; you’re on-air fast!


The Modulo version offers the same functions in separate modules which are easily connected together when installed in tabletop furniture.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

The separate core of the OnAir 1500 contains the DSP and I/O systems. Its straightforward design uses Industry-standard sockets making a breakout panel unnecessary. Two separate card slots can be equipped with any optional D21m I/O module, such as MADI (up to 64 ch in/56 ch out), ADAT, AES, or additional MIC inputs.

The front panel carries three USB ports, one of which is used to identify the console operator. The second port can host a USB stick for recording and playback, while the third one can be switched to deliver an additional eight channels of I/O to/from a USB device such as CAB or a DAW system.

The NANO SCORE connects to the surface via one Cat5 cable, supplying power to the surface.

nAno SCoRE: Make the right connections

The OnAir 1500 has been designed as a flexible console for on-air broadcasting and as a secondary or "grams" mixer in larger studios. It is a compact and cost-

effective solution with one (6 faders) or two (12 faders) table top or recessed control modules. The DSP and I/O are fitted in the small 4U Nano SCore.

The control surface is designed to be simple to learn and "risk free" for live self operations. A screen may be used but the system is

designed for normal daily use without requiring a screen and keyboard, thus saving valuable studio space.

Integrated USB playback and record functions allow simple recording and playback of Off-Air telephone interviews without external equipment.

onAir 1500: A lot more broadcasting for a lot less money

The basic 6-fader surface can mix up to 12 channels (6 stereos), with the additional 6-fader extension bay up to 24 channels (12 stereo) may be mixed to a main programme bus, a record bus and 4 auxiliary/mix minus busses. All busses may be mono or stereo.

The OnAir1500 is designed for use straight out of the box, with simple plug and play operation. However, for the more involved owner the system is completely configurable, much like the OnAir 3000 and OnAir 2500. The depth of configuration and customization is up to the user, and can be continually altered to accommodate a facility’s changing needs and growth.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Studer offers a wide variety of system products including large and complex routing systems, call management systems, and audio interface systems and master audio clock generators.

Systems / Solutions

The Studer Route 6000 features a flexible digital routing system which not only provides more than 3 million crosspoints but also offers signal processing such as dynamics, level detection, gain, mono summing and much more. It's easy configuration saves studio time and resources and the modular architecture allows upgrading at any time. The Studer Route 6000 is based on the same SCore Live DSP technology as the Studer Vista series of digital mixing consoles, and also uses the same flexible and reliable D21m I/O system which is used for mixing consoles.

The Route 6000 provides industry-standard control interfaces for serial (RS-422) and Ethernet (TCP/IP) based control systems. Standardised protocols are implemented allowing most router control systems to access the basic routing functions without major adaptations and system integration.

In conjunction with Studer mixing consoles, the Route 6000 supports RELINK I/O sharing.

The Route 1000 software offers an easy to use screen based control suite allowing easy setting of cross points. Inputs and outputs may be grouped, making it easy to navigate through hundreds of signals. The Route 1000 application runs on a PC which connects to the Router over a TCP/IP network. Designed for networked systems, many Route 1000 control applications can run simultaneously to control the same router, and each will report the operational state through a feedback system.

Route 6000: Maximising Studio Resources

Hardware X-Y panels are also available.


10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

D21 MasterSync

The Studer D21 MasterSync combines precise master clock generation with clock distribution capabilities, an essential part of a larger digital audio installation. The generator can be synchronized by external video, AES/EBU or Wordclock signals, or use its accurate internal reference to generate clock rates at six different frequencies between 44.1 kHz and 96 kHz. The built-in distribution amplifiers supply six Wordclock and up to 16 AES/EBU outputs as reference signals. Two D21 MasterSync generators may be connected together in order to provide full redundancy.


D21m Input/output System

All Studer consoles and the Routers use the same technology to to interface the digital signal processing with the studio equipment. It is a fully modular system that offers many analogue and digital formats, naturally including traditional analogue microphone and line level interfaces, the common AES and MADI digital interfaces, and also some specialised digital formats such as Aviom A-Net, Axia Livewire™ and embedded SDI signals up to 3G, and now including IP or VoIP interfaces. These interface cards may be freely fitted into 19inch frames providing the optimal audio interfacing to each studio or system. The connection of D21m frames located close to the DSP core is made over CAT5 cables carrying 96 channels at up to 96KHz. These frames may also be used as remote stageboxes, connection being made using standard MADI format. All necessary control and status monitoring signals for the remote frames (e.g. microphone preamplifier control and status monitoring) is carried on the MADI link without sacrificing any of the 64 audio channels.


D21 MultiFeed

The Studer D21 MultiFeed provides digital clock and AES/EBU signal distribution with similar features to the D21 MasterSync but without the clock generation. The 16 AES/EBU outputs can be used individually (in groups of four) for AES/EBU signal distribution.


The STUDER STAGEBOX range: Affordable high quality and density

The Vi StageboxThe 6U Vi Stagebox houses 64 transformer-balanced mic/line inputs and 32 analogue line outputs. Mic/line amp gain, 48 V phantom power and 100 Hz lo-cut filter before the A-D converters can be controlled remotely from the desk. Optional AES/EBU, CobraNet®, Ethersound® or Aviom A-Net® 16 cards are available.

The Compact StageboxThe Compact Stagebox adds a cost-effective and light weight expansion option, offering up to 48 XLR I/O connections in only 4U of rack space. The modular unit is fully configurable but is offered with a standard configuration of 32 mic/line inputs and 16 line outputs. A D21m card slot is available for additional I/O option cards.

Customised and flight case mounted stageboxes may be easily assembled from the D21m system elements (Input/output cards, frames, power supply modules etc), or fixed configurations from the new Studer Stagebox range.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

CMS: Ultimate flexibility for managing your calls

The Studer Call Management System (CMS) is a very powerful system for handling multiple telephone calls in a broadcast environment. The CMS can be easily integrated with an existing PBX or ISDN, VoIP calls are also directly handled on the CMS server. Software codecs such as G711, G722, MPEG1 layer 2 and others are available. The CMS can route calls between studios, producers and the back office, uniquely the codecs are automatically routed together with the call. The ‘Waiting Room’ concept in conjunction with a very flexible scheduling system for incoming calls allows appropriate management of calls for different times of the day or for special events.

The system can not only handle standard calls, it also provides powerful voting and gaming features and has a built in voice-mail system with email or SMS notification.

CMS uses standard IT infrastructure (servers, TCP/IP network, client PCs) for handling calls within the broadcast environment. This is a big advantage for the system since no additional wiring is needed. The entire configuration and all caller information, including statistics data, are stored in an SQL database.

CMS provides a web front end for system administrators providing a flexible method of adapting the system to the changing requirements of a modern radio station.

Another unique feature of the CMS is the seamless integration with the Studer OnAir 3000, 2500 and 1500 mixing systems. Caller name or telephone number will be transferred automatically to the fader display when a caller is routed to a console input channel.

Optionally, the TFT touch screen of the OnAir console will change the screen from showing the mixer channel screen to display CMS studio client screen. All control and status information between an OnAir console and CMS is exchanged over TCP/IP.

Brochure: BD10.265761

University Radio Nottingham, OnAir 1500

Celine Dion, Solotech, Las Vegas, Vista 5 SR

Pensecola Christian College, Florida USA

Dutchview OB, Netherlands

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

ATM Poland OB

RTL Luxembourg, Vista 9

OnAir 3000 at RTBF, Belgium

CMS Lite is the new, cost-effective telephone system solution for broadcasters.

CMS Lite serves single and dual studio installations with up to 6 telephone lines and integrates perfectly with Studer’s range of OnAir consoles, making call-ins easier to manage in the studio.

CMS Lite uses state-of-the-art technology and allows the installation of a flexible and scalable phone system. CMS Lite profits from renowned and powerful technology, already proven in various large broadcast environments with more than 100 users.

Because CMS Lite uses off-the-shelf standard IT components, it is very cost-effective, requiring less installation labour, less cabling and providing a high return on investment. CMS Lite also helps save costs by moving away from old-fashioned, proprietary telephone hybrids. All incoming calls are provided from the station's existing telephone system

CMS Lite retains much of the functionality of the large CMS System, including DJ Self-op, switchboard operator and producer modes and database support. For example, an external caller is first put into a waiting room. The caller’s number is automatically displayed and their name may be saved in the database, together with some additional information. If that person should call again, this information will be displayed immediately.

After a first, introductory talk, the call screener can drag-and-drop the caller to the studio where he or she immediately appears on a fader area of the console. The DJ can talk to the callers and bring them on-air at a single touch on his studio client screen.

Out going calls can also be made by using either the on-screen keypad or the short-cut buttons for the telephone directory integrated in the database.

Because of its compatibility with the standard CMS the CMS Lite system can start small, but may be extended later into an enterprise-wide server/client based system. If more operators are required to act in the background, more clients can be installed. If higher quality is desired, an optional codec can be added.

CMS Lite: Call Management the Easy Way

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Network Resource Sharing with Studer ConsolesThe STUDER RELINK (Resource Linking) network I/O sharing system, can link numerous Studer consoles in various locations of a Broadcast facility to allow audio source and control data sharing across a wide network.

One of the benefits of the Studer RELINK system in comparison to others is that it is based totally on Studer’s existing SCore system which is an integral part of Studer console architecture, so no additional hardware or breakout boxes are required to complete the network.

Communicating over TCP/IP with each other, any combination of Studer Vista or OnAir consoles can connect via RELINK. Other console-based networking systems on the market are often restricted to a single type of console. Studer’s D21m I/O system forms the heart of all the remote input/output connections and network audio is not restricted to a single transport type - audio interconnects may be made through conventional MADI, AES, Ethersound, ADAT, regular copper analogue lines or even the high capacity HDLink.

Source selection is transparent, and signal labels are automatically transferred to the shared locations, so the operator always knows what source is connected. Signal takeover between studios is seamless, so RELINK is well-suited for live transmission switchover. Clear and easy setup for ownership permissions is of course mandatory and provided.

RELINK is seamless, scalable, flexible, and can start with a simple link between two Studer consoles, right through to multi-console systems

using a two-step topology where all signals are matrixed through the Studer Route 6000 system.

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

®

Studer Professional Audio GmbHRiedthofstrasse 214CH-8105 RegensdorfSwitzerlandPhone: +41 44 870 75 11Fax: +41 44 870 71 34

Studer USA8500 Balboa BoulevardNorthridgeCA 91329

Phone: +1 (818) 920 3212

Studer reserves the right to improve or otherwise alter any information supplied in this document or any documentation supplied hereafter. E&OE 01/13.All trademarks are recognised as the property of their respective owners

Part No: BD10.265662 Issue 0113

studer.chusa.studer.ch

10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:10

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

PRODUCT INDEX

Pro

duct In

dex

Pro

duct In

dex

11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

HiQnet

Audio Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Performance Manager. . . . . . . . . 13

AKG

RecordingC12 VR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34C451 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C414 XLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36C414 XLII/C214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37C451 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38C414 XLS/C414 XL II/C214. . . . . . . 39C480 B ULS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40C480 B COMBO/CK61 ULS . . . . . . 41CK62 ULS/CK63 ULS . . . . . . . . . . . 42CK69 ULS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43SE300 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44C391 B/CK91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45CK92/CK93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46CK94/CK98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47C747 V11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48CK69 ULS/CK98/C568 B. . . . . . . . . 49C4500 BC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50D230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51HSC171/HSC271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52HSD171/HSD271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53C4000/C3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C2000/C1000 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55P820 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56P420/P220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57P170/P170 Stereo Set . . . . . . . . . . 58P120/P120 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Live MicrophonesC535 EB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60D7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61C5/D5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62BBB DFive/D770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63C520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64CM311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65HC577 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66C544 L/C555 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67D12 VR/D40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68D112/C430/C411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69C519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70C518/C516 ML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71DRUM SET BIG II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72RHYTHM/GROOVE PACK . . . . . . . 73P5 /P4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74P3 S/P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75D88 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

D55 S/D44 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Wireless MicrophonesDMS700 v2/DSR700 v2 . . . . . . . . . 78DHT700 v2/DPT700 v2 . . . . . . . . . . 79WMS4500/SR4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80HT4500/PT4500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81C535 WL1/C5 WL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82D7 WL1/D5 WL1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83WMS4500 Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-85PR4500 ENG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86PR4500 ENG Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87WMS470/SR470 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88HT470/PT470. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89WMS470 Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-91IVM4500 IEM/SST4500 IEM. . . . . 92SPR4500 IEM/IP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93SRA2 W/ SRA2 B/W . . . . . . . . . . . 94RA4000 W/ RA4000 B/W. . . . . . . . 95FLOORPAD ANTENNA . . . . . . . . . 96HELICAL ANTENNA . . . . . . . . . . . 97PS4000 W/ZAPD 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . 98AB4000/ASU4000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99HUB4000 Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100AKG SYSTEM ARCHITECT PLUGIN 100VM2/ WIRELESS IPHONE APP . . . . 101CU700/CU4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102CU400/PSU4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103DMS70/DSR70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104DHT70/DPT70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105DMS70 SETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-107PERCEPTION WIRELESSSR45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108HT45/PT45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109PERCEPTION WIRELESS45 Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-111WMS40 MINI/SR40 MINI. . . . . . 112HT40 MINI/PT40 MINI . . . . . . . . 113WMS40 MINI SETS. . . . . . . 114-115

HeadphonesK267 Tiesto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116K167 Tiesto/k67 Tiesto . . . . . . . . 117K702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118K271 MKII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119K171 MKII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120K240 MKII/K240 Studio . . . . . . . . 121K141 MKII/K121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122K99/ K77/K44 PERCEPTION . . . . 123

Installed SoundDAM+ SERIES/CK49 . . . . . . . . . . . . 124CK43/CK41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125GN M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126GN155 M/HM1000 M. . . . . . . . . . 127

PAESP M/PAE5 M/PAE M . . . . . 128DAM+ ACCESSORIESST6/STS DAM+/MF MUWA9 M/W40 M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129DAM SERIES CK33 . . . . . . . . . . . 130CK32/CK31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131CK47/CK80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132GN155 SET/HM1000 . . . . . . . . . . 133GN/GN E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134GN ESP/GN E5 PIN . . . . . . . . . . . 135COMPACT 99er SERIESCGN99 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136CGN99 H/CHM99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137CGN321 STS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138CGN521 STS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139C547 BL/PCC160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140PZM30 D/PZM6 D . . . . . . . . . . . . 141PCC170/PCC130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142PZM185/MB3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143MB4/CBL410 PCC . . . . . . . . . . . . 144CBL99/ SOUND GRABBER II . . . 145C562 CM/PZM10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146PZM11/PZM11 LL WR. . . . . . . . . 147HC577 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148C544 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149CK97/CK77 WR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150C417/CK99 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151DST99 S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152D58 E/DGN99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153DMM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154DMM6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155CS5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156CS5/IU/IRT/SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . 157CS5 BU/DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158CS5 VU/CS5 IU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159CS5 IRT/ CS5 IRR7. . . . . . . . . . . . 160CS5 CU50/ K20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161CS5 SOFTWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162CS5 ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . 163CS3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164CS3 BU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165CS3 CU/DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166CS3 ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . 167

AccessoriesPF80/W23/W30/W44/W48/W49/W68/W70/W77/W77 M/W77 P/W77 SET . . 169W90/W98/W407/W414/W444/W547/W880/W1000/W3001/W3004/W4000/W40 M. . 170CC519/GNS36/H30/H40/1 /H41/H47/H50/H500/H600/H85/MF-DA/MSH70. . . . . . 171PS3 F-LOCK/SA44/SA47/

SA60/SA61/SA63/SHZ80/ST1/ST45/ST46/ST305/MF M. . . 172B18/B29 L/B48 L/MK PS/MK 150 M/MK 150 ML/MKA20/MKA5/MKG L/MPA V L/UWA9 M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

BSS

Soundweb™ London . . . . . 180-183Soundweb™ London 100 . . . . . . 184Soundweb™ LondonBLU-BOB1/2 BLU-BIB . . . . . . . . 185GS724T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186FCS-960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187FCS-966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188AR-133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Whiseworks™ - Neville Thiele Method™ Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

CROWN

Installed soundDCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198ComTech DriveCore™ Series . . 200CTs Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202CTs Multi-Channel Series . . . . . 204CDi Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Commercial audioCSA-2120/CST-2120. . . . . . . . . . . 21014M/28M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212180A/280A/1160A. . . . . . . . . . . . . 214180MA/280MA/1160MA . . . . . . . 216135MA/160MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Portable PAXTi 2 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220XLS DriveCore™ Series . . . . . . 222XLI Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

TouringVRack Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226I-Tech HD Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228I-Tech 4x3500HDDriveCore™ Series . . . . . . . . . . . 230Macro-Tech i Series. . . . . . . . . . 232

CinemaDSi Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234DSi-8M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Product Index:

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE

Pro

duct In

dex

Pro

duct In

dex

11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Networked products & AccessoriesPIPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238-239

dbx

DriveRack®

DriveRack 4800/ 4820 . . . . . . . . . 244DriveRack 260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245DriveRack 220i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246DriveRack PA+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247DriveRack PX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

ZonePRO™ZonePRO 1260 (M)/1261(M) . . . . 249ZonePRO 640 (M)/641 (M) . . . . . 249ZonePRO Zone Controllers . . . . 250

SCSC 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251SC 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Blue/Purple Series160SL/ 162SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Dynamics160A/166xs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2541066/1046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2551074/266xs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Mic Preamps386/376 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

2 Series131s/215s/231s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

12 Series1215/1231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

20 Series2215/2231/2031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

IEQiEQ-15/ iEQ-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Personal Monitor SolutionsTR1616/PMC16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Crossovers

223s/223xs/234s/234xs . . . . . . . . 263

Direct BoxesdB10/dB12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264OtherAFS 224/120A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265286s/PB-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

IDX

IDX100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

JBL

EON 500 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

EON 300 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

PRX600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

JRX100 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

PRX400 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

STX800 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

VRX900 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

2166H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3022269H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3022430H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Vertec Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Vertec Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

VTX Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

VP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Marquis Dance Club Series . . . 314

VLA Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

PD743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316PD764 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316PD5122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317PD5125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317PD5200/43, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . . 317PD5212/43, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . . 317PD5322/43, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . . 317

PD5000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Application Engineered Series 319

Application Engineered SeriesCompact Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . 324All Weather Series . . . . . . . . . . . 325

All Weather Compact Series . . 327

CBT Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Control 60 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Control 50 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Control Contractor Series . . . . . 333

Control 300 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Control 200 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Control 40 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Control Contractor 20 SeriesPremium Small Format Ceiling 340

8100 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Commercial Series CSSCeiling & Surface-MountSpeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Studio Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

M2 Master Reference Monitor 344

LSR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

LSR 6300 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

LSR 4300 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

LSR 2300 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Control Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Cinema Loudspeaker Systems 350

Ultra High Power LargeFormat ScreenArray . . . . . . . . . . 351

ScreenArray Series . . . . . . . . . . 352

JBL Standard Cinema Systems 354

Spatially Cued Surrounds . . . . . 355

Surround Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Subwoofers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Cone Transducers &Compression Drivers . . . . . . . . . 358

Horns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

15SWS1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36215SWS1100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36215SWS800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36218SWS1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36218SWS1100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36218SWS800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36210MB3P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36312MB3P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3636W4P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3638MB4P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3638W4P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36312WS600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36415WS600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36418WS600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36410PW7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36512PW7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36515PW6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36515PW7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3658PW7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365D200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366D250-X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366D305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366D405. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366D202Ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367D220Ti OMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367D220Ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367D3305Ti DPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367D408Ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367D2500Ti-Nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368DT150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368HL 14-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369HL 14-50N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369HL 4750-SLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369HC23-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370HM11-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370HM17-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370HM25-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370HM3950-SLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370HM4750-SLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370ST304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371ST350. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371ST400 BLK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371ST200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Product Index:

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE

Pro

duct In

dex

Pro

duct In

dex

11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Product Index:

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAGE

ST304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372ST350. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372ST400 BLK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

JBL Commercial CS Series Public Address MixersCSM-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373CSM-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

LEXICON

Recording InterfacesI-O 42 USB 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387I-O 82/22 USB 2.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 388Alpha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Lambda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Omega. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390I-O FW810S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Reverb / Effects ProcessorsMX400/MX400XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395MX300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395MX200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396PCM96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399PCM96 Surround. . . . . . . . . . . . . 400PCM92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

Native Plug-InsMPX Native Reverb Plug-in. . . . 405LXP Native Reverb Bundle . . . . 406PCM Total Plug-in Bundle . . . . . 407

SOUNDCRAFT

Soundcraft Vi Series. . . . . . . . . . 412Soundcraft Vi1™ . . . . . . . . . . . . 413Soundcraft® Si+ Series. . . . . . . 414Soundcraft® Si Performer . . . . 415Soundcraft® Si Compact . . . . . 416Soundcraft® Si Expression. . . . 417Soundcraft® ViSi Connect . . . . 418GB8 Live . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420GB4 Live . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421GB2 Live . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422GB2R Live . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423LX7ii Live. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

FX16ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Soundcraft M Series . . . . . . . . . 426EPM Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427EFX Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428MPMi Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429MFXi Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

STUDER

Vista 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438Vista 5 M2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440Vista 5 SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441Vista FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441Vista Compact Remote. . . . . . . . 441Vista I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442OnAir 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444OnAir 2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447OnAir 1500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448Route 6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449D21m I/O System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 450D21 MultiFeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450D21 MasterSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450VI Stagebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450Compact Stagebox . . . . . . . . . . . 450CMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451CMS Lite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452Relink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 P

roduct In

dex

Pro

duct In

dex

11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:11

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

Index: Contact Information

AKG AcousticsAKG Acoustics GmbHLemböckgasse 21-25, A-1230 Vienna/AUSTRIA, Tel: (+43 1) 86 654-0,* www.akg.com, e-mail: [email protected], Hotline: (+43 676) 83200 888, [email protected]

AKG Acoustics, U.S.8400 Balboa Boulevard. Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., Tel: (+1 818) 920-3212, e-mail: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.akg.com

www.akg.com

BSS Audio8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.bssaudio.com

www.bssaudio.com

Crown Audio, Inc.1718 W. Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA, Tel: (574) 294-8000, www.crownaudio.com

For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.crownaudio.com

www.crownaudio.com

dbx Professional Products8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 830-7662 International Fax: (801) 568-7583, web: www.dbxpro.com, www.driverack.com, email: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.dbxpro.com

www.dbxpro.com

HiQnet8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: hiqnet.harmanpro.com


Lexicon8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, UT 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662, web: www.lexicon.com

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com

IDX8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 web: idx.harman.com

www.lexiconpro.com

idx.harman.com

SoundcraftCranborne House, Cranborne Road, Potters Bar, Herts EN6 3JN UK Tel: +44 (0) 1707 665000, Fax: +44 (0) 1707 660742, e-mail: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.soundcraft.com

www.soundcraft.com

Studer Professional Audio GmbHAlthardstrasse 30, CH-8105 Regensdorf-Zurich Switzerland, Tel: +41 44 870 75 11, Fax: +41 870 71 34, e-mail: [email protected]

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.studer.ch

www.studer.ch

JBL Professional8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA Tel: (818) 894-8850, Domestic Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, International Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, Customer Service Fax: (818) 830-7881, web: www.jblpro.com

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.jblpro.com

www.jblpro.com

00

Harm

an Pro G

roup | 2013

Section:

www.akg.com

www.bssaudio.com

www.crownaudio.com

www.dbxpro.com


www.lexiconpro.com

idx.harman.com

www.soundcraft.com

www.studer.ch

www.jblpro.com

pn#: 18-1607

harmanpro.com

www.harmanpro.com

harman professional 2013 full catalogue

Documents

bss audio systems

performance audio

hiqnet systems

legacy audio systems

audio content

networkcontrolled audio

leverage bss audio

years of music